CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Thank you for choosing a Mazda. We at Mazda design and build vehicles with complete
customer satisfaction in mind.
To help ensure enjoyable and trouble-free operation of your Mazda, read this manual
carefully and follow its recommendations.
An Authorized Mazda Dealer knows your vehicle best. So when maintenance or service is
necessary, that's the place to go.
Our nationwide network of Mazda professionals is dedicated to providing you with the best
possible service.
We assure you that all of us at Mazda have an ongoing interest in your motoring pleasure
and in your full satisfaction with your Mazda product.
Mazda Motor Corporation
HIROSHIMA, JAPAN
Important Notes About This Manual
Keep this manual in the glove compartment as a handy reference for the safe and enjoyable use of your Mazda.
Should you resell the vehicle, leave this manual with it for the next owner.
All specifications and descriptions are accurate at the time of printing. Because improvement is a constant goal
at Mazda, we reserve the right to make changes in specifications at any time without notice and without obliga-
tion.
Air Conditioner and the Environment
Your Mazda's genuine air conditioner is filled with a refrigerant that has been found not to damage the earth's
ozone layer. If the air conditioner does not operate properly, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Perchlorate
Certain components of this vehicle such as [air bag modules, seat belt pretensioners, lithium batteries,…] may
contain Perchlorate Material-- Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal. See
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
Please be aware that this manual applies to all models, equipment and options. As a result, you may find
some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle.
©2018 Mazda Motor Corporation
February 2018 (Print1)
A Word to Mazda Owners
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
We want to help you get the most driving
pleasure from your vehicle. Your owner's
manual, when read from cover to cover,
can do that in many ways.
Illustrations complement the words of the
manual to best explain how to enjoy your
Mazda. By reading your manual, you can
find out about the features, important
safety information, and driving under
various road conditions.
The symbol below in this manual means
“Do not do this” or “Do not let this
happen”.
Index: A good place to start is the Index,
an alphabetical listing of all information in
your manual.
You'll find several WARNINGs,
CAUTIONs, and NOTEs in the manual.
WARNING
A WARNING indicates a situation in which
serious injury or death could result if the
warning is ignored.
CAUTION
A CAUTION indicates a situation in which
bodily injury or damage to your vehicle, or
both, could result if the caution is ignored.
NOTE
A NOTE provides information and
sometimes suggests how to make better
use of your vehicle.
The following symbol, located on some
parts of the vehicle, indicates that this
manual contains information related to the
part.
Please refer to the manual for a detailed
explanation.
How to Use This Manual
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Table of Contents
Pictorial Index
Interior, exterior views and part identification of your Mazda.
1
Essential Safety Equipment
Important information about safety equipment, including seats, seat belt
system, child-restraint systems and SRS air bags.
2
Before Driving
Use of various features, including keys, doors, mirrors and windows.
3
When Driving
Information concerning safe driving and stopping.
4
Interior Features
Use of various features for ride comfort, including air-conditioning and
audio system.
5
Maintenance and Care
How to keep your Mazda in top condition.
6
If Trouble Arises
Helpful information on what to do if a problem arises with the vehicle.
7
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Important consumer information including warranties and add-on
equipment.
8
Specifications
Technical information about your Mazda.
9
Index
10
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
1
Pictorial Index
Interior, exterior views and part identification of your Mazda.
Interior Overview..............................1-2
Interior Equipment (View A)........1-2
Interior Equipment (View B)........1-3
Interior Equipment (View C)........1-4
Interior Equipment (View D)........1-5
Exterior Overview.............................1-6
1-1
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Interior Equipment (View A)
① Door-lock knob..................................................................................................... page 3-18
② Turn and lane-change signal..................................................................................page 4-48
③ Lighting control.....................................................................................................page 4-43
④ Wiper and washer lever.........................................................................................page 4-49
⑤ TCS OFF switch....................................................................................................page 4-69
⑥ Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS) switch................................................page 4-87
⑦ Smart City Brake Support (SCBS) OFF switch......................................page 4-121, 4-126
⑧ Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) OFF switch.......................................................... page 4-95
⑨ Outside mirror switch............................................................................................page 3-31
⑩ Door-lock switch................................................................................................... page 3-16
⑪ Power window lock switch................................................................................... page 3-34
⑫ Power window switches........................................................................................page 3-34
Pictorial Index
Interior Overview
1-2
The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Interior Equipment (View B)
① Audio control switches..........................................................................................page 5-16
② Instrument cluster..................................................................................................page 4-11
③ Dashboard illumination knob................................................................................page 4-17
④ Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go function)
switches............................................................................................................... page 4-110
⑤ Cruise control switches...................................................................................... page 4-140
⑥ Seat warmer switches..............................................................................................page 2-6
⑦ Heated steering wheel switch................................................................................page 3-29
⑧ Hazard warning flasher switch..............................................................................page 4-55
⑨ Push button start......................................................................................................page 4-4
⑩ Steering shift switches...........................................................................................page 4-36
⑪ Lock release lever................................................................................................. page 3-29
⑫ Hood release handle.............................................................................................. page 6-19
⑬ Remote fuel-filler lid release.................................................................................page 3-27
Pictorial Index
Interior Overview
The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle
1-3
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Interior Equipment (View C)
① SRS air bags.......................................................................................................... page 2-45
② Active driving display........................................................................................... page 4-21
③ Climate control system............................................................................................page 5-4
④ Rear window defogger switch...............................................................................page 4-53
⑤ Audio system............................................................................................... page 5-20, 5-64
⑥ Accessory socket................................................................................................ page 5-128
⑦ External input terminal..........................................................................................page 5-17
⑧ Shift lever/Selector lever............................................................................. page 4-30, 4-32
⑨ Commander switch................................................................................................page 5-64
⑩ Electric parking brake (EPB) switch.....................................................................page 4-57
⑪ AUTOHOLD switch............................................................................................. page 4-63
⑫ Drive selection switch........................................................................................... page 4-73
⑬ Fuse block (Left side)............................................................................................page 6-48
Pictorial Index
Interior Overview
1-4
The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Interior Equipment (View D)
① Seat belts............................................................................................................... page 2-15
② SRS air bag............................................................................................................page 2-45
③ Bottle holders......................................................................................................page 5-131
④ Sunvisor.............................................................................................................. page 5-126
⑤ Vanity mirror...................................................................................................... page 5-126
⑥ Overhead lights...................................................................................................page 5-126
⑦ Moonroof switch................................................................................................... page 3-36
⑧ Rearview mirror.................................................................................................... page 3-32
⑨ Glove compartment............................................................................................ page 5-132
⑩ Cup holders.........................................................................................................page 5-129
⑪ Center console.................................................................................................... page 5-132
⑫ Front seat.................................................................................................................page 2-5
⑬ Armrest..................................................................................................................page 2-11
⑭ Rear seat.................................................................................................................. page 2-9
Pictorial Index
Interior Overview
The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle
1-5
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
① Hood......................................................................................................................page 6-19
② Windshield wiper blades....................................................................................... page 6-29
③ Moonroof...............................................................................................................page 3-36
④ Door and key......................................................................................................... page 3-11
⑤ Fuel-filler lid......................................................................................................... page 3-27
⑥ Wheels and Tires...................................................................................................page 6-36
⑦ Exterior lights........................................................................................................page 6-41
⑧ Rear window wiper blade......................................................................................page 6-30
⑨ Liftgate.................................................................................................................. page 3-21
⑩ Child safety lock................................................................................................... page 3-19
⑪ Outside mirror....................................................................................................... page 3-31
Pictorial Index
Exterior Overview
1-6
The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
2
Essential Safety Equipment
Important information about safety equipment, including seats, seat
belt system, child-restraint systems and SRS air bags.
Seats.................................................... 2-2
Seat Precautions............................2-2
Front Seat......................................2-5
Rear Seat.......................................2-9
Head Restraints...........................2-12
Seat Belt Systems.............................2-15
Seat Belt Precautions..................2-15
Seat Belt......................................2-18
Seat Belt Warning Systems.........2-19
Front Seat Belt Pretensioner and
Load Limiting Systems...............2-19
Seat Belt Extender...................... 2-21
Child Restraint................................ 2-23
Child-Restraint Precautions........2-23
Child-Restraint System
Installation.................................. 2-28
Child-Restraint System Suitability
for Various Seat Positions
Table........................................... 2-30
Installing Child-Restraint
Systems.......................................2-33
SRS Air Bags....................................2-45
Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) Precautions.......................2-45
Supplemental Restraint System
Components................................2-52
How the SRS Air Bags Work..... 2-54
SRS Air Bag Deployment
Criteria........................................2-58
Limitations to SRS Air Bag........2-59
Front Passenger Occupant
Classification System
*
................2-61
Constant Monitoring...................2-65
*Some models.
2-1
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Seat Precautions
WARNING
Make sure the adjustable components of a seat are locked in place:
Adjustable seats and seatbacks that are not securely locked are dangerous. In a sudden stop
or collision, the seat or seatback could move, causing injury. Make sure the adjustable
components of the seat are locked in place by attempting to slide the seat forward and
backward and rocking the seatback.
Never allow children to adjust a seat:
Allowing children to adjust a seat is dangerous as it could result in serious injury if a child's
hands or feet become caught in the seat.
Do not drive with the seatback unlocked:
All of the seatbacks play an important role in your protection in a vehicle. Leaving the
seatback unlocked is dangerous as it can allow passengers to be ejected or thrown around
and baggage to strike occupants in a sudden stop or collision, resulting in severe injury. After
adjusting the seatback at any time, even when there are no other passengers, rock the
seatback to make sure it is locked in place.
Adjust a seat only when the vehicle is stopped:
If the seat is adjusted while the vehicle is being driven, the seating posture may become
unstable and the seat could move unexpectedly resulting in injury.
Do not modify or replace the front seats:
Modifying or replacing the front seats such as replacing the upholstery or loosening any bolts
is dangerous. The front seats contain air bag components essential to the supplemental
restraint system. Such modications could damage the supplemental restraint system and
result in serious injury. Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer if there is any need to remove or
reinstall the front seats.
Do not drive with damaged front seats:
Driving with damaged front seats, such as seat cushions torn or damaged down to the
urethane, is dangerous. A collision, even one not strong enough to
inate
the air bags, could
damage the front seats which contain essential air bag components. If there was a
subsequent collision, an air bag may not deploy which could lead to injuries. Always have an
Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect the front seats, front seat belt pretensioners and air bags
after a collision.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
2-2
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Do not drive with either front seats reclined:
Sitting in a reclined position while the vehicle is moving is dangerous because you do not get
the full protection from seat belts. During sudden braking or a collision, you can slide under
the lap belt and suer serious internal injuries. For maximum protection, sit well back and
upright.
Do not place an object such as a cushion between the seatback and your back:
Putting an object such as a cushion between the seatback and your back is dangerous
because you will be unable to maintain a safe driving posture and the seat belt cannot
function at its full capacity in a collision, which could result in a serious accident, injury or
death.
Do not place objects under the seat:
The object could get stuck and cause the seat to not be xed securely, and result in an
accident.
Do not stack cargo higher than the seatbacks:
Stacking luggage or other cargo higher than the seatbacks is dangerous. During sudden
braking or a collision, objects can y around and become projectiles that may hit and injure
passengers.
Make sure luggage and cargo is secured before driving:
Not securing cargo while driving is dangerous as it could move or be crushed during sudden
braking or a collision and cause injury.
Never allow a passenger to sit or stand on the folded seatback while the vehicle is moving:
Driving with a passenger on the folded seatback is dangerous. Allowing a child to sit up on
the folded seatback while the vehicle is moving is particularly dangerous. In a sudden stop or
even a minor collision, a child not in a proper seat or child-restraint system and seat belt could
be thrown forward, back or even out of the vehicle resulting in serious injuries or death. The
child in the baggage area could be thrown into other occupants and cause serious injury.
CAUTION
When operating a seat, be careful not to put your hands or ngers near the moving parts of
the seat or on the side trim to prevent injury.
When moving the seats, make sure there is no cargo in the surrounding area. If the cargo
gets caught it could damage the cargo.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
2-3
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
(Manual Seat)
When moving the seats forward and rearward or returning a rear-reclined seatback to its
upright position, make sure you hold onto the seatback with your hand while operating. If
the seatback is not held, the seat will move suddenly and could cause injury.
NOTE
•
When returning a rear seat to its original position, place the seat belt in its normal
position. Verify that the seat belt pulls out and retracts.
•
(Power Seat)
The seat-bottom power adjustment is operated by motors. Avoid extended operation
because excessive use can damage the motors.
•
To prevent the battery from running down, avoid using the power adjustment when the
engine is stopped. The adjuster uses a large amount of electrical power.
•
Do not use the switch to make more than one adjustment at a time.
•
When getting in and out of the vehicle, your foot could accidentally contact the seat height
adjustment lever and cause the seat to lower.
Adjust the seat to obtain the correct driving position.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
2-4
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Front Seat
▼
Seat Operation
Power operation
Seat Slide
(Manual Seat)
To move a seat forward or backward, raise the lever and slide the seat to the desired position
and release the lever.
Make sure the lever returns to its original position and the seat is locked in place by
attempting to push it forward and backward.
(Power Seat)
To slide the seat, move the slide lifter switch on the outside of the seat to the front or back
and hold it. Release the switch at the desired position.
Height Adjustment
*
(Manual Seat)
To adjust the seat height, move the lever up or down.
(Power Seat)
To adjust the seat height, move the switch up or down.
Height Adjustment for Front Edge of Seat Bottom (Driver's Power Seat)
To adjust the front height of the seat bottom, raise or lower the front of the slide lifter
switch.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
*Some models.
2-5
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Seat Recline
(Manual Seat)
To change the seatback angle, lean forward slightly while raising the lever. Then lean back
to the desired position and release the lever.
Make sure the lever returns to its original position and the seatback is locked in place by
attempting to push it forward and backward.
(Power Seat)
To change the seatback angle, press the front or rear side of the reclining switch. Release the
switch at the desired position.
Lumbar Support Adjustment (Driver's Power Seat)
To increase the seat firmness, press and hold the front part of the switch to the desired
position, then release it.
Press the rear part of the switch to decrease firmness.
▼
Seat Warmer
*
The front seats are electrically heated. The
ignition must be switched ON.
Press the seat warmer switch while the
ignition is switched ON to operate the seat
warmer. The indicator lights turn on to
indicate that the seat warmer is operating.
The mode changes as follows each time
the seat warmer switch is pressed.
OFF
High
Mid
Low
WARNING
Be careful when using the seat warmer:
The heat from the seat warmer may be too
hot for some people, as indicated as
follows, and could cause a
low-temperature burn.
Infants, small children, elderly people,
and physically challenged people
People with delicate skin
People who are excessively fatigued
People who are intoxicated
People who have taken sleep-inducing
medicine such as sleeping pills or cold
medicine
Do not use the seat warmer with anything
having high moisture-retention ability such
as a blanket or cushion on the seat:
The seat may be heated excessively and
cause a low-temperature burn.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
2-6
*Some models.
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Do not use the seat warmer even when
taking a short nap in the vehicle:
The seat may be heated excessively and
cause a low-temperature burn.
Do not place heavy objects with sharp
projections on the seat, or insert needles or
pins into it:
This could cause the seat to become
excessively heated and result in injury from
a minor burn.
CAUTION
Do not use organic solvents to clean the
seat. It may damage the seat surface and
the heater.
NOTE
•
If the ignition is switched off while the
seat warmer is operating (High, Mid or
Low) and then switched ON again, the
seat warmer will automatically operate
at the temperature set before switching
off the ignition.
•
Use the seat warmer when the engine is
running. Leaving the seat warmer on for
long periods with the engine not running
could cause the battery power to be
depleted.
•
The temperature of the seat warmer
cannot be adjusted beyond High, Mid
and Low because the seat warmer is
controlled by a thermostat.
▼
Driving Position Memory
*
The desired driving position can be called
up after programming the position.
The following driving positions can be
programmed.
•
Driver’s seat position (seat slide, height
adjustment, front edge of seat bottom,
seat recline)
Refer to Seat Operation on page 2-5.
•
Active driving display (display position,
brightness level, display information)
Refer to Active Driving Display on page
4-21.
CAUTION
Do not place ngers or hands around the
bottom of the seat while the seat memory
function is operating. The seat moves
automatically while the seat memory
function is operating and ngers or hands
could get pinched and injured.
SET button
1
2
A driving position can be programmed or
operated using the buttons on the side of
the seat or the key.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
*Some models.
2-7
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
NOTE
•
Lumbar support adjustment cannot be
programmed.
•
A driving position can be programmed
to the buttons on the side of the seat and
the key in use for driving the vehicle.
•
If the vehicle has been serviced and the
battery cables disconnected, the
programmed seat positions will have
been erased. Re-program the seat
positions.
Programming
1. Make sure the parking brake is on.
2. Make sure the selector lever is in the P
position.
3. Start the engine.
4. Adjust the seat and the active driving
display to the desired driving position.
5. Press the SET button on the seat until a
beep sound is heard 1 time.
6. Perform 1 of the following settings
within 5 seconds of completing step 5
above:
•
Programming using a button on
the side of the seat
Press the button you want to
program, either button 1 or 2, until a
beep sound is heard 1 time.
•
Programming using the key
Press the key
button until a beep
sound is heard 1 time.
NOTE
If a beep sound is heard 3 times, the
operation is canceled.
To move the driving position to a
programmed position
(Using a button on the side of the seat)
1. Make sure the parking brake is on.
2. Make sure the selector lever is in the P
position.
3. Start the engine.
4. Press the programming button for the
driving position you want to call up
(button 1 or 2).
5. A beep sound is heard when the
driving position adjustment is
completed.
NOTE
•
If the driving position movement is not
changed, only the beep sounds.
•
A seat position can be called up even
with the engine not running.
•
The driving position adjustment is
canceled in the following cases:
•
Any of the seat adjustment switches is
operated.
•
The SET button is pressed.
•
Programming button 1 or 2 is pressed.
•
The key button or button is
operated.
•
The vehicle starts moving.
•
The active driving display is adjusted.
(Using a programmed key)
1. Unlock the doors by pressing a request
switch or the key
button.
2. After unlocking the doors, the seat
position adjustment begins within 40
seconds of opening the driver's door,
and a beep sounds when the operation
is finished.
3. Make sure the parking brake is on.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
2-8
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
4. Make sure the selector lever is in the P
position.
5. Start the engine.
6. The active driving display adjustment
begins.
NOTE
•
If there is no driving position movement,
a beep is not heard.
•
The driving position adjustment is
canceled in the following cases:
•
Any of the seat adjustment switches is
operated.
•
The SET button is pressed.
•
Programming button 1 or 2 is pressed.
•
The key button or button is
operated.
•
The vehicle starts moving.
•
The active driving display is adjusted.
Erasing programmed driving positions
(Erasing the driving positions
programmed to the key)
1. Switch the ignition OFF.
2. Press the SET button on the side of the
seat until a beep sound is heard 1 time.
3. After the beep sounds, press the key
button within 5 seconds until a beep
sound is heard 1 time.
NOTE
If a beep sound is heard 3 times, the
operation is canceled.
Rear Seat
▼
Split Folding the Seatbacks
By lowering the rear seatbacks the luggage
compartment space can be expanded.
WARNING
Do not drive the vehicle with occupants on
folded down seatbacks or in the luggage
compartment.
Putting occupants in the luggage
compartment is dangerous because seat
belts cannot be fastened which could lead
to serious injury or death during sudden
braking or a collision.
Do not allow children to play inside the
vehicle with the seatbacks lowered.
Allowing children to play in the vehicle
with the seatbacks folded down is
dangerous. If a child enters the luggage
compartment and the seatbacks were
raised back up, the child may become
trapped in the luggage compartment
which could lead to an accident.
Tightly secure cargo in the luggage
compartment when it is transported with
the seatbacks folded down.
Driving without tightly securing cargo and
luggage is dangerous as it could move and
become an obstruction to driving during
emergency braking or a collision resulting
in an unexpected accident.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
2-9
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
When transporting cargo, do not allow the
cargo to exceed the height of the
seatbacks.
Transporting cargo stacked higher than
the seatbacks is dangerous as visibility to
the rear and sides of the vehicle is reduced
which could interfere with driving
operations and lead to an accident.
Lowering the seatbacks
CAUTION
When folding the seatback forward,
always support the seatback with your
hand. If it is not supported by a hand,
ngers or the hand pressing the push
knob could be injured.
Check the position of a front seat before
folding a rear seatback.
Depending on the position of a front
seat, it may not be possible to fold a rear
seatback all the way down because it
may hit the seatback of the front seat
which could scratch or damage the front
seat or its pocket. Remove the head
restraint on the rear outboard seat if
necessary.
Before folding a rear seatback, make sure
that the armrest is stored. If a seatback is
lowered without storing the armrest, it
could deform, damage, or scratch the
armrest.
1. Lower the head restraint all the way
down.
Refer to Head Restraints on page 2-
12.
2. Press the push knob to fold down the
seatback.
Push knob
To return the seatback to its upright
position:
WARNING
When returning a seatback to its upright
position, make sure the 3-point seat belt is
not caught in the seatback and the 3-point
seat belt is not twisted.
If the seat belt is used while it is twisted and
caught in the seatback, the seat belt
cannot function at its full capacity, which
could cause serious injury or death.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
2-10
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
When returning a seatback to its upright
position, make sure that it is rmly locked
and the red indication is not visible.
If the red indication is visible behind the
push knob, it means the seatback is not
locked. If the vehicle is driven without the
seatback locked, it could fold down
suddenly and cause an accident.
Red indication
Unlocked position
Locked position
1. Make sure that the seat belt passes
through the seat belt guide correctly
and it is not twisted, then raise the
seatback while preventing the seat belt
from being caught in the seatback.
Seat belt guide
Red indication
2. Press the seatback rearward and lock it
in place. After returning the seatback
to its upright position, make sure it is
securely locked.
▼
Armrest
*
The rear armrest in the center of the rear
seatback can be used (no occupant in the
center seat) or placed upright.
WARNING
Never position the shoulder portion of a
seat belt over the armrest:
Positioning the shoulder portion of a rear
seat belt over the armrest is dangerous as it
cannot provide adequate protection in a
collision and could result in serious injuries.
Never put your hands and ngers around
the moving parts of the seat and armrest:
Putting your hands and ngers around the
moving parts of the seat and armrest is
dangerous as they could get injured.
CAUTION
Be careful not to apply excessive force to
the armrest such as by sitting on it.
Otherwise, it could be deformed or
damaged.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
*Some models.
2-11
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
When storing the armrest, return the cup
holder to its original position. If the
armrest is stored without returning the
cup holder to its original position, the
cup holder could be deformed or
damaged.
Head Restraints
Your vehicle is equipped with head
restraints on all outboard seats and the rear
center seat. The head restraints are
intended to help protect you and the
passengers from neck injury.
WARNING
Always drive with the head restraints
installed when seats are being used and
make sure they are properly adjusted. In
addition, always raise the head restraints
on all rear seats when they are being used:
Driving with the head restraints adjusted
too low or removed is dangerous. With no
support behind your head, your neck could
be seriously injured in a collision.
▼
Height Adjustment
Adjust the head restraint so that the center
is even with the top of the passenger's
ears.
To raise a head restraint, pull it up to the
desired position.
To lower the head restraint, press the
stop-catch release, then push the head
restraint down.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
2-12
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Front outboard seat
Rear outboard seat
Except Mexico
Mexico
Rear center seat
▼
Removal/Installation
To remove the head restraint, pull it up
while pressing the stop-catch.
To install the head restraint, insert the legs
into the holes while pressing the
stop-catch.
WARNING
Always drive with the head restraints
installed when seats are being used and
make sure they are properly installed:
Driving with the head restraints not
installed is dangerous. With no support
behind your head, your neck could be
seriously injured in a collision.
After installing a head restraint, try lifting it
to make sure that it does not pull out:
Driving with an unsecured head restraint is
dangerous as the eectiveness of the head
restraint will be compromised which could
cause it to unexpectedly detach from the
seat.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
2-13
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
CAUTION
When installing a head restraint, make
sure that it is installed correctly with the
front of the head restraint facing
forward. If the head restraint is installed
incorrectly, it could detach from the seat
during a collision and result in injury.
The head restraints on each of the front
and rear seats are specialized to each
seat. Do not switch around the head
restraint positions. If a head restraint is
not installed to its correct seat position,
the eectiveness of the head restraint
during a collision will be compromised
which could cause injury.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seats
2-14
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Seat Belt Precautions
Seat belts help to decrease the possibility of severe injury during accidents and sudden
stops. Mazda recommends that the driver and all passengers always wear seat belts.
(Except Mexico)
All of the seat belt retractors are designed to keep the lap/shoulder belts out of the way when
not in use.
The driver's seat belt has no provisions for child-restraint systems and has only an
emergency locking mode. The driver may wear it comfortably, and it will lock during a
collision.
However, the front passenger's seat and all rear lap/shoulder belt retractors operate in two
modes: emergency locking mode, and for child-restraint systems, automatic locking mode.
While we recommend you put all children in the rear seats, if you must use the front
passenger seat for a child, slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible and make
sure any child-restraint system is secured properly.
(Mexico)
All the seats have lap/shoulder belts. These belts have retractors with inertia locks that keep
them out of the way when not in use. The locks allow the belts to remain comfortable on
users, but they will lock in position during a collision.
WARNING
Always wear your seat belt and make sure all occupants are properly restrained:
Not wearing a seat belt is extremely dangerous. During a collision, occupants not wearing
seat belts could hit someone or things inside the vehicle or even be thrown out of the vehicle.
They could be seriously injured or even killed. In the same collision, occupants wearing seat
belts would be much safer.
Do not wear twisted seat belts:
Twisted seat belts are dangerous. In a collision, the full width of the belt is not available to
absorb the impact. This puts more force on the bones beneath the belt, which could cause
serious injury or death. So, if your seat belt is twisted, you must straighten the seat belt to
remove any twists and to allow the full width of the belt to be used.
Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time:
Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat belt used in this
way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers could be crushed
together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt for more than one person at a
time and always operate the vehicle with each occupant properly restrained.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
2-15
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Do not operate a vehicle with a damaged seat belt:
Using a damaged seat belt is dangerous. An accident could damage the belt webbing of the
seat belt in use. A damaged seat belt cannot provide adequate protection in a collision. Have
an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect all seat belt systems in use during an accident before
they are used again.
Have your seat belts changed immediately if the pretensioner or load limiter has been
expended:
Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately inspect the seat belt pretensioners
and air bags after any collision. Like the air bags, the seat belt pretensioners and load limiters
will only function once and must be replaced after any collision that caused them to deploy. A
seat belt with an expended pretensioner or load limiter is still better than wearing no seat belt
at all; however, if the seat belt pretensioners and load limiters are not replaced, the risk of
injury in a collision will increase.
Positioning the Shoulder Portion of the Seat Belt:
Improper positioning of the shoulder portion of the seat belt is dangerous. Always make sure
the shoulder portion of the seat belt is positioned across your shoulder and near your neck,
but never under your arm, on your neck, or on your upper arm.
Positioning the Lap Portion of the Seat Belt:
The lap portion of the seat belt worn too high is dangerous. In a collision, this would
concentrate the impact force directly on the abdominal area, causing serious injury. Wear the
lap portion of the belt snugly and as low as possible.
CAUTION
Belt retraction may become
dicult
if the belts and rings are soiled, so try to keep them clean.
For more details about cleaning the seat belts, refer to "Seat Belt Maintenance" (page 6-60).
Ring
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
2-16
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Pregnant Women and Persons with Serious Medical Conditions
Pregnant women should always wear seat belts. Ask your doctor for specific
recommendations.
The lap belt should be worn SNUGLY AND AS LOW AS POSSIBLE OVER THE HIPS.
The shoulder belt should be worn across your shoulder properly, but never across the
stomach area.
Persons with serious medical conditions also should wear seat belts. Check with your doctor
for any special instructions regarding specific medical conditions.
▼
Emergency Locking Mode
When the seat belt is fastened, it will always be in the emergency locking mode.
In the emergency locking mode, the belt remains comfortable on the occupant and the
retractor will lock in position during a collision.
If the belt is locked and cannot be pulled out, retract the belt once, and then try pulling it out
slowly. If this fails, pull the belt strongly 1 time and loosen, then pull it out again slowly.
(Seat Belt with Automatic Locking Mode)
When the seat belt is fastened, it will always be in the emergency locking mode until it is
switched to automatic locking mode by pulling it all the way out to its full length. If the belt
feels tight and hinders comfortable movement while the vehicle is stopped or in motion, it
may be in the automatic locking mode because the belt has been pulled too far out. To return
the belt to the more comfortable emergency locking mode, wait until the vehicle has stopped
in a safe, level area, retract the belt fully to convert it back to emergency locking mode and
then extend it around you again.
▼
Automatic Locking Mode
*
Always use the automatic locking mode to keep the child-restraint system from shifting to
an unsafe position in the event of an accident. To enable seat belt automatic locking mode,
pull it all the way out and connect it as instructed on the child-restraint system. It will retract
down to the child-restraint system and stay locked on it. See the section on child restraint
(page 2-23).
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
*Some models.
2-17
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Seat Belt
▼
Fastening the Seat Belt
Seat belt
buckle
Seat belt tongue
Position the lap belt as low as possible, not
on the abdominal area, then adjust the
shoulder belt so that it fits snugly against
your body.
Keep low on
hip bone
Too high
Take up slack
▼
Unfastening the Seat Belt
Depress the button on the seat belt buckle.
If the belt does not fully retract, pull it out
and check for kinks or twists. Then make
sure it remains untwisted as it retracts.
Button
NOTE
If a belt does not fully retract, inspect it
for kinks and twists. If it is still not
retracting properly, have it inspected at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
▼
Front Shoulder Belt Adjuster
To raise To lower
Make sure the adjuster is locked.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
2-18
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Seat Belt Warning Systems
If it detects that the occupant seat belt is
unfastened, the warning light or beep
alerts the occupant.
Refer to Taking Action on page 7-34.
Refer to Seat Belt Warning Beep on page
7-43.
Front Seat Belt
Pretensioner and Load
Limiting Systems
For optimum protection, the driver and
front passenger seat belts are equipped
with pretensioner and load limiting
systems. For both these systems to work
properly you must wear the seat belt
properly.
Pretensioners:
When a collision is detected, the
pretensioners deploy simultaneously with
the air bags.
For vehicles with the front passenger
occupant classification system, the
pretensioners deploy simultaneously with
the air bags when a roll-over is also
detected.
For deployment details, refer to the SRS
Air Bag Deployment Criteria (page 2-
58).
The front seat belt retractors remove slack
quickly as the air bags are expanding. Any
time the air bags and seat belt
pretensioners have fired they must be
replaced.
A system malfunction or operation
conditions are indicated by a warning.
Refer to Taking Action on page 7-34.
Refer to Air Bag/Front Seat Belt
Pretensioner System Warning Beep on
page 7-43.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
2-19
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
(With Front Passenger Occupant
Classification System)
In addition, the pretensioner system for the
front passenger, like the front and side
passenger air bag, is designed to only
deploy when the front passenger occupant
classification sensor detects a passenger
sitting on the front passenger's seat.
For details, refer to the front passenger
occupant classification sensor (page 2-
61).
Load limiter:
The load limiting system releases belt
webbing in a controlled manner to reduce
belt force on the occupant's chest. While
the most severe load on a seat belt occurs
in frontal collisions, the load limiter has an
automatic mechanical function and can
activate in any accident mode with
sufficient occupant movement.
Even if the pretensioners have not fired,
the load limiting function must be checked
by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
WARNING
Wear seat belts only as recommended in
this owner's manual:
Incorrect positioning of the driver and front
passenger seat belts is dangerous. Without
proper positioning, the pretensioner and
load limiting systems cannot provide
adequate protection in an accident and
this could result in serious injury. For more
details about wearing seat belts, refer to
"Fastening the seat belts" (page 2-18).
Have your seat belts changed immediately
if the pretensioner or load limiter has been
expended:
Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer
immediately inspect the seat belt
pretensioners and air bags after any
collision. Like the air bags, the seat belt
pretensioners and load limiters will only
function once and must be replaced after
any collision that caused them to deploy. A
seat belt with an expended pretensioner or
load limiter is still better than wearing no
seat belt at all; however, if the seat belt
pretensioners and load limiters are not
replaced, the risk of injury in a collision will
increase.
Do not modify the components or wiring,
or use electronic testing devices on the
pretensioner system:
Modifying the components or wiring of the
pretensioner system, including the use of
electronic testing devices is dangerous. You
could accidentally activate it or make it
inoperable which would prevent it from
activating in an accident. The occupants or
repairers could be seriously injured.
Properly dispose of the pretensioner
system:
Improper disposal of the pretensioner
system or a vehicle with non-deactivated
pretensioners is dangerous. Unless all
safety procedures are followed, injury could
result. Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer
safely dispose of the pretensioner system or
scrap a pretensioner system equipped
vehicle.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
2-20
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
NOTE
•
The pretensioner system may not
operate depending on the type of the
collision. For details, refer to the SRS
Air Bag Deployment Criteria (page 2-
58).
•
Some smoke (non-toxic gas) will be
released when the air bags and
pretensioners deploy. This does not
indicate a fire. This gas normally has no
effect on occupants, however, those with
sensitive skin may experience light skin
irritation. If residue from the
deployment of the air bags or the front
pretensioner system gets on the skin or
in the eyes, wash it off as soon as
possible.
Seat Belt Extender
If your seat belt is not long enough, even
when fully extended, a seat belt extender
may be available to you at no charge from
your Authorized Mazda Dealer.
This extender will be only for you and for
the particular vehicle and seat. Even if it
plugs into other seat belts, it may not hold
in the critical moment of a crash.
When ordering an extender, only order one
that provides the necessary additional
length to fasten the seat belt properly.
Please contact your Authorized Mazda
Dealer for more information.
WARNING
Do not use a seat belt extender unless it is
necessary:
Using a seat belt extender when not
necessary is dangerous. The seat belt will
be too long and not t properly. In an
accident, the seat belt will not provide
adequate protection and you could be
seriously injured. Only use the extender
when it is required to fasten the seat belt
properly.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
2-21
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Do not use an improper extender:
Using a seat belt extender that is for
another person or a dierent vehicle or seat
is dangerous. The seat belt will not provide
adequate protection and the user could be
seriously injured in an accident. Only use
the extender provided for you and for the
particular vehicle and seat. NEVER use the
extender in a dierent vehicle or seat. If you
sell your Mazda, do not leave your seat belt
extender in the vehicle. It could be used
accidentally by the new owner of the
vehicle. After removing the seat belt
extender, discard it. Never use the seat belt
extender in any other vehicle you may own
in the future.
Do not use an extender that is too long:
Using an extender that is too long is
dangerous. The seat belt will not t
properly. In an accident, the seat belt will
not provide adequate protection and you
could be seriously injured. Do not use the
extender or choose one shorter in length if
the distance between the extender's buckle
and the center of the user's body is less
than 15 cm (6 in).
Do not leave a seat belt extender
connected to the buckle:
Leaving a seat belt extender connected to
the buckle without using the seat belt is
dangerous. When the seat belt extender is
connected to the driver's seat belt buckle
(or front passenger's seat belt buckle), the
SRS driver's (or front passenger's) air bag
system will determine that the driver (or
front passenger) is wearing the seat belt
even if the driver (or front passenger) is not
wearing it. This condition could cause the
driver's (or front passenger's) air bag to not
activate correctly and result in death or
serious injury in the event of collision.
Always wear the seat belt with the seat belt
extender.
Do not use the seat belt extender when
installing a child-restraint system on the
front or rear passenger seat:
Using a seat belt extender to fasten a
child-restraint system on any seat is
dangerous. Always follow the
child-restraint system manufacturer's
installation instructions and never use a
seat belt extender.
NOTE
When not in use, remove the seat belt
extender and store it in the vehicle. If the
seat belt extender is left connected, the
seat belt extender might get damaged as it
will not retract with the rest of the seat belt
and can easily fall out of the door when
not in use and be damaged. In addition,
the seat belt warning light will not
illuminate and function properly.
Essential Safety Equipment
Seat Belt Systems
2-22
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Child-Restraint Precautions
Mazda strongly urges the use of child-restraint systems for children small enough to use
them.
You are required by law to use a child-restraint system for children in the U.S. and Canada.
Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding the safety
of children riding in your vehicle.
Whatever child-restraint system you consider, please pick the appropriate one for the age
and size of the child, obey the law and follow the instructions that come with the individual
child-restraint system.
A child who has outgrown child-restraint systems should sit in the rear and use seat belts,
both lap and shoulder. If the shoulder belt crosses the neck or face, move the child closer to
the center of the vehicle in the outboard seats, and towards the buckle on the right if the
child is seated on the center seat.
Statistics confirm that the rear seat is the best place for all children up to 12 years of age,
and more so with a supplemental restraint system (air bags).
A rear-facing child-restraint system should NEVER be used on the front seat with the air
bag system activated. The front passenger's seat is also the least preferred seat for other
child-restraint systems.
(With Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)
To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag, the
front passenger occupant classification sensor works as a part of the supplemental restraint
system. This system deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the front
passenger seat belt pretensioner system when the front passenger air bag deactivation
indicator light illuminates.
When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat, the system shuts off the front
passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system, so make sure the front
passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates.
Even if the front passenger air bag is shut off, Mazda strongly recommends that children be
properly restrained and child-restraint systems of all kinds are properly secured on the rear
seats which are the best place for children.
For more details, refer to "Front passenger occupant classification sensor" (page 2-61).
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-23
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
WARNING
Use the correct size child-restraint system:
For eective protection in vehicle accidents and sudden stops, a child must be properly
restrained using a seat belt or child-restraint system depending on age and size. If not, the
child could be seriously injured or even killed in an accident.
Follow the manufacturer's instructions and always keep the child-restraint system buckled
down:
An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision it could move
causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Make sure any child-restraint
system is properly secured in place according to the child-restraint system manufacturer's
instructions. When not in use, remove it from the vehicle or fasten it with a seat belt, or latch it
down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCH child-restraint systems and the corresponding
tether anchor.
Always secure a child in a proper child-restraint system:
Holding a child in your arms while the vehicle is moving is extremely dangerous. No matter
how strong the person may be, he or she cannot hold onto a child in a sudden stop or collision
and it could result in serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Even in a
moderate accident, the child may be exposed to air bag forces that could result in serious
injury or death to the child, or the child may be slammed into an adult, causing injury to both
child and adult.
Never use a rear-facing child-restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that could
deploy:
Rear-facing child-restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous even though
you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based on the fact that the
front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates. The child-restraint system
can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently backward resulting in serious injury or
death to the child.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-24
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
(Except Mexico)
Vehicles with a front passenger air bag have the following warning label. The warning label
reminds you not to put a rear-facing child-restraint system on the front passenger seat at any
time.
(Mexico)
NEVER use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front
of it, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can occur.
Vehicles with a front passenger air bag have the following warning label. The warning label
reminds you not to put a rear-facing child-restraint system on the front passenger seat at any
time.
Do not install a front-facing child-restraint system on the front passenger seat unless it is
unavoidable:
In a collision, the force of a deploying air bag could cause serious injury or death to the child. If
installing a front-facing child-restraint system on the front passenger seat is unavoidable,
move the front passenger seat as far back as possible and adjust the seat bottom (height
adjustable seat bottom) to the highest position at which the seat belt fastening the
child-restraint system is securely tightened.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-25
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Seating a child in a child-restraint system on the front passenger seat is dangerous under
certain conditions (With Front Passenger Occupant Classication System):
Your vehicle is equipped with front passenger occupant classication sensor. Even with the
front passenger occupant classication sensor, if you must use the front passenger seat to
seat a child, using a child-restraint system on the front passenger seat under the following
conditions increases the danger of the front passenger air bag deploying and could result in
serious injury or death to the child.
The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when seating a
child in the child-restraint system.
Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child-restraint system.
A rear passenger or luggage pushing or pulling down on the front passenger seatback.
Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint.
The seat is washed.
Liquids are spilled on the seat.
The front passenger seat is moved backward, pushing into luggage or other items placed
behind it.
The front passenger seatback contacts the rear seat.
Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver seat.
An electric device is put on the front passenger's seat.
An additional electrical device, such as a seat warmer is installed to the surface of the front
passenger seat.
The designated positions with seat belts on the rear seats are the safest places for children.
Always use seat belts and child restraints.
Do not allow a child or anyone to lean over or against the side window of a vehicle with side
and curtain air bags:
It is dangerous to allow anyone to lean over or against the side window, the area of the front
passenger seat, the front and rear window pillars and the roof edge along both sides from
which the side and curtain air bags deploy, even if a child-restraint system is used. The impact
of
ination
from a side or curtain air bag could cause serious injury or death to an out of
position child. Furthermore, leaning over or against the front door could block the side and
curtain air bags and eliminate the advantages of supplemental protection. With the front air
bag and the additional side air bag that comes out of the front seat, the rear seat is always a
better location for children. Take special care not to allow a child to lean over or against the
side window, even if the child is seated in a child-restraint system.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-26
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time:
Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous. A seat belt used in this
way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers could be crushed
together and seriously injured or even killed. Never use one belt for more than one person at a
time and always operate the vehicle with each occupant properly restrained.
CAUTION
A seat belt or child-restraint system can become very hot in a closed vehicle during warm
weather. To avoid burning yourself or a child, check them before you or your child touches
them.
NOTE
Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed
LATCH child-restraint systems on the rear seats. When using these anchors to secure a
child-restraint system, refer to "Using LATCH Lower Anchor" (page 2-41).
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-27
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Child-Restraint System Installation
▼
Categories of Child-Restraint Systems
NOTE
When purchasing, ask the manufacturer of the child-restraint system which type of
child-restraint system is appropriate for your child and vehicle.
(Mexico)
Child-restraint systems are classified into the following 5 groups according to the UNECE
44 regulation.
Group Age Weight
0 Up to about 9 months old Up to 10 kg (up to 22 lb)
0
Up to about 2 years old Up to 13 kg (up to 29 lb)
1 About 8 months to 4 years old 9 kg ― 18 kg (20 lb ― 40 lb)
2 About 3 to 7 years old 15 kg ― 25 kg (33 lb ― 55 lb)
3 About 6 to 12 years old 22 kg ― 36 kg (48 lb ― 79 lb)
(Except Mexico)
Please comply with the legal regulations concerning the use of child-restraint systems in
your country.
▼
Child-Restraint System Types
In this owner's manual, explanation of
child-restraint systems is provided for the
following three types of popular
child-restraint systems: infant seat, child
seat, booster seat.
NOTE
•
Installation position is determined by
the type of child-restraint system.
Always read the manufacturer's
instructions and this owner's manual
carefully.
•
Due to variations in the design of
child-restraint systems, vehicle seats
and seat belts, all child-restraint systems
may not fit all seating positions. Before
purchasing a child-restraint system, it
should be tested in the specific vehicle
seating position (or positions) where it
is intended to be used. If a previously
purchased child-restraint system does
not fit, you may need to purchase a
different one that will.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-28
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Infant seat
An infant seat provides restraint by
bracing the infant's head, neck and back
against the seating surface.
Equal to Group 0 and 0
of the UNECE
44 regulation.
Child seat
A child seat restrains a child's body using
the harness.
Equal to Group 1 of the UNECE 44
regulation.
Booster seat
A booster seat is a child restraint
accessory designed to improve the fit of
the seat belt system around the child's
body.
Equal to Group 2 and 3 of the UNECE 44
regulation.
When using a backless booster seat, always
install the vehicle head restraint to the seat
where the backless booster seat is installed.
Backless booster seat
*
1
*
1
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-29
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Child-Restraint System Suitability for Various Seat
Positions Table
(Mexico)
Provided information in the table shows your child-restraint system suitability for various
seating position. For installation suitability of other manufacturer child-restraint system,
carefully consult the manufacturer's instructions which accompany the child-restraint
system.
When installing a child-restraint system, the following points must be observed:
•
If the child-restraint system does not fit into the seatback because of the head restraint,
adjust the head restraint or remove the head restraint so that the child-restraint system fits
into the seatback. However, when installing a backless booster seat, always install the
vehicle head restraint to the seat where the backless booster seat is installed.
Refer to Head Restraints on page 2-12.
•
When installing a child-restraint system to the rear seat, adjust the front seat position so
that the front seat does not contact the child-restraint system.
Refer to Seat Operation on page 2-5.
•
When installing a child-restraint system came equipped with a tether, remove the head
restraint.
Refer to Head Restraints on page 2-12.
LATCH lower anchor-secured child-restraint systems
When installing a child-restraint system to the rear seat, refer to the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions and the Using LATCH Lower Anchor on page 2-41.
Mass group
Size
Class
Fixture
Seat Positions
Vehicle LATCH po-
sitions
Rear seat (center)
Front passenger
seat (outboard)
Rear seat (out-
board)
Carrycot
FISO/L1 X X X
GISO/L2 X X X
(1) X X X
GROUP 0 Up to 10
kg (up to 22 lb)
EISO/R1 IL X X
(1) X X X
GROUP 0
Up to
13 kg (up to 29 lb)
EISO/R1 IL X X
DISO/R2 IL X X
CISO/R3 IL X X
(1) X X X
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-30
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Mass group
Size
Class
Fixture
Seat Positions
Vehicle LATCH po-
sitions
Rear seat (center)
Front passenger
seat (outboard)
Rear seat (out-
board)
GROUP 1 9 kg ― 18
kg (20 lb ― 40 lb)
DISO/R2 IL X X
CISO/R3 IL X X
BISO/F2 IUF X X
B1 ISO/F2X IUF X X
AISO/F3 IUF X X
(1) X X X
GROUP 2 15 kg ―
25 kg (33 lb ― 55
lb)
(1) X X X
GROUP 3 22 kg ―
36 kg (48 lb ― 79
lb)
(1) X X X
(1) For the CRS which do not carry the ISO/XX size class identification (A to G), for the applicable mass group, the
car manufacturer shall indicate the vehicle specific LATCH child-restraint system(s) recommended for each
position.
Key of letters to be inserted in the above table:
IUF = suitable for LATCH forward child-restraints systems of universal category approved for use in this mass
group.
IL = suitable for particular LATCH child-restraint systems (CRS).
These LATCH CRS are those of the “specific vehicle”, “restricted” or “semi-universal” categories.
A Mazda genuine child-restraint system can be installed. Regarding child-restraint systems which can be installed,
refer to the accessories catalog.
X = LATCH position not suitable for LATCH child-restraint systems in this mass group and/or this size class.
i-Size child-restraint systems
An i-Size child-restraint system can be installed to the specified seat as follows:
Front passenger seat Rear seat (outboard) Rear seat (center)
i-Size child-restraint sys-
tems
XXX
Key of letters to be inserted in the above table:
X = Seating position not suitable for i-Size “universal” child-restraint systems.
NOTE
An i-Size child-restraint system refers to a child-restraint system which has acquired i-Size
category certification for the UNECE 129 regulation.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-31
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Seat belt-secured child-restraint systems
System group Age group Weight group
Child-restraint
system type
Front pas-
senger
seat
Rear seat
(outboard)
Rear seat
(center)
GROUP 0
Up to about 9
months old
Up to 10 kg (up
to 22 lb)
Infant seat X U X
GROUP 0
Up to about 2
years old
Up to 13 kg (up
to 29 lb)
Infant seat X U X
GROUP 1
About 8 months
to 4 years old
9 kg ― 18 kg (20
lb ― 40 lb)
Child seat UF U X
GROUP 2
About 3 to 7
years old
15 kg ― 25 kg
(33 lb ― 55 lb)
Booster seat UF U X
GROUP 3
About 6 to 12
years old
22 kg ― 36 kg
(48 lb ― 79 lb)
Booster seat UF U X
Key of letters to be inserted in the above table:
U = Suitable for “universal” category restraints approved for use in this mass group.
UF = Suitable for forward-facing “universal” category restraints approved for use in this mass group.
X = Seat position not suitable for children in this mass group.
(Except Mexico)
Please comply with the legal regulations concerning the use of child-restraint systems in
your country.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-32
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Installing Child-Restraint
Systems
Accident statistics reveal that a child is
safer in the rear seat. The front passenger's
seat is clearly the worst choice for any
child under 12, and with rear-facing
child-restraint systems it is clearly unsafe
due to air bags.
NOTE
Even if your vehicle is equipped with front
passenger occupant classification sensor
(page 2-61), which automatically
deactivates the front passenger air bag, a
rear seat is the safest place for a child of
any age or size.
Some child-restraint systems now come
with tethers and therefore must be
installed on the seats that take tethers to be
effective. In your Mazda, tethered
child-restraint systems can only be
accommodated in the three positions on
the rear seat.
Some child-restraint systems also employ
specially designed LATCH attachments;
refer to "Using LATCH Lower Anchor"
(page 2-41).
WARNING
Tethered Child-Restraint Systems Work
Only on Tether-Equipped Rear Seats:
Installation of a tether equipped
child-restraint system in the front
passenger's seat defeats the safety design
of the system and will result in an increased
chance of serious injury if the
child-restraint system goes forward
without benet of being tethered.
Place tether equipped child-restraint
systems where there are tether anchors.
▼
Anchor Bracket
Anchor brackets for securing
child-restraint systems are equipped in the
vehicle. Locate each anchor position using
the illustration.
To install a child-restraint system, remove
the head restraint. Always follow the
instruction manual accompanying the
child-restraint system.
Anchor bracket location
Use the indicated anchor bracket locations
when installing a child-restraint system
equipped with a tether.
For left
For right
For center
*
*
Except Mexico
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-33
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
WARNING
Always attach the tether strap to the
correct tether anchor position:
Attaching the tether strap to the incorrect
tether anchor position is dangerous. In a
collision, the tether strap could come
o
and loosen the child-restraint system. If the
child-restraint system moves it could result
in death or injury to the child.
Always remove the head restraint and
install child-restraint system:
Installing a child-restraint system without
removing the head restraint is dangerous.
The child-restraint system cannot be
installed correctly which may result in
death or injury to the child in a collision.
Tether strap
Forward
Tether strap
Forward
Always install the head restraint and adjust
it to the appropriate position after
removing the child-restraint system:
Driving with the head restraint removed is
dangerous as impact to the occupant's
head cannot be prevented during
emergency braking or in a collision, which
could result in a serious accident, injury or
death.
Refer to Head Restraints on page 2-12.
▼
Using Automatic Locking Mode
*
Follow these instructions when using a
child-restraint system, unless you are
attaching a LATCH-equipped
child-restraint system to the rear LATCH
lower anchors. Refer to “Using LATCH
Lower Anchor” (page 2-41).
NOTE
Follow the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions carefully. If
you are not sure whether you have a
LATCH system or tether, check in the
child-restraint system manufacturer's
instructions and follow them accordingly.
Depending on the type of child-restraint
system, it may use LATCH system instead
of seat belts or if the belt goes across the
child's chest, may recommend against
using automatic locking mode.
1. Make sure the seatback is securely
latched by pushing it back until it is
fully locked.
2. Remove the head restraint. However,
when installing a backless booster seat,
always install the vehicle head restraint
to the seat where the backless booster
seat is installed.
Refer to Head Restraints on page 2-12.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-34
*Some models.
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
3. Secure the child-restraint system with
the lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.
See the manufacturer's instructions on
the child-restraint system for belt
routing instructions.
4. To get the retractor into the automatic
locking mode, pull the shoulder belt
portion of the seat belt until the entire
length of the belt is out of the retractor.
5. Push the child-restraint system firmly
into the vehicle seat. Be sure the belt
retracts as snugly as possible. A
clicking noise from the retractor will
be heard during retraction if the system
is in the automatic locking mode. If the
belt does not lock the seat down tight,
repeat this step.
NOTE
•
Inspect this function before each use
of the child-restraint system. You
should not be able to pull the
shoulder belt out of the retractor
while the system is in the automatic
locking mode. When you remove the
child-restraint system, be sure the
belt fully retracts to return the
system to emergency locking mode
before occupants use the seat belts.
6. If your child-restraint system requires
the use of a tether strap, refer to the
manufacturer's instructions to hook
and tighten the tether strap.
WARNING
Use the tether and tether anchor only for a
child-restraint system:
Using the tether or tether anchor to secure
anything but a child-restraint system is
dangerous. This could weaken or damage
the tether or tether anchor and result in
injury.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-35
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Always remove the head restraint and
install child-restraint system (except when
installing a backless booster seat):
Installing a child-restraint system without
removing the head restraint is dangerous.
The child-restraint system cannot be
installed correctly which may result in
death or injury to the child in a collision.
Tether strap
Forward
Tether strap
Forward
Always attach the tether strap to the
correct tether anchor position:
Attaching the tether strap to the incorrect
tether anchor position is dangerous. In a
collision, the tether strap could come o
and loosen the child-restraint system. If the
child-restraint system moves it could result
in death or injury to the child.
Always install the head restraint and adjust
it to the appropriate position after
removing the child-restraint system:
Driving with the head restraint removed is
dangerous as impact to the occupant's
head cannot be prevented during
emergency braking or in a collision, which
could result in a serious accident, injury or
death.
Refer to Head Restraints on page 2-12.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-36
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
If You Must Use the Front Seat for
Children
If you cannot put all children in the rear
seat, at least put the smallest children in
the rear and be sure the largest child up
front uses the shoulder belt over the
shoulder.
NEVER put a rear-facing child-restraint
system on the front passenger seat whether
your vehicle is equipped with an occupant
classification sensor or not.
This seat is also not set up for tethered
child-restraint systems, put them in one of
the rear seat positions set up with tether
anchors.
Likewise the LATCH child-restraint
system cannot be secured in the front
passenger's seat and should be used in the
rear seat.
Do not allow anyone to sleep against the
side window since your vehicle has side
and curtain air bags, it could cause serious
injuries to an out of position occupant. As
children more often sleep in cars, it is
better to put them in the rear seat. If
installing the child-restraint system on the
front seat is unavoidable, follow these
instructions when using a front-facing
child-restraint system in the front
passenger's seat.
NOTE
•
To check if your front seats have side air
bags:
Mazda vehicles equipped with side air
bag will have a "SRS AIRBAG" tag on
the outboard shoulder of the front seats.
•
To check if your vehicle has curtain air
bags:
Mazda vehicles equipped with curtain
air bag will have an "SRS AIRBAG"
marking on the window pillars along the
roof edge.
WARNING
Always move the front passenger seat as
far back as possible if installing a
front-facing child-restraint system on it is
unavoidable:
As your vehicle has front air bags and
doubly so because your vehicle has side air
bags, a front-facing child-restraint system
should be put on the front passenger seat
only when it is unavoidable.
Even if the front passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light illuminates,
always move the seat as far back as
possible, because the force of a deploying
air bag could cause serious injury or death
to the child.
Never use a rear-facing child-restraint
system in the front seat with an air bag
that could deploy:
Rear-facing child-restraint systems on the
front seat are particularly dangerous.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-37
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Even in a moderate collision, the
child-restraint system can be hit by a
deploying air bag and moved violently
backward resulting in serious injury or
death to the child. Even though you may
feel assured that the front passenger air
bag will not deploy based on the fact that
the front passenger air bag deactivation
indicator light illuminates, you should not
use a rear-facing child-restraint system in
the front seat.
Do not allow a child or anyone to lean over
or against the side window of a vehicle
with side and curtain air bags:
It is dangerous to allow anyone to lean
over or against the side window, the area
of the front passenger seat, the front and
rear window pillars and the roof edge
along both sides from which the side and
curtain air bags deploy, even if a
child-restraint system is used. The impact
of ination from a side or curtain air bag
could cause serious injury or death to an
out of position child. Furthermore, leaning
over or against the front door could block
the side and curtain air bags and eliminate
the advantages of supplemental
protection. With the front air bag and the
additional side air bag that comes out of
the front seat, the rear seat is always a
better location for children. Take special
care not to allow a child to lean over or
against the side window, even if the child is
seated in a child-restraint system.
Always remove the head restraint and
install child-restraint system (except when
installing a backless booster seat):
Installing a child-restraint system without
removing the head restraint is dangerous.
The child-restraint system cannot be
installed correctly which may result in
death or injury to the child in a collision.
Always install the head restraint and adjust
it to the appropriate position after
removing the child-restraint system:
Driving with the head restraint removed is
dangerous as impact to the occupant's
head cannot be prevented during
emergency braking or in a collision, which
could result in a serious accident, injury or
death.
Refer to Head Restraints on page 2-12.
Front Passenger's Seat Child-Restraint
System Installation (With Front
Passenger Occupant Classification
System)
1. Make sure the ignition is switched off.
2. Slide the seat as far back as possible.
3. Remove the head restraint. However,
when installing a backless booster seat,
always install the vehicle head restraint
to the seat where the backless booster
seat is installed.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-38
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
4. Place the child-restraint system on the
seat without putting your weight on the
seat and fasten the seat belt. See the
manufacturer's instructions on the
child-restraint system for belt routing
instructions.
5. To get the retractor into the automatic
locking mode, pull the shoulder belt
portion of the seat belt until the entire
length of the belt is out of the retractor.
6. Push the child-restraint system firmly
into the vehicle seat. Be sure the belt
retracts as snugly as possible. A
clicking noise from the retractor will
be heard during retraction if the system
is in automatic locking mode. If the
belt does not lock the seat down tight,
repeat the previous step and also this
one.
NOTE
•
Inspect this function before each use
of the child-restraint system. You
should not be able to pull the
shoulder belt out of the retractor
while the system is in the automatic
locking mode. When you remove the
child-restraint system, be sure the
belt fully retracts to return the
system to emergency locking mode
before occupants use the seat belts.
•
Follow the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions
carefully.
Depending on the type of
child-restraint system, it may not
employ seat belts which are in
automatic locking mode.
7. Seat your child safely in the
child-restraint system and secure the
child according to the instructions
from the child-restraint system
manufacturer.
8. Switch the ignition ON and make sure
the front passenger air bag deactivation
indicator light illuminates after
installing a child-restraint system on
the front passenger seat.
If the front passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light does not
illuminate, remove the child-restraint
system, switch the ignition to OFF, and
then re-install the child-restraint
system (page 2-61).
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-39
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
WARNING
Do not seat a child in a child-restraint
system on the front passenger seat if the
front passenger air bag deactivation
indicator light does not illuminate:
While it is always better to install any
child-restraint system on the rear seat, it is
imperative that a child-restraint system
ONLY be used on the front passenger seat if
the deactivation indicator light illuminates
when the child is seated in the
child-restraint system (page 2-61). Seating
a child in a child-restraint system installed
on the front passenger seat with the front
passenger air bag deactivation indicator
light not illuminated is dangerous. If this
indicator light does not illuminate, this
means that the front passenger front and
side air bags, and seat belt pretensioner are
ready for deployment. If an accident were
to deploy an air bag, a child in a
child-restraint system sitting in the front
passenger seat could be seriously injured or
killed. If the indicator light does not
illuminate after seating a child in a
child-restraint system on the front
passenger seat, seat a child in a
child-restraint system on the rear seat and
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as
soon as possible.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-40
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Using LATCH Lower Anchor
Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed
LATCH child-restraint systems in the rear seats. Both anchors must be used, otherwise the
seat will bounce around and put the child in danger. Most LATCH child-restraint systems
must also be used in conjunction with a tether to be effective. If they have a tether you must
use it to better assure your child's safety.
WARNING
Follow the manufacturer's instructions for the use of the child-restraint system:
An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision it could move
causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Make sure the child-restraint
system is properly secured in place according to the child-restraint system manufacturer's
instructions.
Never attach two child-restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor:
Attaching two child-restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor is dangerous. In a
collision, one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child-restraint system
attachments, and it may break, causing serious injury or death. If you use the seat position for
another child-restraint system when an outboard LATCH position is occupied, use the center
seat belts instead, and the tether if tether-equipped.
Make sure the child-restraint system is properly secured:
An unsecured child-restraint system is dangerous. In a sudden stop or a collision it could move
causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. Follow the child-restraint
system manufacturer's instructions on belt routing to secure the seat just as you would with a
child in it so that nobody is tempted to put a child in an improperly secured seat later on.
When not in use, remove it from the vehicle or fasten it with a seat belt, or latch it down to
BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCH child-restraint systems.
Make sure there are no seat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH child-restraint
system:
Not following the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions when installing the
child-restraint system is dangerous. If seat belts or a foreign object prevent the child-restraint
system from being securely attached to the LATCH lower anchors and the child-restraint
system is installed improperly, the child-restraint system could move in a sudden stop or
collision causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants. When installing the
child-restraint system, make sure there are no seat belts or foreign objects near or around the
LATCH lower anchors. Always follow the child-restraint system manufacturer's instructions.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-41
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Installation on rear outboard seats
1. First, adjust the front seat to allow
clearance between the child-restraint
system and the front seat (page 2-5).
2. Make sure the seatback is securely
latched by pushing it back until it is
fully locked.
3. Expand the open seams on the rear of
the seat bottom slightly to verify the
locations of the LATCH lower anchors.
NOTE
•
The markings above the LATCH
lower anchors indicate the locations
of the LATCH lower anchors for the
attachment of a child-restraint
system.
4. Remove the head restraint. However,
when installing a backless booster seat,
always install the vehicle head restraint
to the seat where the backless booster
seat is installed.
Refer to Head Restraints on page 2-12.
5. Secure the child-restraint system using
BOTH LATCH lower anchors,
following the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instruction. Pull on the
child-restraint to be sure both anchors
are engaged.
6. If your child-restraint system came
equipped with a tether, that means it is
very important to properly secure the
tether for child safety. Please carefully
follow the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions when
installing tethers.
WARNING
Use the tether and tether anchor only for a
child-restraint system:
Using the tether or tether anchor to secure
anything but a child-restraint system is
dangerous. This could weaken or damage
the tether or tether anchor and result in
injury.
Always remove the head restraint and
install child-restraint system (except when
installing a backless booster seat):
Installing a child-restraint system without
removing the head restraint is dangerous.
The child-restraint system cannot be
installed correctly which may result in
death or injury to the child in a collision.
Tether strap
Forward
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-42
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Always attach the tether strap to the
correct tether anchor position:
Attaching the tether strap to the incorrect
tether anchor position is dangerous. In a
collision, the tether strap could come o
and loosen the child-restraint system. If the
child-restraint system moves it could result
in death or injury to the child.
Always install the head restraint and adjust
it to the appropriate position after
removing the child-restraint system:
Driving with the head restraint removed is
dangerous as impact to the occupant's
head cannot be prevented during
emergency braking or in a collision, which
could result in a serious accident, injury or
death.
Refer to Head Restraints on page 2-12.
Installation on rear center seat
The LATCH lower anchors at the center of
the rear seat are much further apart than
the sets of LATCH lower anchors for
child-restraint system installation at other
seating positions. Child-restraint systems
with rigid LATCH attachments cannot be
installed on the center seating position.
Some LATCH equipped child-restraint
systems can be placed in the center
position and will reach the nearest LATCH
lower anchors which are 360 mm (14.2 in)
apart. LATCH compatible child-restraint
systems (with attachments on belt
webbing) can be used at this seating
position only if the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions state that the
child-restraint system can be installed to
LATCH lower anchors that are 360 mm
(14.2 in) apart. Do not attach two
child-restraint systems to the same
LATCH lower anchor. If your
child-restraint system has a tether, it must
also be used for your child's optimum
safety.
The procedure for installation on the rear
outboard seats is the same.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-43
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
LATCH lower anchor location
WARNING
Always remove the head restraint and
install child-restraint system (except when
installing a backless booster seat):
Installing a child-restraint system without
removing the head restraint is dangerous.
The child-restraint system cannot be
installed correctly which may result in
death or injury to the child in a collision.
Tether strap
Forward
Always attach the tether strap to the
correct tether anchor position:
Attaching the tether strap to the incorrect
tether anchor position is dangerous. In a
collision, the tether strap could come o
and loosen the child-restraint system. If the
child-restraint system moves it could result
in death or injury to the child.
Always install the head restraint and adjust
it to the appropriate position after
removing the child-restraint system:
Driving with the head restraint removed is
dangerous as impact to the occupant's
head cannot be prevented during
emergency braking or in a collision, which
could result in a serious accident, injury or
death.
Refer to Head Restraints on page 2-12.
Essential Safety Equipment
Child Restraint
2-44
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Precautions
The front and side supplemental restraint systems (SRS) include different types of air bags.
Please verify the different types of air bags which are equipped on your vehicle by
locating the “SRS AIRBAG” location indicators. These indicators are visible in the area
where the air bags are installed.
The air bags are installed in the following locations:
•
The steering wheel hub (driver air bag)
•
The front passenger dashboard (front passenger air bag)
•
The outboard sides of the front seatbacks (side air bags)
*
•
The front and rear window pillars, and the roof edge along both sides (curtain air bags)
*
Vehicles with the Front Passenger Occupant Classification System have a sensor which
detects an impending roll-over accident.
The air bag supplemental restraint systems are designed to provide supplemental protection
in certain situations so seat belts are always important in the following ways:
Without seat belt usage, the air bags cannot provide adequate protection during an accident.
Seat belt usage is necessary to:
•
Keep the occupant from being thrown into an inflating air bag.
•
Reduce the possibility of injuries during an accident that is not designed for air bag
inflation, such as rear impact.
•
Reduce the possibility of injuries in frontal, near frontal or side collisions or roll-over
accidents that are not severe enough to activate the air bags.
•
Reduce the possibility of being thrown from your vehicle.
•
Reduce the possibility of injuries to lower body and legs during an accident because the
air bags provide no protection to these parts of the body.
•
Hold the driver in a position which allows better control of the vehicle.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
*Some models.
2-45
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
If your vehicle is also equipped with a front passenger occupant classification system,
refer to the Front Passenger Occupant Classification System (page 2-61) for details.
If your vehicle is equipped with a front passenger occupant classification system, the front
passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates for a specified time after the
ignition is switched ON.
Small children must be protected by a child-restraint system as stipulated by law in every
state and province. In certain states and provinces, larger children must use a child-restraint
system (page 2-23).
Carefully consider which child-restraint system is necessary for your child and follow the
installation directions in this Owner's Manual as well as the child-restraint system
manufacturer's instructions.
WARNING
Seat belts must be worn in air bag equipped vehicles:
Depending only on the air bags for protection during an accident is dangerous. Alone, air
bags may not prevent serious injuries. The appropriate air bags can be expected to inate
only in the rst accident, such as frontal, near frontal or side collisions or roll-over accidents
that are at least moderate. Vehicle occupants should always wear seat belts.
Children should not ride in the front passenger seat:
Placing a child, 12 years or under, in the front seat is dangerous. The child could be hit by a
deploying air bag and be seriously injured or even killed. A sleeping child is more likely to lean
against the door and be hit by the side air bag in moderate collision to the front-passenger
side of the vehicle. Whenever possible, always secure a child 12 years and under on the rear
seats with an appropriate child-restraint system for the child's age and size.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-46
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Never use a rear-facing child-restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that could
deploy:
Rear-facing child-restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous even though
you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based on the fact that the
front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates. The child-restraint system
can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently backward resulting in serious injury or
death to the child.
Do not sit too close to the driver and front passenger air bags:
Sitting too close to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placing hands or feet on
them is extremely dangerous. The driver and front passenger air bags inate with great force
and speed. Serious injuries could occur if someone is too close. The driver should always hold
onto only the rim of the steering wheel. The front seat passenger should keep both feet on the
oor. Front seat occupants should adjust their seats as far back as possible and always sit
upright against the seatbacks with seat belts worn properly.
Sit in the center of the seat and wear seat belts properly:
Sitting too close to the side air bag modules or placing hands on them, or sleeping up against
the door or hanging out the windows is extremely dangerous. The side and curtain air bags
inate
with great force and speed directly expanding along the door on the side the car is hit.
Serious injury could occur if someone is sitting too close to the door or leaning against a
window, or if rear seat occupants grab the sides of the front seatbacks. Give the side and
curtain air bags room to work by sitting in the center of the seat while the vehicle is moving
with seat belts worn properly.
Do not attach objects on or around the area where driver and front passenger air bags
deploy:
Attaching an object to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placing something
in front of them is dangerous. In an accident, an object could interfere with air bag
ination
and injure the occupants.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-47
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Do not attach objects on or around the area where a side air bag deploys:
Attaching objects to the front seat in such a way as to cover the outboard side of the seat in
any way is dangerous. In an accident the object could interfere with the side air bag, which
inates from the outboard side of the front seats, impeding the added protection of the side
air bag system or redirecting the air bag in a way that is dangerous. Furthermore, the bag
could be cut open releasing the gas.
Do not hang net bags, map pouches or backpacks with side straps on the front seats. Never
use seat covers on the front seats. Always keep the side air bag modules in your front seats
free to deploy in the event of a side collision.
Do not attach objects on or around the area where a curtain air bag deploys:
Attaching objects to the areas where the curtain air bag activates such as on the windshield
glass, side door glass, front and rear window pillars and along the roof edge and assist grips is
dangerous. In an accident the object could interfere with the curtain air bag, which
inates
from the front and rear window pillars and along the roof edge, impeding the added
protection of the curtain air bag system or redirecting the air bag in a way that is dangerous.
Furthermore, the bag could be cut open releasing the gas.
Do not place hangers or any other objects on the assist grips. When hanging clothes, hang
them on the coat hook directly. Always keep the curtain air bag modules free to deploy in the
event of a side collision or roll-over accident.
Do not touch the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bags have
inated:
Touching the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bags have
inated is dangerous. Immediately after ination, they are very hot. You could get burned.
Never install any front-end equipment to your vehicle:
Installation of front-end equipment, such as frontal protection bar (kangaroo bar, bull bar,
push bar, or other similar devices), snowplow, or winches, is dangerous. The air bag crash
sensor system could be
aected.
This could cause air bags to
inate
unexpectedly, or it could
prevent the air bags from inating during an accident. Front occupants could be seriously
injured.
Do not modify the suspension:
Modifying the vehicle suspension is dangerous. If the vehicle's height or the suspension is
modied, the vehicle will be unable to accurately detect a collision or roll-over accident
resulting in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious injuries.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-48
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
To prevent false detection by the air bag sensor system, heed the following:
Do not use tires or wheels other than those specied for your Mazda:
Use of any tire or wheel other than those specied for your Mazda (page 9-7) is
dangerous. Use of such wheels will prevent the vehicle's accident detections system from
accurately detecting a collision or roll-over accident resulting in incorrect or unexpected air
bag deployment and the possibility of serious injuries.
Do not overload your vehicle:
Overloading your vehicle is dangerous as it could prevent the air bag crash sensor system
from accurately detecting a collision or roll-over accident resulting in incorrect or
unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious injuries. The gross axle weight
rating (GAWR) and the gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) for your vehicle are on the Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard Label on the driver's door frame. Do not exceed these ratings.
Do not drive the vehicle o-road:
Driving your Mazda o-road is dangerous because the vehicle has not been designed to do
so. Driving the vehicle o-road could prevent the air bag crash sensor system from
accurately detecting a collision or roll-over accident resulting in incorrect or unexpected air
bag deployment and the possibility of serious injuries.
Do not modify a front door or leave any damage unrepaired. Always have an Authorized
Mazda Dealer inspect a damaged front door:
Modifying a front door or leaving any damage unrepaired is dangerous. Each front door has a
side crash sensor as a component of the supplemental restraint system. If holes are drilled in a
front door, a door speaker is left removed, or a damaged door is left unrepaired, the sensor
could be adversely aected causing it to not detect the pressure of an impact correctly during
a side collision. If a sensor does not detect a side impact correctly, the side and curtain air
bags and the front seat belt pretensioner may not operate normally which could result in
serious injury to occupants.
Do not modify the supplemental restraint system:
Modifying the components or wiring of the supplemental restraint system is dangerous. You
could accidentally activate it or make it inoperable. Do not make any modications to the
supplemental restraint system. This includes installing trim, badges, or anything else over the
air bag modules. It also includes installing extra electrical equipment on or near system
components or wiring. An Authorized Mazda Dealer can provide the special care needed in
the removal and installation of front seats. It is important to protect the air bag wiring and
connections to assure that the bags do not accidentally deploy, and that the front passenger
occupant
classication
system and the seats retain an undamaged air bag connection.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-49
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Do not place luggage or other objects under the front seats:
Placing luggage or other objects under the front seats is dangerous. The components
essential to the supplemental restraint system could be damaged, and in the event of a side
collision, the appropriate air bags may not deploy, which could result in death or serious
injury. To prevent damage to the components essential to the supplemental restraint system,
do not place luggage or other objects under the front seats.
Do not operate a vehicle with damaged air bag/seat belt pretensioner system components:
Expended or damaged air bag/seat belt pretensioner system components must be replaced
after any collision which caused them to deploy or damage them. Only a trained Authorized
Mazda Dealer can fully evaluate these systems to see that they will work in any subsequent
accident. Driving with an expended or damaged air bag or pretensioner unit will not
aord
you the necessary protection in the event of any subsequent accident which could result in
serious injury or death.
Do not remove interior air bag parts:
Removing any components such as the front seats, front dashboard, the steering wheel or
parts on the front and rear window pillars and along the roof edge, containing air bag parts
or sensors is dangerous. These parts contain essential air bag components. The air bag could
accidentally activate and cause serious injuries. Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer
remove these parts.
Properly dispose of the air bag system:
Improper disposal of an air bag or a vehicle with live air bags in it can be extremely
dangerous. Unless all safety procedures are followed, injury could result. Have an Authorized
Mazda Dealer safely dispose of the air bag system or scrap an air bag equipped vehicle.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-50
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
NOTE
•
If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary
restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in
accordance with a certified physician, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer, refer to
“Customer Assistance (U.S.A.)” (page 8-2).
•
When an air bag deploys, a loud inflation noise can be heard and some smoke will be
released. Neither is likely to cause injury, however, the texture of the air bags may cause
light skin injuries on body parts not covered with clothing through friction.
•
Should you sell your Mazda, we urge you to tell the new owner of its air bag systems and
that familiarization with all instructions about them, from the Owner's Manual, is
important.
•
This highly-visible label is displayed which warns against the use of a rear-facing
child-restraint system on the front passenger seat.
(Except Mexico) (Mexico)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-51
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Supplemental Restraint System Components
(With Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-52
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
(Without Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)
Driver/Front passenger inflators and air bags
Roll-over sensor
*
, crash sensors, and diagnostic module (SAS unit)
Seat belt pretensioners (page 2-19)
Front air bag sensors
Side crash sensors
*
Air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light (page 4-24)
Side and curtain inflators and air bags
*
Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light
*
(page 2-61)
Front passenger occupant classification sensor
*
(page 2-61)
Front passenger occupant classification module
*
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
*Some models.
2-53
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
How the SRS Air Bags Work
Your Mazda is equipped with the following types of SRS air bags. SRS air bags are
designed to work together with the seat belts to help to reduce injuries during an accident.
The SRS air bags are designed to provide further protection for passengers in addition to the
seat belt functions. Be sure to wear seat belts properly.
▼
Front Seat Belt Pretensioners
The front seat belt pretensioners are designed to deploy in moderate or severe frontal, near
frontal collisions.
In addition, the pretensioners operate when a side collision (only on the side in which the
collision occurs) or a roll-over accident is detected. The pretensioners operate differently
depending on what types of air bags are equipped. For more details about seat belt
pretensioner operation, refer to the SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria (page 2-58).
▼
Driver Air Bag
The driver's air bag is mounted in the steering wheel.
When air bag crash sensors detect a frontal impact of greater than moderate force, the
driver's air bag inflates quickly helping to reduce injury mainly to the driver's head or chest
caused by directly hitting the steering wheel.
For more details about air bag deployment, refer to "SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria"
(page 2-58).
(With Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)
The driver's dual-stage air bag controls air bag inflation in two energy stages. During an
impact of moderate severity, the driver's air bag deploys with lesser energy, whereas during
more severe impacts, it deploys with more energy.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-54
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Front Passenger Air Bag
The front passenger air bag is mounted in the front passenger dashboard.
The inflation mechanism for the front passenger air bag is the same as the driver's air bag.
For more details about air bag deployment, refer to "SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria"
(page 2-58).
(With Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)
In addition, the front passenger air bag is designed to only deploy when the front passenger
occupant classification sensor detects a passenger sitting on the front passenger's seat. For
details, refer to the front passenger occupant classification system (page 2-61).
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-55
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Side Air Bags
*
The side air bags are mounted in the outboard sides of the front seatbacks.
When the air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force, the
system inflates the side air bag only on the side in which the vehicle was hit. The side air
bag inflates quickly to reduce injury to the driver or front passenger's chest caused by
directly hitting interior parts such as a door or window.
For more details about air bag deployment, refer to "SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria"
(page 2-58).
(With Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)
In addition, the front passenger side air bag is designed to only deploy when the front
passenger occupant classification sensor detects a passenger sitting on the front passenger's
seat. For details, refer to the front passenger occupant classification system (page 2-61).
▼
Curtain Air Bags
*
The curtain air bags are mounted in the front and rear window pillars, and the roof edge
along both sides.
When the air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force, the curtain air
bag inflates quickly and helps to reduce injury mainly to the rear outboard passenger's head
caused by directly hitting interior parts such as a door or window.
For more details about air bag deployment, refer to "SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria"
(page 2-58).
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-56
*Some models.
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
In a side impact:
Greater than moderate impact to one side of the vehicle will cause the curtain air bag on that
side only to inflate.
Only one side curtain air bag will deploy on the
side of the vehicle that receives the force of an
impact.
(With Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)
In a roll-over:
In response to a vehicle roll-over, both curtain air bags inflate.
Both curtain air bags will deploy after
the roll-over accident is detected.
▼
Warning Light/Beep
A system malfunction or operation conditions are indicated by a warning.
Refer to Warning/Indicator Lights on page 4-24.
Refer to Warning Sound is Activated on page 7-43.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-57
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria
This chart indicates the applicable SRS equipment that will deploy depending on the type of
collision.
(The illustrations are the representative cases of collisions.)
SRS equip-
ment
Types of collision
A severe frontal/near frontal colli-
sion
A severe side colli-
sion
*2
A roll-over/near
roll-over
*3
A rear collision
Front seat
belt preten-
sioner
X
*1
(both sides)
X
*1
(impact side
only)
X
*1
(both sides)
No air bag and
front seat belt pre-
tensioner will be
activated in a rear
collision.
Driver air
bag
X
Front pas-
senger air
bag
X
*1
Side air bag
*
X
*1
(impact side
only)
Curtain air
bag
*
X (impact side on-
ly)
X (both sides)
X: The SRS air bag equipment is designed to deploy in a collision.
*
1 (With Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)
The front passenger front and side air bags and the seat belt pretensioner are designed to deploy when the front
passenger occupant classification sensor detects a passenger sitting on the front passenger's seat.
*
2 (With Side/Curtain Air Bags)
In a side collision, the seat belt pretensioners and the side/curtain air bags deploy (only on the side in which the
collision occurs).
*
3 (With Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)
In a roll-over accident, the seat belt pretensioners and the curtain air bags deploy.
NOTE
In a frontal offset collision, the equipped air bags and pretensioners may all deploy
depending on the direction, angle, and rate of impact.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-58
*Some models.
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Limitations to SRS Air Bag
In severe collisions such as those described previously in "SRS Air Bag Deployment
Criteria", the applicable SRS air bag equipment will deploy. However, in some accidents,
the equipment may not deploy depending on the type of collision and its severity.
Limitations to front/near front collision detection:
The following illustrations are examples of front/near front collisions that may not be
detected as severe enough to deploy the SRS air bag equipment.
Impacts involving trees or poles
Frontal offset impact to the vehicle
Rear-ending or running under a truck's tail gate
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-59
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Limitations to side collision detection:
The following illustrations are examples of side collisions that may not be detected as
severe enough to deploy the SRS air bag equipment.
Side impacts involving trees or poles
Side impacts with two-wheeled vehicles
Roll-over (Without Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)
(With Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)
Limitations to roll-over detection:
The following illustration is an example of an accident that may not be detected as a
roll-over accident. Therefore, the front seat belt pretensioners and curtain air bags may not
deploy.
Pitch end over end
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-60
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Front Passenger Occupant Classification System
*
First, please read "Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Precautions" (page 2-45) carefully.
▼
Front Passenger Occupant Classification Sensor
Your vehicle is equipped with a front passenger occupant classification sensor as a part of
the supplemental restraint system. This sensor is equipped in the front passenger's seat
cushion. This sensor measures the electrostatic capacity of the front passenger's seat. The
SAS unit is designed to prevent the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt
pretensioner system from deploying if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator
light turns on.
To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag, the
system deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the seat belt
pretensioner system when the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light turns on.
Refer to the following table for the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light
illumination conditions.
This system shuts off the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner
system, so make sure the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light turns on
according to the following table.
The air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes and the front passenger
air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates if the sensors have a possible malfunction. If
this happens, the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system
will not deploy.
Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light
This indicator light turns on to remind you that the front passenger front and side air bags
and seat belt pretensioner will not deploy during a collision.
If the front passenger occupant classification sensor is normal, the indicator light turns on
when the ignition is switched ON. The light turns off after a few seconds. Then, the
indicator light turns on or is off under the following conditions:
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
*Some models.
2-61
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light on/off condition chart
Condition detected by the front
passenger occupant classifica-
tion system
Front passenger air
bag deactivation indi-
cator light
Front passenger front
and side air bags
Front passenger seat
belt pretensioner sys-
tem
Empty (Not occupied) On Deactivated Deactivated
A child less than 1 year old is
seated in a child-restraint system
On Deactivated Deactivated
Child
*1
On or off Deactivated or ready Deactivated or ready
Adult
*2
Off Ready Ready
*
1 The occupant classification sensor may not detect a child seated on the seat, in a child-restraint system, or a
junior seat depending on the child's physical size and seated posture.
*
2 If a smaller adult sits on the front passenger seat, the sensors might detect the person as being a child
depending on the person's physique.
The curtain air bag is ready for inflating regardless of what the front passenger air bag
deactivation indicator light on/off condition chart indicates.
If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not turn on when the ignition
is switched ON and does not turn on as indicated in the front passenger air bag deactivation
indicator light on/off condition chart, do not allow an occupant to sit in the front passenger
seat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible. The system may not work
properly in an accident.
WARNING
Do not allow an occupant in the front passenger's seat to sit with a posture which makes it
dicult for the front passenger occupant classication sensor to detect the occupant
correctly:
Sitting in the front passenger's seat with a posture which makes it dicult for the front
passenger occupant classication sensor to detect the occupant correctly is dangerous. If the
front passenger occupant classication sensor cannot detect the occupant sitting on the front
passenger's seat correctly, the front passenger front and side air bags and pretensioner
system may not operate (non-deploy) or they may operate (deploy) accidentally. The front
passenger will not have the supplementary protection of the air bags or the accidental
operation (deployment) of the air bags could result in serious injury or death.
Under the following conditions, the front passenger occupant classication sensor cannot
detect a passenger sitting on the front passenger's seat correctly and the deployment/
non-deployment of the air bags cannot be controlled as indicated in the front passenger air
bag deactivation indicator light on/o condition chart. For example:
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-62
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
A front passenger is seated as shown in the following
gure:
A rear passenger pushes up on the front passenger seat with their feet.
Luggage or other items placed under the front passenger seat or between the front
passenger seat and driver seat that push up the front passenger seat bottom.
An object, such as a seat cushion, is put on the front passenger's seat or between the
passenger's back and the seatback.
A seat cover is put on the front passenger's seat.
Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child-restraint system.
A rear passenger or luggage push or pull down on the front passenger seatback.
Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint.
The seat is washed.
Liquids are spilled on the seat.
The front passenger seat is moved backward, pushing into luggage or other items placed
behind it.
The front passenger seatback contacts the rear seat.
Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver seat.
An electric device is put on the front passenger's seat.
An additional electrical device, such as a seat warmer is installed to the surface of the front
passenger seat.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-63
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
The front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems will deactivate
if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light turns on.
CAUTION
To assure proper deployment of the front air bag and to prevent damage to the sensor in
the front seat cushion:
Do not place sharp objects on the front seat cushion or leave heavy luggage on them.
Do not spill any liquids on the front seats or under the front seats.
To allow the sensors to function properly, always perform the following:
Adjust the front seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against the seatbacks
with seat belts worn properly.
If you place your child on the front passenger seat, secure the child-restraint system
properly and slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible (page 2-34).
NOTE
•
The system requires about 10 seconds to alternate between turning the front passenger
front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system on or off.
•
The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may turn on repeatedly if luggage
or other items are put on the front passenger seat, or if the temperature of the vehicle's
interior changes suddenly.
•
The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may turn on for 10 seconds if the
electrostatic capacity on the front passenger seat changes.
•
The air bag/front seat belt pretensioner system warning light might turn on if the front
passenger seat receives a severe impact.
•
If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not turn on after installing
a child-restraint system on the front passenger seat, first, re-install your child-restraint
system according to the procedure in this owner's manual. Then, if the front passenger air
bag deactivation indicator light still does not turn on, install the child-restraint system on
the rear seat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
•
If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light turns on when an occupant is
seated directly in the front passenger seat, have the passenger re-adjust their posture by
sitting with their feet on the floor, and then re-fastening the seat belt. If the front
passenger air bag deactivation indicator light remains turned on, move the passenger to
the rear seat. If sitting in the rear seat is not possible, slide the front passenger seat as far
back as possible. Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-64
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Constant Monitoring
The following components of the air bag systems are monitored by a diagnostic system:
•
Front air bag sensors
•
Crash sensors, and diagnostic module (SAS unit)
•
Side crash sensors
•
Air bag modules
•
Front seat belt pretensioners
•
Air bag/Front seat belt pretensioner system warning light
•
Related wiring
(With Front Passenger Occupant Classification System)
•
Front passenger occupant classification sensor
•
Front passenger occupant classification module
•
Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light
The diagnostic module continuously monitors the system's readiness. This begins when the
ignition is switched ON and continues while the vehicle is being driven.
Essential Safety Equipment
SRS Air Bags
2-65
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
MEMO
2-66
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
3
Before Driving
Use of various features, including keys, doors, mirrors and windows.
Keys.................................................... 3-2
Keys..............................................3-2
Keyless Entry System...................3-3
Advanced Keyless Entry
System.................................................3-9
Advanced Keyless Entry System
*
.....
...................................................... 3-9
Operational Range...................... 3-10
Doors and Locks.............................. 3-11
Door Locks................................. 3-11
Liftgate....................................... 3-20
Fuel and Emission........................... 3-24
Fuel and Engine Exhaust
Precautions................................. 3-24
Fuel-Filler Lid and Cap.............. 3-27
Steering Wheel.................................3-29
Steering Wheel........................... 3-29
Mirrors............................................. 3-31
Mirrors........................................3-31
Windows........................................... 3-33
Power Windows..........................3-33
Moonroof
*
.................................. 3-36
Security System............................... 3-39
Modification and Add-On
Equipment...................................3-39
Immobilizer System....................3-39
Theft-Deterrent System
*
.............3-41
Driving Tips..................................... 3-43
Break-In Period.......................... 3-43
Saving Fuel and Protection of the
Environment............................... 3-43
Hazardous Driving......................3-44
Floor Mat....................................3-44
Rocking the Vehicle....................3-45
Winter Driving............................3-45
Driving In Flooded Area............ 3-47
Overloading................................ 3-48
Driving on Uneven Road............3-49
Towing.............................................. 3-50
Trailer Towing............................ 3-50
Recreational Towing...................3-50
*Some models.
3-1
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Keys
WARNING
Do not leave the key in your vehicle with
children and keep them in a place where
your children will not nd or play with
them:
Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is
dangerous. This could result in someone
being badly injured or even killed. Children
may nd these keys to be an interesting toy
to play with and could cause the power
windows or other controls to operate, or
even make the vehicle move.
CAUTION
Because the key (transmitter) uses
low-intensity radio waves, it may not
function correctly under the following
conditions:
The key is carried with communication
devices such as cellular phones.
The key contacts or is covered by a
metal object.
The key is near electronic devices such
as personal computers.
Non-Mazda genuine electronic
equipment is installed in the vehicle.
There is equipment which discharges
radio waves near the vehicle.
The key (transmitter) may consume
battery power excessively if it receives
high-intensity radio waves. Do not place
the key near electronic devices such as
televisions or personal computers.
To avoid damage to the key
(transmitter), DO NOT:
Drop the key.
Get the key wet.
Disassemble the key.
Expose the key to high temperatures
on places such as the dashboard or
hood, under direct sunlight.
Expose the key to any kind of magnetic
eld.
Place heavy objects on the key.
Put the key in an ultrasonic cleaner.
Put any magnetized objects close to
the key.
A code number is stamped on the plate
attached to the key set; detach this plate
and store it in a safe place (not in the
vehicle) for use if you need to make a
replacement key (auxiliary key).
Also write down the code number and
keep it in a separate safe and convenient
place, but not in the vehicle.
If your key (auxiliary key) is lost, consult
your Authorized Mazda Dealer and have
your code number ready.
NOTE
The driver must carry the key to ensure the
system functions properly.
Auxiliary keyTransmitter
Key code number plate
Before Driving
Keys
3-2
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
To use the auxiliary key, pull out the
auxiliary key from the transmitter while
pressing the knob.
Knob
Keyless Entry System
This system uses the key buttons to
remotely lock and unlock the doors and
the liftgate.
The system can start the engine without
having to take the key out of your purse or
pocket.
It can also help you signal for attention or
help.
Operating the theft-deterrent system is
also possible on theft-deterrent
system-equipped vehicles.
System malfunctions or warnings are
indicated by the following warning lights
or beeps.
•
KEY Warning Light (Red)
Refer to Contact Authorized Mazda
Dealer and Have Vehicle Inspected on
page 7-30.
Refer to Taking Action on page 7-34.
•
Ignition Not Switched Off (STOP)
Warning Beep
Refer to Ignition Not Switched Off
(STOP) Warning Beep on page 7-44.
•
Key Removed from Vehicle Warning
Beep
Refer to Key Removed from Vehicle
Warning Beep on page 7-44.
If you have a problem with the key,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
If your key is lost or stolen, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible for a replacement and to make the
lost or stolen key inoperative.
Before Driving
Keys
3-3
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
CAUTION
Radio equipment like this is governed by
laws in the United States.
Changes or modications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's authority
to operate the equipment.
NOTE
•
The keyless entry system operation may
vary due to local conditions.
•
The keyless entry system is fully
operational (door/liftgate lock/unlock)
when the ignition is switched off. The
system does not operate if the ignition is
switched to any position other than off.
•
If the key does not operate when
pressing a button or the operational
range becomes too small, the battery
may be weak. To install a new battery,
refer to Key Battery Replacement (page
6-34).
•
Battery life is about 1 year. Replace the
battery with a new one if the KEY
indicator light (green) flashes in the
instrument cluster. Replacing the battery
about once a year is recommended
because the KEY warning light/
indicator light may not illuminate or
flash depending on the rate of battery
depletion.
•
Additional keys can be obtained at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer. Up to 6 keys
can be used with the keyless functions
per vehicle. Bring all keys to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer when
additional keys are required.
▼
Transmitter
Operation buttons
Operation indicator light
NOTE
•
The headlights turn on/off by operating
the transmitter. Refer to Leaving Home
Light on page 4-47.
•
(With theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights flash when
the theft-deterrent system is armed or
turned off.
Refer to Theft-Deterrent System on page
3-41.
•
(With the advanced keyless function)
A beep sound can be heard for
confirmation when the doors and the
liftgate are locked/unlocked using the
key. If you prefer, the beep sound can be
turned off.
The volume of the beep sound can also
be changed.
Refer to Personalization Features on
page 9-9.
Use the following procedure to change the
setting.
1. Switch the ignition off and close all of
the doors and the liftgate.
Before Driving
Keys
3-4
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
2. Open the driver's door.
3. Within 30 seconds of opening the
driver's door, press and hold the LOCK
button on the key for 5 seconds or
longer (All of the doors and the liftgate
are locked and unlocked when the
LOCK button on the key is pressed and
held for 5 seconds.).
The beep sound activates at the
currently set volume. The setting
changes each time the LOCK button on
the key is pressed and the beep sound
activates at the set volume. (If the beep
sound has been set to not activate, it
will not activate.)
4. The setting change is completed by
doing any one of the following:
•
Switching the ignition to ACC or
ON.
•
Closing the driver's door.
•
Opening the liftgate.
•
Not operating the key for ten
seconds.
•
Pressing any button except the
LOCK button on the key.
•
Pressing a request switch.
The operation indicator light flashes when
the buttons are pressed.
Lock button
To lock the doors and the liftgate, press the
lock button and the hazard warning lights
will flash once.
(With the advanced keyless function)
A beep sound will be heard once.
To confirm that all doors and the liftgate
have been locked, press the lock button
again within 5 seconds. If they are closed
and locked, the horn will sound.
NOTE
•
The doors and the liftgate can be locked
by pressing the lock button while any
other door or the liftgate is open. The
hazard warning lights will not flash.
When the lock button is pressed while
any door is open and then the door is
closed, all the doors and the liftgate are
locked.
•
Confirm that all doors and the liftgate
are locked visually or audibly by use of
the double click.
•
Make sure all doors and the liftgate are
locked after pressing the button.
•
(With theft-deterrent system)
When the doors are locked by pressing
the lock button on the key while the
theft-deterrent system is armed, the
hazard warning lights will flash once to
indicate that the system is armed.
Before Driving
Keys
3-5
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Unlock button
To unlock the driver's door, press the
unlock button and the hazard warning
lights will flash twice.
(With the advanced keyless function)
A beep sound will be heard twice.
To unlock all doors and the liftgate, press
the unlock button again within three
seconds and two more beep sounds will be
heard.
NOTE
•
The system can be set to unlock all
doors by performing a single operation.
Refer to Personalization Features on
page 9-9.
Use the following procedure to change
the setting.
1. Switch the ignition off and close all
of the doors and the liftgate.
2. Open the driver's door.
3. Within 30 seconds of opening the
driver's door, press and hold the
UNLOCK button on the key for 5
seconds or longer (the sound of the
doors locking/unlocking can be
heard).
After this, the system switches the
setting each time the UNLOCK
button is pressed (the sound of the
doors locking/unlocking can be
heard).
4. The setting change is completed by
doing any one of the following:
•
Switching the ignition to ACC or
ON.
•
Closing the driver's door.
•
Opening the liftgate.
•
Not operating the key for ten
seconds.
•
Pressing any button except the
UNLOCK button on the key.
•
Pressing a request switch.
•
(Auto re-lock function)
After unlocking with the key, all doors
and the liftgate will automatically lock if
any of the following operations are not
performed within about 60 seconds. If
your vehicle has a theft-deterrent
system, the hazard warning lights will
flash for confirmation.
The time required for the doors to lock
automatically can be changed.
Refer to Personalization Features on
page 9-9.
•
A door or the liftgate is opened.
•
The ignition is switched to any
position other than off.
•
(With theft-deterrent system)
When the doors are unlocked by
pressing the unlock button on the key
while the theft-deterrent system is turned
off, the hazard warning lights will flash
twice to indicate that the system is
turned off.
Before Driving
Keys
3-6
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Panic button
If you witness from a distance someone
attempting to break into or damage your
vehicle, press and hold the panic button to
activate the vehicle's alarm. Call
emergency services if necessary.
NOTE
The panic button will work whether any
door or the liftgate is open or closed.
(Turning on the alarm)
Pressing the panic button for 1 second or
more will trigger the alarm for about 2
minutes and 30 seconds, and the following
will occur:
•
The horn sounds intermittently.
•
The hazard warning lights flash.
(Turning off the alarm)
The alarm stops by pressing any button on
the key.
▼
Operational Range
The system operates only when the driver
is in the vehicle or within operational
range while the key is being carried.
Starting the Engine
NOTE
•
Starting the engine may be possible even
if the key is outside of the vehicle and
extremely close to a door and window,
however, always start the engine from
the driver's seat.
If the vehicle is started and the key is not
in the vehicle, the vehicle will not restart
after it is shut off and the ignition is
switched to off.
•
The luggage compartment is out of the
assured operational range, however, if
the key (transmitter) is operable the
engine will start.
With the advanced keyless function
Interior antenna
Operational range
Before Driving
Keys
3-7
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Without the advanced keyless function
Interior antenna
Operational range
NOTE
The engine may not start if the key is
placed in the following areas:
•
Around the dashboard
•
In the storage compartments such as the
glove compartment or the center console
▼
Key Suspend Function
If a key is left in the vehicle, the functions
of the key left in the vehicle are
temporarily suspended to prevent theft of
the vehicle.
To restore the functions, press the unlock
button on the functions-suspended key in
the vehicle.
Before Driving
Keys
3-8
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Advanced Keyless Entry
System
*
WARNING
Radio waves from the key may aect
medical devices such as pacemakers:
Before using the key near people who use
medical devices, ask the medical device
manufacturer or your physician if radio
waves from the key will aect the device.
The advanced keyless function allows you
to lock/unlock the door and the liftgate, or
open the liftgate while carrying the key.
System malfunctions or warnings are
indicated by the following warning beeps.
•
Request switch Inoperable Warning
Beep
Refer to Request Switch Inoperable
Warning Beep (With the advanced
keyless function) on page 7-45.
•
Key Left-in-luggage Compartment
Warning Beep
Refer to Key Left-in-luggage
Compartment Warning Beep (With the
advanced keyless function) on page 7-
45.
•
Key Left-in-vehicle Warning Beep
Refer to Key Left-in-vehicle Warning
Beep (With the advanced keyless
function) on page 7-45.
NOTE
The advanced keyless entry system
functions can be deactivated to prevent
any possible adverse effect on a user
wearing a pacemaker or other medical
device. If the system is deactivated, you
will be unable to start the engine by
carrying the key. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer for details. If the advanced
keyless entry system has been deactivated,
you can start the engine by following the
procedure indicated when the key battery
goes dead.
Refer to Engine Start Function When Key
Battery is Dead on page 4-8.
Before Driving
Advanced Keyless Entry System
*Some models.
3-9
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Operational Range
The system operates only when the driver
is in the vehicle or within operational
range while the key is being carried.
NOTE
When the battery power is low, or in
places where there are high-intensity radio
waves or noise, the operational range may
become narrower or the system may not
operate. For determining battery
replacement, Refer to Keyless Entry
System on page 3-3.
▼
Locking, Unlocking the Doors and
the Liftgate
Exterior antenna
Operational range
80 cm (31in)
80 cm (31in)
Lock
Exterior antenna
Operational range
80 cm (31in)
80 cm (31in)
Unlock
NOTE
•
The system may not operate if you are
too close to the windows or door
handles, or liftgate.
•
If the key is left in the following areas
and you leave the vehicle, the doors may
be locked depending on the radio wave
conditions even if the key is left in the
vehicle.
•
Around the dashboard
•
In the storage compartments such as
the glove compartment or the center
console
•
Next to a communication device such
as a mobile phone
▼
Opening the Liftgate
Exterior antenna
80 cm(31in)
Operational range
Before Driving
Advanced Keyless Entry System
3-10
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Door Locks
WARNING
Always take all children and pets with you
or leave a responsible person with them:
Leaving a child or a pet unattended in a
parked vehicle is dangerous. In hot
weather, temperatures inside a vehicle can
become high enough to cause brain
damage or even death.
Do not leave the key in your vehicle with
children and keep them in a place where
your children will not
nd
or play with
them:
Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is
dangerous. This could result in someone
being badly injured or even killed.
Keep all doors locked when driving:
Unlocked doors in a moving vehicle are
dangerous. Passengers can fall out if a
door is accidentally opened and can more
easily be thrown out in an accident.
Always close all the windows and
moonroof, lock the doors and the liftgate
and take the key with you when leaving
your vehicle unattended:
Leaving your vehicle unlocked is dangerous
as children could lock themselves in a hot
vehicle, which could result in death. Also, a
vehicle left unlocked becomes an easy
target for thieves and intruders.
After closing the doors and the liftgate,
always verify that they are securely closed:
Doors and the liftgate not securely closed
are dangerous, if the vehicle is driven with
a door and the liftgate not securely closed,
the door and the liftgate could open
unexpectedly resulting in an accident.
Always conrm the safety around the
vehicle before opening a door and the
liftgate:
Suddenly opening a door and the liftgate is
dangerous. A passing vehicle or a
pedestrian could be hit and cause an
accident.
CAUTION
Always conrm the conditions around
the vehicle before opening/closing the
doors and the liftgate and use caution
during strong winds or when parked on
an incline. Not being aware of the
conditions around the vehicle is
dangerous because ngers could get
caught in the door and the liftgate or a
passing pedestrian could be hit, resulting
in an unexpected accident or injury.
Before Driving
Doors and Locks
3-11
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
NOTE
•
Always stop the engine and lock the
doors. In addition, to prevent theft of
valuables, do not leave them inside the
cabin.
•
If the key is left in the following areas
and you leave the vehicle, the doors may
be locked depending on the radio wave
conditions even if the key is left in the
vehicle.
•
Around the dashboard
•
In the storage compartments such as
the glove compartment or the center
console
•
Next to a communication device such
as a mobile phone
•
When the ignition is switched to ACC or
ON, the vehicle lock-out prevention
feature prevents you from locking
yourself out of the vehicle.
All doors and the liftgate will
automatically unlock if they are locked
using the power door locks with any
door or the liftgate open.
The vehicle lock-out prevention feature
does not operate while the ignition is
switched off.
When all doors and the liftgate are
locked using the power door lock with
any door or the liftgate open, the closed
doors and the liftgate are locked. After
that, when all doors and the liftgate are
closed, all doors and the liftgate are
locked. However, if the key is inside the
vehicle, all doors and the liftgate are
automatically unlocked.
(With the advanced keyless function)
The beep sound is heard for about 10
seconds to notify the driver that the key
has been left in the vehicle.
(Without the advanced keyless
function)
The horn sound is heard twice to notify
the driver that the key has been left in
the vehicle.
•
(Door unlock (control) system with
collision detection)
This system automatically unlocks the
doors and the liftgate in the event the
vehicle is involved in an accident to
allow passengers to get out of the
vehicle immediately and prevent being
trapped inside. While the ignition is
switched ON and in the event the vehicle
receives an impact strong enough to
inflate the air bags, all the doors and the
liftgate are automatically unlocked after
about 6 seconds have elapsed from the
time of the accident.
The doors and the liftgate may not
unlock depending on how an impact is
applied, the force of the impact, and
other conditions of the accident.
If door-related systems or the battery is
malfunctioning, the doors and the
liftgate will not unlock.
Before Driving
Doors and Locks
3-12
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Locking, Unlocking with Auxiliary
Key
Turn the auxiliary key toward the front to
lock, toward the back to unlock.
To l ock
All doors and the liftgate lock
automatically when the driver's door is
locked using the auxiliary key.
To u nlo ck
The driver’s door unlocks when the
auxiliary key is turned briefly to the
unlock position and then immediately
returned to the center position.
All doors and the liftgate unlock when the
driver's door is unlocked and the auxiliary
key is held in the unlock position for one
second or longer.
Lock
Unlock
▼
Locking, Unlocking with Request
Switch (With the advanced keyless
function)
All doors and the liftgate can be locked/
unlocked by pressing the request switch on
the front doors while the key is being
carried.
The request switch on the liftgate can only
be used to lock all doors and the liftgate.
Front doors
Request switch
Liftgate (Lock only)
Request switch
Before Driving
Doors and Locks
3-13
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
To lock
To lock the doors and the liftgate, press the
request switch and the hazard warning
lights will flash once.
A beep sound will be heard once.
To unlo ck
Driver's door request switch
To unlock the driver's door, press the
request switch. A beep sound will be heard
twice and the hazard warning lights will
flash twice.
To unlock all doors and the liftgate, press
the request switch again within three
seconds and two more beep sounds will be
heard.
Front passenger door request switch
To unlock all doors and the liftgate, press
the request switch. A beep sound will be
heard twice and the hazard warning lights
will flash twice.
NOTE
•
The system can be set to unlock all
doors by performing a single operation.
Refer to Personalization Features on
page 9-9.
Use the following procedure to change
the setting.
1. Switch the ignition off and close all
of the doors and the liftgate.
2. Open the driver's door.
3. Within 30 seconds of opening the
driver's door, press and hold the
UNLOCK button on the key for 5
seconds or longer (the sound of the
doors locking/unlocking can be
heard).
After this, the system switches the
setting of pressing the driver's
request switch once or twice to
unlock all doors and the liftgate
each time the UNLOCK button is
pressed (the sound of the doors
locking/unlocking can be heard).
4. The setting change is completed by
doing any one of the following:
•
Switching the ignition to ACC or
ON.
•
Closing the driver's door.
•
Opening the liftgate.
•
Not operating the key for ten
seconds.
•
Pressing any button except the
UNLOCK button on the key.
•
Pressing a request switch.
•
Confirm that all doors and the liftgate
are securely locked.
For the liftgate, move it without pressing
the electric liftgate opener to verify that
the liftgate has not been left ajar.
•
All doors and the liftgate cannot be
locked when any door or the liftgate is
open.
•
It may require a few seconds for the
doors to unlock after the request switch
is pressed.
•
A beep sound is heard for confirmation
when the doors and the liftgate are
locked/unlocked using the request
switch. If you prefer, the beep sound can
be turned off.
Before Driving
Doors and Locks
3-14
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
The volume of the beep sound can also
be changed. Refer to Personalization
Features on page 9-9.
Use the following procedure to change
the setting.
1. Switch the ignition off and close all
of the doors and the liftgate.
2. Open the driver's door.
3. Within 30 seconds of opening the
driver's door, press and hold the
LOCK button on the key for 5
seconds or longer (All of the doors
and the liftgate are locked and
unlocked when the LOCK button on
the key is pressed and held for 5
seconds.).
The beep sound activates at the
currently set volume. The setting
changes each time the LOCK button
on the key is pressed and the beep
sound activates at the set volume. (If
the beep sound has been set to not
activate, it will not activate.)
4. The setting change is completed by
doing any one of the following:
•
Switching the ignition to ACC or
ON.
•
Closing the driver's door.
•
Opening the liftgate.
•
Not operating the key for ten
seconds.
•
Pressing any button except the
LOCK button on the key.
•
Pressing a request switch.
•
(With theft-deterrent system)
The hazard warning lights flash when
the theft-deterrent system is armed or
turned off.
Refer to Theft-Deterrent System on page
3-41.
•
The setting can be changed so that the
doors and the liftgate are locked
automatically without pressing the
request switch.
Refer to Personalization Features on
page 9-9.
(Walk-away auto lock function)
A beep sound is heard when all doors
and the liftgate are closed while the
advanced key is being carried. All doors
and the liftgate are locked automatically
after about three seconds when the
advanced key is out of the operational
range. Also, the hazard warning lights
flash once. (Even if the driver is in the
operational range, all doors and the
liftgate are locked automatically after
about 30 seconds.) If you are out of the
operational range before the doors and
the liftgate are completely closed or
another key is left in the vehicle, the
walk-away auto lock function will not
work. Always make sure that all doors
and the liftgate are closed and locked
before leaving the vehicle. The
walk-away auto lock function does not
close the power windows.
•
(Auto re-lock function)
After unlocking with the request switch,
all doors and the liftgate will
automatically lock if any of the
following operations are not performed
within about 60 seconds. If your vehicle
has a theft-deterrent system, the hazard
warning lights will flash for
confirmation.
Before Driving
Doors and Locks
3-15
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
The time required for the doors to lock
automatically can be changed.
Refer to Personalization Features on
page 9-9.
•
Opening a door or the liftgate.
•
Switching the ignition to any position
other than off.
▼
Locking, Unlocking with
Transmitter
All doors and the liftgate can be locked/
unlocked by operating the keyless entry
system transmitter, refer to Keyless Entry
System (page 3-3).
▼
Locking, Unlocking with Door-Lock
Switch
All doors and the liftgate lock
automatically when the lock side is
pressed. They unlock when the unlock
side is pressed.
Driver's door
Lock
Unlock
Front passenger's door
Unlock
Lock
To lock all the doors and the liftgate from
an open front door, press the lock side of
the door lock switch and then close the
door.
NOTE
When locking the doors this way, be
careful not to leave the key inside the
vehicle.
▼
Auto Lock/Unlock Function
WARNING
Do not pull the inner handle on a front
door:
Pulling the inner handle on a front door
while the vehicle is moving is dangerous.
Passengers can fall out of the vehicle if the
door opens accidentally , which could
result in death or serious injury.
•
When the vehicle speed exceeds 20
km/h (12 mph), all doors and the liftgate
lock automatically.
•
When the ignition is switched off, all
doors and the liftgate unlock
automatically.
These functions can also be disabled so
that they do not operate.
Before Driving
Doors and Locks
3-16
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Auto lock/unlock function setting
change using door-lock switch
The doors and the liftgate can be set to
lock or unlock automatically by selecting
any one of the functions from the
following table and using the driver's
door-lock switch on the interior door
panel.
NOTE
•
Function number 3 in the following
table is the factory setting for your
vehicle.
•
There are only a total of six auto lock/
unlock settings available for automatic
transaxle vehicles, and three for manual
transaxle vehicles. Be sure to press the
unlock side of the driver's door-lock
switch the correct number of times
according to the selected function
number. If the switch is mistakenly
pressed seven times on an automatic
transaxle vehicle or four times on a
manual transaxle, the procedure will be
cancelled. If this occurs, start the
procedure from the beginning.
Function
number
Function
*1
1
The auto door-lock function is disa-
bled.
2
All the doors and the liftgate lock au-
tomatically when the vehicle speed is
about 20 km/h (12 mph) or more.
3 (Factory
Setting)
All the doors and the liftgate lock au-
tomatically when the vehicle speed is
about 20 km/h (12 mph) or more. All
the doors and the liftgate unlock
when the ignition is switched from
ON to Off.
Function
number
Function
*1
4
(Automatic transaxle vehicles only)
When the ignition is switched ON
and the selector lever is shifted from
park (P) to any other gear position, all
the doors and the liftgate lock auto-
matically.
5
(Automatic transaxle vehicles only)
When the ignition is switched ON
and the selector lever is shifted from
park (P) to any other gear position, all
the doors and the liftgate lock auto-
matically.
When the selector lever is shifted to
park (P) while the ignition is switched
ON, all the doors and the liftgate un-
lock automatically.
6
(Automatic transaxle vehicles only)
All the doors and the liftgate lock au-
tomatically when the vehicle speed is
about 20 km/h (12 mph) or more.
When the selector lever is shifted to
park (P) while the ignition is switched
ON, all the doors and the liftgate un-
lock automatically.
*
1 Other settings for the auto door lock function are
available at an Authorized Mazda Dealer. For
details consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Refer to Personalization Features on page 9-9.
Settings can be changed using the
following procedure.
1. Safely park the vehicle. All doors and
the liftgate must remain closed.
2. Switch the ignition ON.
3. Press and hold the lock side of the
driver's door-lock switch within 20
seconds of switching the ignition ON,
and make sure a beep sound is heard
about eight seconds afterwards.
Before Driving
Doors and Locks
3-17
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
4. Refer to the auto lock/unlock function
setting table, determine the function
number for the desired setting. Press
the unlock side of the driver's
door-lock switch the same number of
times as the selected function number
(Ex. If you select function 2, press the
unlock side of the switch only 2 times).
5. Three seconds after the function
setting has been changed, a beep sound
will beep in the amount of the selected
function number. (Ex. Function
number 3 = 3 beep sounds)
(Manual transaxle vehicles)
Press 2 times
Press 3 times
Current Function Number
Function Number 1
Function Number 2
Function Number 3
Press 4 times
Press unlock side of
lock switch once
Cancel setting
Cancel setting
Function set (The
number of beeps
heard is the same as
the selected function
number)
Press lock side of
lock switch
Wait for 3 second
(Automatic transaxle vehicles)
Press unlock side of
lock switch once
Press 2 times
Press 3 times
Current Function Number
Function Number 1
Function Number 2
Press 4 times
Function Number 3
Press 5 times
Function Number 4
Press 7 times
Function Number 5
Press 6 times
Function Number 6
Cancel setting
Cancel setting
Function set (The
number of beeps
heard is the same as
the selected function
number)
Press lock side of
lock switch
Wait for 3 second
NOTE
•
The doors and the liftgate cannot be
locked or unlocked while the setting
function is being performed.
•
The procedure can be cancelled by
pressing the lock side of the driver's
door-lock switch.
▼
Locking, Unlocking with Door-Lock
Knob
Operation from inside
To lock any door from the inside, press the
door-lock knob.
To unlock, pull it outward.
Before Driving
Doors and Locks
3-18
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
This does not operate the other door locks.
Lock
Unlock
Unlocked: Red indicator
Operation from outside
To lock any door using its door-lock knob
from the outside, press the door-lock knob
to the lock position and close the door
(holding the door handle in the open
position is not required).
This does not operate the other door locks.
Door-lock knob
NOTE
When locking the door this way:
•
Be careful not to leave the key inside the
vehicle.
•
The doors cannot be locked using the
driver's door lock knob if any door is
open when the ignition is switched to
ACC or ON.
▼
Rear Door Child Safety Locks
These locks are intended to help prevent
children from accidentally opening the
rear doors. Use them on both rear doors
whenever a child rides in the rear seat of
the vehicle.
If you slide the child safety lock to the
lock position before closing that door, the
door cannot be opened from the inside.
The door can only be opened by pulling
the outside handle.
Lock
Unlock
Before Driving
Doors and Locks
3-19
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Liftgate
WARNING
Never allow a person to ride in the luggage
compartment:
Allowing a person to ride in the luggage
compartment is dangerous. The person in
the luggage compartment could be
seriously injured or killed during sudden
braking or a collision.
Do not drive with the liftgate open:
Exhaust gas in the cabin of a vehicle is
dangerous. An open liftgate in a moving
vehicle will cause exhaust gas to be drawn
into the cabin. This gas contains CO
(carbon monoxide), which is colorless,
odorless, and highly poisonous, and it can
cause loss of consciousness and death.
Moreover, an open liftgate could cause
occupants to fall out in an accident.
Do not stack or leave loaded luggage
unsecured in the luggage compartment:
Otherwise, the luggage may move or
collapse, resulting in injury or an accident.
In addition, do not load luggage higher
than the seatbacks. It may aect the side or
rear eld of view.
CAUTION
Before opening the liftgate, remove any
snow and ice accumulation on it.
Otherwise, the liftgate could close under
the weight of the snow and ice resulting
in injury.
Be careful when opening/closing the
liftgate during strong winds. If a strong
gust blows against the liftgate, it could
close suddenly resulting in injury.
Fully open the liftgate and make sure
that it stays open. If the liftgate is only
opened partially, it could slam shut by
vibration or wind gusts resulting in
injury.
When loading or unloading luggage in
the luggage compartment, turn o the
engine. Otherwise, you could get burned
by the heat of the exhaust gas.
Be careful not to apply excessive force to
the damper stay on the liftgate such as
by putting your hand on the stay.
Otherwise, the damper stay may bend
and
aect
the liftgate operation.
Damper stay
Do not modify or replace the liftgate
damper stay. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer if a liftgate damper stay is
deformed or damaged for reasons such
as a collision or if there is some other
problem.
Before Driving
Doors and Locks
3-20
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Opening and Closing the Liftgate
Opening the liftgate with Electric
liftgate opener
Unlock the doors and liftgate, then press
the electric liftgate opener on the liftgate
and raise the liftgate when the latch
releases.
Electric liftgate
opener
NOTE
(With the advanced keyless function)
•
A locked liftgate can also be opened
while the key is being carried.
•
When opening the liftgate with the doors
and the liftgate locked, it may require a
few seconds for the liftgate latch to
release after the electric liftgate opener
is pressed.
•
The liftgate can be closed when the
doors are locked with the key left in the
vehicle. However, to prevent locking the
key in the vehicle, the liftgate can be
opened by pressing the electric liftgate
opener. If the liftgate cannot be opened
despite doing this procedure, first push
the liftgate completely closed, then press
the electric liftgate opener to fully open
the liftgate.
•
When the liftgate latch is released by
pressing the electric liftgate opener, the
liftgate raises slightly. If the liftgate is
not operated for a certain period of
time, the liftgate cannot be raised.
To open
Press the electric liftgate opener again.
To close
To close the liftgate from its slightly
raised position, open it first by pressing
the electric liftgate opener, then close it
after waiting at least 1 second.
•
If the liftgate is not fully closed, the
driver is notified by a warning indicated
in the instrument cluster.
•
If the vehicle battery is dead or there is
a malfunction in the electrical system
and the liftgate cannot be unlocked, the
liftgate can be opened by performing the
emergency procedure.
Refer to When Liftgate Cannot be
Opened on page 7-48.
Before Driving
Doors and Locks
3-21
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Closing the liftgate
CAUTION
(With luggage board)
When closing the liftgate, return the
luggage board to its original position. If the
liftgate is closed with the luggage board
standing upright, the luggage
compartment cover could be damaged.
Luggage compartment cover
Luggage board
Lower the liftgate slowly using the liftgate
grip recess, then push the liftgate closed
using both hands.
Do not slam it. Pull up on the liftgate to
make sure it is secure.
Liftgate grip recess
NOTE
Confirm that the liftgate is securely closed.
The liftgate, move it without pressing the
electric liftgate opener to verify that the
liftgate has not been left ajar.
▼
Luggage Compartment
Luggage compartment cover
*
WARNING
Do not place anything on top of the cover:
Placing luggage or other cargo on top of
the luggage compartment cover is
dangerous. During sudden braking or a
collision, the cargo could become a
projectile that could hit and injure
someone. The vehicle has a light weight
luggage compartment cover to keep the
contents of your luggage area out of sight;
it will not retain heavy objects that are not
tied down in an accident such as a rollover.
Tie down all heavy objects, whether
luggage or cargo, using the tie down
hooks.
Make sure luggage and cargo are secured
before driving:
Not securing cargo while driving is
dangerous as it could move or be crushed
during sudden braking or a collision and
cause injury.
CAUTION
Make sure the luggage compartment cover
is
rmly
secured. If it is not
rmly
secured, it
could unexpectedly disengage resulting in
injury.
Before Driving
Doors and Locks
3-22
*Some models.
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
The luggage compartment can be accessed
by opening the liftgate when the straps are
attached to the sides of the liftgate.
Strap
Removing the cover
This cover can be removed for more room.
1. Remove the straps from the hooks.
2. Lift the end of the luggage
compartment cover a little, pull it
outward, and remove it from the pins.
Pin
Pin
3. Lift the front end of the luggage
compartment cover and remove it.
Before Driving
Doors and Locks
3-23
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions
▼
Fuel Requirements
Vehicles with catalytic converters or oxygen sensors must use ONLY UNLEADED FUEL,
which will reduce exhaust emissions and keep spark plug fouling to a minimum.
This vehicle will perform best with fuel listed in the table.
Fuel
Octane Rating
*
(Anti-knock index)
Regular unleaded fuel
87 [(R
M)/2 method] or above (91 RON or above)
∗
U.S. federal law requires that octane ratings be posted on gasoline station pumps.
Fuel with a rating lower than 87 octane (91 RON) will negatively affect the emission control
system performance and could also cause engine knocking and serious engine damage.
CAUTION
USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.
Leaded fuel is harmful to the catalytic converter and oxygen sensors and will lead to
deterioration of the emission control system and or failures.
This vehicle can only use oxygenated fuels containing no more than 10 % ethanol by
volume. Damage to the vehicle may occur when ethanol exceeds this recommendation, or
if the gasoline contains any methanol. Stop using gasohol of any kind if your vehicle engine
is performing poorly.
Never add fuel system additives, otherwise the emission control system could be damaged.
Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer for details.
Gasoline blended with oxygenates such as alcohol or ether compounds are generally
referred to as oxygenated fuels. The common gasoline blend that can be used with your
vehicle is ethanol blended at no more than 10 %. Gasoline containing alcohol, such as
ethanol or methanol, may be marketed under the name "Gasohol".
Vehicle damage and drivability problems resulting from the use of the following may not be
covered by the warranty.
•
Gasohol containing more than 10 % ethanol.
•
Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol.
•
Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
Before Driving
Fuel and Emission
3-24
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Emission Control System
This vehicle is equipped with an emission control system (the catalytic converter is part of
this system) that enables the vehicle to comply with existing exhaust emissions
requirements.
WARNING
Never park over or near anything ammable:
Parking over or near anything ammable, such as dry grass, is dangerous. Even with the
engine turned
o,
the exhaust system remains very hot after normal use and could ignite
anything ammable. A resulting re could cause serious injury or death.
CAUTION
Ignoring the following precautions could cause lead to accumulate on the catalyst inside the
converter or cause the converter to get very hot. Either condition will damage the converter
and cause poor performance.
USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL.
Do not drive your Mazda with any sign of engine malfunction.
Do not coast with the ignition switched o.
Do not descend steep grades in gear with the ignition switched o.
Do not operate the engine at high idle for more than 2 minutes.
Do not tamper with the emission control system. All inspections and adjustments must be
made by a qualied technician.
Do not push-start or pull-start this vehicle.
NOTE
•
Under U.S. federal law, any modification to the original-equipment emission control
system before the first sale and registration of a vehicle is subject to penalties. In some
states, such modification made on a used vehicle is also subject to penalties.
•
While the engine is off, the sound of a valve opening and closing can be heard at the rear
of the vehicle, however this does not indicate an abnormality. The vehicle has a
self-checking device and it operates while the engine is off.
Before Driving
Fuel and Emission
3-25
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Engine Exhaust (Carbon monoxide)
WARNING
Do not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle:
Engine exhaust gas is dangerous. This gas contains carbon monoxide (CO), which is colorless,
odorless, and poisonous. When inhaled, it can cause loss of consciousness and death. If you
smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, keep all windows fully open and contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer immediately.
Do not run the engine when inside an enclosed area:
Running the engine inside an enclosed area, such as a garage, is dangerous. Exhaust gas,
which contains poisonous carbon monoxide, could easily enter the cabin. Loss of
consciousness or even death could occur.
Open the windows or adjust the heating or cooling system to draw fresh air when idling the
engine:
Exhaust gas is dangerous. When the vehicle is stopped with the windows closed and the
engine running for a long time even in an open area, exhaust gas, which contains poisonous
carbon monoxide, could enter the cabin. Loss of consciousness or even death could occur.
Clear snow from underneath and around your vehicle, particularly the tail pipe, before
starting the engine:
Running the engine when a vehicle is stopped in deep snow is dangerous. The exhaust pipe
could be blocked by the snow, allowing exhaust gas to enter the cabin. Because exhaust gas
contains poisonous carbon monoxide, it could cause loss of consciousness or even death to
occupants in the cabin.
Before Driving
Fuel and Emission
3-26
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Fuel-Filler Lid and Cap
WARNING
When removing the fuel-ller cap, loosen
the cap slightly and wait for any hissing to
stop, then remove it:
Fuel spray is dangerous. Fuel can burn skin
and eyes and cause illness if ingested. Fuel
spray is released when there is pressure in
the fuel tank and the
fuel-ller
cap is
removed too quickly.
Before refueling, stop the engine, and
always keep sparks and
ames
away from
the ller neck:
Fuel vapor is dangerous. It could be ignited
by sparks or ames causing serious burns
and injuries.
Additionally, use of the incorrect fuel-ller
cap or not using a fuel-ller cap may result
in a fuel leak, which could result in serious
burns or death in an accident.
Do not continue refueling after the fuel
pump nozzle shuts o automatically:
Continuing to add fuel after the fuel pump
nozzle has shut o automatically is
dangerous because overlling the fuel tank
may cause fuel overow or leakage. Fuel
overow and leakage could damage the
vehicle and if the fuel ignites it could cause
a re and explosion resulting in serious
injury or death.
CAUTION
Always use only a genuine Mazda fuel-ller
cap or an approved equivalent, available
at an Authorized Mazda Dealer. The wrong
cap can result in a serious malfunction of
the fuel and emission control systems.
(U.S.A. and Canada)
It may also cause the check engine light in
the instrument cluster to illuminate.
▼
Refueling
Before refueling, close all the doors,
windows, and the liftgate, and switch the
ignition OFF.
1. To open the fuel-filler lid, pull the
remote fuel-filler lid release.
Remote fuel-filler lid release
2. To remove the fuel-filler cap, turn it
counterclockwise.
Before Driving
Fuel and Emission
3-27
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
3. Attach the removed cap to the inner
side of the fuel-filler lid.
Fuel-filler lid
Fuel-filler cap
4. Insert the refueling nozzle all the way
and begin refueling. Pull out the
refueling nozzle after the refueling
stops automatically.
5. To close the fuel-filler cap, turn it
clockwise until a click is heard.
6. To close, press the fuel-filler lid until it
locks securely.
CAUTION
(U.S.A. and Canada)
If the check fuel cap warning light
illuminates, the fuel-ller cap may not be
properly installed. If the warning light
illuminates, park your vehicle safely o the
right-of-way, remove the fuel-ller cap and
reinstall it correctly. After the cap has been
correctly installed, the fuel cap warning
light may continue to illuminate until a
number of driving cycles have been
completed. A drive cycle consists of starting
the engine (after four or more hours with
the engine o) and driving the vehicle on
city and highway roads.
Continuing to drive with the check fuel cap
warning light illuminated could cause the
check engine light to illuminate as well.
Before Driving
Fuel and Emission
3-28
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Steering Wheel
WARNING
Never adjust the steering wheel while the
vehicle is moving:
Adjusting the steering wheel while the
vehicle is moving is dangerous. Moving it
can very easily cause the driver to abruptly
turn to the left or right. This can lead to loss
of control or an accident.
▼
Steering Wheel Adjustment
To change the angle or length of the
steering wheel:
1. Stop the vehicle, and then pull down
the lock release lever under the
steering column.
Lock release lever
2. Tilt the steering wheel and/or adjust
the steering column length to the
desired positions, then push the lever
up to lock the column.
3. Attempt to push the steering wheel up
and down to make sure it's locked
before driving.
NOTE
Make sure that the steering wheel is
locked firmly in place. If it is difficult to
raise the lever, lightly move the steering
wheel forward and back to pull up the
lever.
▼
Heated Steering Wheel
*
The grips on the left and right of the
steering wheel can be warmed up.
Heating area
Heated steering
wheel switch
The ignition must be switched ON.
Press the switch to turn on the heated
steering wheel. The heated steering wheel
operates for about 30 minutes and then
turns off automatically.
The indicator light illuminates when the
heater is operating.
To turn off the heated steering wheel
before the 30 minutes has elapsed, press
the switch again.
CAUTION
The following types of persons should be
careful not to touch the steering wheel.
Otherwise, it could cause a
low-temperature burn.
Infants, small children, elderly people,
and physically challenged people
Before Driving
Steering Wheel
*Some models.
3-29
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
People with delicate skin
People who are excessively fatigued
People who are intoxicated
People who have taken sleep-inducing
medicine such as sleeping pills or cold
medicine
Before Driving
Steering Wheel
3-30
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Mirrors
Before driving, adjust the inside and
outside mirrors.
▼
Outside Mirrors
WARNING
Be sure to look over your shoulder before
changing lanes:
Changing lanes without taking into
account the actual distance of the vehicle
in the convex mirror is dangerous. You
could have a serious accident. What you
see in the convex mirror is closer than it
appears.
Mirror type
Flat type (driver's side)
Flat surface mirror.
Convex type (front passenger side)
The mirror has single curvature on its
surface.
Power mirror adjustment
The ignition must be switched to ACC or
ON position.
To adjust:
1. Rotate the mirror switch to the left
or
right
to choose the left or right side
mirror.
2. Press the mirror switch in the
appropriate direction.
Center position
Mirror switch
After adjusting the mirror, lock the control
by rotating the switch in the center
position.
Folding mirror
WARNING
Always return the outside mirrors to the
driving position before you start driving:
Driving with the outside mirrors folded in is
dangerous. Your rear view will be
restricted, and you could have an accident.
Manually fold the outside mirror rearward
until it is flush with the vehicle.
Before Driving
Mirrors
3-31
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Rearview Mirror
WARNING
Do not stack cargo or objects higher than
the seatbacks:
Cargo stacked higher than the seatbacks is
dangerous. It can block your view in the
rearview mirror, which might cause you to
hit another car when changing lanes.
Rearview mirror adjustment
Before driving, adjust the rearview mirror
to center on the scene through the rear
window.
NOTE
For the manual day/night mirror, perform
the adjustment with the day/night lever in
the day position.
Reducing glare from headlights
Manual day/night mirror
Push the day/night lever forward for day
driving. Pull it back to reduce glare of
headlights from vehicles at the rear.
Day/Night lever
DayNight
Auto-dimming mirror
The auto-dimming mirror automatically
reduces the glare of headlights from
vehicles at the rear when the ignition is
switched ON.
NOTE
•
Do not use glass cleaner or suspend
objects on or around the light sensor.
Otherwise, light sensor sensitivity will
be affected and may not operate
normally.
Light sensor
•
The auto-dimming function is canceled
when the ignition is switched ON and
the selector lever is in reverse (R).
Before Driving
Mirrors
3-32
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Power Windows
The windows can be opened/closed by
operating the power window switches.
WARNING
Make sure the opening is clear before
closing a window:
Closing a power window is dangerous. A
person's hands, head, or even neck could
be caught by the window and result in
serious injury or even death. This warning
applies especially to children.
Never allow children to play with power
window switches:
Power window switches that are not locked
with the power window lock switch would
allow children to operate power windows
unintentionally, which could result in
serious injury if a child's hands, head or
neck becomes caught by the window.
Make sure nothing blocks the window just
before it reaches the fully closed position or
while holding up the power window switch:
Blocking the power window just before it
reaches the fully closed position or while
holding up the power window switch is
dangerous.
In this case, the jam-safe function cannot
prevent the window from closing all the
way. If ngers are caught, serious injuries
could occur.
NOTE
When driving with only 1 of the rear
windows open, your ears might experience
a resonating sound. However, this does not
indicate a problem. The sound can be
reduced by slightly opening a front
window or by changing the size of the rear
window opening.
Before Driving
Windows
3-33
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Opening/Closing Windows
The window opens while the switch is pressed and it closes while the switch is pulled up
with the ignition switched ON. Do not open or close three or more windows at the same
time.
The front passenger's side and rear windows can be opened/closed when the power window
lock switch on the driver's door is in the unlock position. Keep this switch in the locked
position while children are in the vehicle.
Close
Open
Left rear
window
Right rear window
Front
passenger's
window
Driver's
window
Close
Open
Locked position
Unlocked position
Front passenger's
window switch
Rear window switches
Master control switches
NOTE
•
A power window may no longer open/close if you continue to press the switch after fully
opening/closing the power window. If the power window does not open/close, wait a
moment and then operate the switch again.
•
The passenger windows may be opened or closed using the master control switches on the
driver's door.
•
The power window can be operated for about 40 seconds after the ignition is switched
from ON to ACC or off with all doors closed. If any door is opened, the power window
will stop operating.
For engine-off operation of the power window, the switch must be held up firmly
throughout window closure because the auto-closing function will be inoperable.
Before Driving
Windows
3-34
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Auto-opening/Closing
To fully open the window automatically,
press the switch completely down, then
release. The window will fully open
automatically.
To fully close the window automatically,
pull the switch completely up, then
release. The window will fully close
automatically.
To stop the window partway, pull or press
the switch in the opposite direction and
then release it.
This function is only equipped on the
driver's side.
NOTE
Power window system initialization
procedure
If the battery was disconnected during
vehicle maintenance, or for other reasons
(such as a switch continues to be operated
after the window is fully open/closed), the
window will not fully open and close
automatically.
The power window auto function will only
resume on a power window that has been
reset.
1. Switch the ignition ON.
2. Make sure that the power window lock
switch located on the driver's door is
not depressed.
3. Press the switch and fully open the
window.
4. Pull up the switch to fully close the
window and continue holding the
switch for about 2 seconds after the
window fully closed.
5. Make sure that the power windows
operate correctly using the door
switches.
▼
Jam-safe Window
If foreign matter is detected between the
window and the window frame while the
window is closing automatically (refer to
Auto-opening/Closing on page 3-35), the
window stops closing and automatically
opens partway.
NOTE
•
The jam-safe function may operate
under the following conditions:
•
A strong impact is detected while the
window is closing automatically.
•
Window is closing automatically in
very low temperatures.
•
In the event the jam-safe function
activates and the power window cannot
be closed automatically, pull and hold
the switch and the window will close.
•
The jam-safe window function does not
operate until the system has been reset.
Before Driving
Windows
3-35
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Moonroof
*
The moonroof can be opened or closed
when operating the overhead tilt/slide
switch at the front seats.
WARNING
Do not let passengers stand up or extend
part of the body through the open
moonroof while the vehicle is moving:
Extending the head, arms, or other parts of
the body through the moonroof is
dangerous. The head or arms could hit
something while the vehicle is moving. This
could cause serious injury or death.
Never allow children to play with the tilt/
slide switch:
The tilt/slide switch would allow children to
operate the moonroof unintentionally,
which could result in serious injury if a
child's hands, head or neck becomes
caught by the moonroof.
Make sure the opening is clear before
closing the moonroof:
A closing moonroof is dangerous. The
hands, head, or even neck of a person,
especially a child, could be caught in it as it
closes, causing serious injury or even death.
CAUTION
Do not sit on or put heavy items on the
area where the moonroof opens and
closes. Otherwise, the moonroof could be
damaged.
Do not open or close the moonroof
forcefully during freezing temperatures
or snowfall. Otherwise, the moonroof
could be damaged.
The sunshade does not tilt. To avoid
damaging the sunshade, do not push it
up.
Do not close the sunshade while the
moonroof is opening. Trying to force the
sunshade closed could damage it.
▼
Tilt/Slide Operation
The moonroof can be opened or closed
electrically only when the ignition is
switched ON.
•
Before leaving the vehicle or washing
your Mazda, make sure the moonroof is
completely closed so that water does not
get inside the cabin area.
•
After washing your Mazda or after it
rains, wipe the water off the moonroof
before operating it to avoid water
penetration which could cause rust and
water damage to your headliner.
Tilt/Slide switch
Before Driving
Windows
3-36
*Some models.
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Tilt Operation
The rear of the moonroof can be tilted
open to provide more ventilation.
To fully tilt automatically, momentarily
press the tilt/slide switch.
To stop tilting partway, press the tilt/slide
switch.
To close to the desired position, press the
tilt/slide switch in the forward direction.
When the moonroof is already slid open
and you want to tilt it open, first close the
moonroof and then do a tilt operation.
Close (Tilt down)
Tilt up
Slide Operation
To fully open automatically, momentarily
press the tilt/slide switch in the backward
direction.
To stop sliding partway, press the tilt/slide
switch.
To close to the desired position, press the
tilt/slide switch in the forward direction.
When the moonroof is already tilted open
and you want to slide it open, first close
the moonroof and then do a slide
operation.
Close
Open
Before Driving
Windows
3-37
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
NOTE
If the moonroof does not operate normally,
do the following procedure:
1. Switch the ignition ON.
2. Press the tilt switch, to partially tilt
open the rear of the moonroof.
3. Repeat Step 2. The rear of the
moonroof tilts open to the fully open
position, then closes a little.
If the reset procedure is performed while
the moonroof is in the slide position
(partially open) it will close before the
rear tilt opens.
▼
Sunshade
The sunshade can be opened and closed by
hand.
The sunshade opens at the same time as
the moonroof slides open, but it must be
closed by hand.
Sunshade
Before Driving
Windows
3-38
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Modification and Add-On
Equipment
Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizer
and the theft-deterrent systems' operation
if the system has been modified or if any
add-on equipment has been installed.
CAUTION
To avoid damage to the vehicle, do not
modify the system or install any add-on
equipment to the immobilizer and the
theft-deterrent systems or the vehicle.
Immobilizer System
The immobilizer system allows the engine
to start only with a key the system
recognizes.
If someone attempts to start the engine
with an unrecognized key, the engine will
not start, thereby helping to prevent
vehicle theft.
If you have a problem with the
immobilizer system or the key, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
CAUTION
Radio equipment like this is governed by
laws in the United States.
Changes or
modications
not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's
authority to operate the equipment.
To avoid damage to the key, do not:
Drop the key.
Get the key wet.
Expose the key to any kind of magnetic
eld.
Expose the key to high temperatures
on places such as the dashboard or
hood, under direct sunlight.
If the engine does not start with the
correct key, and the security indicator
light keeps illuminating or ashing, the
system may have a malfunction. Consult
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Before Driving
Security System
3-39
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
NOTE
•
The keys carry a unique electronic code.
For this reason, and to assure your
safety, obtaining a replacement key
requires some waiting time. They are
only available through an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
•
Always keep a spare key in case one is
lost. If a key is lost, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.
•
If you lose a key, an Authorized Mazda
Dealer will reset the electronic codes of
your remaining keys and immobilizer
system. Bring all the remaining keys to
an Authorized Mazda Dealer to reset.
Starting the vehicle with a key that has
not been reset is not possible.
▼
Operation
NOTE
•
The engine may not start and security
indicator light may illuminate or flash if
the key is placed in an area where it is
difficult for the system to detect the
signal, such as on the dashboard or in
the glove compartment. Move the key to
a location within the signal range,
switch the ignition off, and then restart
the engine.
•
Signals from a TV or radio station, or
from a transceiver or mobile telephone
could interfere with your immobilizer
system. If you are using the proper key
and the engine fails to start, check the
security indicator light.
Arming
The system is armed when the ignition is
switched from ON to off.
The security indicator light in the
instrument cluster flashes every 2 seconds
until the system is disarmed.
Disarming
The system is disarmed when the ignition
is switched ON with the correct
programmed key. The security indicator
light illuminates for about 3 seconds and
then turns off. If the engine does not start
with the correct key, and the security
indicator light remains illuminated or
flashing, try the following:
Make sure the key is within the
operational range for signal transmission.
Switch the ignition off, and then restart the
engine. If the engine does not start after 3
or more tries, contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
•
If the security indicator light flashes
continuously while you are driving, do
not shut off the engine. Go to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer and have it
checked. If the engine is shut off while
the indicator light is flashing, you will
not be able to restart it.
•
Because the electronic codes are reset
when the immobilizer system is repaired,
the keys are needed. Make sure to bring
all the keys to an Authorized Mazda
Dealer so that they can be programmed.
Before Driving
Security System
3-40
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Theft-Deterrent System
*
If the theft-deterrent system detects an
inappropriate entry into the vehicle, which
could result in the vehicle or its contents
being stolen, the alarm alerts the
surrounding area of an abnormality by
sounding the horn and flashing the hazard
warning lights.
The system will not function unless it's
properly armed. So when you leave the
vehicle, follow the arming procedure
correctly.
▼
Operation
System triggering conditions
The horn sounds intermittently and the
hazard warning lights flash for about 30
seconds when the system is triggered by
any one of the following:
•
Unlocking a door with the auxiliary key,
door lock switch, or an inside door-lock
knob.
•
Forcing open a door, the hood or the
liftgate.
•
Opening the hood by operating the hood
release handle.
•
Switching the ignition ON without using
the push button start.
If the system is triggered again, the lights
and horn will activate until the driver's
door or the liftgate is unlocked with the
transmitter.
(With the advanced keyless function)
The lights and horn can also be
deactivated by pressing the request switch
on a door.
NOTE
•
The liftgate does not open while the
theft-deterrent system is operating.
•
If the battery goes dead while the
theft-deterrent system is armed, the horn
will activate and the hazard warning
lights will flash when the battery is
charged or replaced.
▼
How to Arm the System
1. Close the windows and the moonroof
*
securely.
2. Switch the ignition OFF.
3. Make sure the hood, the doors, and the
liftgate are closed.
4. Press the lock button on the transmitter
or lock the driver's door from the
outside with the auxiliary key.
The hazard warning lights will flash
once.
The following method will also arm
the theft-deterrent system:
Press the door-lock switch “
” while
any door is open and then close all of
the doors.
(With the advanced keyless function)
Press a request switch.
The security indicator light in the
instrument cluster flashes twice per
second for 20 seconds.
5. After 20 seconds, the system is fully
armed.
Before Driving
Security System
*Some models.
3-41
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
NOTE
•
The theft-deterrent system can also be
armed by activating the auto relock
function with all the doors, the liftgate
and the hood closed.
Refer to Transmitter on page 3-4.
•
The system will disarm if one of the
following operations takes place within
20 seconds after pressing the lock
button:
•
Unlocking any door.
•
Opening any door.
•
Opening the hood.
•
Switching the ignition ON.
•
(With the advanced keyless function)
Pressing the electric liftgate opener
while the key is being carried.
To rearm the system, do the arming
procedure again.
•
When the doors are locked by pressing
the lock button on the transmitter or
using the auxiliary key while the
theft-deterrent system is armed, the
hazard warning lights will flash once to
indicate that the system is armed.
▼
To Turn Off an Armed System
An armed system can be turned off using
any one of the following methods:
•
Pressing the unlock button on the
transmitter.
•
Starting the engine with the push button
start.
•
(With the advanced keyless function)
•
Pressing a request switch on the
doors.
The hazard warning lights will flash twice.
NOTE
When the doors are unlocked by pressing
the unlock button on the transmitter while
the theft-deterrent system is turned off, the
hazard warning lights will flash twice to
indicate that the system is turned off.
▼
To Stop the Alarm
A triggered alarm can be turned off using
any one of the following methods:
•
Pressing the unlock button on the
transmitter.
•
Starting the engine with the push button
start.
•
(With the advanced keyless function)
•
Pressing a request switch on the
doors.
•
Pressing the electric liftgate opener
while the key is being carried.
The hazard warning lights will flash twice.
Before Driving
Security System
3-42
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Break-In Period
No special break-in is necessary, but a few
precautions in the first 1,000 km (600
miles) may add to the performance,
economy, and life of the vehicle.
•
Do not race the engine.
•
Do not maintain one constant speed,
either slow or fast, for a long period of
time.
•
Do not drive constantly at full-throttle or
high engine rpm for extended periods of
time.
•
Avoid unnecessary hard stops.
•
Avoid full-throttle starts.
Saving Fuel and Protection
of the Environment
How you operate your Mazda determines
how far it will travel on a tank of fuel. Use
these suggestions to help save fuel and
reduce CO
2.
•
Avoid long warm-ups. Once the engine
runs smoothly, begin driving.
•
Avoid fast starts.
•
Drive at lower speeds.
•
Anticipate when to apply the brakes
(avoid sudden braking).
•
Follow the maintenance schedule (page
6-4) and have an Authorized Mazda
Dealer perform inspections and
servicing.
•
Use the air conditioner only when
necessary.
•
Slow down on rough roads.
•
Keep the tires properly inflated.
•
Do not carry unnecessary weight.
•
Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal
while driving.
•
Keep the wheels in correct alignment.
•
Keep windows closed at high speeds.
•
Slow down when driving in crosswinds
and headwinds.
WARNING
Never stop the engine when going down a
hill:
Stopping the engine when going down a
hill is dangerous. This causes the loss of
power steering and power brake control,
and may cause damage to the drivetrain.
Any loss of steering or braking control
could cause an accident.
Before Driving
Driving Tips
3-43
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Hazardous Driving
WARNING
Be extremely careful if it is necessary to
downshift on slippery surfaces:
Downshifting into lower gear while driving
on slippery surfaces is dangerous. The
sudden change in tire speed could cause
the tires to skid. This could lead to loss of
vehicle control and an accident.
When driving on ice or in water, snow,
mud, sand, or similar hazards:
•
Be cautious and allow extra distance for
braking.
•
Avoid sudden braking and sudden
maneuvering.
•
Do not pump the brakes. Continue to
press down on the brake pedal.
Refer to Antilock Brake System (ABS)
on page 4-67.
•
If you get stuck, select a lower gear and
accelerate slowly. Do not spin the front
wheels.
•
For more traction in starting on slippery
surfaces such as ice or packed snow, use
sand, rock salt, chains, carpeting, or
other nonslip material under the front
wheels.
NOTE
Use snow chains only on the front wheels.
Floor Mat
We recommend the use of Genuine
Mazda floor mats.
WARNING
Make sure the oor mats are hooked on the
retention pins to prevent them from
bunching up under the foot pedals:
Using a oor mat that is not secured is
dangerous as it will interfere with the
accelerator and brake pedal operation,
which could result in an accident.
Do not install two
oor
mats, one on top of
the other, on the driver's side:
Installing two oor mats, one on top of the
other, on the driver's side is dangerous as
the retention pins can only keep one oor
mat from sliding forward.
Loose oor mat(s) will interfere with the
foot pedals and could result in an accident.
If using an all-weather mat for winter use
always remove the original oor mat.
When setting a floor mat, position the
floor mat so that its grommets are inserted
over the pointed end of the retention posts.
Before Driving
Driving Tips
3-44
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Rocking the Vehicle
WARNING
Do not spin the wheels at more than 56
km/h (35 mph), and do not allow anyone
to stand behind a wheel when pushing the
vehicle:
When the vehicle is stuck, spinning the
wheels at high speed is dangerous. The
spinning tire could overheat and explode.
This could cause serious injuries.
CAUTION
Too much rocking may cause engine
overheating, transaxle failure, and tire
damage.
If you must rock the vehicle to free it from
snow, sand or mud, depress the accelerator
slightly and slowly move the shift lever/
selector lever from 1 (D) to R position.
Winter Driving
Carry emergency gear, including tire
chains, window scraper, flares, a small
shovel, jumper cables, and a small bag of
sand or salt.
Ask an Authorized Mazda Dealer to check
the following:
•
Have the proper ratio of antifreeze in the
radiator.
Refer to Engine Coolant on page 6-25.
•
Inspect the battery and its cables. Cold
reduces battery capacity.
•
Use an engine oil appropriate for the
lowest ambient temperatures that the
vehicle will be driven in (page 6-22).
•
Inspect the ignition system for damage
and loose connections.
•
Use washer fluid made with
antifreeze―but do not use engine
coolant antifreeze for washer fluid (page
6-27).
NOTE
•
Remove snow before driving. Snow left
on the windshield is dangerous as it
could obstruct vision.
•
Do not apply excessive force to a
window scraper when removing ice or
frozen snow on the mirror glass and
windshield.
•
Never use warm or hot water for
removing snow or ice from windows and
mirrors as it could result in the glass
cracking.
Before Driving
Driving Tips
3-45
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
•
Drive slowly. Braking performance can
be adversely affected if snow or ice
adheres to the brake components. If this
situation occurs, drive the vehicle
slowly, releasing the accelerator pedal
and lightly applying the brakes several
times until the brake performance
returns to normal.
▼
Snow Tires
Use snow tires on all four wheels
Do not go faster than 120 km/h (75 mph)
while driving with snow tires. Inflate snow
tires 30 kPa (0.3 kgf/cm
2
, 4.3 psi) more
than recommended on the tire pressure
label (driver's door frame), but never more
than the maximum cold-tire pressure
shown on the tires.
Except Mexico
The vehicle is originally equipped with all
season radials designed to be used all year
around. In some extreme climates you
may find it necessary to replace them with
snow tires during the winter months to
further improve traction on snow and ice
covered roads.
Mexico
The vehicle is originally equipped with
summer tires designed for optimum
traction on wet and dry roads. If your
vehicle is to be used on snow and ice
covered roads, Mazda recommends that
you replace the tires originally equipped
on your vehicle with snow tires during the
winter months.
WARNING
Use only the same size and type tires (snow,
radial, or non-radial) on all four wheels:
Using tires
dierent
in size or type is
dangerous. Your vehicle's handling could
be greatly
aected
and result in an
accident.
CAUTION
Check local regulations before using
studded tires.
NOTE
If your vehicle is equipped with the tire
pressure monitoring system, the system
may not function correctly when using
tires with steel wire reinforcement in the
sidewalls (page 4-145).
▼
Tire Chains
Check local regulations before using tire
chains.
CAUTION
Chains may aect handling.
Do not go faster than 50 km/h (30 mph)
or the chain manufacturer's
recommended limit, whichever is lower.
Drive carefully and avoid bumps, holes,
and sharp turns.
Avoid locked-wheel braking.
Do not use chains on a temporary spare
tire; it may result in damage to the
vehicle and to the tire.
Do not use chains on roads that are free
of snow or ice. The tires and chains could
be damaged.
Before Driving
Driving Tips
3-46
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Chains may scratch or chip aluminum
wheels.
NOTE
•
If your vehicle is equipped with the tire
pressure monitoring system, the system
may not function correctly when using
tire chains.
Install the chains on the front tires only.
Do not use chains on the rear tires.
Please consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
Installing the chains
1. If your vehicle is equipped with wheel
covers remove them, otherwise the
chain bands will scratch them.
2. Secure the chains on the front tires as
tightly as possible.
Always follow the chain
manufacturer's instructions.
3. Retighten the chains after driving
1/2―1 km (1/4―1/2 mile).
Driving In Flooded Area
WARNING
Dry o brakes that have become wet by
driving slowly, releasing the accelerator
pedal and lightly applying the brakes
several times until the brake performance
returns to normal:
Driving with wet brakes is dangerous.
Increased stopping distance or the vehicle
pulling to one side when braking could
result in a serious accident. Light braking
will indicate whether the brakes have been
aected.
CAUTION
Do not drive the vehicle on
ooded
roads
as it could cause short circuiting of
electrical/electronic parts, or engine
damage or stalling from water absorption.
If the vehicle has been immersed in water,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Before Driving
Driving Tips
3-47
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Overloading
WARNING
Be careful not to overload your vehicle:
The gross axle weight rating (GAWR) and
the gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of
the vehicle are on the Motor Vehicle Safety
Standard Label on the driver's door frame.
Exceeding these ratings can cause an
accident or vehicle damage. You can
estimate the weight of the load by
weighing the items (or people) before
putting them in the vehicle.
Before Driving
Driving Tips
3-48
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Driving on Uneven Road
Your vehicle's suspension and underbody can be damaged if driven on rough/uneven roads
or over speed bumps at excessive speeds. Use care and reduce speed when traveling on
rough/uneven roads or over speed bumps.
Use care not to damage the vehicle's underbody, bumpers or muffler(s) when driving under
the following conditions:
•
Ascending or descending a slope with a sharp transition angle
•
Ascending or descending a driveway or trailer ramp with a sharp transition angle
This vehicle is equipped with low profile tires allowing class-leading performance and
handling. As a result, the sidewall of the tires are very thin and the tires and wheels can be
damaged if driven through potholes or on rough/uneven roads at excessive speeds. Use care
and reduce speed when traveling on rough/uneven roads or through potholes.
Before Driving
Driving Tips
3-49
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Trailer Towing
Your Mazda is not designed for towing.
Never tow a trailer with your Mazda.
Recreational Towing
An example of "recreational towing" is
towing your vehicle behind a motorhome.
The transaxle is not designed for towing
this vehicle on all 4 wheels.
When doing recreational towing refer to
"Towing Description" (page 7-24) and
"Tiedown Hooks" (page 7-25) and
carefully follow the instructions.
Before Driving
Towing
3-50
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
4
When Driving
Information concerning safe driving and stopping.
Start/Stop Engine.............................. 4-4
Ignition Switch............................. 4-4
Starting the Engine....................... 4-5
Turning the Engine Off...............4-10
Instrument Cluster and Display............
........................................................... 4-11
Meters and Gauges..................... 4-11
Active Driving Display
*
.............4-21
Warning/Indicator Lights............4-24
Manual Transaxle Operation......... 4-30
Manual Transaxle Shift
Pattern.........................................4-30
Automatic Transaxle....................... 4-32
Automatic Transaxle
Controls...................................... 4-32
Shift-Lock System......................4-33
Transaxle Ranges........................4-33
Manual Shift Mode.....................4-35
Direct Mode
*
.............................. 4-41
Driving Tips................................4-42
Switches and Controls.....................4-43
Lighting Control......................... 4-43
Fog Lights
*
................................. 4-48
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals........................................ 4-48
Windshield Wipers and
Washer........................................ 4-49
Rear Window Wiper and
Washer........................................ 4-53
Rear Window Defogger..............4-53
Horn............................................4-55
Hazard Warning Flasher............. 4-55
Brake................................................ 4-56
Brake System..............................4-56
AUTOHOLD..............................4-61
Hill Launch Assist (HLA).......... 4-65
ABS/TCS/DSC................................. 4-67
Antilock Brake System
(ABS)..........................................4-67
Traction Control System
(TCS).......................................... 4-68
Dynamic Stability Control
(DSC)..........................................4-70
Fuel Economy Monitor................... 4-71
Fuel Economy Monitor
*
.............4-71
Drive Selection.................................4-73
Drive Selection
*
..........................4-73
*Some models.
4-1
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
i-ACTIV AWD................................. 4-75
i-ACTIV AWD Operation
*
.........4-75
Power Steering.................................4-76
Power Steering............................4-76
i-ACTIVSENSE...............................4-77
i-ACTIVSENSE
*
........................4-77
Adaptive Front Lighting System
(AFS)
*
........................................ 4-80
High Beam Control System
(HBC)
*
........................................4-81
Lane Departure Warning System
(LDWS)
*
.................................... 4-84
Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM)
*
.........
.................................................... 4-90
Traffic Sign Recognition System
(TSR)
*
........................................ 4-96
Distance Recognition Support
System (DRSS)
*
.......................4-102
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
*
.....
.................................................. 4-104
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with
Stop & Go function (MRCC with
Stop & Go function)
*
...............4-107
Advanced Smart City Brake Support
(Advanced SCBS)
*
...................4-119
Smart City Brake Support
(SCBS)
*
.................................... 4-123
Smart Brake Support (SBS)
*
....4-127
Forward Sensing Camera (FSC)
*
......
.................................................. 4-130
Radar Sensor (Front)
*
.............. 4-135
Radar Sensors (Rear)
*
..............4-138
Cruise Control............................... 4-140
Cruise Control
*
.........................4-140
Tire Pressure Monitoring
System.............................................4-144
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
*
.....
.................................................. 4-144
Rear View Monitor....................... 4-148
Rear View Monitor
*
.................4-148
4-2
*Some models.
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
MEMO
4-3
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Ignition Switch
▼
Push Button Start Positions
The system operates only when the driver
is in the vehicle or within operational
range while the key is being carried.
Each time the push button start is pressed,
the ignition switches in the order of off,
ACC, and ON. Pressing the push button
start again from ON switches the ignition
off.
Push button start
Indicator light
NOTE
•
The engine starts by pressing the push
button start while depressing the clutch
pedal (manual transaxle) or the brake
pedal (automatic transaxle). To switch
the ignition position, press the push
button start without depressing the
pedal.
•
Do not leave the ignition switched ON
while the engine is not running. Doing
so could result in the battery going
dead. If the ignition is left in ACC (For
automatic transaxle, the selector lever is
in the P position, and the ignition is in
ACC), the ignition switches off
automatically after about 25 minutes.
Off
The power supply to electrical devices
turns off and the push button start
indicator light (amber) also turns off.
WARNING
Before leaving the driver's seat, always
switch the ignition
o,
set the parking
brake, and make sure the selector lever is in
P (automatic transaxle) or in 1st gear or R
(manual transaxle):
Leaving the driver's seat without switching
the ignition
o,
setting the parking brake,
and shifting the selector lever to P
(automatic transaxle) or to 1st gear or R
(manual transaxle) is dangerous.
Unexpected vehicle movement could occur
which could result in an accident.
In addition, if your intention is to leave the
vehicle for even a short period, it is
important to switch the ignition o, as
leaving it in another position will disable
some of the vehicle's security systems and
run the battery down.
ACC (Accessory)
Some electrical accessories will operate
and the indicator light (amber) illuminates.
NOTE
The keyless entry system does not function
while the push button start has been
pressed to ACC, and the doors will not
lock/unlock even if they have been locked
manually.
When Driving
Start/Stop Engine
4-4
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
ON
This is the normal running position after
the engine is started. The indicator light
(amber) turns off. (The indicator light
(amber) illuminates when the ignition is
switched ON and the engine is not
running.)
Some indicator lights/warning lights
should be inspected before the engine is
started (page 4-24).
NOTE
When the push button start is pressed to
ON, the sound of the fuel pump motor
operating near the fuel tank can be heard.
This does not indicate an abnormality.
Starting the Engine
WARNING
Radio waves from the key may aect
medical devices such as pacemakers:
Before using the key near people who use
medical devices, ask the medical device
manufacturer or your physician if radio
waves from the key will aect the device.
NOTE
•
The key must be carried because the key
carries an immobilizer chip that must
communicate with the engine controls at
short range.
•
The engine can be started when the push
button start is pressed from off, ACC, or
ON.
•
The push button start system functions
(function which can start the engine by
only carrying the key) can be
deactivated to prevent any possible
adverse effect on a user wearing a
pacemaker or other medical device. If
the system is deactivated, you will be
unable to start the engine by carrying
the key. Consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer for details. If the push button
start system functions have been
deactivated, you can start the engine by
following the procedure indicated when
the key battery goes dead.
Refer to Engine Start Function When
Key Battery is Dead on page 4-8.
•
After starting a cold engine, the engine
speed increases and a whining sound
from the engine compartment can be
heard.
When Driving
Start/Stop Engine
4-5
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
This is for improved exhaust gas
purification and does not indicate any
parts defect.
•
Engine-starting is controlled by the
spark ignition system.
This system meets all Canadian
Interference-Causing Equipment
Standard requirements regulating the
impulse electrical field strength of radio
noise.
1. Make sure you are carrying the key.
2. Occupants should fasten their seat
belts.
3. Make sure the parking brake is on.
4. Continue to press the brake pedal
firmly until the engine has completely
started.
5. (Manual transaxle)
Continue to press the clutch pedal
firmly until the engine has completely
started.
(Automatic transaxle)
Put the vehicle in park (P). If you must
restart the engine while the vehicle is
moving, shift into neutral (N).
NOTE
(Manual transaxle)
The starter will not operate if the
clutch pedal is not depressed
sufficiently.
(Automatic transaxle)
The starter will not operate if the
selector lever is not in P or N and the
brake pedal is not depressed
sufficiently.
6. Verify that the KEY indicator light
(green) in the instrument cluster and
the push button start indicator light
(green) illuminate.
Indicator light
Push button start
NOTE
•
If the push button start indicator
light (green) flashes, make sure that
the key is being carried.
•
If the push button start indicator
light (green) flashes with the key
being carried, touch the key to the
push button start and start the
engine. Refer to Engine Start
Function When Key Battery is Dead
on page 4-8.
When Driving
Start/Stop Engine
4-6
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
CAUTION
If the KEY warning light (red)
illuminates, or the push button start
indicator light (amber) ashes, this
could indicate a problem with the
engine starting system. This may
prevent the engine from starting or
from switching the ignition to ACC or
ON. Have your vehicle inspected at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.
NOTE
•
Under the following conditions, the
KEY warning light (red) flashes after
the push button start is pressed. This
informs the driver that the push
button start will not switch to ACC
even if it is pressed from off.
•
The key battery is dead.
•
The key is out of operational
range.
•
The key is placed in areas where it
is difficult for the system to detect
the signal (page 3-7).
•
A key from another manufacturer
similar to the key is in the
operational range.
•
(Forced engine starting method)
If the KEY warning light (red)
illuminates, or the push button start
indicator light (amber) flashes, this
could indicate that the engine may
not start using the usual starting
method. Have your vehicle inspected
at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as
soon as possible. If this occurs, the
engine can be force-started. Press
and hold the push button start until
the engine starts. Other procedures
necessary for starting the engine,
such as having the key in the cabin,
and depressing the clutch pedal
(manual transaxle) or the brake
pedal (automatic transaxle) are
required.
•
When the engine is force-started, the
KEY warning light (red) remains
illuminated and the push button start
indicator light (amber) remains
flashing.
•
(Automatic transaxle)
When the selector lever is in the
neutral (N) position, the KEY
indicator light (green) and the push
button start indicator light (green)
do not illuminate.
7. Press the push button start after both
the KEY indicator light (green) in the
instrument cluster and the push button
start indicator light (green) illuminate.
NOTE
•
After starting the engine, the push
button start indicator light (amber)
turns off and the ignition switches to
the ON position.
When Driving
Start/Stop Engine
4-7
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
•
After pressing the push button start
and before the engine starts, the
operation sound of the fuel pump
motor from near the fuel tank can be
heard, however, this does not
indicate a malfunction.
8. After starting the engine, let it idle for
about ten seconds.
NOTE
•
Whether the engine is cold or warm,
it should be started without the use
of the accelerator.
•
If the engine does not start the first
time, refer to Starting a Flooded
Engine under Emergency Starting. If
the engine still does not start, have
your vehicle inspected by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer (page 7-
21).
▼
Engine Start Function When Key
Battery is Dead
CAUTION
When starting the engine by holding the
transmitter over the push button start due
to a dead key battery or a malfunctioning
key, be careful not to allow the following,
otherwise the signal from the key will not
be received correctly and the engine may
not start.
Metal parts of other keys or metal objects
touch the key.
Spare keys or keys for other vehicles
equipped with an immobilizer system
touch or come near the key.
Devices for electronic purchases, or
security passage touch or come near the
key.
If the engine cannot be started due to a
dead key battery, the engine can be started
using the following procedure:
1. Continue to depress the brake pedal
firmly until the engine has completely
started.
2. (Manual transaxle)
Continue to depress the clutch pedal
firmly until the engine has completely
started.
3. Make sure that the push button start
indication light (green) flashes.
4. Touch the push button start using the
backside of the key (as shown) while
the push button start indicator light
(green) flashes.
Push button start
Transmitter
Indicator light
When Driving
Start/Stop Engine
4-8
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
NOTE
When touching the push button start
using the backside of the key as shown
in the illustration, touch the push
button start with the lock switch side of
the key facing up.
5. Make sure that the push button start
indicator light (green) turns on.
6. Press the push button start to start the
engine.
NOTE
•
The engine cannot be started unless
the clutch pedal is fully depressed
(manual transaxle) or the brake
pedal is fully depressed (automatic
transaxle).
•
If there is a malfunction with the
push button start function, the push
button start indicator light (amber)
flashes. In this case, the engine may
start, however, have the vehicle
checked at an Authorized Mazda
Dealer as soon as possible.
•
If the push button start indicator
light (green) does not illuminate,
perform the operation from the
beginning again. If it does not
illuminate, have the vehicle checked
at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
•
To switch the ignition position
without starting the engine, perform
the following operations after the
push button start indicator light
(green) turns on.
1. Release the clutch pedal (manual
transaxle) or brake pedal
(automatic transaxle).
2. Press the push button start to
switch the ignition position. The
ignition switches in the order of
ACC, ON, and off each time the
push button start is pressed. To
switch the ignition position
again, perform the operation
from the beginning.
▼
Emergency Operation for Starting
the Engine
If the KEY warning light (red) illuminates,
or the push button start indicator light
(amber) flashes, this could indicate that
the engine may not start using the usual
starting method. Have your vehicle
inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer
as soon as possible. If this occurs, the
engine can be force-started. Press and hold
the push button start until the engine starts.
Other procedures necessary for starting the
engine such as having the key in the cabin,
and depressing the clutch pedal (manual
transaxle) or the brake pedal (automatic
transaxle) are required.
When Driving
Start/Stop Engine
4-9
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Turning the Engine Off
WARNING
Do not stop the engine while the vehicle is
moving:
Stopping the engine while the vehicle is
moving for any reason other than in an
emergency is dangerous. Stopping the
engine while the vehicle is moving will
result in reduced braking ability due to the
loss of power braking, which could cause
an accident and serious injury.
1. Stop the vehicle completely.
2. (Manual transaxle)
Shift into neutral and set the parking
brake.
(Automatic transaxle)
Shift the selector lever to the P
position and set the parking brake.
3. Press the push button start to turn off
the engine. The ignition position is off.
CAUTION
When leaving the vehicle, make sure the
push button start is o.
NOTE
•
The cooling fan in the engine
compartment could turn on for a few
minutes after the ignition is switched
from ON to OFF, whether or not the A/C
is on or off, to cool the engine
compartment quickly.
•
When the push button start is pressed
from ON to ACC or OFF, the KEY
indicator light (green) may flash for
approximately 30 seconds indicating
that the remaining battery power of the
key is low.
Replace with a new battery before the
key becomes unusable.
Refer to Key Battery Replacement on
page 6-34.
•
(Automatic transaxle)
If the engine is turned off while the
selector lever is in a position other than
P, the ignition switches to ACC.
▼
Emergency Engine Stop
Continuously pressing the push button
start or quickly pressing it any number of
times while the engine is running or the
vehicle is being driven will turn the engine
off immediately. The ignition switches to
ACC.
When Driving
Start/Stop Engine
4-10
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Meters and Gauges
Some models.
Type A
Type B
Type C
Steering Switch
(Digital Speed Meter Type)
(Analog Speed Meter Type (With Tachometer))
(Analog Speed Meter Type (Without Tachometer))
Instrument Cluster
① Speedometer..........................................................................................................page 4-12
② Odometer, Trip Meter and Trip Meter Selector.................................................... page 4-12
③ Tachometer............................................................................................................page 4-16
④ Fuel Gauge............................................................................................................ page 4-16
⑤ Dashboard Illumination.........................................................................................page 4-17
⑥ Outside Temperature Display................................................................................page 4-18
⑦ Cruise Control Set Vehicle Speed Display............................................................page 4-18
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
4-11
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
⑧ Active Driving Display......................................................................................... page 4-21
⑨ Trip Computer and INFO Switch..........................................................................page 4-18
⑩ Speed Unit Selector...............................................................................................page 4-12
⑪ Odometer, Trip Meter, Trip Computer and Trip Meter Selector...........................page 4-14
▼
Speedometer
The speedometer indicates the speed of the
vehicle.
NOTE
(Analog speedometer type)
If a few seconds have elapsed after
switching the ignition off, the needle may
deviate. However, this does not indicate a
problem.
▼
Speed Unit Selector (Digital
Speedometer)
*
In some countries, you may have to
change the speed units between km/h and
mph.
Press the speed unit selector for 1.5
seconds or more.
The speed units for the speedometer will
change between km/h and mph.
Speedometer
Speed unit selector
▼
Odometer, Trip Meter and Trip
Meter Selector
*
The display mode can be changed from
odometer to trip meter A to trip meter B
and then back to odometer by pressing the
selector while one of them is displayed.
The selected mode will be displayed.
Press the selector
Press the selector
Press the selector
Odometer
Trip meter A
Trip meter B
Selector
Odometer
The odometer records the total distance
the vehicle has been driven.
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
4-12
*Some models.
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Trip meter
The trip meter can record the total distance
of two trips. One is recorded in trip meter
A, and the other is recorded in trip meter
B.
For instance, trip meter A can record the
distance from the point of origin, and trip
meter B can record the distance from
where the fuel tank is filled.
When trip meter A is selected, pressing the
selector again within one second will
change to trip meter B mode.
When trip meter A is selected, TRIP A
will be displayed. When trip meter B is
selected, TRIP B will be displayed.
The trip meter records the total distance
the vehicle is driven until the meter is
again reset. Return it to “0.0” by
depressing and holding the selector for one
second or more. Use this meter to measure
trip distances and to compute fuel
consumption.
NOTE
•
(Vehicles with type B audio)
If the fuel economy data is reset using
the fuel economy monitor, or trip A is
reset using the trip meter when the
function which synchronizes the fuel
economy monitor and the trip meter is
on, the fuel economy data and trip A are
reset simultaneously.
Refer to Fuel Economy Monitor on page
4-71.
•
Only the trip meters record tenths of
kilometers (miles).
•
The trip record will be erased when:
•
The power supply is interrupted
(blown fuse or the battery is
disconnected).
•
The vehicle is driven over 9999.9 km
(mile).
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
4-13
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Odometer, Trip Meter, Trip
Computer and Trip Meter Selector
*
The display mode can be changed between
trip meter A and trip meter B by pressing
the selector while one of them is
displayed. The selected mode will be
displayed.
Selector
Current fuel economy mode
Distance-to-empty mode
Trip meter B
Trip meter A
Odometer
NOTE
When the ignition is switched to ACC or
off, the odometer or trip meters cannot be
displayed, however, pressing the selector
can inadvertently switch the trip meters or
reset them during an approximate
ten-minute period in the following cases:
•
After the ignition is switched to off from
ON.
•
After the driver's door is opened.
Odometer
The odometer records the total distance
the vehicle has been driven.
Trip meter
The trip meter can record the total distance
of two trips. One is recorded in trip meter
A, and the other is recorded in trip meter B.
For instance, trip meter A can record the
distance from the point of origin, and trip
meter B can record the distance from where
the fuel tank is filled.
When trip meter A is selected, pressing the
selector again within one second will
change to trip meter B mode.
When trip meter A is selected, TRIP A
will be displayed. When trip meter B is
selected, TRIP B will be displayed.
The trip meter records the total distance the
vehicle is driven until the meter is again
reset. Return it to “0.0” by holding the
selector depressed for 1 second or more.
Use this meter to measure trip distances and
to compute fuel consumption.
NOTE
•
(Vehicles with type B audio)
If the fuel economy data is reset using
the fuel economy monitor, or trip A is
reset using the trip meter when the
function which synchronizes the fuel
economy monitor and the trip meter is
on, the fuel economy data and trip A are
reset simultaneously.
Refer to Fuel Economy Monitor on page
4-71.
•
Only the trip meters record tenths of
kilometers (miles).
•
The trip record will be erased when:
•
The power supply is interrupted
(blown fuse or the battery is
disconnected).
•
The vehicle is driven over 9999.9 km
(mile).
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
4-14
*Some models.
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Trip Computer
The following information can be selected
by pressing the selector with the ignition
switched ON.
•
Approximate distance you can travel on
the available fuel
•
Current fuel economy
If you have any problems with your trip
computer, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
Distance-to-empty mode
This mode displays the approximate
distance you can travel on the remaining
fuel based on the fuel economy.
The distance-to-empty will be calculated
and displayed every second.
NOTE
•
Even though the distance-to-empty
display may indicate a sufficient amount
of remaining driving distance before
refueling is required, refuel as soon as
possible if the fuel level is very low or
the low fuel warning light illuminates.
•
The display may not change unless you
add more than approximately 9 L (2.3
US gal, 1.9 Imp gal) of fuel.
•
The distance-to-empty is the
approximate remaining distance the
vehicle can be driven until all the
graduation marks in the fuel gauge
indicating the remaining fuel supply
disappear.
•
If there is no past fuel economy
information such as after first
purchasing your vehicle or the
information is deleted when the battery
cables are disconnected, the actual
distance-to empty/range may differ from
the amount indicated.
Current fuel economy mode
This mode displays the current fuel
economy by calculating the amount of fuel
consumption and the distance traveled.
Current fuel economy will be calculated
and displayed every 2 seconds.
When you've slowed to about 5 km/h (3
mph), - - - L/100 km (- - - mpg) will be
displayed.
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
4-15
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Tachometer
*
The tachometer shows engine speed in
thousands of revolutions per minute (rpm).
CAUTION
Do not run the engine with the tachometer
needle in the RED ZONE.
This may cause severe engine damage.
Type A
Striped zone
Red zone
Type B
Striped zone
Red zone
NOTE
When the tachometer needle enters the
STRIPED ZONE, this indicates to the
driver that the gears should be shifted
before entering the RED ZONE.
▼
Fuel Gauge
The fuel gauge shows approximately how
much fuel is remaining in the tank when
the ignition is switched ON. We
recommend keeping the tank over 1/4 full.
Full
1/4 Full
Empty
If the low fuel warning light illuminates or
the fuel level is very low, refuel as soon as
possible.
Refer to Taking Action on page 7-34.
NOTE
•
After refueling, it may require some time
for the indicator to stabilize. In addition,
the indicator may deviate while driving
on a slope or curve since the fuel moves
in the tank.
•
The display indicating a quarter or less
remaining fuel has more segments to
show the remaining fuel level in greater
detail.
•
The direction of the arrow ( ) indicates
that the fuel-filler lid is on the left side
of the vehicle.
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
4-16
*Some models.
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Dashboard Illumination
(Without auto-light control)
When the position lights are turned on
with the ignition switched ON, the
brightness of the dashboard illumination is
dimmed.
(With auto-light control)
When the position lights are turned on
with the ignition switched ON, the
brightness of the dashboard illumination is
dimmed. However, when the light sensor
detects that the surrounding area is bright
such as when the position lights are turned
on in the daytime, the dashboard
illumination does not dim.
NOTE
•
(With auto-light control)
When the ignition is switched ON in the
early evening or at dusk, the dashboard
illumination is dimmed for several
seconds until the light sensor detects the
brightness of the surrounding area,
however, the dimmer may cancel after
the brightness is detected.
•
When the position lights are turned on,
the position lights indicator light in the
instrument cluster turns on.
Refer to Headlights on page 4-43.
The brightness of the instrument cluster
and dashboard illuminations can be
adjusted by rotating the knob.
•
The brightness decreases by rotating the
knob to the left. A beep sound will be
heard when the knob has been rotated to
the maximum dim position.
•
The brightness increases by rotating the
knob to the right.
Dim
Bright
Function for cancelling illumination
dimmer
The illumination dimmer can be canceled
by rotating the dashboard illumination
knob to the right until a beep sound is
heard while the instrument cluster is
dimmed with the ignition switched ON. If
the instrument cluster's visibility is
reduced due to glare from surrounding
brightness, cancel the illumination
dimmer.
NOTE
•
When the illumination dimmer is
canceled, the instrument cluster cannot
be dimmed even if the position lights are
turned on.
•
When the illumination dimmer is
canceled, the screen in the center
display switches to constant display of
the daytime screen.
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
4-17
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Outside Temperature Display
When the ignition is switched ON, the
outside temperature is displayed.
NOTE
•
Under the following conditions, the
outside temperature display may differ
from the actual outside temperature
depending on the surroundings and
vehicle conditions:
•
Significantly cold or hot temperatures.
•
Sudden changes in outside
temperature.
•
The vehicle is parked.
•
The vehicle is driven at low speeds.
Changing the Temperature Unit of the
Outside Temperature Display (Vehicles
with Type B audio)
The outside temperature unit can be
switched between Celsius and Fahrenheit.
Settings can be changed by operating the
center display screen.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
9-9.
NOTE
When the temperature unit indicated in the
outside temperature display is changed,
the temperature unit indicated in the
engine coolant gauge display changes in
conjunction with it.
▼
Cruise Control Set Vehicle Speed
Display
*
The vehicle speed preset using the cruise
control is displayed.
▼
Trip Computer and INFO Switch
*
The following information can be selected
by pressing the INFO switch with the
ignition switched ON.
•
Distance-to-empty mode
•
Average fuel economy mode
•
Current fuel economy mode
•
Average vehicle speed
If you have any problems with your trip
computer, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
4-18
*Some models.
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Distance-to-empty mode
This mode displays the approximate
distance you can travel on the remaining
fuel based on the fuel economy.
The distance-to-empty will be calculated
and displayed every second.
NOTE
•
Even though the distance-to-empty
display may indicate a sufficient amount
of remaining driving distance before
refueling is required, refuel as soon as
possible if the fuel level is very low or
the low fuel warning light illuminates.
•
The display may not change unless you
add more than approximately 9 L (2.3
US gal, 1.9 Imp gal) of fuel.
•
The distance-to-empty is the
approximate remaining distance the
vehicle can be driven until all the
graduation marks in the fuel gauge
(indicating the remaining fuel supply)
disappear.
•
If there is no past fuel economy
information such as after first
purchasing your vehicle or the
information is deleted when the battery
cables are disconnected, the actual
distance-to empty/range may differ from
the amount indicated.
Average fuel economy mode
This mode displays the average fuel
economy by calculating the total fuel
consumption and the total traveled
distance since purchasing the vehicle,
re-connecting the battery after
disconnection, or resetting the data. The
average fuel economy is calculated and
displayed every minute.
To clear the data being displayed, press the
INFO switch for more than 1.5 seconds.
After pressing the INFO switch, - - -
L/100 km (- - - mpg) will be displayed for
about 1 minute before the fuel economy is
recalculated and displayed.
Current fuel economy mode
This mode displays the current fuel
economy by calculating the amount of fuel
consumption and the distance traveled.
Current fuel economy will be calculated
and displayed every 2 seconds.
When you've slowed to about 5 km/h (3
mph), - - - L/100 km (- - - mpg) will be
displayed.
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
4-19
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Average vehicle speed mode
This mode displays the average vehicle
speed by calculating the distance and the
time traveled since connecting the battery
or resetting the data.
Average vehicle speed will be calculated
and displayed every 10 seconds.
To clear the data being displayed, press the
INFO switch for more than 1.5 seconds.
After pressing the INFO switch, - - - km/h
(- - - mph) will be displayed for about 1
minute before the vehicle speed is
recalculated and displayed.
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
4-20
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Active Driving Display
*
Optical receiver
Mirror
Combiner
WARNING
Always adjust the display brightness and position with the vehicle stopped:
Adjusting the display brightness and position while driving the vehicle is dangerous as doing
so could distract your attention from the road ahead and lead to an accident.
CAUTION
Do not try to adjust the angle or open/close the active driving display manually.
Fingerprints on the display will make it
dicult
to view and using excessive force when
operating it could cause damage.
Do not place objects in the vicinity of the active driving display. The active driving display
may not operate or any interference with its operation could cause damage.
Do not place beverages near the active driving display. If water or other liquids are splashed
on the active driving display, it could cause damage.
Do not place objects above the active driving display or apply stickers to the dust-proof
sheet/optical receiver as they will cause interference.
A sensor is integrated to control the display's luminosity. If the optical receiver is covered,
the display's luminosity will lower making the display
dicult
to view.
Do not allow intense light to hit the optical receiver. Otherwise, it could cause damage.
NOTE
•
Wearing polarized sunglasses will reduce the visibility of the active driving display due to
the characteristics of the display.
•
If the battery has been removed and re-installed or the battery voltage is low, the adjusted
position may deviate.
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
*Some models.
4-21
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
•
The display may be difficult to view or temporarily affected by weather conditions such as
rain, snow, light, and temperature.
•
If the audio system is removed, the active driving display cannot be operated.
The active driving display indicates the following information:
•
Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) Operation Conditions and Warnings
Refer to Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) on page 4-90.
•
Distance Recognition Support System (DRSS) Warnings
Refer to Distance Recognition Support System (DRSS) on page 4-102.
•
Traffic Sign Recognition System (TSR) traffic signs and Warnings
Refer to Traffic Sign Recognition System (TSR) on page 4-96.
•
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go function)
Operation Conditions and Warnings
Refer to Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go
function) on page 4-107.
•
Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS) Operation Conditions and Warnings
Refer to Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS) on page 4-84.
•
Advanced Smart City Brake Support (Advanced SCBS) Warnings
Refer to Advanced Smart City Brake Support (Advanced SCBS) on page 4-119.
•
Smart City Brake Support (SCBS) Warnings
Refer to Smart City Brake Support (SCBS) on page 4-123.
•
Smart Brake Support (SBS) Warnings
Refer to Smart Brake Support (SBS) on page 4-127.
•
Cruise Control Operation Conditions
Refer to Cruise Control on page 4-140.
•
Navigation Guidance (vehicles with navigation system)
•
Speed limit indicator (vehicles with navigation system)
•
Vehicle Speed
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
4-22
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Each setting/adjustment for the active driving display can be performed on the center
display.
1. Select the
icon on the home screen and display the Settings screen.
2. Select the AD-Disp tab.
3. Select the desired item and perform the setting/adjustment.
•
Method for adjusting screen brightness (automatically/manually)
•
Screen brightness initial settings (automatic adjustment is selected)
•
Screen brightness adjustment (manual adjustment is selected)
•
Display position of active driving display (display height)
•
Active driving display ON/OFF (indication)
•
Navigation guidance ON/OFF
•
Reset settings (reset)
NOTE
•
The desired driving position (display position, brightness level, display information) can
be called up after programming the position.
Refer to Driving Position Memory on page 2-7.
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
4-23
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Warning/Indicator Lights
Instrument Cluster varies depending on model and specifications.
Type A
Type B
Type C
(Digital Speed Meter Type)
(Analog Speed Meter Type (With Tachometer))
(Analog Speed Meter Type (Without Tachometer))
Instrument Cluster
▼
Warning Lights
These lights turn on or flash to notify the user of the system operation status or a system
malfunction.
Signal Warning Lights Page
Brake System Warning Light
*1*2
7-27
ABS Warning Light
*1
Electronic Brake Force
Distribution System
Warning
7-27
ABS warning
7-30
Charging System Warning Light
*1
7-27
Engine Oil Warning Light
*1
7-27
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
4-24
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Signal Warning Lights Page
(Red)
High Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light
*1
7-27
Power Steering Malfunction Indicator Light
*1
7-27
Master Warning Light
*1
7-30
Electric Parking Brake (EPB) Warning Light
*1
7-30
(Red)
Brake Pedal Operation Demand Warning Light
*1
Flashing
4-61
Buzzer & Flashing
7-30
Check Engine Light
*1
7-30
*
Automatic Transaxle Warning Light
*1
7-30
Air Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light
*1
7-30
*
AWD Warning Light
*1
7-30
*
Tire Pressure Monitoring System Warning Light
*1
Flashing
7-30
Turns on
7-34
(Red)
KEY Warning Light
*1
Turns on
7-30
Flashing
7-34
(Amber)
*
High Beam Control System (HBC) Warning Light
*1
7-30
*
Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS) Warning Light
*1
Flashing
4-88
Turns on
7-30
(Amber)
*
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function
(MRCC with Stop & Go function) Warning Indication
7-30
*
LED Headlight Warning Light
*1
7-30
Low Fuel Warning Light 7-34
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
*Some models.
4-25
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Signal Warning Lights Page
Check Fuel Cap Warning Light
*1
7-34
Seat Belt Warning Light (Front seat) 7-34
Door-Ajar Warning Light 7-34
*
Low Washer Fluid Level Warning Light
7-34
(Amber)
*
Smart Brake Support/Smart City Brake Support (SBS/SCBS)
Warning Light
7-34
*
1 The light turns on when the ignition is switched on for an operation check, and turns off a few seconds later or
when the engine is started. If the light does not turn on or remains turned on, have the vehicle inspected at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
*
2 The light turns on continuously when the parking brake is applied.
▼
Indicator Lights
These lights turn on or flash to notify the user of the system operation status or a system
malfunction.
Signal Indicator Lights Page
Front Passenger Air Bag Deactivation Indicator Light
*1
2-61
(Green)
KEY Indicator Light 3-9
Security Indicator Light
*1
3-40
Wrench Indicator Light
*1
4-29
(Blue)
Low Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Light 4-29
*
Shift Position Indication
4-34
Lights-On Indicator Light 4-43
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
4-26
*Some models.
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Signal Indicator Lights Page
Headlight High-Beam Indicator Light
Headlight High-Low
Beam
4-46
Flashing the Headlights
4-46
Turn Signal/Hazard Warning Indicator Lights
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals
4-48
Hazard Warning Flasher
4-55
(Green)
*
Brake Pedal Operation demand Indicator Light
4-57
AUTOHOLD Active Indicator Light
*1
4-63
*
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function
(MRCC with Stop & Go function) indicator Light
4-115
TCS/DSC Indicator Light
*1
Traction Control System
(TCS)
4-68
Dynamic Stability Con-
trol (DSC)
4-70
Turns on
7-30
TCS OFF Indicator Light
*1
4-69
*
Select Mode Indicator Light
4-73
(Green)
*
High Beam Control System (HBC) Indicator Light
4-83
*
Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) OFF Indicator Light
*1
Malfunction
7-30
Except malfunction
4-95
*
Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS) OFF Indicator
Light
*1
4-88
(Green)
*
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function
(MRCC with Stop & Go function) Set Indicator Light
4-110
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
*Some models.
4-27
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Signal Indicator Lights Page
(Red)
*
Smart Brake Support/Smart City Brake Support (SBS/SCBS)
Indicator Light
*1
Advanced Smart City
Brake Support (Ad-
vanced SCBS)
4-121
Smart City Brake Sup-
port (SCBS)
4-125
Smart Brake Support
(SBS)
4-129
*
Smart Brake Support/Smart City Brake Support (SBS/SCBS)
OFF Indicator Light
*1
Advanced Smart City
Brake Support (Ad-
vanced SCBS)
4-121
Smart City Brake Sup-
port (SCBS)
4-126
Smart Brake Support
(SBS)
4-129
(White)
*
Cruise Main Indication
4-141
(White/Green)
*
Cruise Set Indication/Indicator Light
4-141
*
1 The light turns on when the ignition is switched on for an operation check, and turns off
a few seconds later or when the engine is started. If the light does not turn on or remains
turned on, have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
4-28
*Some models.
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Wrench Indicator Light
When the ignition is switched ON, the
wrench indicator light turns on and then
turns off after a few seconds.
The wrench indicator light turns on when
the preset maintenance period arrives.
Verify the content and perform
maintenance.
Refer to Maintenance Monitor on page 6-
15.
▼
Low Engine Coolant Temperature
Indicator Light (Blue)
The light illuminates continuously when
the engine coolant temperature is low and
turns off after the engine is warm.
If the low engine coolant temperature
indicator light remains illuminated after
the engine has been sufficiently warmed
up, the temperature sensor could have a
malfunction. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
When Driving
Instrument Cluster and Display
4-29
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Manual Transaxle Shift
Pattern
Neutral position
The shift pattern of the transaxle is
conventional, as shown.
Depress the clutch pedal all the way down
while shifting; then release it slowly.
Your vehicle is equipped with a device to
prevent shifting to R (reverse) by mistake.
Push the shift lever downward and shift to
R.
WARNING
Do not use sudden engine braking on
slippery road surfaces or at high speeds:
Shifting down while driving on wet, snowy,
or frozen roads, or while driving at high
speeds causes sudden engine braking,
which is dangerous. The sudden change in
tire speed could cause the tires to skid. This
could lead to loss of vehicle control and an
accident.
Always leave the shift lever in 1 or R
position and set the parking brake when
leaving the vehicle unattended:
Otherwise the vehicle could move and
cause an accident.
CAUTION
Keep your foot o the clutch pedal except
when shifting gears. Also, do not use the
clutch to hold the vehicle on an upgrade.
Riding the clutch will cause needless
clutch wear and damage.
Do not apply any excessive lateral force
to the shift lever when changing from
5th to 4th gear. This could lead to the
accidental selection of 2nd gear, which
could result in damage to the transaxle.
Make sure the vehicle comes to a
complete stop before shifting to R.
Shifting to R while the vehicle is still
moving may damage the transaxle.
NOTE
•
If shifting to R is difficult, shift back into
neutral, release the clutch pedal, and try
again.
When Driving
Manual Transaxle Operation
4-30
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Gear Shift Indicator (GSI)
The GSI supports you to obtain optimum
fuel economy and smooth driving. It
displays the selected gear position in the
instrument cluster as well as notifies the
driver to change to the most suitable gear
position corresponding to the actual
driving condition.
Selected gear position Suitable gear position
Indication Condition
Numeral
The selected gear position is dis-
played.
and numeral
Shift up or down to the indicated
gear position is recommended.
CAUTION
Do not rely solely on the shift-up/
shift-down recommendations by
indications. The actual driving situation
might require shift operations dierent
from indication. To avoid the risk of
accidents, the road and trac conditions
have to be judged correctly by the driver
before shifting.
NOTE
The GSI turns off when the following
operations are performed.
•
The vehicle is stopped.
•
The vehicle is put in neutral.
•
The vehicle is driven in reverse.
•
The clutch is not fully engaged when
accelerating from a stop.
•
The clutch pedal remains depressed for
2 seconds or longer while driving.
▼
Recommendations for Shifting
Upshifting
For normal acceleration, Mazda
recommends these shift points:
Gear Vehicle speed
1 to 2 24 km/h (15 mph)
2 to 3 42 km/h (26 mph)
3 to 4 60 km/h (37 mph)
4 to 5 74 km/h (46 mph)
5 to 6 79 km/h (49 mph)
For cruising, Mazda recommends these
shift points:
Gear Vehicle speed
1 to 2 13 km/h (8 mph)
2 to 3 29 km/h (18 mph)
3 to 4 48 km/h (30 mph)
4 to 5 63 km/h (39 mph)
5 to 6 69 km/h (43 mph)
Downshifting
When you must slow down in heavy
traffic or on a steep upgrade, downshift
before the engine starts to overwork. This
reduces the chance of stalling and gives
better acceleration when you need more
speed.
On a steep downgrade, downshifting
helps maintain safe speed and prolongs
brake life.
When Driving
Manual Transaxle Operation
4-31
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Automatic Transaxle Controls
Lock-release button
Indicates the shift lever can be shifted freely into any position.
Indicates that you must hold in the lock-release button to shift.
Indicates that you must depress the brake pedal and hold in the lock-release
button to shift (The ignition must be switched ON).
Various Lockouts:
NOTE
The Sport AT has an option that is not included in the traditional automatic transaxle that
gives the driver the option of selecting each gear instead of leaving it to the transaxle to
shift gears. Even if you intend to use the automatic transaxle functions as a traditional
automatic, you should also be aware that you can inadvertently shift into manual shift mode
and an inappropriate gear may be retained as the vehicle speed increases. If you notice the
engine speed going higher or hear the engine racing, confirm you have not accidentally
slipped into manual shift mode (page 4-35).
When Driving
Automatic Transaxle
4-32
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Shift-Lock System
The shift-lock system prevents shifting out
of P unless the brake pedal is depressed.
To shift from P:
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine.
3. Press and hold the lock-release button.
4. Move the selector lever.
NOTE
•
When the ignition is switched to ACC or
the ignition is switched off, the selector
lever cannot be shifted from P position.
•
The ignition cannot be switched to OFF
if the selector lever is not in P position.
▼
Shift-Lock Override
If the selector lever will not move from P
using the proper shift procedure, continue
to hold down the brake pedal.
1. Remove the shift-lock override cover
using a cloth-wrapped flat head
screwdriver.
2. Insert a screwdriver and push it down.
Cover
3. Press and hold the lock-release button.
4. Move the selector lever.
Take the vehicle to an Authorized Mazda
Dealer to have the system checked.
Transaxle Ranges
•
The shift position indication in the
instrument cluster illuminates.
Refer to Warning/Indicator Lights on
page 4-24.
•
The selector lever must be in P or N
position to operate the starter.
P (Park)
P locks the transaxle and prevents the
front wheels from rotating.
WARNING
Always set the selector lever to P position
and set the parking brake:
Only setting the selector lever to the P
position without using the parking brake to
hold the vehicle is dangerous. If P fails to
hold, the vehicle could move and cause an
accident.
CAUTION
Shifting into P, N or R while the vehicle is
moving can damage your transaxle.
Shifting into a driving gear or reverse
when the engine is running faster than
idle can damage the transaxle.
R (Reverse)
In position R, the vehicle moves only
backward. You must be at a complete stop
before shifting to or from R, except under
rare circumstances as explained in
Rocking the Vehicle (page 3-45).
When Driving
Automatic Transaxle
4-33
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
N (Neutral)
In N, the wheels and transaxle are not
locked. The vehicle will roll freely even
on the slightest incline unless the parking
brake or brakes are on.
WARNING
If the engine is running faster than idle, do
not shift from N or P into a driving gear:
It's dangerous to shift from N or P into a
driving gear when the engine is running
faster than idle. If this is done, the vehicle
could move suddenly, causing an accident
or serious injury.
Do not shift into N when driving the
vehicle:
Shifting into N while driving is dangerous.
Engine braking cannot be applied when
decelerating which could lead to an
accident or serious injury.
CAUTION
Do not shift into N when driving the
vehicle. Doing so can cause transaxle
damage.
NOTE
Apply the parking brake or depress the
brake pedal before moving the selector
lever from N position to prevent the
vehicle from moving unexpectedly.
D (Drive)
D is the normal driving position. From a
stop, the transaxle will automatically shift
through a 6-gear sequence.
M (Manual)
M is the manual shift mode position.
Gears can be shifted up or down by
operating the selector lever. Refer to
Manual Shift Mode on page 4-35.
▼
Shift Position Indication
The selector position is indicated when the
ignition is switched ON.
Gear position indication
In manual shift mode, the “M” of the shift
position indication illuminates and the
numeral for the selected gear is displayed.
▼
Active Adaptive Shift (AAS)
Active Adaptive Shift (AAS)
automatically controls the transaxle shift
points to best suit the road conditions and
driver input. This improves driving feel.
The transaxle may switch to AAS mode
when driving up and down slopes,
cornering, driving at high elevations, or
depressing the accelerator pedal quickly
while the selector lever is in the D
position. Depending on the road and
driving conditions/vehicle operations, gear
shifting could be delayed or not occur,
however, this does not indicate a problem
because the AAS mode will maintain the
optimum gear position.
When Driving
Automatic Transaxle
4-34
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Manual Shift Mode
The manual shift mode gives you the feel
of driving a manual transaxle vehicle by
allowing you to operate the selector lever
manually. This allows you to control
engine rpm and torque to the drive wheels
much like a manual transaxle when more
control is desired.
To change to manual shift mode, shift the
lever from D to M.
NOTE
Changing to manual shift mode while
driving will not damage the transaxle.
To return to automatic shift mode, shift the
lever from M to D.
NOTE
•
If you change to manual shift mode
when the vehicle is stopped, the gear
will shift to M1.
•
If you change to manual shift mode
without depressing the accelerator pedal
when driving in D range, 5th gear/6th
gear, the gear will shift to M4/M5.
▼
Indicators
Manual shift mode indication
In manual shift mode, the “M” of the shift
position indication in the instrument panel
illuminates.
Gear position indication
The numeral for the selected gear
illuminates.
Type A
Manual shift mode indication
Gear position indication
Type B
Gear position indication
Manual shift mode indication
Type C
Manual shift mode indication
Gear position indication
When Driving
Automatic Transaxle
4-35
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
NOTE
•
If the gears cannot be shifted down
when driving at higher speeds, the gear
position indication will flash twice to
signal that the gears cannot be shifted
down (to protect the transaxle).
•
If the automatic transaxle fluid (ATF)
temperature becomes too high, there is
the possibility that the transaxle will
switch to automatic shift mode,
canceling manual shift mode and
turning off the gear position indication
illumination. This is a normal function
to protect the AT. After the ATF
temperature has decreased, the gear
position indication illumination turns
back on and driving in manual shift
mode is restored.
▼
Manually Shifting Up
You can shift gears up by operating the
selector lever or the steering shift
switches
*
.
M1 → M2 → M3 → M4 → M5 → M6
Using selector lever
To shift up to a higher gear, tap the
selector lever back
once.
Using steering shift switch
*
To shift up to a higher gear with the
steering shift switches, pull the UP switch
(
) toward you once with your
fingers.
UP switch (+/OFF)
WARNING
Keep your hands on the steering wheel rim
when using ngers on the steering shift
switches:
Putting your hands inside the rim of the
steering wheel when using the steering
shift switches is dangerous. If the driver's
air bag were to deploy in a collision, your
hands could be impacted causing injury.
NOTE
•
When driving slowly, the gears may not
shift up.
•
Do not drive the vehicle with the
tachometer needle in the RED ZONE
while in manual shift mode. In addition,
manual shift mode switches to automatic
shift mode while the accelerator pedal is
completely depressed.
When Driving
Automatic Transaxle
4-36
*Some models.
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
This function is canceled while the TCS
is turned off. However, if the vehicle is
continuously driven at a high rpm, the
gears may automatically shift up to
protect the engine.
•
The steering shift switch can be used
temporarily even if the selector lever is
in the D position while driving. In
addition, it returns to automatic shift
mode when the UP switch (
) is
pulled rearward for a sufficient amount
of time.
▼
Manually Shifting Down
You can shift gears down by operating the
selector lever or the steering shift
switches
*
.
M6 → M5 → M4 → M3 → M2→ M1
Using selector lever
To shift down to a lower gear, tap the
selector lever forward
once.
Using steering shift switch
*
To shift down to a lower gear with the
steering shift switches, pull the DOWN
switch
toward you once with your
fingers.
DOWN switch (-)
WARNING
Do not use engine braking on slippery road
surfaces or at high speeds:
Shifting down while driving on wet, snowy,
or frozen roads, or while driving at high
speeds causes sudden engine braking,
which is dangerous. The sudden change in
tire speed could cause the tires to skid. This
could lead to loss of vehicle control and an
accident.
Keep your hands on the steering wheel rim
when using ngers on the steering shift
switches:
Putting your hands inside the rim of the
steering wheel when using the steering
shift switches is dangerous. If the driver's
air bag were to deploy in a collision, your
hands could be impacted causing injury.
When Driving
Automatic Transaxle
*Some models.
4-37
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
NOTE
•
When driving at high speeds, the gear
may not shift down.
•
During deceleration, the gear may
automatically shift down depending on
vehicle speed.
•
When depressing the accelerator fully,
the transaxle will shift to a lower gear,
depending on vehicle speed. However,
the gears do not kickdown while the TCS
is turned off.
▼
Second Gear Fixed Mode
When the selector lever is moved back
while the vehicle speed is about 10 km/h
(6.2 mph) or less, the transaxle is set in the
second gear fixed mode. The gear is fixed
in second while in this mode for easier
acceleration from a stop and driving on
slippery roads such as snow-covered
roads.
If the selector lever is moved back
or
forward
while in the second gear fixed
mode, the mode will be canceled.
When Driving
Automatic Transaxle
4-38
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Shift Gear (Shifting) Speed Limit
For each gear position while in the manual mode, the speed limit is set as follows: When the
selector lever is operated within the range of the speed limit, the gear is shifted.
Shift up
The gear does not shift up while the vehicle speed is lower than the speed limit.
Shift down
The gear does not shift down while the vehicle speed exceeds the speed limit.
If the vehicle speed exceeds the speed limit and the gear does not shift down, the gear
position indication flashes 2 times to notify the driver that the gear cannot be shifted.
Kickdown
When the accelerator pedal is depressed fully while driving, the gear shifts down.
However, the gears do not kickdown while the TCS is turned off.
NOTE
The gear also shifts down using kickdown while in the second gear fixed mode.
Auto-shift down
The gear shifts down automatically depending on the vehicle speed during deceleration.
NOTE
If the vehicle comes to a stop while in the second gear fixed mode, the gear remains in
second.
When Driving
Automatic Transaxle
4-39
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Recommendations for Shifting
Upshifting
For normal acceleration and cruising, Mazda recommends these shift points:
Gear
Vehicle speed
*1
M1 to M2 24 km/h (15 mph)
M2 to M3 40 km/h (25 mph)
M3 to M4 65 km/h (40 mph)
M4 to M5 73 km/h (45 mph)
M5 to M6 81 km/h (50 mph)
*
1 Always observe local speed limit regulations.
Downshifting
When you must slow down in heavy traffic or on a steep upgrade, downshift before the
engine starts to overwork. This gives better acceleration when you need more speed.
On a steep downgrade, downshifting helps maintain safe speed and prolongs brake life.
When Driving
Automatic Transaxle
4-40
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Direct Mode
*
Direct mode can be used for temporarily
switching gears by operating the steering
shift switch while the vehicle is being
driven with the selector lever in the D
position.
While in direct mode, the D and M
indication illuminate and the gear position
in use is illuminated.
Direct mode is canceled (released) under
the following conditions.
•
The UP switch ( ) is pulled
rearward for a certain amount of time or
longer.
•
The vehicle is driven for a certain
amount of time or longer (time differs
depending on the driving conditions
while operating).
•
The vehicle is stopped or moving at a
slow speed.
Type A
Gear position indication
Direct mode indication
Type B
Gear position indication
Direct mode indication
Type C
Direct mode indication
Gear position indication
NOTE
Shifting up and down while in direct mode
may not be possible depending on the
vehicle speed. In addition, because direct
mode is canceled (released) depending on
the rate of acceleration or if the
accelerator is fully depressed, use of the
manual shift mode is recommended if you
need to drive the vehicle in a particular
gear for long periods.
When Driving
Automatic Transaxle
*Some models.
4-41
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Driving Tips
WARNING
Do not let the vehicle move in a direction
opposite to the direction selected by the
selector lever:
Do not let the vehicle move backward with
the selector lever in a forward position, or
do not let the vehicle move forward with
the selector lever in the reverse position.
Otherwise, the engine may stop, causing
the loss of the power brake and power
steering functions, and make it dicult to
control the vehicle which could result in an
accident.
Passing
For extra power when passing another
vehicle or climbing steep grades, depress
the accelerator fully. The transaxle will
shift to a lower gear, depending on vehicle
speed.
NOTE
•
The accelerator pedal may initially feel
heavy as it is being depressed, then feel
lighter as it is depressed further. This
change in pedal force aids the engine
control system in determining how much
the accelerator pedal has been
depressed for performing kickdown, and
functions to control whether or not
kickdown should be performed.
•
While the selector lever is in the M
position and the TCS is turned off,
manual shift mode does not switch to
automatic shift mode even if the
accelerator pedal is completely
depressed. Operate the selector lever.
Climbing steep grades from a stop
To climb a steep grade from a stopped
position:
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Shift to D or M1, depending on the
load weight and grade steepness.
3. Release the brake pedal while
gradually accelerating.
Descending steep grades
When descending a steep grade, shift to
lower gears, depending on load weight and
grade steepness. Descend slowly, using the
brakes only occasionally to prevent them
from overheating.
When Driving
Automatic Transaxle
4-42
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Lighting Control
▼
Headlights
Turn the headlight switch to turn the headlights, other exterior lights and dashboard
illumination on or off.
When the lights are turned on, the lights-on indicator light in the instrument cluster turns on.
NOTE
•
If the light switch is left on, the lights will automatically switch off approximately 30
seconds after switching the ignition off.
The time setting can be changed.
Refer to Personalization Features on page 9-9.
•
To prevent discharging the battery, do not leave the lights on while the engine is off unless
safety requires them.
Without auto-light control
Switch Position
Ignition Position ON
ACC or
OFF
ON
ACC or
OFF
ON
ACC or
OFF
Headlights Off Off Off Off On
On
*2
Daytime running lights
On
*1
Off
On
*1
Off Off Off
Taillights
Parking lights
License plate lights
Side-marker lights
Off Off On
On
*2
On
On
*2
*
1 The lights are turned on while the vehicle is driven.
*
2 The lights are turned on for the specified period by the auto headlight off function.
When Driving
Switches and Controls
4-43
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
With auto-light control
Switch Position
Ignition Position ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF
Headlights Off Off
Auto
*2
Auto
*4
Off Off On
On
*4
Daytime running lights
On
*1
Off
On
*3
Off
On
*1
Off Off Off
Taillights
Parking lights
License plate lights
Side-marker lights
Off Off
Auto
*2
Auto
*4
On
On
*4
On
On
*4
*
1 The lights are turned on while the vehicle is driven.
*
2 The headlight and other light settings switch automatically depending on the surrounding brightness detected
by the sensor.
*
3 The lights are turned on while the vehicle is driven, and turned off when the headlights are turned on by the
auto light function.
*
4 The lights are turned on for the specified period by the auto headlight off function.
Auto-light control
*
When the headlight switch is in the position and the ignition is switched ON, the light
sensor senses the surrounding lightness or darkness and automatically turns the headlights,
other exterior lights and dashboard illumination on or off (see chart above).
When Driving
Switches and Controls
4-44
*Some models.
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
CAUTION
Do not shade the light sensor by adhering a sticker or a label on the windshield. Otherwise
the light sensor will not operate correctly.
The light sensor also works as a rain sensor for the auto-wiper control. Keep hands and
scrapers clear of the windshield when the wiper lever is in the
position and the ignition
is switched ON as ngers could be pinched or the wipers and wiper blades could be
damaged when the wipers activate automatically. If you are going to clean the windshield,
be sure the wipers are turned o completely when it is particularly tempting to leave the
engine running. This is particularly important when clearing ice and snow.
NOTE
•
The headlights, other exterior lights and dashboard illumination may not turn off
immediately even if the surrounding area becomes well-lit because the light sensor
determines that it is night time if the surrounding area is continuously dark for several
minutes such as inside long tunnels, traffic jams inside tunnels, or in indoor parking lots.
In this case, the lights turn off if the light switch is turned to the
position.
•
(Without auto headlight off function)
When the headlight switch is in the
position and the ignition is switched to ACC or
the ignition is switched off, the headlights, other exterior lights and dashboard
illumination will turn off.
•
The dashboard illumination can be adjusted by rotating the knob in the instrument cluster.
Also, the day/night mode can be changed by rotating the knob until a beep sound is heard.
To adjust the brightness of the dashboard illumination:
Refer to Dashboard Illumination on page 4-17.
•
The sensitivity of the AUTO lights may be changed by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Refer to Personalization Features on page 9-9.
When Driving
Switches and Controls
4-45
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Headlight High-Low Beam
The headlights switch between high and
low beams by moving the lever forward or
backward.
High beam
Low beam
When the headlight high-beams are on, the
headlight high-beam indicator light is
turned on.
▼
Flashing the Headlights
Can be used when the ignition is switched
ON.
To flash the headlights, pull the lever fully
towards you (the headlight switch does not
need to be on).
OFF
Headlight
flashing
The headlight high-beam indicator light in
the instrument cluster illuminates
simultaneously. The lever will return to
the normal position when released.
▼
Coming Home Light
The coming home light turns on the
headlights (low beams) when the lever is
operated.
To turn on the lights
When the lever is pulled with the ignition
switched to ACC or OFF, the low beam
headlights turn on.
The headlights turn off after a certain
period of time has elapsed after the doors
are closed.
NOTE
•
The time until the headlights turn off
after all of the doors are closed can be
changed.
Refer to Personalization Features on
page 9-9.
•
If no operations are done for 3 minutes
after the lever is pulled, the headlights
turn off.
When Driving
Switches and Controls
4-46
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
•
The headlights turn off if the lever is
pulled again while the headlights are
illuminated.
▼
Leaving Home Light
The leaving home light turns on the lights
when the transmitter unlock button is
pressed while away from the vehicle.
The following lights turn on when the
leaving home light is operated.
Low beams, Parking lights, Taillights,
License plate lights.
To turn on the lights
When the ignition switch and the headlight
switch are in the following conditions, the
headlights will illuminate when the
transmitter unlock button is pressed and
the vehicle receives the transmitter signal.
The headlights turn off after a certain
period of time has elapsed (30 seconds).
•
Ignition switch: off
•
Headlight switch: , , or
Unlock button
Lock button
NOTE
•
Operation of the leaving home light can
be turned on or off.
Refer to Personalization Features on
page 9-9.
•
When the transmitter lock button is
pressed and the vehicle receives the
transmitter signal, the headlights turn
off.
•
When the headlight switch is turned to
the
position, the headlights turn off.
▼
Headlight Leveling
*
The number of passengers and weight of
cargo in the luggage compartment change
the angle of the headlights.
The angle of the headlights will be
automatically adjusted when turning on
the headlights.
▼
Daytime Running Lights
Some countries require moving vehicles to
have their lights on (daytime running
lights) during the daytime.
The daytime running lights turn on
automatically when the vehicle starts
moving.
They turn off when the parking brake is
operated or the shift lever is shifted to the
P position (automatic transaxle vehicle).
NOTE
(Except Canada)
The daytime running lights can be
deactivated.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
9-9.
When Driving
Switches and Controls
*Some models.
4-47
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Fog Lights
*
The fog lights can be used when the
ignition is switched ON.
Use this switch to turn on the fog lights.
The fog lights will improve visibility at
night and during foggy conditions.
The fog lights turn on when the fog light
switch is turned to the
position and turn
off when the switch is turned to the
position.
The fog lights turn on when the headlights
are turned on. They will not turn on if the
headlight switch is in the
position or
position.
Fog light switch
NOTE
•
The fog lights will turn off when the
headlights are set at high beams.
•
(With auto-light control)
If the fog light switch is in the
position and the headlight switch is in
the
position, the fog lights will turn
on when the headlights, the exterior
lights turn on.
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals
The ignition must be switched ON to use
the turn and lane-change signals.
▼
Turn Signal s
Move the signal lever down (for a left
turn) or up (for a right turn) to the stop
position. The signal will self-cancel after
the turn is completed.
If the indicator light continues to flash
after a turn, manually return the lever to its
original position.
Right turn
Left turn
Right lane change
Left lane change
OFF
The turn signal indicators in the
instrument cluster flash according to the
operation of the turn signal lever to show
which signal is working.
When Driving
Switches and Controls
4-48
*Some models.
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
NOTE
•
If an indicator light stays on without
flashing or if it flashes abnormally, one
of the turn signal bulbs may be burned
out.
•
A personalized function is available to
change the turn indicator sound volume.
(page 9-9)
▼
Lane-Change Signals
Move the lever halfway toward the
direction of the lane change―until the
indicator flashes― and hold it there. It
will return to the off position when
released.
▼
Three-Flash Turn Signal
After releasing the turn signal lever, the
turn signal indicator flashes three times.
The operation can be cancelled by moving
the lever in the direction opposite to which
it was operated.
NOTE
The three-flash turn signal function can be
switched to operable/inoperable using the
personalization function.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
9-9.
Windshield Wipers and
Washer
The ignition must be switched ON to use
the wipers.
WARNING
Use only windshield washer uid or plain
water in the reservoir:
Using radiator antifreeze as washer uid is
dangerous. If sprayed on the windshield, it
will dirty the windshield,
aect
your
visibility, and could result in an accident.
Only use windshield washer uid mixed
with anti-freeze protection in freezing
weather conditions:
Using windshield washer uid without
anti-freeze protection in freezing weather
conditions is dangerous as it could freeze
on the windshield and block your vision
which could cause an accident. In addition,
make sure the windshield is suciently
warmed using the defroster before
spraying the washer uid.
When Driving
Switches and Controls
4-49
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
NOTE
If the windshield wipers are operated
under cold weather conditions or during
snowfall, they could stop due to
accumulated snow on the windshield. If
the windshield wipers stop due to
accumulated snow on the windshield, park
the vehicle in a safe place, turn the wiper
switch off, and then remove the
accumulated snow. If the wiper switch is
turned to another position other than OFF,
the wipers will operate. If the wipers do
not operate even though the wiper switch
is turned to a position other than OFF,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as
soon as possible.
▼
Windshield Wipers
Turn the wipers on by pressing the lever
up or down.
With intermittent wiper
Switch Posi-
tion
Wiper operation
Operation while pulling up lever
Stop
Intermittent
Low speed
High speed
Variable-speed intermittent wipers
Set the lever to the intermittent position
and choose the interval timing by rotating
the ring.
INT ring
Fast
Slow
With auto-wiper control
Switch Posi-
tion
Wiper operation
Operation while pulling up lever
Stop
Auto control
Low speed
High speed
When Driving
Switches and Controls
4-50
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Auto-wiper control
When the wiper lever is in the
position, the rain sensor senses the amount
of rainfall on the windshield and turns the
wipers on or off automatically
(off―intermittent―low speed―high
speed).
The sensitivity of the rain sensor can be
adjusted by turning the switch on the
wiper lever.
From the center position (normal), rotate
the switch upward for higher sensitivity
(faster response) or rotate it downward for
less sensitivity (slower response).
Higher sensitivity
Less sensitivity
Switch
Center
position
CAUTION
Do not shade the rain sensor by adhering
a sticker or a label on the windshield.
Otherwise the rain sensor will not
operate correctly.
When the wiper lever is in the
position and the ignition is switched ON,
the wipers may move automatically in
the following cases:
If the windshield above the rain sensor
is touched or wiped with a cloth.
If the windshield is struck with a hand
or other object from either outside or
inside the vehicle.
Keep hands and scrapers clear of the
windshield when the wiper lever is in the
position and the ignition is
switched ON as ngers could be pinched
or the wipers and wiper blades damaged
when the wipers activate automatically.
If you are going to clean the windshield,
be sure the wipers are turned o
completely (when it is most likely that the
engine is left running) this is particularly
important when clearing ice and snow.
When Driving
Switches and Controls
4-51
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
NOTE
•
Switching the auto-wiper lever from the
to the position while driving
activates the windshield wipers once,
after which they operate according to
the rainfall amount.
•
The auto-wiper control may not operate
when the rain sensor temperature is
about
－
10 °C (14 °F) or lower, or
about 85 °C (185 °F) or higher.
•
If the windshield is coated with water
repellent, the rain sensor may not be
able to sense the amount of rainfall
correctly and the auto-wiper control
may not operate properly.
•
If dirt or foreign matter (such as ice or
matter containing salt water) adheres to
the windshield above the rain sensor, or
if the windshield is iced, it could cause
the wipers to move automatically.
However, if the wipers cannot remove
this ice, dirt or foreign matter, the
auto-wiper control will stop operation.
In this case, set the wiper lever to the
low speed position or high speed
position for manual operation, or
remove the ice, dirt or foreign matter by
hand to restore the auto-wiper
operation.
•
If the auto-wiper lever is left in the
position, the wipers could operate
automatically from the effect of strong
light sources, electromagnetic waves, or
infrared light because the rain sensor
uses an optical sensor. It is
recommended that the auto-wiper lever
be switched to the
position other
than when driving the vehicle under
rainy conditions.
•
If the headlight switch and the
windshield wiper switch are in
,
and the wipers are operated at low or
high speed by the auto wiper control for
several seconds, bad weather conditions
are determined and the headlights may
be turned on.
•
The auto-wiper control functions can be
turned off. Refer to Personalization
Features on page 9-9.
▼
Windshield Washer
Pull the lever toward you and hold it to
spray washer fluid.
Washer
OFF
NOTE
If the windshield washer is turned on when
the windshield wipers are not operating,
the windshield wipers operate a few times.
If the washer does not work, inspect the
fluid level (page 6-27). If the fluid level
is normal, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
When Driving
Switches and Controls
4-52
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Rear Window Wiper and
Washer
The ignition must be switched ON to use
the wiper.
▼
Rear Window Wiper
Turn the wiper on by turning the rear
wiper/washer switch.
Switch Posi-
tion
Wiper operation
Stop
Intermittent
Normal
▼
Rear Window Washer
To spray washer fluid, turn the rear wiper/
washer switch to either of the
position.
After the switch is released, the washer
will stop.
If the washer does not work, inspect the
fluid level (page 6-27). If the fluid level
is normal and the washer still does not
work, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
Rear Window Defogger
The rear window defogger clears fog from
the rear window.
The ignition must be switched ON to use
the defogger.
Press the switch to turn on the rear
window defogger. The rear window
defogger operates for about 15 minutes
and then turns off automatically.
The indicator light illuminates when the
defogger is operating.
To turn off the rear window defogger
before the 15 minutes has elapsed, press
the switch again.
Manual Climate Control
Indicator light
Fully Automatic Climate Control
Indicator light
When Driving
Switches and Controls
4-53
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
CAUTION
Do not use sharp instruments or window
cleaners with abrasives to clean the
inside of the rear window surface. They
may damage the defogger grid inside the
window.
NOTE
•
This defogger is not designed for
melting snow. If there is an
accumulation of snow on the rear
window, remove it before using the
defogger.
•
The rear window defogger setting can
be changed. After changing the setting,
the rear window defogger stops
automatically after 15 minutes have
elapsed and when the ambient
temperature is high. When the ambient
temperature is low, it continues to
operate until the switch is pressed
again.
Refer to Personalization Features on
page 9-9.
▼
Mirror Defogger
*
The mirror defoggers defrost the outside
mirrors.
The mirror defoggers operate in
conjunction with the rear window
defogger.
To turn on the mirror defoggers, switch the
ignition ON and press the rear window
defogger switch (page 4-53).
Manual Climate Control
Indicator light
Fully Automatic Climate Control
Indicator light
When Driving
Switches and Controls
4-54
*Some models.
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Horn
To sound the horn, press the mark on
the steering wheel.
Hazard Warning Flasher
The hazard warning lights should always
be used when you stop on or near a
roadway in an emergency.
The hazard warning lights warn other
drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard
and that they must take extreme caution
when near it.
Depress the hazard warning flasher and all
the turn signals will flash. The hazard
warning indicator lights in the instrument
cluster flash simultaneously.
NOTE
•
The turn signals do not work when the
hazard warning lights are on.
•
Check local regulations about the use of
hazard warning lights while the vehicle
is being towed to verify that it is not in
violation of the law.
When Driving
Switches and Controls
4-55
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Brake System
▼
Foot Brake
This vehicle has power-assisted brakes
that adjust automatically through normal
use.
Should power-assist fail, you can stop by
applying greater force than normal to the
brake pedal. But the distance required to
stop will be greater than usual.
WARNING
Do not coast with the engine stalled or
turned
o,
nd
a safe place to stop:
Coasting with the engine stalled or turned
o
is dangerous. Braking will require more
eort, and the brake's power-assist could
be depleted if you pump the brake. This will
cause longer stopping distances or even an
accident.
Shift to a lower gear when going down
steep hills:
Driving with your foot continuously on the
brake pedal or steadily applying the brakes
for long distances is dangerous. This causes
overheated brakes, resulting in longer
stopping distances or even total brake
failure. This could cause loss of vehicle
control and a serious accident. Avoid
continuous application of the brakes.
Dry o brakes that have become wet by
driving slowly, releasing the accelerator
pedal and lightly applying the brakes
several times until the brake performance
returns to normal:
Driving with wet brakes is dangerous.
Increased stopping distance or the vehicle
pulling to one side when braking could result
in a serious accident. Light braking will
indicate whether the brakes have been
aected.
CAUTION
Do not drive with your foot held on the
brake pedal. Doing so could result in the
following:
The brake parts will wear out more
quickly.
The brakes can overheat and adversely
aect brake performance.
Always depress the brake pedal with the
right foot. Applying the brakes with the
unaccustomed left foot could slow your
reaction time to an emergency situation
resulting in insucient braking
operation.
Wear shoes appropriate for driving in
order to avoid your shoe contacting the
brake pedal when depressing the
accelerator pedal.
When Driving
Brake
4-56
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Electric Parking Brake (EPB)
The EPB equipment applies the parking
brake using an electric motor. When the
parking brake is applied, the EPB switch
indicator light turns on.
Indicator light
WARNING
Do not drive the vehicle with the parking
brake applied:
If the vehicle is driven with the parking
brake applied, the brake parts may
generate heat and the brake system may
not operate, leading to an accident.
Before driving, release the parking brake
and verify that the brake system warning
light is turned o.
NOTE
•
The parking brake cannot be applied or
released while the vehicle battery is
dead.
•
If the EPB is repeatedly applied and
released it may stop operating to
prevent overheating of the motor. If this
occurs, wait approx. 1 minute before
operating the EPB switch again.
•
An operation sound occurs when applying
or releasing the parking brake, however,
this does not indicate a malfunction.
•
If the EPB is not used for long periods,
an automatic inspection of the system is
performed while the vehicle is parked.
An operation sound can be heard,
however, this does not indicate a
problem.
•
When the parking brake is applied and
the ignition is switched OFF, an
operation sound can be heard, however,
this does not indicate a problem.
•
The brake pedal may move while the
parking brake is being applied or
released, however, this does not indicate
a problem.
•
If the EPB switch is continually pulled
while driving the vehicle, the parking
brake will be applied and the EPB
warning beep will be activated. When
the switch is released, the parking brake
is released and the beep stops.
•
If the parking brake is applied with the
ignition switched off or in ACC, the
brake system warning light in the
instrument cluster and the indicator
light in the switch may turn on for 15
seconds.
•
When running the vehicle through an
automatic car wash, it may be necessary
to switch the ignition off with the
parking brake released depending on
the type of automatic car wash.
When Driving
Brake
4-57
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
When applying the parking brake
The parking brake can be applied
regardless of the ignition switch position.
Securely depress the brake pedal and pull
up the EPB switch.
The parking brake is applied and the brake
system warning light and the EPB switch
indicator light turn on.
Refer to Warning/Indicator Lights on page
4-24.
When releasing the parking brake
The EPB can be released while the
ignition is switched ON or the engine is
running. When the parking brake is
released, the brake system warning light
and the EPB switch indicator light turn
off.
Parking brake manual release
Firmly depress the brake pedal and press
the EPB switch.
If the EPB switch is pressed without
depressing the brake pedal, the indicator
light in the instrument cluster notifies the
driver that the brake is not depressed.
The brake pedal operation demand
indicator light (green) in the instrument
cluster turns on.
(Green)
When Driving
Brake
4-58
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Parking brake automatic release
If the accelerator pedal is depressed with
the parking brake applied and all of the
following conditions met, the parking
brake is released automatically.
•
The engine is running.
•
The driver's door is closed.
•
The driver's seat belt is fastened.
(Manual transaxle)
•
The change lever is in a position other
than neutral.
•
The clutch pedal is depressed halfway
(Automatic transaxle)
•
Selector lever is in the D, M, or R
position
NOTE
If something such as the driver's foot
contacts the accelerator pedal with the
engine running and the parking brake
applied, the parking brake may be
released automatically. If you do not
intend to drive immediately, shift the
change lever (manual transaxle) to the
neutral position, or shift the selector lever
(automatic transaxle) to the P or N
position.
▼
Warning Light
The warning light turns on when the
system has a malfunction.
Refer to Contact Authorized Mazda
Dealer and Have Vehicle Inspected on
page 7-30.
▼
Brake Pad Wear Indicator
When the disc brake pads become worn,
the built-in wear indicators contact the
disc plates. This causes a screeching noise
to warn that the pads should be replaced.
When you hear this noise, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.
WARNING
Do not drive with worn disc pads:
Driving with worn disc pads is dangerous.
The brakes could fail and cause a serious
accident. As soon as you hear a screeching
noise consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
When Driving
Brake
4-59
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Brake Assist
During emergency braking situations
when it is necessary to depress the brake
pedal with greater force, the brake assist
system provides braking assistance, thus
enhancing braking performance.
When the brake pedal is depressed hard or
depressed more quickly, the brakes apply
more firmly.
NOTE
•
When the brake pedal is depressed hard
or depressed more quickly, the pedal
will feel softer but the brakes will apply
more firmly. This is a normal effect of
the brake assist operation and does not
indicate a malfunction.
•
When the brake pedal is depressed hard
or depressed more quickly, a motor/
pump operation noise may be heard.
This is a normal effect of the brake
assist and does not indicate a
malfunction.
•
The brake assist equipment does not
supersede the functionality of the
vehicle's main braking system.
When Driving
Brake
4-60
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
AUTOHOLD
The AUTOHOLD function automatically holds the vehicle stopped, even if you take your
foot off the brake pedal. This function can be best used while stopped in traffic or at a traffic
light. The brakes are released when you resume driving the vehicle such as by releasing the
clutch pedal with the shift lever shifted to a position other than the neutral position (manual
transaxle vehicle) or depressing the accelerator pedal (automatic transaxle vehicle).
WARNING
Do not rely completely on the AUTOHOLD function:
The AUTOHOLD function is only designed to assist the brake operation while the vehicle is
stopped. Neglecting to operate the brakes and relying only on the AUTOHOLD system is
dangerous and could result in an unexpected accident if the vehicle were to suddenly move.
Operate the brakes appropriately in accordance with the road and surrounding conditions.
Do not release your foot from the brake pedal while the vehicle is stopped on a steep grade:
Because there is a possibility of the vehicle not being held in the stopped position by the
AUTOHOLD function, the vehicle may move unexpectedly and result in an accident.
Do not use the AUTOHOLD function on slippery roads such as icy or snow-covered roads, or
unpaved roads:
Even if the vehicle is held in the stopped position by the AUTOHOLD function, the vehicle may
move unexpectedly and result in an accident. Operate the accelerator pedal, brakes, or
steering wheel appropriately as necessary.
Immediately depress the brake pedal in the following cases:
Because the AUTOHOLD function is canceled forcibly, the vehicle may move unexpectedly
and result in an accident.
The brake pedal operation demand warning light (red) ashes and the warning sound is
activated at the same time.
(Red)
When Driving
Brake
4-61
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Always apply the parking brake when parking the vehicle:
Not applying the parking brake when parking the vehicle is dangerous as the vehicle may
move unexpectedly and result in an accident. When parking the vehicle, shift the selector
lever to the P position (automatic transaxle vehicle) and apply the parking brake.
CAUTION
If you stop operating the accelerator pedal before the vehicle starts moving, the force holding
the vehicle in the stopped position may weaken. Firmly depress the brake pedal or depress the
accelerator pedal to accelerate the vehicle.
NOTE
•
Under the following conditions, a problem with the AUTOHOLD is occurring. Have your
vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
•
The brake pedal operation demand warning light (red) in the instrument cluster flashes
and the warning sound is activated for about five seconds while the AUTOHOLD is
operating or when you press the AUTOHOLD switch.
•
If you switch the ignition OFF while the AUTOHOLD is operating, the parking brake is
applied automatically to assist you with parking the vehicle.
•
The AUTOHOLD is canceled when the selector lever/shift lever is shifted to R position
while the vehicle is on level ground, or facing up a hill or grade (as shown below).
Level ground
: Driving in reverse (selector lever/shift lever in R)
Vehicle tilts forward
Vehicle tilts rearward
AUTOHOLD :
Operates
AUTOHOLD :
Does not operate,
canceled
AUTOHOLD :
Does not operate,
canceled
When Driving
Brake
4-62
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
AUTOHOLD System is Turned On
Press the AUTOHOLD switch and when
the AUTOHOLD standby indicator light
turns on, the AUTOHOLD function turns
on.
AUTOHOLD standby
indicator light
NOTE
When all of the following conditions are
met, the AUTOHOLD standby indicator
light turns on when the AUTOHOLD
switch is pressed and the AUTOHOLD
function turns on.
•
The ignition is switched ON (engine is
running).
•
The driver's seat belt is fastened.
•
The driver's door is closed.
•
There is no problem with the
AUTOHOLD function.
To operate AUTOHOLD and hold the
brakes
1. Depress the brake pedal and bring the
vehicle to a complete stop.
2. The AUTOHOLD active indicator
light in the instrument cluster turns on
and the brakes are held.
3. The vehicle is held in its stopped
position even with the brake pedal
released.
NOTE
When all of the following conditions are
met, the AUTOHOLD operates and the
brakes are held.
•
The ignition is switched ON (engine is
running).
•
The vehicle is stopped.
•
The brake pedal is being depressed.
•
The AUTOHOLD active indicator light
turns on.
•
The accelerator pedal is not depressed.
•
The driver's seat belt is fastened.
•
The driver's door is closed.
•
There is no problem with the
AUTOHOLD function.
•
The parking brake is released.
•
There is no problem with the electric
parking brake (EPB) function.
•
(Automatic transaxle vehicle)
The selector lever is in a position other
than R position or the vehicle tilts
forward with the selector lever in the R
position.
When Driving
Brake
4-63
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
To release AUTOHOLD and start
driving the vehicle
If you do any of the following actions to
resume driving the vehicle, the brakes
release automatically and the
AUTOHOLD active indicator light turns
off.
•
(Manual transaxle vehicle)
You start to release the clutch pedal with
the shift lever shifted to a position other
than the neutral position
•
(Automatic transaxle vehicle)
•
The accelerator pedal is depressed.
•
The vehicle tilts rearward or the
selector lever is shifted to the R
position on level ground.
NOTE
•
If the electric parking brake (EPB)
switch is pulled while the AUTOHOLD
is operating, the parking brake is
applied and the AUTOHOLD is
released. In addition, if the parking
brake is released under this condition,
the AUTOHOLD operates to hold the
brakes.
•
Under the following conditions, the
parking brake is automatically applied
and the AUTOHOLD is released. The
AUTOHOLD is re-enabled when the
conditions before the AUTOHOLD is
released are restored.
•
The driver’s seat belt is unfastened.
•
The driver’s door is opened.
•
When about 10 minutes or longer have
passed since the AUTOHOLD operation
started, the parking brake is
automatically applied. Because the
AUTOHOLD is restored when releasing
the parking brake, the hold on the
brakes by AUTOHOLD function
resumes.
•
(Manual transaxle vehicle)
When starting to drive the vehicle
forward or in reverse on a down slope,
depress the clutch pedal and shift the
shift lever to the appropriate position for
driving in the desired direction, and then
depress the accelerator pedal to release
the AUTOHOLD.
▼
AUTOHOLD System is Turned Off
Depress the brake pedal and press the
AUTOHOLD switch. The AUTOHOLD is
turned off and the AUTOHOLD standby
indicator light turns off.
AUTOHOLD standby
indicator light
When Driving
Brake
4-64
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
NOTE
•
When the brakes are not held such as
while driving the vehicle, the
AUTOHOLD can be turned off only by
pressing the AUTOHOLD switch.
•
If the AUTOHOLD switch is pressed
without depressing the brake pedal
while the AUTOHOLD is operating
(AUTOHOLD active indicator light is
turned on), the brake pedal operation
demand indicator light (green) in the
instrument cluster turns on to notify the
driver that it is necessary to depress the
brake pedal.
(Green)
•
If any of the following conditions occurs
while the AUTOHOLD function is
operating (AUTOHOLD active indicator
light is turned on), the parking brake is
applied automatically and the
AUTOHOLD function turns off. For the
electric parking brake (EPB) operation,
refer to the electric parking brake (EPB)
on page 4-57.
•
The ignition is switched OFF.
•
There is a problem with the
AUTOHOLD function.
Hill Launch Assist (HLA)
HLA is a function which assists the driver
in accelerating from a stop while on a
slope. When the driver releases the brake
pedal and depresses the accelerator pedal
while on a slope, the function prevents the
vehicle from rolling. The braking force is
maintained automatically after the brake
pedal is released on a steep grade.
For vehicles with a manual transaxle,
HLA operates on a downward slope when
the shift lever is in the reverse (R)
position, and on an upward slope when the
shift lever is in a position other than the
reverse (R) position.
For vehicles with an automatic transaxle,
HLA operates on a downward slope when
the selector lever is in the reverse (R)
position, and on an upward slope when the
selector lever is in a forward gear.
WARNING
Do not rely completely on HLA:
HLA is an auxiliary device for accelerating
from a stop on a slope. The system only
operates for about two seconds and
therefore, relying only on the system, when
accelerating from a stop is dangerous
because the vehicle may move (roll)
unexpectedly and cause an accident.
The vehicle could roll depending on the
vehicle's load or if it is towing something. In
addition, for vehicles with a manual
transaxle, the vehicle could still roll
depending on how the clutch pedal or the
accelerator pedal is operated.
Always conrm the safety around the
vehicle before starting to drive the vehicle.
When Driving
Brake
4-65
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
NOTE
•
HLA does not operate on a gentle slope.
In addition, the gradient of the slope on
which the system will operate changes
depending on the vehicle's load.
•
HLA does not operate if the parking
brake is applied, the vehicle has not
stopped completely, or the clutch pedal
is released.
•
While HLA is operating, the brake pedal
may feel stiff and vibrate, however, this
does not indicate a malfunction.
•
HLA does not operate while the
TCS/DSC indicator light is illuminated.
Refer to Contact Authorized Mazda
Dealer and Have Vehicle Inspected on
page 7-30.
•
HLA does not turn off even if the TCS
OFF switch is pressed to turn off the
TCS.
When Driving
Brake
4-66
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Antilock Brake System
(ABS)
The ABS control unit continuously
monitors the speed of each wheel. If one
wheel is about to lock up, the ABS
responds by automatically releasing and
reapplying that wheel's brake.
The driver will feel a slight vibration in
the brake pedal and may hear a chattering
noise from the brake system. This is
normal ABS system operation. Continue
to depress the brake pedal without
pumping the brakes.
The warning light turns on when the
system has a malfunction.
Refer to Contact Authorized Mazda
Dealer and Have Vehicle Inspected on
page 7-30.
WARNING
Do not rely on ABS as a substitute for safe
driving:
The ABS cannot compensate for unsafe
and reckless driving, excessive speed,
tailgating (following another vehicle too
closely), driving on ice and snow, and
hydroplaning (reduced tire friction and
road contact because of water on the road
surface). You can still have an accident.
NOTE
•
Braking distances may be longer on
loose surfaces (snow or gravel, for
example) which usually have a hard
foundation. A vehicle with a normal
braking system may require less
distance to stop under these conditions
because the tires will build up a wedge
of surface layer when the wheels skid.
•
The sound of the ABS operating may be
heard when starting the engine or
immediately after starting the vehicle,
however, it does not indicate a
malfunction.
When Driving
ABS/TCS/DSC
4-67
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Traction Control System
(TCS)
The Traction Control System (TCS)
enhances traction and safety by controlling
engine torque and braking. When the TCS
detects driving wheel slippage, it lowers
engine torque and operates the brakes to
prevent loss of traction.
This means that on a slick surface, the
engine adjusts automatically to provide
optimum power to the drive wheels,
limiting wheel spin and loss of traction.
The warning light turns on when the
system has a malfunction.
Refer to Contact Authorized Mazda
Dealer and Have Vehicle Inspected on
page 7-30.
WARNING
Do not rely on the Traction Control System
(TCS) as a substitute for safe driving:
The Traction Control System (TCS) cannot
compensate for unsafe and reckless
driving, excessive speed, tailgating
(following another vehicle too closely), and
hydroplaning (reduced tire friction and
road contact because of water on the road
surface). You can still have an accident.
Use snow tires or tire chains and drive at
reduced speeds when roads are covered
with ice and/or snow:
Driving without proper traction devices on
snow and/or ice-covered roads is
dangerous. The Traction Control System
(TCS) alone cannot provide adequate
traction and you could still have an
accident.
NOTE
To turn off the TCS, press the TCS OFF
switch (page 4-69).
▼
TCS/DSC Indicator Light
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched ON.
If the TCS or DSC is operating, the
indicator light flashes.
If the light stays on, the TCS, DSC or the
brake assist system may have a
malfunction and they may not operate
correctly. Take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
•
In addition to the indicator light
flashing, a slight lugging sound will
come from the engine. This indicates
that the TCS/DSC is operating properly.
•
On slippery surfaces, such as fresh
snow, it will be impossible to achieve
high rpm when the TCS is on.
When Driving
ABS/TCS/DSC
4-68
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
TCS OFF Indicator Light
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched ON.
It also illuminates when the TCS OFF
switch is pressed and TCS is switched off.
Refer to TCS OFF Switch on page 4-69.
If the light remains illuminated and the
TCS is not switched off, take your vehicle
to an Authorized Mazda Dealer. The DSC
may have a malfunction.
▼
TCS OFF Switch
Press the TCS OFF switch to turn off the
TCS. The TCS OFF indicator light in the
instrument cluster will illuminate.
Press the switch again to turn the TCS
back on. The TCS OFF indicator light will
turn off.
NOTE
•
When TCS is on and you attempt to free
the vehicle when it is stuck, or drive it
out of freshly fallen snow, the TCS (part
of the DSC system) will activate.
Depressing the accelerator will not
increase engine power and freeing the
vehicle may be difficult. When this
happens, turn off the TCS.
•
If the TCS is off when the engine is
turned off, it automatically activates
when the ignition is switched ON.
•
Leaving the TCS on will provide the best
traction.
•
If the TCS OFF switch is pressed and
held for 10 seconds or more, the TCS
OFF switch malfunction detection
function operates and the TCS system
activates automatically. The TCS OFF
indicator light turns off while the TCS
system is operative.
When Driving
ABS/TCS/DSC
4-69
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Dynamic Stability Control
(DSC)
The Dynamic Stability Control (DSC)
automatically controls braking and engine
torque in conjunction with systems such as
ABS and TCS to help control side slip
when driving on slippery surfaces, or
during sudden or evasive maneuvering,
enhancing vehicle safety.
Refer to ABS (page 4-67) and TCS (page
4-68).
DSC operation is possible at speeds
greater than 20 km/h (12 mph).
The warning light turns on when the
system has a malfunction.
Refer to Contact Authorized Mazda
Dealer and Have Vehicle Inspected on
page 7-30.
WARNING
Do not rely on the Dynamic Stability
Control as a substitute for safe driving:
The Dynamic Stability Control (DSC)
cannot compensate for unsafe and reckless
driving, excessive speed, tailgating
(following another vehicle too closely), and
hydroplaning (reduced tire friction and
road contact because of water on the road
surface). You can still have an accident.
CAUTION
The DSC may not operate correctly
unless the following are observed:
Use tires of the correct size
specied
for
your Mazda on all four wheels.
Use tires of the same manufacturer,
brand and tread pattern on all four
wheels.
Do not mix worn tires.
The DSC may not operate correctly when
tire chains are used or a temporary spare
tire is installed because the tire diameter
changes.
▼
TCS/DSC Indicator Light
This indicator light stays on for a few
seconds when the ignition is switched ON.
If the TCS or DSC is operating, the
indicator light flashes.
If the light stays on, the TCS, DSC or the
brake assist system may have a
malfunction and they may not operate
correctly. Take your vehicle to an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
When Driving
ABS/TCS/DSC
4-70
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Fuel Economy Monitor
*
For vehicles with type B audio, the Fuel Consumption information is displayed by operating
each icon in the display.
In addition, after completing a trip, the total energy efficiency to date is displayed in the
ending display when the ending display is turned on.
1. Select the
icon on the home screen to display the applications screen.
2. Select the “Fuel Economy Monitor”.
3. Select the
icon at the bottom left of the screen to display the menu in the lower part
of the screen.
4. Select the icon in the menu and perform the operation. Each icon operates as follows:
Indication on display Control status
Hides the menu display.
Displays the application screen.
Resets the fuel economy data.
Displays the following setting screen.
•
Ending display on/off switching
•
On/off switching for function which synchronizes
(links) reset of fuel economy data with trip meter
(TRIP A)
NOTE
The fuel economy monitor screen after the ignition is switched from ON to OFF is changed
to the original fuel economy monitor screen when the ignition is switched ON the next time.
▼
Fuel Consumption Display
Information regarding the fuel economy is displayed.
Indication on display Control status
Displays the fuel economy for the past 60 minutes.
•
Displays the fuel economy every minute for the past 1
to 10 minutes.
•
Displays the fuel economy every 10 minutes for the
past 10 to 60 minutes.
Displays the average fuel economy over the past 5
resets and after the current reset.
Calculates the average fuel economy every minute
after vehicle travel begins, and displays it.
When Driving
Fuel Economy Monitor
*Some models.
4-71
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
NOTE
•
The fuel economy data is synchronized (linked) with the average fuel economy displayed
in the trip computer.
•
To reset the fuel economy data, press the icon in the menu. (The average fuel economy
displayed in the trip computer resets at the same time.)
•
After resetting the fuel economy data, “-- -” is displayed while the average fuel economy
is being calculated.
▼
Ending Screen Display
If the ending display on the fuel economy monitor is on when the ignition is switched from
ON to OFF, the information regarding the fuel economy is displayed.
▼
Fuel Economy Data Reset and Trip Meter (TRIP A) Synchronization (Linking)
Because the average fuel economy indication on the instrument cluster display is linked
with the “Average Fuel Economy History” (Current) indication on the center display, when
one is reset the other is also reset.
In addition, switching between reset and no reset of the average fuel economy indication on
the instrument cluster display and the “Average Fuel Economy History” (Current) indication
on the center display when resetting the trip meter (TRIP A) is possible.
Reset operation item
Synchronized (linked) and reset information
Trip meter (TRIP
A)
Average fuel econo-
my on instrument
cluster display
“Average Fuel
Economy History”
(Current) indica-
tion on the center
display
Trip meter (TRIP A) X
X/—
*1
X/—
*1
Average fuel economy on instrument cluster
display
—X X
“Average Fuel Economy History” (Current)
indication on the center display
—X X
X: Reset
—: Not reset
*
1 Can be personalized.
Refer to Personalization Features on page 9-9.
When Driving
Fuel Economy Monitor
4-72
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Drive Selection
*
Drive selection is a system to switch the vehicle's drive mode. When the sport mode is
selected, vehicle's response against accelerator operation is enhanced. This provides
additional quick acceleration which may be needed to safely make maneuvers such as lane
changes, merging onto freeways, or passing other vehicles.
CAUTION
Do not use the sport mode when driving on slippery roads such as wet or snow-covered roads.
It may cause tire slipping.
NOTE
•
When the sport mode is selected, driving at higher engine speeds increases and it may
increase fuel consumption. Mazda recommends that you cancel the sport mode on normal
driving.
•
Drive mode cannot be switched in the following conditions:
•
ABS/TCS/DSC is operating
•
The Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go
function) System/cruise control is operating.
•
Steering wheel is being operated abruptly
▼
Drive Selection Switch
Press the drive selection switch forward
(“
”) to select the sport mode.
Pull the drive selection switch back
(“
”) to cancel the sport mode.
NOTE
•
When the ignition is switched off, the
sport mode is canceled.
•
Depending on the driving conditions
when sport mode is selected, the vehicle
may perform shift-down or slightly
accelerate.
▼
Select Mode Indicator Light
When the sport mode is selected, the select
mode indicator light turns on in the
instrument cluster.
When Driving
Drive Selection
*Some models.
4-73
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
NOTE
If the drive selection cannot be switched to
sport mode, the select mode indicator light
flashes to notify the driver.
When Driving
Drive Selection
4-74
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
i-ACTIV AWD Operation
*
AWD provides excellent drivability on
snow-covered and ice-packed roads, sand
and mud, as well as on steep slopes and
other slippery surfaces.
A system malfunction or operation
conditions are indicated by a warning.
Refer to Contact Authorized Mazda
Dealer and Have Vehicle Inspected on
page 7-30.
WARNING
Never spin a wheel that is
o
the ground:
Spinning a wheel that is o the ground as a
result of the vehicle being stuck or in a
ditch is dangerous. The drive assembly
could be seriously damaged which could
lead to an accident or could even lead to
overheating, oil leakage, and a re.
▼
AWD Driving
This vehicle has not been designed for the
purpose of off-road driving or rallies. Do
not attempt to drive over uneven or rocky
surfaces, or across rivers.
Although this vehicle is equipped with
AWD, acceleration, steering and braking
operations should be conducted in the
same manner as with a non-AWD vehicle,
with the emphasis placed on safe driving.
▼
Tires and Tire Chains
The condition of the tires plays a large role
in the performance of the vehicle.
Moreover, to prevent adverse effects to the
drive assembly, please note the following:
Tires
•
When replacing tires, always replace all
front and rear tires at the same time.
•
All tires must be of the same size,
manufacture, brand and tread pattern.
Pay particular attention when equipping
snow or other types of winter tires.
•
Do not mix tread-worn tires with normal
tires.
•
Inspect tire inflation pressures at the
specified periods adjust to the specified
pressures.
NOTE
Check the tire inflation pressure label
attached to driver's door frame for the
correct tire inflation pressure.
•
Make sure to equip the vehicle with
genuine wheels of the specified size, on
all wheels. With AWD, the system is
calibrated for all four wheels being of
the same dimensions.
Tire chains
•
Install tire chains to the front tires.
•
Do not use tire chains on the rear
wheels.
•
Do not drive the vehicle faster than 30
km/h (19 mph) with the tire chains
installed.
•
Do not drive the vehicle with tire chains
on road conditions other than snow or
ice.
▼
Towin g
If the vehicle requires towing, have it
towed with all four wheels completely off
the ground.
Refer to Towing Description on page 7-
24.
When Driving
i-ACTIV AWD
*Some models.
4-75
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Power Steering
•
Power steering is only operable when
the engine is running. If the engine is off
or if the power steering system is
inoperable, you can still steer, but it
requires more physical effort.
If the steering feels stiffer than usual
during normal driving or the steering
vibrates, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
•
The warning light notifies the driver of
system abnormalities and operation
conditions.
In addition, the buzzer may also activate
depending on the system abnormality or
operation condition.
Refer to Stop Vehicle in Safe Place
Immediately on page 7-27.
Refer to Power Steering Warning
Buzzer on page 7-46.
CAUTION
Never hold the steering wheel to the
extreme left or right for more than 5
seconds with the engine running. This
could damage the power steering system.
When Driving
Power Steering
4-76
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
i-ACTIVSENSE
*
i-ACTIVSENSE is a collective term covering a series of advanced safety and driver support
systems which make use of a Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) and radar sensors. These
systems consist of active safety and pre-crash safety systems.
These systems are designed to assist the driver in safer driving by reducing the load on the
driver and helping to avert collisions or reduce their severity. However, because each system
has its limitations, always drive carefully and do not rely solely on the systems.
▼
Active Safety Technology
Active Safety Technology supports safer driving by helping the driver to recognize potential
hazards and avert accidents.
Driver awareness support systems
Nighttime visibility
Adaptive Front Lighting System (AFS)..................................................................... page 4-80
High Beam Control System (HBC)............................................................................page 4-81
Left/right side and rear side detection
Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS).................................................................page 4-84
Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM)................................................................................... page 4-90
Road sign recognition
Traffic Sign Recognition System (TSR).................................................................... page 4-96
Inter-vehicle distance recognition
Distance Recognition Support System (DRSS).......................................................page 4-102
Rear obstruction detection when leaving a parking space
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA).............................................................................page 4-104
Driver support systems
Inter-vehicle distance
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go function)
..................................................................................................................................page 4-107
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
*Some models.
4-77
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Pre-Crash Safety Technology
Pre-crash safety technology is designed to assist the driver in averting collisions or reduce
their severity in situations where they cannot be avoided.
Collision damage reduction in low vehicle speed range
Forward driving
Smart City Brake Support (SCBS).......................................................................... page 4-123
Advanced Smart City Brake Support (Advanced SCBS).........................................page 4-119
Collision damage reduction in medium/high speed range
Smart Brake Support (SBS).....................................................................................page 4-127
▼
Camera and Sensors
Forward Sensing Camera (FSC)
The Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) detects lane indications and recognizes headlights,
taillights and city lights during nighttime driving. In addition, it also detects the vehicle
ahead, pedestrians, or obstructions. The following systems also use the Forward Sensing
Camera (FSC).
•
High Beam Control system (HBC)
•
Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS)
•
Traffic Sign Recognition System (TSR)
•
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go function)
•
Advanced Smart City Brake Support (Advanced SCBS)
•
Smart City Brake Support (SCBS)
•
Smart Brake Support (SBS)
The Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) is installed at the top of the windshield near the
rearview mirror.
Refer to Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) on page 4-130.
Radar sensor (front)
The radar sensor (front) functions by detecting the radio waves reflected off a vehicle ahead
sent from the radar sensor. The following systems also use the radar sensor (front).
•
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go function)
•
Distance Recognition Support System (DRSS)
•
Smart Brake Support (SBS)
The radar sensor (front) is mounted behind the radiator grille.
Refer to Radar Sensor (Front) on page 4-135.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-78
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Radar sensors (rear)
The radar sensors (rear) function by detecting the radio waves reflected off a vehicle
approaching from the rear or an obstruction sent from the radar sensors. The following
systems also use the radar sensors (rear).
•
Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM)
•
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
The radar sensors (rear) are installed inside the rear bumper, one each on the left and right
sides.
Refer to Radar Sensors (Rear) on page 4-138.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-79
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Adaptive Front Lighting System (AFS)
*
The adaptive front lighting system (AFS) automatically adjusts the headlight beams to the
left or right in conjunction with the operation of the steering wheel after the headlights have
been turned on and the vehicle speed is about 2 km/h (2 mph) or higher.
A system malfunction or operation conditions are indicated by a warning.
Refer to Contact Authorized Mazda Dealer and Have Vehicle Inspected on page 7-30.
NOTE
The Adaptive Front Lighting System (AFS) function can be switched to operable/inoperable
using the personalization function.
Refer to Personalization Features on page 9-9.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-80
*Some models.
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
High Beam Control System (HBC)
*
The HBC determines the conditions in front of the vehicle using the Forward Sensing
Camera (FSC) while driving in darkness to automatically switch the headlights between
high and low beams.
Refer to Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) on page 4-130.
While driving the vehicle at a speed of about 30 km/h (19 mph) or more, the headlights are
switched to high beams when there are no vehicles ahead or approaching in the opposite
direction.
The system switches the headlights to low beams when one of the following occurs:
•
The system detects a vehicle or the headlights/lights of a vehicle approaching in the
opposite direction.
•
The vehicle is driven on roads lined with streetlamps or on roads in well-lit cities and
towns.
•
The vehicle is driven at less than about 20 km/h (12 mph).
Forward Sensing
Camera (FSC)
The recognition distance of the
Forward Sensing Camera (FSC)
varies according to the
surrounding conditions.
The warning light turns on when the system has a malfunction.
Refer to Contact Authorized Mazda Dealer and Have Vehicle Inspected on page 7-30.
CAUTION
Do not adjust the vehicle height, modify the headlight units, or remove the camera,
otherwise the system will not operate normally.
Do not rely excessively on the HBC and drive the vehicle while paying sucient attention to
safety. Switch the headlights between the high beams and low beams manually if
necessary.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
*Some models.
4-81
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
NOTE
The timing in which the system switches the headlights changes under the following
conditions. If the system does not switch the headlights appropriately, manually switch
between high and low beams according to the visibility as well as road and traffic
conditions.
•
When there are sources of light in the area such as street lamps, illuminated signboards,
and traffic signals.
•
When there are reflective objects in the surrounding area such as reflective plates and
signs.
•
When visibility is reduced under rain, snow and foggy conditions.
•
When driving on roads with sharp turn or hilly terrain.
•
When the headlights/rear lamps of vehicles in front of you or in the opposite lane are dim
or not illuminated.
•
When there is sufficient darkness such as at dawn or dusk.
•
When the luggage compartment is loaded with heavy objects or the rear passenger seats
are occupied.
•
When visibility is reduced due to a vehicle in front of you spraying water from its tires
onto your windshield.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-82
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
To Operate the System
The HBC operates to switch the headlights
automatically between high and low
beams after the ignition is switched ON
and the headlight switch is in the AUTO
and high beam position.
The HBC determines that it is dark based
on the brightness of the surrounding area.
At the same time, the HBC indicator light
(green) in the instrument cluster
illuminates.
The HBC determines that it is dark based
on the brightness of the surrounding area.
NOTE
•
When the vehicle speed is about 30 km/h
(19 mph) or more, the headlights
automatically switch to high beams
when there are no vehicles ahead or
approaching in the opposite direction.
When the vehicle speed is less than
about 20 km/h (12 mph), the HBC
switches the headlights to low beams.
•
The low beams may not switch to high
beams when cornering.
•
Operation of the HBC function can be
disabled. Refer to Personalization
Features on page 9-9.
▼
Manual Switching
Switching to low beams
Shift the lever to the low beam position.
The HBC indicator light (green) turns off.
Switching to high beams
Turn the headlight switch to the
position.
The HBC indicator light (green) turns off
and the
is illuminated.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-83
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS)
*
The LDWS notifies the driver that the vehicle may be deviating from its lane.
The system detects the white or yellow lines on the traffic lane using the Forward Sensing
Camera (FSC) and if it determines that the vehicle may be deviating from its lane, it notifies
the driver using the active driving display (vehicles with active driving display), and by
flashing the LDWS warning light and activating the LDWS warning beep.
Use the LDWS when you drive the vehicle on roads with white or yellow lines.
Refer to Forward Sensing Camera on page 4-130.
Forward Sensing Camera (FSC)
The warning light illuminates when the system has a malfunction.
Refer to Warning Lights on page 4-24.
WARNING
Do not use the LDWS under the following conditions:
The system may not operate adequately according to the actual driving conditions, resulting
in an accident.
Driving on roads with tight curves.
Driving under bad weather conditions (rain, fog, and snow).
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-84
*Some models.
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
The functions of the LDWS have limitations:
Always stay on course using the steering wheel and drive with care. The system is not
designed to compensate for a driver’s lack of caution and if you rely too much on the LDWS it
could lead to an accident. The driver is responsible for assuring lane changes and other
maneuvers. Always pay attention to the direction in which the vehicle is traveling and the
vehicle’s surroundings.
CAUTION
Do not modify the suspension. If the vehicle height or the damping force of the suspensions is
changed, the LDWS may not operate correctly.
NOTE
•
If your vehicle deviates from its traffic lane, the LDWS operates (warning sound and
indicator light). Steer the vehicle adequately to drive the vehicle to the center of the lane.
•
When the turn signal lever is operated for a lane change, the LDWS warning is
automatically canceled. The LDWS warning becomes operable when the turn signal lever
is returned and the system detects the white or yellow lines.
•
If the steering wheel, accelerator pedal, or brake pedal is operated abruptly and the
vehicle moves close to a white or yellow line, the system determines that the driver is
making a lane change and the LDWS warning is automatically canceled.
•
The LDWS may not operate during the period immediately after the vehicle has deviated
from its lane and the LDWS has operated, or the vehicle deviates from its lane repeatedly
within a short period of time.
•
The LDWS does not operate if it does not detect the white or yellow lines of the traffic
lane.
•
Under the following conditions, the LDWS may not be able to detect white or yellow lines
correctly and the LDWS may not operate correctly.
•
If an object placed on the dashboard is reflected in the windshield and picked up by the
camera.
•
Heavy luggage is loaded in the luggage compartment or on the rear seat and the
vehicle is inclined.
•
The tire pressures are not adjusted to the specified pressure.
•
When the vehicle is driven on the entry and exit to or from the rest area or tollgate of a
highway.
•
The white or yellow lines are less visible because of dirt or paint flaking.
•
The vehicle ahead is running near a white or yellow line and the line is less visible.
•
A white or yellow line is less visible because of bad weather (rain, fog, or snow).
•
The vehicle is driven on a temporary lane or section with a closed lane due to
construction.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-85
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
•
A misleading line is picked up on the road such as a temporary line for construction, or
because of shade, lingering snow, or grooves filled with water.
•
The surrounding brightness suddenly changes such as when entering or exiting a
tunnel.
•
The illumination of the headlights is weakened because of dirt or the optical axis is
deviated.
•
The windshield is dirty or foggy.
•
Back-light is reflecting from the road surface.
•
The road surface is wet and shiny after rain, or there are puddles on the road.
•
The shade of a guardrail parallel to a white or yellow line is on the road.
•
The width of a lane is excessively narrow or wide.
•
The road is excessively uneven.
•
The vehicle is shaken after hitting a road bump.
•
There are two or more adjacent white or yellow lines.
•
There are various road markings or lane markings of various shapes near an
intersection.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-86
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
When the System Operates
1. The system goes on operation standby
when the LDWS OFF switch is
pressed and the LDWS OFF indicator
light in the instrument cluster turns off.
For vehicles equipped with the active
driving display, the driving lane
(border lines) is indicated in the
display.
2. Drive the vehicle in the center of the
driving lane while the LDWS OFF
indicator light is turned off. The
system becomes operational when all
of the following conditions are met.
•
The vehicle is driven in the center of
the driving lane with the white or
yellow lines on the left and right
sides, or on either side.
•
The vehicle speed is about 70 km/h
(44 mph) or faster.
•
The vehicle is driven on a straight
road or road with gentle curves.
The LDWS does not operate in the
following cases:
•
The system cannot detect white or
yellow lines.
•
The vehicle speed is less than about
65 km/h (40 mph).
•
The vehicle is making a sharp turn.
•
The vehicle is making a curve at an
inadequate speed.
NOTE
•
The LDWS does not operate until the
system detects a white or yellow line on
either the left or right.
•
When the system detects a white or
yellow line on one side only, the system
will activate the warning only when the
vehicle deviates on the side where the
white or yellow line is being detected.
•
The distance and warning sensitivity
(likelihood of a warning) which the
system uses to determine the possibility
of a lane departure can be changed.
Refer to Personalization Features on
page 9-9.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-87
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Auto cancel
In the following cases, the LDWS cancels
automatically and the LDWS warning
light in the instrument cluster turns on.
•
The temperature inside the camera is
high or low.
•
The windshield around the camera is
foggy.
•
The windshield around the camera is
blocked by an obstruction, causing poor
forward visibility.
The LDWS is enabled automatically when
the operation conditions are met, and the
LDWS warning light turns off.
Auto cancel warning
When the following operations are
performed, the LDWS determines that the
driver intends to make a lane change and
the LDWS warning is canceled
automatically. The LDWS is enabled
automatically after the driver performs the
operation.
•
The steering wheel is operated abruptly.
•
The brake pedal is depressed abruptly.
•
The accelerator pedal is depressed
abruptly.
•
The turn signal lever is operated (after
the turn signal lever is returned, the
LDWS may not operate for about 3
seconds which is the period of time
required to make a lane correction).
NOTE
After about 30 seconds have elapsed with
the turn signal lever left operating, the
LDWS warning may operate if the vehicle
is close to a white or yellow line.
▼
Canceling the System
Press the LDWS OFF switch to cancel the
LDWS. The LDWS OFF indicator light
turns on.
▼
Lane Departure Warning System
(LDWS) Warning
If the system determines that there is the
possibility of a lane departure, the LDWS
warning beep activates and the LDWS
warning light flashes. Operate the steering
wheel appropriately and steer the vehicle
to the center of the lane.
For vehicles equipped with the active
driving display, if there is the possibility of
a lane departure, the system indicates the
direction it determines that the vehicle is
deviating in the active driving display.
Indication on display
NOTE
•
If the LDWS warning sound is set to
rumble
*1
, the sound will be heard from
the vehicle speaker on the side which the
system determined the vehicle may be
deviating from its lane.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-88
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
•
It may be difficult to hear the LDWS
warning beep depending on the
surrounding conditions such as outside
noise.
•
The volume of the LDWS warning sound
can be changed.
Refer to Personalization Features on
page 9-9.
•
The type of warning sound (rumble
*1
/
beep) on the LDWS can be changed.
Refer to Personalization Features on
page 9-9.
*
1 A rumble strip is a series of grooves in
the road pavement surface positioned
at specific intervals, and when the
vehicle passes over it a vibration and
rumble sound is produced which alerts
the driver that the vehicle is departing
from the lane.
The rumble sound is a reproduction of
the sound which occurs when a vehicle
passes over a rumble strip.
Rumble
Groove
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-89
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM)
*
The BSM is designed to assist the driver in checking the area to the rear of the vehicle on
both sides during lane changes by notifying the driver of the presence of vehicles
approaching from the rear in an adjacent lane.
The BSM detects vehicles approaching from the rear while traveling in the forward
direction at a speed of 10 km/h (6.3 mph) or faster and notifies the driver by turning on the
BSM warning indicator light and displaying the vehicle detection screen (vehicles with
active driving display).
If the turn signal lever is operated to signal a turn in the direction in which the BSM
warning indicator light is illuminated while the approaching vehicle is detected, the BSM
notifies the driver of possible danger by turning on the BSM warning indicator light, and by
activating the warning sound and the warning screen indicator display (vehicles with active
driving display).
The detection area on this system covers the driving lanes on both sides of the vehicle and
from the rear part of the front doors to about 50 m (164 ft) behind the vehicle.
Detection areas
Your vehicle
WARNING
Always check the surrounding area visually before making an actual lane change:
The system is only designed to assist you in checking for vehicles at your rear when making a
lane change. Due to certain limitations with the operation of this system, the BSM warning
indicator light, the warning sound and the warning screen indicator display may not activate
or they might be delayed even though a vehicle is in an adjacent driving lane. Always make it
your responsibility as a driver to check the rear.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-90
*Some models.
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
NOTE
•
The BSM will operate when all of the following conditions are met:
•
The ignition is switched ON.
•
The BSM OFF indicator light in the instrument cluster is turned off.
•
The vehicle speed is about 10 km/h (6.3 mph) or faster.
•
The BSM will not operate under the following circumstances.
•
The vehicle speed falls below about 10 km/h (6.3 mph) even though the BSM OFF
switch indicator light is turned off.
•
The shift lever (manual transaxle)/selector lever (automatic transaxle) is shifted to R
position and the vehicle is reversing.
•
The turning radius is small (making a sharp turn, turning at intersections).
•
In the following cases, the BSM OFF indicator light turns on and operation of the system
is stopped. If the BSM OFF indicator light remains illuminated, have the vehicle inspected
at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
•
Some problem with the system including the BSM warning indicator lights is detected.
•
A large deviation in the installation position of a radar sensor (rear) on the vehicle has
occurred.
•
There is a large accumulation of snow or ice on the rear bumper near a radar sensor
(rear). Remove any snow, ice or mud on the rear bumper.
•
Driving on snow-covered roads for long periods.
•
The temperature near the radar sensors (rear) becomes extremely hot due to driving for
long periods on slopes during the summer.
•
The battery voltage has decreased.
•
Under the following conditions, the radar sensors (rear) cannot detect target objects or it
may be difficult to detect them.
•
A vehicle is in the detection area at the rear in an adjacent driving lane but it does not
approach. The BSM determines the condition based on radar detection data.
•
A vehicle is traveling alongside your vehicle at nearly the same speed for an extended
period of time.
•
Vehicles approaching in the opposite direction.
•
A vehicle in an adjacent driving lane is attempting to pass your vehicle.
•
A vehicle is in an adjacent lane on a road with extremely wide driving lanes. The
detection area of the radar sensors (rear) is set at the road width of expressways.
•
In the following case, the flashing of the BSM warning indicator light, and the activation
of the warning sound and the warning screen indicator display may not occur or they may
be delayed.
•
A vehicle makes a lane change from a driving lane two lanes over to an adjacent lane.
•
Driving on steep slopes.
•
Crossing the summit of a hill or mountain pass.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-91
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
•
When there is a difference in the height between your driving lane and the adjacent
lane.
•
Directly after the BSM system becomes operable by changing the setting.
•
If the road width is extremely narrow, vehicles two lanes over may be detected. The
detection area of the radar sensors (rear) is set according to the road width of
expressways.
•
The BSM warning indicator light may turn on and the vehicle detection screen may be
displayed in the display in reaction to stationary objects (guardrails, tunnels, sidewalls,
and parked vehicles) on the road or the roadside.
Objects such as guardrails and concrete walls
running alongside the vehicle.
Places where the width between guardrails or
walls on each side of the vehicle narrows.
The walls at the entrance and exits of tunnels,
turnouts.
•
A BSM warning indicator light may flash or the warning beep and the warning screen
indicator display may be activated several times when making a turn at a city
intersection.
•
Turn off the BSM while pulling a trailer or while an accessory such as a bicycle carrier is
installed to the rear of the vehicle. Otherwise, the radar’s radio waves will be blocked
causing the system to not operate normally.
•
In the following cases, it may be difficult to view the illumination/flashing of the BSM
warning indicator lights equipped on the door mirrors.
•
Snow or ice is adhering to the door mirrors.
•
The front door glass is fogged or covered in snow, frost or dirt.
•
The radar sensors (rear) of the BSM may be regulated under the radio wave related laws
of the country where the vehicle is driven. The sensors in this system are approved for use
in the U.S.A. (including territories), Canada, and Mexico. If a vehicle with a BSM is
driven in a country other than the U.S.A., Canada, or Mexico, the system has to be turned
off using the BSM OFF switch.
•
The system switches to the Rear Cross Traffic Alert function when the shift lever (manual
transaxle) or the selector lever (automatic transaxle) is shifted to the reverse (R) position.
Refer to Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) on page 4-104.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-92
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) Warning Indicator Lights/Blind Spot Monitoring
(BSM) Warning Beep
The BSM or Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) system notifies the driver of the presence of
vehicles in adjacent lanes or at the rear of the vehicle using the BSM warning indicator
light, the warning sound and the display indicator (vehicles with active driving display)
(BSM) while the systems are operational.
BSM warning indicator lights
The BSM warning indicator lights are equipped on the left and right door mirrors. The
warning indicator lights turn on when a vehicle approaching from the rear in an adjacent
lane is detected.
When the ignition is switched ON, the warning indicator light turns on momentarily and
then turns off after a few seconds.
Forward driving (BSM operation)
The BSM detects vehicles approaching from the rear and turns on the BSM warning
indicator lights equipped on the door mirrors according to the conditions. Additionally,
while a BSM warning indicator light is illuminated, if the turn signal lever is operated to
signal a turn in the direction in which the BSM warning indicator light is illuminated, the
BSM warning indicator light flashes.
Reverse driving (Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) system operation)
The Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) system detects vehicles approaching from the left and
right of your vehicle and flashes the BSM warning indicator lights.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-93
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Function for cancelling illumination dimmer
If the BSM warning indicator lights turn on when the parking lights are turned on, the
brightness of the BSM warning indicator lights is dimmed.
If the BSM warning indicator lights are difficult to see due to glare from surrounding
brightness when traveling on snow-covered roads or under foggy conditions, press the
dimmer cancellation button to cancel the dimmer and increase the brightness of BSM
warning indicator lights when they turn on.
Refer to Dashboard Illumination on page 4-17.
Display indicator (Vehicles with active driving display)
The detected approaching vehicle and warning are displayed in the active driving display
when the vehicle is moving forward (BSM operational).
The detected direction is displayed with a detection indicator (white) when an approaching
vehicle is detected. In addition, if the turn signal lever is operated to signal a lane change
while the vehicle is detected, the display changes the color (amber) of the warning indicator.
BSM warning beep
The BSM warning beep is activated simultaneously with the flashing of a BSM warning
indicator light.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-94
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Canceling Operation of Blind Spot
Monitoring (BSM)
The BSM and Rear Cross Traffic Alert
(RCTA) systems are turned off and the
BSM OFF indicator light in the instrument
cluster turns on.
Vehicles with BSM OFF switch
When the BSM OFF switch is pressed, the
BSM and Rear Cross Traffic Alert
(RCTA) systems are turned off and the
BSM OFF indicator light in the instrument
cluster turns on.
If the switch is pressed again, the BSM
and Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
systems become operable and the BSM
OFF indicator light turns off.
NOTE
When the ignition is switched OFF, the
system status before it was turned off is
maintained. For example, if the ignition is
switched OFF while the BSM and Rear
Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) systems are
operable, the BSM and Rear Cross Traffic
Alert (RCTA) systems remain operable the
next time the ignition is switched ON.
Vehicles without BSM OFF switch
The BSM system can be set to inoperable.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
9-9.
When the BSM is set to inoperable, the
BSM and Rear Cross Traffic Alert
(RCTA) systems are turned off and the
BSM OFF indicator light in the instrument
cluster turns on.
NOTE
When the ignition is switched OFF, the
system status before it was turned off is
maintained. For example, if the ignition is
switched OFF while the BSM and Rear
Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) systems are
operational, the BSM and Rear Cross
Traffic Alert (RCTA) systems remain
operational the next time the ignition is
switched ON.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-95
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Traffic Sign Recognition System (TSR)
*
The TSR helps prevent the driver from overlooking traffic signs, and provides support for
safer driving by displaying traffic signs on the active driving display which are recognized
by the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) or recorded in the navigation system while the
vehicle is driven.
The TSR displays the speed limit, do not enter, and traffic stop signs.
If the vehicle speed exceeds the speed limit sign indicated in the active driving display while
the vehicle is driven, the system notifies the driver using the indication in the active driving
display and a warning sound.
NOTE
•
The TSR is not supported in some countries or regions. For information concerning the
supported countries or regions, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
•
The TSR operates only if the navigation system SD card (Mazda genuine) is inserted in
the SD card slot. Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer for details.
Speed limit signs and do not enter signs
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-96
*Some models.
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Stop sign
WARNING
Always check the
trac
signs visually while driving.
The TSR helps prevent the driver from overlooking trac signs and provides support for safer
driving. Depending on the weather conditions or problems with
trac
signs, a
trac
sign
may not be recognized or a trac sign dierent from the actual trac sign may be displayed.
Always make it your responsibility as a driver to check the actual
trac
signs. Otherwise, it
could result in an accident.
NOTE
•
The TSR does not operate if there is a malfunction in the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC).
•
Under the following conditions, the TSR may not operate normally.
•
An object placed on the dashboard is reflected in the windshield and picked up by the
camera.
•
Heavy luggage is loaded in the luggage compartment or on the rear seat and the
vehicle is tilted.
•
The tire pressures are not adjusted to the specified pressure.
•
Tires other than standard tires are equipped.
•
The vehicle is driven on the ramp and surrounding area to or from a rest area or a
tollgate on a highway.
•
When surrounding brightness suddenly changes such as when entering or exiting a
tunnel.
•
The illumination of the headlights is weakened because of dirt or the optical axis is
deviated.
•
The windshield is dirty or foggy.
•
The windshield and camera are fogged (water droplets).
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-97
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
•
Strong light is directed at the front of the vehicle (such as backlight or high-beam
headlights of on-coming vehicles).
•
The vehicle is making a sharp turn.
•
Strong light reflects off the road.
•
A traffic sign is in a position which makes it difficult to reflect the light from the
vehicle's headlights, such as when the vehicle is driven at night or in a tunnel.
•
The vehicle is driven under weather conditions such as rain, fog, or snow.
•
The stored map data for the navigation system is not current.
•
A traffic sign is obscured by mud or snow.
•
A traffic sign is concealed by trees or a vehicle.
•
A traffic sign is partially shaded.
•
A traffic sign is bent or warped.
•
A traffic sign is too low or too high.
•
A traffic sign is too bright or too dark (including electronic traffic signs).
•
A traffic sign is too big or too small.
•
There is an object similar to the traffic sign being read (such as another traffic sign or
other signs resembling it).
•
The TSR does not operate if the active driving display is set to non-display.
•
The TSR can be set to inoperable.
Refer to Personalization Features on page 9-9.
▼
Traffic Sign Display Indication
The following traffic signs are displayed on the active driving display.
Speed limit signs
Do not enter signs
Stop signs
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-98
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
NOTE
Speed limit signs
•
When the vehicle speed is about 1 km/h (0.6 mph) or faster, the speed limit sign is
displayed when any one of the following conditions are met.
•
The Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) recognizes a speed limit sign as a sign targeted for
your vehicle and the vehicle passes it.
•
The speed limit sign stored in the navigation system is read (if the Forward Sensing
Camera (FSC) does not recognize a speed limit sign).
•
In the following cases, display of the speed limit sign stops.
•
The Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) recognizes the speed limit sign and the vehicle is
driven for a certain distance after passing the sign.
•
Each sensor determines that the vehicle has changed direction of travel.
•
The Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) recognizes a new speed limit sign which differs
from the previous one (displays the new speed limit sign).
•
The speed limit sign stored in the navigation system is not read within a certain period
of time (if the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) does not recognize a speed limit sign,
the speed limit sign stored in the navigation system is displayed).
•
The vehicle speed exceeds the displayed speed limit sign by 30 km/h (19 mph) or more
after a certain period of time has elapsed since the speed limit sign was displayed.
(Except when there is information for the speed limit sign in the navigation system)
Do not enter signs
•
A do not enter sign is displayed when all of the following conditions are met.
•
The vehicle speed is about 60 km/h (37 mph) or slower.
•
The Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) recognizes a do not enter sign as a sign targeted
for your vehicle and the vehicle passes it.
•
When the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) recognizes the do not enter sign and a certain
period of time has elapsed since the vehicle passed the sign, display of the do not enter
sign stops.
Stop sign
•
A stop sign is displayed when all of the following conditions are met:
•
The vehicle speed is about 30 km/h (19 mph) or slower.
•
The Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) recognizes a stop sign as a sign targeted for your
vehicle.
•
When a certain period of time has elapsed since the stop sign was displayed, display of
the stop sign stops.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-99
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Excessive Speed Warning
If the vehicle speed exceeds the speed limit sign displayed in the active driving display, the
area around the speed limit sign flashes three times in amber and the warning sound is
activated three times at the same time. If the vehicle speed continues to exceed the displayed
speed limit sign, the indication stops flashing and remains on. Check the surrounding
conditions and adjust the vehicle speed to the legal speed using the appropriate operation
such as depressing the brake pedal.
The excessive speed warning is initially set to inoperable. If you want to activate the
excessive speed warning, change the setting in the personalization features. In addition, the
warning pattern and the warning activation timing differ depending on the setting contents.
Refer to Personalization Features on page 9-9.
Warning pattern
•
Off: The excessive speed warning is not activated.
•
Visual: The area around the speed limit sign displayed in the display flashes three times in
amber, and if the vehicle speed continues to exceed the displayed speed limit sign, the
indication stops flashing and remains on.
•
Audio & Visual: The area around the speed limit sign displayed in the display flashes
three times in amber and the warning sound is activated three times at the same time. If
the vehicle speed continues to exceed the displayed speed limit sign, the indication stops
flashing and remains on.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-100
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Warning activation timing
•
0: If the vehicle speed exceeds the speed limit sign displayed in the display, the
excessive speed warning is activated.
•
5: If the vehicle speed exceeds the speed limit sign displayed in the display by 5 km/h
(3 mph), the excessive speed warning is activated.
•
10: If the vehicle speed exceeds the speed limit sign displayed in the display by 10
km/h (5 mph), the excessive speed warning is activated.
NOTE
•
In the following cases, the excessive speed warning stops operating.
•
The vehicle speed is less than the speed of the displayed speed limit sign. (If the
activation timing for the excessive speed warning is changed in the personalization
features, the excessive speed warning stops operating when the vehicle speed is less
than the changed vehicle speed.
•
A speed limit sign indication has been updated and the vehicle speed is lower than the
updated indication.
•
Display of the speed limit sign stops.
•
The warning indication is displayed at the same time the excessive speed warning sound
is activated if the vehicle speed exceeds the speed indicated on the speed limit sign.
Refer to Warning Sound is Activated on page 7-43.
•
If the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) incorrectly recognizes the actual speed limit sign
at a lower speed, the excessive speed alarm is activated even if the vehicle is driven at the
legal speed.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-101
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Distance Recognition Support System (DRSS)
*
The DRSS measures the distance between your vehicle and a vehicle ahead using a radar
sensor (front) while the vehicle speed is about 30 km/h (19 mph) or faster, and if your
vehicle approaches a vehicle ahead more closely than what is appropriate for maintaining
distance between the vehicles according to the vehicle speed, a notification in the active
driving display is indicated to advise you to keep a safe distance from the vehicle ahead.
WARNING
Do not rely completely on the DRSS and always drive carefully:
The ability to detect a vehicle ahead is limited depending on the type of vehicle ahead, the
weather conditions, and the trac conditions. Therefore, if the accelerator and brake pedals
are not operated correctly it could lead to an accident. Always verify the safety of the
surrounding area and depress the brake pedal or accelerator pedal while keeping a safer
distance from vehicles ahead or on-coming vehicles.
NOTE
•
The DRSS operates when all of the following conditions are met:
•
The ignition is switched ON.
•
The DRSS is on.
•
The selector lever is in a position other than reverse (R).
•
The vehicle speed is 30 km/h or faster (19 mph or faster).
•
The objects which activate the system are 4-wheeled vehicles.
•
The DRSS may also operate in the presence of motorcycles and bicycles.
•
The DRSS may not operate normally under the following conditions:
•
The Dynamic Stability Control (DSC) has a malfunction.
•
The vehicle ahead is traveling at an extremely slow speed.
•
The system does not operate with the following objects:
•
Vehicles approaching in the opposite direction.
•
Stationary objects (stopped vehicles, obstructions)
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-102
*Some models.
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Indication on Display
The DRSS operation status is indicated in the active driving display. Regarding
malfunctions, check the vehicle conditions or have it inspected by an Authorized Mazda
Dealer according to the content of the displayed message.
Refer to Warning/Indicator Lights on page 4-24.
NOTE
•
When the ignition is switched off, the operation status before the system was turned off is
maintained. For example, if the ignition is switched off with the DRSS operable, the
system will be operable when the ignition is switched ON the next time.
•
The DRSS can be turned on/off and the system's sensitivity can be changed.
Refer to Personalization Features on page 9-9.
Vehicle ahead
display
Distance-between-vehicles guidelines
*1
Display
Distance between vehicles guide-
lines
(During travel at about 40 km/h
(25 mph)
Distance between vehicles guide-
lines
(During travel at about 80 km/h
(50 mph)
Illuminated in
amber
About 10 m (32 ft) or less About 20 m (65 ft) or less
*
1 The distance between vehicles differs depending on vehicle speed.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-103
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
*
The RCTA system is designed to assist the driver in checking the area to the rear of the
vehicle on both sides while the vehicle is reversing by alerting the driver to the presence of
vehicles approaching the rear of the vehicle.
The RCTA system detects vehicles approaching from the rear left and right sides of the
vehicle, and the rear of the vehicle while the vehicle is being reversed out of a parking
space, and notifies the driver of possible danger using the Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM)
warning indicator lights and the warning buzzer.
Detection areas
Your vehicle
RCTA operation
1. The RCTA system operates when the shift lever (manual transaxle) or the selector lever
(automatic transaxle) is shifted to the reverse (R) position.
2. If there is the possibility of a collision with an approaching vehicle, the Blind Spot
Monitoring (BSM) warning indicator lights flashes and the warning beep is activated
simultaneously.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-104
*Some models.
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
The RCTA warning indication in the rearview monitor also synchronizes with the Blind
Spot Monitoring (BSM) warning indicator light on the door mirrors.
WARNING
Always check the surrounding area visually before actually putting the vehicle in reverse:
The system is only designed to assist you in checking for vehicles at the rear when putting the
vehicle in reverse. Due to certain limitations with the operation of this system, the Blind Spot
Monitoring (BSM) warning indicator lights may not ash or it might be delayed even though
a vehicle is behind your vehicle. Always make it your responsibility as a driver to check the
rear.
NOTE
•
In the following cases, the Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) OFF Indicator Light turns on
and operation of the system is stopped. If the Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) OFF Indicator
Light remains illuminated, have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as
soon as possible.
•
Some problem with the system including the Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) warning
indicator lights has occurred.
•
A large deviation in the installation position of a radar sensor (rear) on the vehicle has
occurred.
•
There is a large accumulation of snow or ice on the rear bumper near a radar sensor
(rear).
•
Driving on snow-covered roads for long periods.
•
The temperature near the radar sensors becomes extremely hot due to driving for long
periods on slopes during the summer.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-105
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
•
The battery voltage has decreased.
•
Under the following conditions, the radar sensors (rear) cannot detect target objects or it
may be difficult to detect them.
•
The vehicle speed when reversing is about 10 km/h (6 mph) or faster.
•
The radar sensor (rear) detection area is obstructed by a nearby wall or parked vehicle.
(Reverse the vehicle to a position where the radar sensor detection area is no longer
obstructed.)
Your vehicle
•
A vehicle is approaching directly from the rear of your vehicle.
Your vehicle
•
The vehicle is parked on a slant.
Your vehicle
•
Directly after the Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) system becomes operable using the
personalization feature.
•
Radio wave interference from a radar sensor equipped on a nearby parked vehicle.
•
In the following cases, it may be difficult to view the illumination/flashing of the Blind
Spot Monitoring (BSM) warning indicator lights equipped on the door mirrors.
•
Snow or ice adheres to the door mirrors.
•
The front door glass is fogged or covered in snow, frost or dirt.
•
Turn off the RCTA system while pulling a trailer or while an accessory such as a bicycle
carrier is installed to the rear of the vehicle. Otherwise, the radio waves emitted by the
radar will be blocked causing the system to not operate normally.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-106
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function
(MRCC with Stop & Go function)
*
The MRCC with Stop & Go function system is designed to maintain headway control
*1
with a vehicle ahead according to your vehicle's speed using a radar sensor (front) to detect
the distance to the vehicle ahead and a preset vehicle speed without you having to use the
accelerator or brake pedals.
*
1 Headway Control: Control of the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead
detected by the Mazda Radar Cruise Control (MRCC) system.
Additionally, if your vehicle starts closing in on the vehicle ahead such as if the vehicle
ahead brakes suddenly, a warning sound and a warning indication in the display are
activated simultaneously to alert you to maintain a sufficient distance between the vehicles.
If the vehicle ahead stops while you are following behind it, your vehicle will stop and be
held stopped automatically (stop hold control), and headway control will resume when you
resume driving the vehicle such as by pressing the RES switch.
Also refer to the following before using the MRCC with Stop & Go function.
•
AUTOHOLD (page 4-61)
•
Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) (page 4-130)
•
Radar sensor (front) (page 4-135)
WARNING
Do not rely completely on the MRCC with Stop & Go function:
The MRCC with Stop & Go function system has detection limitations depending on the type of
vehicle ahead and its conditions, the weather conditions, and the road conditions.
Additionally, the system may be unable to decelerate suciently to avoid hitting the vehicle
ahead if the vehicle ahead applies the brakes suddenly or another vehicle cuts into the driving
lane, which could result in an accident.
Always drive carefully and verify the surrounding conditions and depress the brake pedal or
accelerator pedal while keeping a safer distance from vehicles ahead or on-coming vehicles.
Do not use the MRCC with Stop & Go function system in the following locations, using the
MRCC with Stop & Go function system at the following locations may result in an unexpected
accident:
General roads other than highways (Driving under these conditions using the MRCC with
Stop & Go function system is not possible.)
Roads with sharp curves and where vehicle
trac
is heavy and there is
insucient
space
between vehicles.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
*Some models.
4-107
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Roads where frequent and repetitive acceleration and deceleration occur (Driving under
these conditions using the MRCC with Stop & Go function system is not possible).
When entering and exiting interchanges, service areas, and parking areas of highways (If
you exit a highway while headway control is in use, the vehicle ahead will no longer be
tracked and your vehicle may accelerate to the set speed).
Slippery roads such as ice or snow-bound roads (Tires could spin causing you to lose vehicle
control, or the stop hold control may not operate.)
Long, descending slopes (to maintain distance between vehicles, the system automatically
and continuously applies the brakes which could result in the loss of brake power.)
Slopes with a steep gradient (The vehicle ahead may not be detected correctly, your vehicle
may slide while stopped by the stop hold control, and it may accelerate suddenly after it
starts moving.)
For safety purposes, switch the MRCC with Stop & Go function system o when it is not being
used.
Do not get out of the vehicle while the stop hold control is operating:
Getting out of the vehicle while the stop hold control is operating is dangerous as the vehicle
may move unexpectedly and result in an accident. Before getting out of the vehicle, switch the
MRCC with Stop & Go function system o, shift the selector lever to the P position, and apply
the parking brake.
CAUTION
If your vehicle is towed or you are towing something, switch the MRCC with Stop & Go
function system o to prevent a mis-operation.
NOTE
•
The MRCC with Stop & Go function system does not detect the following as physical
objects.
•
Vehicles approaching in the opposite direction
•
Pedestrians
•
Stationary objects (stopped vehicles, obstructions)
•
If a vehicle ahead is traveling at an extremely low speed, the system may not detect it
correctly.
•
During headway control travel, do not set the system for detection of two-wheeled
vehicles such as motorcycles and bicycles.
•
Do not use the MRCC with Stop & Go function system under conditions in which close
proximity warnings are frequently activated.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-108
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
•
During headway control travel, the system accelerates and decelerates your vehicle in
conjunction with the speed of the vehicle ahead. However, if it is necessary to accelerate
for a lane change or if the vehicle ahead brakes suddenly causing you to close in on the
vehicle rapidly, accelerate using the accelerator pedal or decelerate using the brake
pedal depending on the conditions.
•
While the MRCC with Stop & Go function system is in use, it does not cancel even if the
selector lever is operated and any intended engine braking does not occur. If deceleration
is required, lower the set speed or depress the brake pedal.
•
The sound of the automatic brakes operating may be heard, however, it does not indicate
a problem.
•
The brake lights turn on while the MRCC with Stop & Go function automatic braking is
operating, however, they may not turn on while the vehicle is on a downslope at the set
vehicle speed or traveling at a constant speed and following a vehicle ahead.
▼
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go
function) Display Indication
The MRCC with Stop & Go function setting status and operation conditions are indicated
on the active driving display.
Vehicle ahead display
MRCC Distance
between vehicle
display
MRCC Set vehicle speed
If there is a problem with the MRCC with Stop & Go function system, MRCC with Stop &
Go function warning light (amber) turns on. Check the center display to verify the problem
and then have your vehicle inspected by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
▼
Close Proximity Warning
If your vehicle rapidly closes in on the vehicle ahead because the vehicle ahead applies the
brakes suddenly while you are traveling in headway control, the warning sound activates
and the brake warning is indicated in the display. Always verify the safety of the
surrounding area and depress the brake pedal while keeping a safer distance from the
vehicle ahead. Additionally, keep a safer distance from the vehicles behind you.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-109
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
NOTE
In the following cases, the warnings and brakes may not operate even if your vehicle starts
closing in on the vehicle ahead.
•
You are driving your vehicle at the same speed as the vehicle ahead.
•
Directly after the MRCC with Stop & Go function system has been set.
•
Directly after the accelerator pedal is released.
•
Another vehicle cuts into the driving lane.
▼
Setting the System
The MRCC with Stop & Go function system operates when all of the following conditions
are met.
•
Vehicle speed is 0 km/h (0 mph) to 145 km/h (90 mph)
•
The MRCC with Stop & Go function is turned on.
•
The brake pedal is not depressed.
•
The electric parking brake (EPB) is released (electric parking brake (EPB) indicator light
is turned off).
•
There is no problem with the DSC.
•
All the doors are closed.
•
The driver's seat belt is fastened.
•
The selector lever is in the drive (D) position or manual (M) position (manual mode).
NOTE
•
In the following cases, the MRCC with Stop & Go function system is canceled when the
vehicle is traveling at 30 km/h (19 mph) or less and “MRCC Disabled under 30 km/h” is
displayed in the active driving display.
•
The Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) cannot detect target objects (There is problem
with the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) or windshield is dirty).
•
There is a problem with the stop hold control function.
•
There is a problem with the electric parking brake (EPB).
•
It may not be possible to set the MRCC with Stop & Go function system directly after
starting the engine, while the DSC operation is being checked.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-110
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Turning on the system
CANCEL switch
RES switch
OFF switch
switch
switch
MODE switch
SET- switch
SET+ switch
When the MODE switch is pressed once, the MRCC with Stop & Go function system turns
on, and the MRCC with Stop & Go function main indication (white) turns on and the
vehicle speed and the distance between the vehicles while in headway control can be set.
In addition, the MRCC with Stop & Go function system display indication is displayed on
the active driving display at the same time.
NOTE
•
If the ignition is switched off while the MRCC with Stop & Go function system is
operating, the system will be operable when the ignition is switched ON the next time.
•
The MRCC with Stop & Go function can switch to the cruise control function.
Refer to Cruise Control Function on page 4-116.
How to set the speed
1. Adjust the vehicle speed to the desired setting using the accelerator pedal.
2. Headway control begins when the SET
or SET switch is pressed.
The set speed and the inter-vehicle distance display filled with white lines is displayed.
The MRCC with Stop & Go function main indication (white) switches to the MRCC
with Stop & Go function set indication (green) at the same time.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-111
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Travel status Display
During travel at constant speed
During travel under headway control
NOTE
•
If a vehicle ahead is detected while traveling at a constant speed, the vehicle-ahead
indication is displayed and headway control is performed. Additionally, when a vehicle
ahead is no longer detected, the vehicle-ahead indication turns off and the system
switches back to travel at constant speed.
•
The lowest possible speed which can be set on the MRCC with Stop & Go function system
is 30 km/h (19 mph).
•
Headway control is not possible if the vehicle ahead is driving faster than your vehicle's
set speed. Adjust the system to the desired vehicle speed using the accelerator pedal.
How to set the distance-between-vehicles during headway control
The distance-between-vehicles is set to a shorter distance by pressing the switch. The
distance-between-vehicles is set to a longer distance by pressing the
switch. The
distance-between-vehicles can be set to 4 levels; Long, medium, short, and extremely short
distance.
Distance-between-vehicles guideline
(at 80 km/h (50 mph) vehicle speed)
Display
Long (about 50 m (164 ft))
Medium (about 40 m (131 ft))
Short (about 30 m (98 ft))
Extremely short (about 25 m (82 ft))
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-112
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
NOTE
•
The distance-between-vehicles differs depending on the vehicle speed, and the slower the
vehicle speed, the shorter the distance.
•
When the ignition is switched to ACC or OFF and then the engine is started again, the
system automatically sets the distance-between-vehicles to the previous setting.
How to change the set vehicle speed
To accelerate/decelerate using the SET
switch
When you press the SET
switch, the
vehicle accelerates and when you press the
SET
switch, it decelerates.
Short press 1 km/h (1 mph)
Long press 10 km/h (5 mph)
NOTE
For example, the set vehicle speed is
changed by pressing the SET switch four
times as follows:
The vehicle speed accelerates or
decelerates by 4 km/h (4 mph).
To increase speed using accelerator
pedal
Depress the accelerator pedal and press
and release the SET
switch or SET
switch at the desired speed. If the switch is
not operated, the system returns to the set
speed after you release your foot from the
accelerator pedal.
CAUTION
The warnings and brake control do not
operate while the accelerator pedal is
depressed.
NOTE
•
The setting speed can be changed by
operating the SET
switch or SET
switch during stop hold control.
•
When accelerating using the SET switch
while in headway control, the set vehicle
speed can be adjusted but acceleration is
not possible. If there is no longer a vehicle
ahead, acceleration continues until
reaching the set vehicle speed. For the set
vehicle speed, check the set vehicle speed
indication in the display.
•
While depressing the accelerator pedal,
the color of the MRCC with Stop & Go
function indication changes from green
to white.
Canceling the system
If any of the following operations is done,
the MRCC with Stop & Go function cancels
temporarily, the MRCC with Stop & Go
function set indication (green) switches to
the MRCC with Stop & Go function main
indication (white), and the MRCC with
Stop & Go function set indicator light
(green) turns off at the same time.
•
The OFF/CANCEL switch is pressed.
•
The brake pedal is depressed.
•
The electric parking brake (EPB) is
applied.
•
The selector lever is in the P (Park), N
(Neutral), or R (Reverse) position.
•
Any of the doors is opened.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-113
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
•
The driver's seat belt is unfastened.
Under the following conditions, the
MRCC with Stop & Go function cancel
indication is displayed in the active
driving display and a single beep sound is
heard.
•
The DSC has operated.
•
The Smart Brake Support (SBS) has
operated.
•
The Smart City Brake Support (SCBS)
or Advanced Smart City Brake Support
(Advanced SCBS) has operated.
•
When traveling on a downslope for a
long period of time.
•
There is a problem with the system.
•
The engine has stalled.
•
The electric parking brake (EPB) is
automatically applied during stop hold
control.
•
The radar sensor (front) cannot detect
target objects (during rain, fog, snow or
other inclement weather conditions, or
when the radiator grille is dirty).
Resuming control
If the MRCC with Stop & Go function
system is canceled, you can resume
control at the previously set speed by
pressing the RES switch and after all of
the operation conditions have been met.
NOTE
If the set speed is not indicated in the
display, the control does not resume even
if the RES switch is pressed.
Turning off the system
Press the OFF/CANCEL switch two times
while the MRCC with Stop & Go function
system is operating to switch off the
system.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-114
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Stop Hold Control
While in headway control using the MRCC with Stop & Go function system, your vehicle
will stop when a vehicle ahead stops. When the vehicle is stopped and the stop hold control
operates, the MRCC with Stop & Go function indicator light turns on.
NOTE
•
If the MRCC with Stop & Go function system is canceled during stop hold control, the
vehicle is held in its stopped position. The stop hold control can be canceled by
performing one the following actions.
•
Press the accelerator pedal and resume driving the vehicle.
•
While forcefully depressing the brake, switch the MRCC with Stop & Go function
system off.
•
The parking brake is automatically applied and the vehicle is held in its stopped position
when 10 minutes have elapsed since the stop hold control operated. At this time, the
MRCC with Stop & Go function system is canceled.
•
The brake lights turn on during stop hold control.
To resume driving
After the vehicle ahead starts moving while your vehicle is stopped under stop hold control,
press the RES switch or depress the accelerator pedal to cancel the stop hold control and
resume driving.
NOTE
•
When you resume driving by pressing the RES switch, your vehicle does not start moving
until the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead lengthens to the specified
distance or farther.
•
If the MRCC with Stop & Go function is temporarily canceled during stop hold control,
you cannot resume driving by pressing the RES switch when there are no vehicles in front
of your vehicle. Depress the accelerator pedal and resume driving the vehicle.
•
If the vehicle ahead starts moving within 3 seconds after your vehicle is stopped by the
stop hold control, headway control will resume even if you do not resume driving your
vehicle, such as by depressing the accelerator pedal.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-115
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Resume driving information
If you do not resume driving within a few seconds after the vehicle ahead starts moving, the
active driving display vehicle-ahead indication flashes to urge the driver to resume driving.
▼
Cruise Control Function
While this function is operating, the
headway control operation is canceled and
only the cruise control function operates.
The vehicle speed can be set more than
about 25 km/h (16 mph).
Use the cruise control function on
expressways and other highways which do
not require a lot of repeated acceleration
and deceleration.
WARNING
Do not use the cruise control function in
the following locations:
Otherwise, it could lead to an accident.
Roads with sharp curves and where
vehicle trac is heavy and there is
insucient
space between vehicles.
(Driving under these conditions using the
cruise control function is not possible)
Steep down slopes (Set speed may be
exceeded because sucient engine
braking cannot be applied)
Slippery roads such as ice or snow-bound
roads (Tires could spin causing you to
lose vehicle control)
Always drive carefully:
The warnings and brake control will not
operate after the headway control function
is canceled and the system is switched to
only the cruise control function. Depress
the brake pedal to decelerate according to
the surrounding conditions while keeping a
safer distance from the vehicle ahead and
always driving carefully.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-116
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Switching to cruise control function
When the MODE switch is pressed until
the system switches to the cruise main
indication (white) while the MRCC with
Stop & Go function system is turned on,
the system switches to the cruise control
function.
When the system switches to the cruise
control function, the indicator and active
driving display notify the driver as
follows:
•
The MRCC with Stop & Go function set
indication (green) or the MRCC with
Stop & Go function main indication
(white) is turned off, and the cruise main
indication (white) is turned on.
WARNING
Always turn o the cruise control function
when it is not in use:
Leaving the cruise control function turned
on when it is not in use is dangerous as it
could operate unexpectedly, resulting in an
accident.
How to set the speed
Adjust the system to the desired vehicle
speed using the accelerator pedal.
When the SET
or SET switch is
pressed, the cruise set indication (green) is
turned on and headway control begins.
NOTE
•
The system may not be able to maintain
the set speed constantly depending on
driving conditions such as steep up or
down slopes.
•
The speed will continue increasing while
the SET
switch is pressed and held.
The speed will continue decreasing
while the SET
switch is pressed and
held.
How to increase the set speed
The set speed can be increased using the
following operations:
To increase speed using the SET
switch
Press and hold the SET
switch and
release the switch at the desired speed.
The set speed can be adjusted
incrementally (1 km/h (1 mph)
increments) by pressing the switch and
releasing it immediately. For example, if
the switch is pressed 4 times, the set speed
increases by about 4 km/h (4 mph).
To increase speed using accelerator
pedal
Depress the accelerator pedal and press the
SET
or SET switch at the desired
speed.
If the switch is not operated, the system
returns to the set speed after you release
your foot from the accelerator pedal.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-117
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
How to Decrease the Set Speed
Press the SET switch continuously and
release the switch at the desired speed.
The set speed can be adjusted
incrementally (1 km/h (1 mph)
increments) by pressing the switch and
releasing it immediately. For example, if
the switch is pressed 4 times, the set
vehicle speed decreases by about 4 km/h
(4 mph).
Canceling the function
When the cruise control function is
canceled and the RES switch is pressed
while the vehicle speed is 25 km/h (16
mph) or faster, the speed returns to the
original set speed.
Canceling using OFF/CANCEL switch
When the OFF/CANCEL switch is
pressed once, the cruise control function is
cancelled.
Automatically cancel
The cruise control function is canceled
automatically in the following cases.
•
The brake pedal is depressed.
•
The parking brake is applied.
•
The selector lever is shifted to P or N
position.
NOTE
•
If the vehicle speed decreases by about
15 km/h (9.4 mph) or more than the set
speed, the cruise control function may
be canceled.
•
When the vehicle speed is less than 21
km/h (13 mph), the cruise control
function is canceled. In this case, the
vehicle speed will not return to the
original set speed even if the vehicle is
accelerated to 25 km/h (16 mph) or
higher and the RES switch is pressed.
Reset the cruise control function.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-118
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Advanced Smart City Brake Support (Advanced SCBS)
*
The Advanced SCBS alerts the driver of a possible collision using the display and a warning
sound when the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) detects a vehicle ahead or pedestrian and
determines that a collision with the object is unavoidable while the vehicle is driven at a
vehicle speed of about 4 to 80 km/h (2 to 50 mph) if the object is a vehicle ahead and about
10 to 80 km/h (6.2 to 50 mph) if the object is a pedestrian. In addition, the system reduces
damage in the event of a collision by operating the brake control (Advanced SCBS brake)
when the system determines that a collision is unavoidable. In addition, when the driver
depresses the brake pedal, the brakes are applied firmly and quickly to assist. (Brake Assist
(Advanced SCBS brake assist))
Forward Sensing
Camera (FSC)
WARNING
Do not rely completely on the Advanced SCBS system:
The Advanced SCBS system is only designed to reduce damage in the event of a collision.
Over reliance on the system leading to the accelerator pedal or brake pedal being
mistakenly operated could result in an accident.
The Advanced SCBS system operates in response to a vehicle ahead, a 2-wheeled vehicle, or
a pedestrian. The system does not operate in response to obstructions such as a wall or
animals.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
*Some models.
4-119
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
CAUTION
In the following cases, turn the system o to prevent a mis-operation:
The vehicle is being towed or when towing another vehicle.
The vehicle is on a chassis roller.
When driving on rough roads such as in areas of dense grass or o-road.
Refer to Stopping the Advanced Smart City Brake Support (Advanced SCBS) System Operation
on page 4-121 on how to turn o the Advanced SCBS system.
NOTE
•
The Advanced SCBS system will operate under the following conditions.
•
The engine is running.
•
The Smart City Brake Support (SCBS) warning light (amber) does not illuminate.
•
(Object is vehicle ahead)
The vehicle speed is between about 4 to 80 km/h (2 to 50 mph).
•
(Object is a pedestrian)
The vehicle speed is between about 10 to 80 km/h (6.2 to 50 mph).
•
The Advanced SCBS system is not turned off.
•
Under the following conditions, the Advanced SCBS system may not operate normally:
•
The Advanced SCBS system will not operate if the driver is deliberately performing
driving operations (accelerator pedal and steering wheel).
•
If there is the possibility of partial contact with a vehicle ahead.
•
The vehicle is driven on a slippery road surface such as wet roads or icy or snow-bound roads.
•
The braking performance is adversely affected due to cold temperatures or wet brakes.
•
The vehicle is driven at the same speed as the vehicle ahead.
•
The accelerator pedal is depressed.
•
The brake pedal is depressed.
•
The steering wheel is being operated.
•
The selector lever is being operated.
•
In the following cases, the Advanced SCBS may operate.
•
Objects on the road at the entrance to a curve.
•
Vehicles passing in the opposite lane while making a curve.
•
When passing through a toll gate.
•
When passing through low gates, narrow gates, car washing machines, or tunnels.
•
If you suddenly come close to a vehicle ahead.
•
2-wheeled vehicles, animals, or standing trees.
•
(Manual transaxle)
If the vehicle is stopped by the SCBS operation and the clutch pedal is not depressed, the engine stops.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-120
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Smart City Brake Support (SCBS)
Indicator Light (Red)
If the Advanced SCBS is operating, the
indicator light (red) flashes.
▼
Collision Warning
If there is the possibility of a collision with
a vehicle ahead, the beep sounds
continuously and a warning is indicated in
the active driving display.
NOTE
•
(Without SCBS OFF switch)
The operation distance and volume of
the collision warning can be changed.
Refer to Personalization Features on
page 9-9.
•
(With SCBS OFF switch)
The operation distance and volume of
the collision warning can be changed.
Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
▼
Automatic Brake Operation Display
The automatic brake operation display is
indicated on the active driving display
after the Advanced SCBS is operated.
NOTE
•
The collision warning beep sounds
intermittently while the Advanced SCBS
brake or brake assist (Advanced SCBS
brake assist) is operating.
•
If the vehicle is stopped by the Advanced
SCBS operation and the brake pedal is
not depressed, the warning beep sounds
one time after about 2 seconds and the
Advanced SCBS brake is automatically
released.
▼
Stopping the Advanced Smart City
Brake Support (Advanced SCBS)
System Operation
The Advanced SCBS system can be
temporarily deactivated.
When the Advanced SCBS system is
turned off, the Smart City Brake Support
(SCBS) OFF indicator light turns on.
When the engine is restarted, the system
becomes operational.
Without SCBS OFF switch
Refer to Personalization Features on page
9-9.
NOTE
When the Advanced SCBS system is set to
inoperable, the Smart Brake Support
(SBS) are also set to inoperable.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-121
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
With SCBS OFF switch
Press the SCBS OFF switch to turn off the
system. The Smart City Brake Support
(SCBS) OFF indicator light in the
instrument cluster will illuminate.
Press the switch again to turn the system
back on. The Smart City Brake Support
(SCBS) OFF indicator light will turn off.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-122
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Smart City Brake Support (SCBS)
*
The SCBS system alerts the driver of a possible collision using an indication in the display
and a warning sound when the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) detects a vehicle ahead and
determines that a collision with a vehicle ahead is unavoidable while the vehicle is being
driven at a vehicle speed of about 4 to 80 km/h (2 to 50 mph). In addition, the system
reduces damage in the event of a collision by operating the brake control (Smart City Brake
Support (SCBS) brake) when the system determines that a collision is unavoidable while the
vehicle is being driven at a vehicle speed of about 4 to 30 km/h (2 to 18 mph). It may also
be possible to avoid a collision if the relative speed between your vehicle and the vehicle in
front of you is less than about 20 km/h (12 mph). In addition, when the driver depresses the
brake pedal while the system is in the operation range at about 4 to 30 km/h (2 to 18 mph),
the brakes are applied firmly and quickly to assist. (Brake Assist (Smart City Brake Support
(SCBS) brake assist))
Forward Sensing
Camera (FSC)
WARNING
Do not rely completely on the SCBS system:
The SCBS system is only designed to reduce damage in the event of a collision. Over reliance
on the system leading to the accelerator pedal or brake pedal being mistakenly operated
could result in an accident.
The SCBS is a system which operates in response to a vehicle ahead. The system may not be
able to detect or react to 2-wheeled vehicles or pedestrians.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
*Some models.
4-123
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
CAUTION
In the following cases, turn the system o to prevent a mis-operation:
The vehicle is being towed or when towing another vehicle.
The vehicle is on a chassis roller.
When driving on rough roads such as in areas of dense grass or o-road.
Refer to Stopping the Smart City Brake Support (SCBS) system Operation on page 4-126 on
how to turn o the SCBS system.
NOTE
•
The SCBS system will operate under the following conditions.
•
The engine is running.
•
The Smart Brake Support/Smart City Brake Support (SBS/SCBS) system warning light
(amber) does not illuminate.
•
(Rear-end collision warning)
The vehicle speed is about 4 to 80 km/h (2 to 50 mph).
•
(Brake control (Smart City Brake Support (SCBS) brake))
The vehicle speed is about 4 to 30 km/h (2 to 18 mph).
•
The SCBS system is not turned off.
•
Under the following conditions, the SCBS system may not operate normally:
•
The SCBS system will not operate if the driver is deliberately performing driving
operations (accelerator pedal and steering wheel).
•
If there is the possibility of partial contact with a vehicle ahead.
•
The vehicle is driven on a slippery road surface such as wet roads or icy or snow-bound
roads.
•
The braking performance is adversely affected due to cold temperatures or wet brakes.
•
The vehicle is driven at the same speed as the vehicle ahead.
•
The accelerator pedal is depressed.
•
The brake pedal is depressed.
•
The steering wheel is being operated.
•
The selector lever is being operated.
•
In the following cases, the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) determines that there is a
vehicle ahead and the SCBS may operate.
•
Objects on the road at the entrance to a curve.
•
Vehicles passing in the opposite lane while making a curve.
•
Metal objects, bumps, or protruding objects on the road.
•
When passing through a toll gate.
•
When passing through low gates, narrow gates, car washing machines, or tunnels.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-124
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
•
If you suddenly come close to a vehicle ahead.
•
2-wheeled vehicles, pedestrians, animals or standing trees.
•
Vehicle is driven with some of the tires having significant wear.
•
(Manual transaxle)
If the vehicle is stopped by the Smart City Brake Support (SCBS) operation and the clutch
pedal is not depressed, the engine stops.
▼
Smart City Brake Support (SCBS)
Indicator Light (Red)
If the Smart City Brake Support (SCBS) is
operating, the indicator light (red) flashes.
▼
Collision Warning
If there is the possibility of a collision with
a vehicle ahead, the beep sounds
continuously and a warning is indicated in
the active driving display.
NOTE
•
(Without SCBS OFF switch)
The operation distance and volume of
the collision warning can be changed.
Refer to Personalization Features on
page 9-9.
•
(With SCBS OFF switch)
The operation distance and volume of
the collision warning can be changed.
Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
▼
Automatic Brake Operation Display
The automatic brake operation display is
indicated on the active driving display
after the SCBS is operated.
NOTE
•
The collision warning beep sounds
intermittently while the SCBS brake or
brake assist (SCBS brake assist) is
operating.
•
If the vehicle is stopped by the SCBS
operation and the brake pedal is not
depressed, the warning beep sounds one
time after about 2 seconds and the SCBS
brake is automatically released.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-125
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Stopping the Smart City Brake
Support (SCBS) System Operation
The SCBS system can be temporarily
deactivated.
When the SCBS system is turned off, the
Smart City Brake Support (SCBS) OFF
indicator light turns on.
When the engine is restarted, the system
becomes operational.
Without SCBS OFF switch
Refer to Personalization Features on page
9-9.
NOTE
When the SCBS system is set to
inoperable, the Smart Brake Support
(SBS) are also set to inoperable.
With SCBS OFF switch
Press the SCBS OFF switch to turn off the
system. The Smart City Brake Support
(SCBS) OFF indicator light in the
instrument cluster will illuminate.
Press the switch again to turn the system
back on. The Smart City Brake Support
(SCBS) OFF indicator light will turn off.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-126
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Smart Brake Support (SBS)
*
The SBS system alerts the driver of a possible collision using a display and warning sound
if the radar sensor (front) and the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) determine that there is the
possibility of a collision with a vehicle ahead while the vehicle is being driven at about 15
km/h or faster (10 mph or faster). Furthermore, if the radar sensor (front) and the Forward
Sensing Camera (FSC) determines that a collision is unavoidable, the automatic brake
control is performed to reduce damage in the event of a collision.
In addition, when the driver depresses the brake pedal, the brakes are applied firmly and
quickly to assist. (Brake Assist (SBS brake assist))
WARNING
Do not rely completely on the SBS system and always drive carefully:
The SBS is designed to reduce damage in the event of a collision, not avoid an accident. The
ability to detect an obstruction is limited depending on the obstruction, weather conditions,
or
trac
conditions. Therefore, if the accelerator pedal or brake pedal is mistakenly operated
it could result in an accident. Always verify the safety of the surrounding area and depress the
brake pedal or accelerator pedal while keeping a safer distance from vehicles ahead or
on-coming vehicles.
CAUTION
In the following cases, turn the system o to prevent a mis-operation:
The vehicle is being towed or when towing another vehicle.
The vehicle is on a chassis roller.
When driving on rough roads such as in areas of dense grass or
o-road.
NOTE
•
The SBS system operates when all of the following conditions are met:
•
The ignition is switched ON.
•
The SBS system is on.
•
The vehicle speed is about 15 km/h or faster (10 mph or faster).
•
The relative speed between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead is about 15 km/h or
faster (10 mph or faster).
•
The Dynamic Stability Control (DSC) is not operating.
•
The SBS system may not operate under the following conditions:
•
If the vehicle is accelerated rapidly and it comes close to a vehicle ahead.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
*Some models.
4-127
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
•
The vehicle is driven at the same speed as the vehicle ahead.
•
The accelerator pedal is depressed.
•
The brake pedal is depressed.
•
The steering wheel is being operated.
•
The selector lever is being operated.
•
The turn signal is being used.
•
When the vehicle ahead is not equipped with taillights or the taillights are turned off.
•
When warnings and messages, such as a dirty windshield, related to the Forward
Sensing Camera (FSC) are being displayed in the center display.
•
Although the objects which activate the system are four-wheeled vehicles, the radar
sensor (front) could detect the following objects, determine them to be an obstruction, and
operate the SBS system.
•
Objects on the road at the entrance to a curve (including guardrails and snow banks).
•
A vehicle appears in the opposite lane while cornering or rounding a curve.
•
When crossing a narrow bridge.
•
When passing under a low gate or through a tunnel or narrow gate.
•
When entering an underground parking area.
•
Metal objects, bumps, or protruding objects on the road.
•
If you suddenly come close to a vehicle ahead.
•
When driving in areas where there is high grass or forage.
•
Two-wheeled vehicles such as motorbikes or bicycles.
•
Pedestrians or non-metallic objects such as standing trees.
•
When the system operates, the user is notified by the active driving display.
•
The SBS warning indication (amber) turns on when the system has a malfunction.
Refer to Taking Action on page 7-34.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-128
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Smart Brake Support (SBS)
Indicator Light (Red)
If the SBS is operating, the indicator light
(red) flashes.
▼
Collision Warning
If there is the possibility of a collision with
a vehicle ahead, the beep sounds
continuously and a warning is indicated in
the active driving display.
▼
Stopping The Smart Brake Support
(SBS) System Operation
The SBS system can be temporarily
deactivated.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
9-9.
When the SBS system is turned off, the
SBS OFF indicator light turns on.
When the engine is restarted, the system
becomes operational.
NOTE
If the SBS system operation is turned off,
the Smart City Brake Support (SCBS)
system operation is turned off
simultaneously.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-129
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Forward Sensing Camera (FSC)
*
Your vehicle is equipped with a Forward Sensing Camera (FSC). The Forward Sensing
Camera (FSC) is positioned near the rearview mirror and used by the following systems.
•
High Beam Control System (HBC)
•
Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS)
•
Traffic Sign Recognition System (TSR)
•
Advanced Smart City Brake Support (Advanced SCBS)
•
Smart City Brake Support (SCBS)
•
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go function)
•
Smart Brake Support (SBS)
Forward Sensing Camera (FSC)
The Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) determines the conditions ahead of the vehicle while
traveling at night and detects traffic lanes. The distance in which the Forward Sensing
Camera (FSC) can detect objects varies depending on the surrounding conditions.
WARNING
Do not modify the suspension:
If the vehicle height or inclination is changed, the system will not be able to correctly detect
vehicles ahead. This will result in the system not operating normally or mistakenly operating,
which could cause a serious accident.
CAUTION
Do not apply accessories, stickers or
lm
to the windshield near the Forward Sensing
Camera (FSC).
If the area in front of the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) lens is obstructed, it will cause the
system to not operate correctly. Consequently, each system may not operate normally
which could lead to an unexpected accident.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-130
*Some models.
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Do not disassemble or modify the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC).
Disassembly or modication of the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) will cause a malfunction
or mistaken operation. Consequently, each system may not operate normally which could
lead to an unexpected accident.
Heed the following cautions to assure the correct operation of the Forward Sensing Camera
(FSC).
Be careful not to scratch the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) lens or allow it to get dirty.
Do not remove the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) cover.
Do not place objects on the dashboard which reect light.
Always keep the windshield glass around the camera clean by removing dirt or fogging.
Use the windshield defroster to remove fogging on the windshield.
Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer regarding cleaning the interior side of the
windshield around the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC).
Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer before performing repairs around the Forward
Sensing Camera (FSC).
The Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) is installed to the windshield. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer for windshield repair and replacement.
When cleaning the windshield, do not allow glass cleaners or similar cleaning uids to
get on the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) lens. In addition, do not touch the Forward
Sensing Camera (FSC) lens.
When performing repairs around the rearview mirror, consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer regarding cleaning of the camera lens.
Do not hit or apply strong force to the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) or the area around
it. If the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) is severely hit or if there are cracks or damage
caused by ying gravel or debris in the area around it, stop using the following systems
and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
High Beam Control System (HBC)
Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS)
Trac Sign Recognition System (TSR)
Advanced Smart City Brake Support (Advanced SCBS)
Smart City Brake Support (SCBS)
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go function)
Smart Brake Support (SBS)
The direction in which the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) is pointed has been
nely
adjusted. Do not change the installation position of the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) or
remove it. Otherwise, it could result in damage or malfunction.
Always use tires for all wheels that are of the specied size, and the same manufacturer,
brand, and tread pattern. In addition, do not use tires with signicantly dierent wear
patterns on the same vehicle as the system may not operate normally.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-131
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
The Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) includes a function for detecting a soiled windshield
and informing the driver, however, depending on the conditions, it may not detect plastic
shopping bags, ice or snow on the windshield. In such cases, the system cannot accurately
determine a vehicle ahead and may not be able to operate normally. Always drive carefully
and pay attention to the road ahead.
NOTE
•
In the following cases, the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) cannot detect target objects
correctly, and each system may be unable to operate normally.
•
The height of the vehicle ahead is low.
•
You drive your vehicle at the same speed as the vehicle ahead.
•
Headlights are not turned on during the night or when going through a tunnel.
•
In the following cases, the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) may not be able to detect
target objects correctly.
•
Under bad weather condition, such as rain, fog and snow.
•
The window washer is being used or the windshield wipers are not used when it's
raining.
•
Ice, fog, snow, frost, rainfall, dirt, or foreign matter such as a plastic bag is stuck on the
windshield.
•
Trucks with low loading platforms and vehicles with an extremely low or high profile.
•
When driving next to walls with no patterning (including fences and longitudinally
striped walls).
•
The taillights of the vehicle ahead are turned off.
•
A vehicle is outside the illumination range of the headlights.
•
The vehicle is making a sharp turn, or ascending or descending a steep slope.
•
Entering or exiting a tunnel.
•
Heavy luggage is loaded causing the vehicle to tilt.
•
Strong light is shone at the front of the vehicle (back light or high-beam light from
on-coming vehicles).
•
There are many light emitters on the vehicle ahead.
•
When the vehicle ahead is not equipped with taillights or the taillights are turned off at
nighttime.
•
Elongated luggage or cargo is loaded onto installed roof rails and covers the Forward
Sensing Camera (FSC).
•
Exhaust gas from the vehicle in front, sand, snow, and water vapor rising from
manholes and grating, and water splashed into the air.
•
When towing a malfunctioning vehicle.
•
The vehicle is driven with tires having significantly different wear.
•
The vehicle is driven on down slopes or bumpy roads.
•
There are water puddles on the road.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-132
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
•
The surroundings are dark such as during the night, early evening, or early morning, or
in a tunnel or indoor parking lot.
•
The illumination brightness of the headlights is reduced or the headlight illumination is
weakened due to dirt or a deviated optical axis.
•
The target object enters the blind spot of the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC).
•
A person or object bursts onto the road from the shoulder or cuts right in front of you.
•
You change lanes and approach a vehicle ahead.
•
When driving extremely close to the target object.
•
Tire chains or a temporary spare tire is installed.
•
The vehicle ahead has a special shape. For example, a vehicle towing a trailer house or
a boat, or a vehicle carrier carrying a vehicle with its front pointed rearward.
•
If the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) cannot operate normally due to backlight or fog,
the system functions related to the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) are temporarily
stopped and the following warning lights turn on. However, this does not indicate a
malfunction.
•
High Beam Control System (HBC) warning light (amber)
•
Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS) warning light
•
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go
function) warning light
•
Smart Brake Support/Smart City Brake Support (SBS/SCBS) warning light (amber)
•
If the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) cannot operate normally due to high temperatures,
the system functions related to the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) are temporarily
stopped and the following warning lights turn on. However, this does not indicate a
malfunction. Cool down the area around the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) such as by
turning on the air conditioner.
•
High Beam Control System (HBC) warning light (amber)
•
Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS) warning light
•
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go
function) warning light
•
Smart Brake Support/Smart City Brake Support (SBS/SCBS) warning light (amber)
•
If the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) detects that the windshield is dirty or foggy, the
system functions related to the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) are temporarily stopped
and the following warning lights turn on. However, this does not indicate a problem.
Remove the dirt from the windshield or press the defroster switch and defog the
windshield.
•
High Beam Control System (HBC) warning light (amber)
•
Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS) warning light
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-133
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
•
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go
function) warning light
•
Smart Brake Support/Smart City Brake Support (SBS/SCBS) warning light (amber)
•
If there are recognizable cracks or damage caused by flying gravel or debris on the
windshield, always have the windshield replaced. Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer
for replacement.
•
(With Advanced Smart City Brake Support (Advanced SCBS))
•
The Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) recognizes pedestrians when all of the following
conditions are met:
•
The height of a pedestrian is about 1 to 2 meters.
•
An outline such as the head, both shoulders, or the legs can be determined.
•
In the following cases, the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) may not be able to detect
target objects correctly:
•
Multiple pedestrians are walking, or there are groups of people.
•
A pedestrian is close to a separate object.
•
A pedestrian is crouching, lying, or slouching.
•
A pedestrian suddenly jumps into the road right in front of the vehicle.
•
A pedestrian opens an umbrella, or is carrying large baggage or articles.
•
A pedestrian is in a dark location such as during the night, or blends into the
background by wearing clothes matching the background color.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-134
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Radar Sensor (Front)
*
Your vehicle is equipped with a radar sensor (front).
The following systems also use the radar sensor (front).
•
Distance Recognition Support System (DRSS)
•
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go function)
•
Smart Brake Support (SBS)
The radar sensor (front) functions by detecting the radio waves reflected off a vehicle ahead
or an obstruction sent from the radar sensor.
The radar sensor (front) is mounted behind the front emblem.
Radar sensor (front)
If the Smart Brake Support/Smart City Brake Support (SBS/SCBS) Warning Light (amber)
is illuminated, the area around the radar sensor may be dirty. Refer to “Warning Guidance”
in the center display (Type B audio).
Refer to If a Warning Light Turns On or Flashes on page 7-27.
CAUTION
Heed the following precautions to assure correct operation of each system.
Do not adhere stickers (including transparent stickers) to the surface of the radiator grille
and front emblem in and around the radar sensor (front), and do not replace the radiator
grille and front emblem with any product that is not a genuine product designed for use
with the radar sensor (front).
The radar sensor (front) includes a function for detecting soiling of the radar sensor's front
surface and informing the driver, however, depending on the conditions, it may require
time to detect or it may not detect plastic shopping bags, ice or snow. If this occurs, the
system may not operate correctly, therefore always keep the radar sensor (front) clean.
Do not install a grille guard.
If the front part of the vehicle has been damaged in a vehicle accident, the position of the
radar sensor (front) may have moved. Stop the system immediately and always have the
vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
*Some models.
4-135
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Do not use the front bumper to push other vehicles or obstructions such as when pulling
out of a parking space. Otherwise, the radar sensor (front) could be hit and its position
deviated.
Do not remove, disassemble, or modify the radar sensor (front).
For repairs, replacement or paint work around the radar sensor (front), consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Do not modify the suspension. If the suspension are modied, the vehicle's posture could
change and the radar sensor (front) may not be able to correctly detect a vehicle ahead or
an obstruction.
NOTE
•
Under the following conditions, the radar sensor (front) may not be able to detect vehicles
ahead or obstructions correctly and each system may not operate normally.
•
The rear surface of a vehicle ahead does not reflect radio waves effectively, such as an
unloaded trailer or an automobile with a loading platform covered by a soft top,
vehicles with a hard plastic tailgate, and round-shaped vehicles.
•
Vehicles ahead with low vehicle height and thus less area for reflecting radio waves.
•
Visibility is reduced due to a vehicle ahead casting off water, snow, or sand from its tires
and onto your windshield.
•
The luggage compartment is loaded with heavy objects or the rear passenger seats are
occupied.
•
Ice, snow, or soiling is on the front surface of the front emblem.
•
During inclement weather such as rain, snow, or sand storms.
•
When driving near facilities or objects emitting strong radio waves.
•
Under the following conditions, the radar sensor (front) may not be able to detect vehicles
ahead or obstructions.
•
The beginning and end of a curve.
•
Roads with continuous curves.
•
Narrow lane roads due to road construction or lane closures.
•
The vehicle ahead enters the radar sensor's blind spot.
•
The vehicle ahead is running abnormally due to accident or vehicle damage.
•
Roads with repeated up and down slopes
•
Driving on poor roads or unpaved roads.
•
The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead is extremely short.
•
A vehicle suddenly comes close such as by cutting into the lane.
•
To prevent incorrect operation of the system, use tires of the same specified size,
manufacturer, brand, and tread pattern on all four wheels. In addition, do not use tires
with significantly different wear patterns or tire pressures on the same vehicle (Including
the temporary spare tire).
•
If the battery power is weak, the system may not operate correctly.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-136
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
•
If the vehicle is driven on a road with little traffic and few vehicles ahead or obstructions
for the radar sensor (front) to detect, the sensor detects that the radar sensor (front) is
dirty and the Smart Brake Support/Smart City Brake Support (SBS/SCBS) Warning Light
(amber) may be temporarily turned on. However, it does not indicate a malfunction.
•
The radar sensors are regulated by the relevant radio wave laws of the country in which
the vehicle is driven. If the vehicle is driven abroad, authorization from the country in
which the vehicle is driven may be required.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-137
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Radar Sensors (Rear)
*
Your vehicle is equipped with radar sensors (rear). The following systems also use the radar
sensors (rear).
•
Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM)
•
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
The radar sensors (rear) function by detecting the radio waves reflected off a vehicle
approaching from the rear or an obstruction sent from the radar sensor.
Radar sensors (rear)
The radar sensors (rear) are installed inside the rear bumper, one each on the left and right
sides.
Always keep the surface of the rear bumper near the radar sensors (rear) clean so that the
radar sensors (rear) operate normally. Also, do not apply items such as stickers.
Refer to Exterior Care on page 6-54.
CAUTION
If the rear bumper receives a severe impact, the system may no longer operate normally. Stop
the system immediately and have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
•
The detection ability of the radar sensors (rear) has limitations. In the following cases,
the detection ability may lower and the system may not operate normally.
•
The rear bumper near the radar sensors (rear) has become deformed.
•
Snow, ice or mud adheres to the radar sensors (rear) on the rear bumper.
•
Under bad weather conditions such as rain, snow and fog.
•
Under the following conditions, the radar sensors (rear) cannot detect target objects or it
may be difficult to detect them.
•
Stationary objects on a road or a road side such as small, two-wheeled vehicles,
bicycles, pedestrians, animals, and shopping carts.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-138
*Some models.
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
•
Vehicle shapes which do not reflect radar waves well such as empty trailers with a low
vehicle height and sports cars.
•
Vehicles are shipped with the direction of the radar sensors (rear) adjusted for each
vehicle to a loaded vehicle condition so that the radar sensors (rear) detect approaching
vehicles correctly. If the direction of the radar sensors (rear) has deviated for some
reason, have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
•
For repairs or replacement of the radar sensors (rear), or bumper repairs, paintwork, and
replacement near the radar sensors, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
•
Turn off the system while pulling a trailer or while an accessory such as a bicycle carrier
is installed to the rear of the vehicle. Otherwise, the radio waves emitted by the radar will
be blocked causing the system to not operate normally.
•
The radar sensors are regulated by the relevant radio wave laws of the country in which
the vehicle is driven. If the vehicle is driven abroad, authorization from the country in
which the vehicle is driven may be required.
When Driving
i-ACTIVSENSE
4-139
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Cruise Control
*
With cruise control, you can set and automatically maintain any speed of more than about
25 km/h (16 mph).
WARNING
Do not use the cruise control under the following conditions:
Using the cruise control under the following conditions is dangerous and could result in loss
of vehicle control.
Hilly terrain
Steep inclines
Heavy or unsteady
trac
Slippery or winding roads
Similar restrictions that require inconsistent speed
▼
Cruise Control Switch
ON switch RES/+ switch
SET/- switchOFF/CAN
switch
NOTE
If your Mazda has the following steering switch, your Mazda is equipped with the Mazda
Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go function) system.
When Driving
Cruise Control
4-140
*Some models.
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Refer to Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go
function) on page 4-107.
CANCEL switch
RES switch
OFF switch
switch
switch
MODE switch
SET- switch
SET+ switch
▼
Cruise main indication (white),
Cruise Set Indication (White)/
Indicator Light (Green)
Cruise main indication (white)
The cruise main indication (white) is
displayed in the instrument cluster when
the cruise control system is activated.
Cruise set indication (white)/indicator
light (green)
The cruise set indication (white) is
displayed in the instrument cluster and the
cruise set indicator light (green) turns on
when a cruising speed has been set.
▼
Activation/Deactivation
To activate the system, press the ON
switch. The cruise main indication (white)
is displayed.
To deactivate the system, press the
OFF/CAN switch.
The cruise main indication (white) turns
off.
WARNING
Always turn o the cruise control system
when it is not in use:
Leaving the cruise control system in an
activation-ready state while the cruise
control is not in use is dangerous as the
cruise control could unexpectedly activate
if the activation button is accidentally
pressed, and result in loss of vehicle control
and an accident.
NOTE
When the ignition is switched OFF, the
system status before it was turned off is
maintained. For example, if the ignition is
switched OFF with the cruise control
system operable, the system will be
operable when the ignition is switched ON
the next time.
When Driving
Cruise Control
4-141
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
To Set Speed
1. Activate the cruise control system by
pressing the ON switch. The cruise
main indication (white) is displayed.
2. Accelerate to the desired speed, which
must be more than 25 km/h (16 mph).
3. Set the cruise control by pressing the
SET/
switch at the desired speed. The
cruise control is set at the moment the
SET/
switch is pressed. Release the
accelerator pedal simultaneously. The
cruise set indication (white) is
displayed and the cruise set indicator
light (green) turns on.
NOTE
•
The cruise control speed setting cannot
be performed under the following
conditions:
•
(Automatic transaxle)
The selector lever is in the P or N
position.
•
(Manual transaxle)
The shift lever is in the neutral
position.
•
The parking brake is applied.
•
Release the SET/ or RES/ switch at
the desired speed, otherwise the speed
will continue increasing while the RES/
switch is pressed and held, and
continue decreasing while the SET/
switch is pressed and held (except when
the accelerator pedal is depressed).
•
On a steep grade, the vehicle may
momentarily slow down while
ascending, or speed up while
descending.
•
The cruise control will cancel if the
vehicle speed decreases below 21 km/h
(13 mph) when climbing a steep grade.
•
The cruise control may cancel at about
15 km/h (9 mph) below the preset speed
such as when climbing a long, steep
grade.
▼
To Increase Cruising Speed
Follow either of these procedures.
To increase speed using cruise control
switch
Press the RES/ switch and hold it. Your
vehicle will accelerate. Release the switch
at the desired speed.
Press the RES/
switch and release it
immediately to adjust the preset speed.
Multiple operations will increase the
preset speed according to the number of
times it is operated.
Increasing speed with a single RES/
switch operation
Instrument cluster display for vehicle
speed indicated in km/h: 1 km/h (0.6 mph)
Instrument cluster display for vehicle
speed indicated in mph: 1 mph (1.6 km/h)
To increase speed using accelerator
pedal
Depress the accelerator pedal to accelerate
to the desired speed. Press the SET/
switch and release it immediately.
NOTE
Accelerate if you want to speed up
temporarily when the cruise control is on.
Greater speed will not interfere with or
change the set speed. Take your foot off
the accelerator to return to the set speed.
When Driving
Cruise Control
4-142
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
To Decrease Cruising Speed
Press the SET/ switch and hold it. The
vehicle will gradually slow.
Release the switch at the desired speed.
Press the SET/
switch and release it
immediately to adjust the preset speed.
Multiple operations will decrease the
preset speed according to the number of
times it is operated.
Decreasing speed with a single SET/
switch operation
Instrument cluster display for vehicle
speed indicated in km/h: 1 km/h (0.6 mph)
Instrument cluster display for vehicle
speed indicated in mph: 1 mph (1.6 km/h)
▼
To Resume Cruising Speed at More
Than 25 km/h (16 mph)
If the cruise control system temporarily
canceled (such as applying the brake pedal)
and the system is still activated, the most
recent set speed will automatically resume
when the RES/
switch is pressed.
If vehicle speed is below 25 km/h (16
mph), increase the vehicle speed up to 25
km/h (16 mph) or more and press the RES/
switch.
▼
To Temporarily Cancel
To temporarily cancel the system, use one
of these methods:
•
Slightly depress the brake pedal.
•
(Manual transaxle)
Depress the clutch pedal.
•
Press the OFF/CAN switch.
If the RES/ switch is pressed when the
vehicle speed is 25 km/h (16 mph) or higher,
the system reverts to the previously set speed.
NOTE
•
If any of the following conditions occur,
the cruise control system is temporarily
canceled.
•
The parking brake is applied.
•
(Automatic transaxle)
The selector lever is in the P or N
position.
•
(Manual transaxle)
The shift lever is in the neutral
position.
•
When the cruise control system is
temporarily canceled by even one of the
applicable cancel conditions, the speed
cannot be re-set.
•
(Automatic transaxle)
The cruise control cannot be cancelled
while driving in manual mode (selector
lever shifted from D to M position).
Therefore, engine braking will not be
applied even if the transaxle is shifted
down to a lower gear. If deceleration is
required, lower the set speed or depress
the brake pedal.
▼
To Deactivate
When a cruising speed has been set
(cruise set indication (white) is
displayed/cruise set indicator light
(green) turns on)
Long-press the OFF/CAN switch or press
the OFF/CAN switch 2 times.
When a cruising speed has not been set
(cruise main indication (white) is
displayed)
Press the OFF/CAN switch.
When Driving
Cruise Control
4-143
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
*
The Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) monitors the pressure for each tire.
If tire pressure is too low in one or more tires, the system will inform the driver via the
warning light in the instrument cluster and by the warning beep sound.
Refer to Contact Authorized Mazda Dealer and Have Vehicle Inspected on page 7-30.
Refer to Taking Action on page 7-34.
Refer to Tire Inflation Pressure Warning Beep on page 7-46.
The tire pressure sensors installed on each wheel send tire pressure data by radio signal to
the receiver unit in the vehicle.
Tire pressure sensors
NOTE
When the ambient temperature is low due to seasonal changes, tire temperatures are also
lower. When the tire temperature decreases, the air pressure decreases as well. The TPMS
warning light may illuminate more frequently. Visually inspect the tires daily before driving,
and check tire pressures monthly with a tire pressure gauge. When checking tire pressures,
use of a digital tire pressure gauge is recommended.
TPMS does not alleviate your need to check the pressure and condition of all four tires
regularly.
CAUTION
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and
inated
to the
ination
pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle
placard or tire ination pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a dierent size than the
size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire ination pressure label, you should determine
the proper tire ination pressure for those tires.)
When Driving
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
4-144
*Some models.
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring
system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is
signicantly under-inated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inate them to the proper
pressure. Driving on a signicantly under-inated tire causes the tire to overheat and can
lead to tire failure. Under-ination also reduces fuel eciency and tire tread life, and may
aect the vehicle's handling and stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the
driver's responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-ination has not
reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when
the system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the
system detects a malfunction, the telltale will ash for approximately one minute and then
remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle
start-ups as long as the malfunction exists. When the malfunction indicator is illuminated,
the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS
malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement
or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on
your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to
continue to function properly.
To avoid false readings, the system samples for a little while before indicating a problem. As
a result it will not instantaneously register a rapid tire deation or blow out.
▼
System Error Activation
When the warning light flashes, there may
be a system malfunction. Consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
A system error activation may occur in the
following cases:
•
When there is equipment or a device
near the vehicle using the same radio
frequency as that of the tire pressure
sensors.
•
When a metallic device such as a
non-genuine navigation system is
equipped near the center of the
dashboard, which may block radio
signals from the tire pressure sensor to
the receiver unit.
•
When using the following devices in the
vehicle that may cause radio
interference with the receiver unit.
•
A digital device such as a personal
computer.
•
A current converter device such as a
DC-AC converter.
•
When excess snow or ice adheres to the
vehicle, especially around the wheels.
•
When the tire pressure sensor batteries
are exhausted.
•
When using a wheel with no tire
pressure sensor installed.
•
When using tires with steel wire
reinforcement in the side walls.
•
When using tire chains.
When Driving
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
4-145
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Tires and Wheels
CAUTION
When inspecting or adjusting the tire air
pressures, do not apply excessive force to
the stem part of the wheel unit. The stem
part could be damaged.
Changing tires and wheels
The following procedure allows the TPMS
to recognize a tire pressure sensor's unique
ID signal code whenever tires or wheels
are changed, such as changing to and from
winter tires.
NOTE
Each tire pressure sensor has a unique ID
signal code. The signal code must be
registered with the TPMS before it can
work. The easiest way to do it is to have
an Authorized Mazda Dealer change your
tire and complete ID signal code
registration.
When having tires changed at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer
When an Authorized Mazda Dealer
changes your vehicle's tires, they will
complete the tire pressure sensor ID signal
code registration.
When changing tires yourself
If you or someone else changes tires, you
or someone else can also undertake the
steps for the TPMS to complete the ID
signal code registration.
1. After tires have been changed, switch
the ignition ON, then back to ACC or
OFF.
2. Wait for about 15 minutes.
3. After about 15 minutes, drive the
vehicle at a speed of at least 25 km/h
(16 mph) for 10 minutes and the tire
pressure sensor ID signal code will be
registered automatically.
NOTE
If the vehicle is driven within about 15
minutes of changing tires, the tire pressure
monitoring system warning light will flash
because the sensor ID signal code would
not have been registered. If this happens,
park the vehicle for about 15 minutes,
after which the sensor ID signal code will
register upon driving the vehicle for 10
minutes.
Replacing tires and wheels
CAUTION
When replacing/repairing the tires or
wheels or both, have the work done by
an Authorized Mazda Dealer, or the tire
pressure sensors may be damaged.
The wheels equipped on your Mazda are
specially designed for installation of the
tire pressure sensors. Do not use
non-genuine wheels, otherwise it may
not be possible to install the tire pressure
sensors.
Be sure to have the tire pressure sensors
installed whenever tires or wheels are
replaced.
When having a tire or wheel or both
replaced, the following types of tire
pressure sensor installations are possible.
•
The tire pressure sensor is removed
from the old wheel and installed to the
new one.
When Driving
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
4-146
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
•
The same tire pressure sensor is used
with the same wheel. Only the tire is
replaced.
•
A new tire pressure sensor is installed to
a new wheel.
NOTE
•
The tire pressure sensor ID signal code
must be registered when a new tire
pressure sensor is purchased. For
purchase of a tire pressure sensor and
registration of the tire pressure sensor
ID signal code, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
•
When reinstalling a previously removed
tire pressure sensor to a wheel, replace
the grommet (seal between valve body/
sensor and wheel) for the tire pressure
sensor.
When Driving
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
4-147
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Rear View Monitor
*
The rear view monitor provides visual images of the rear of the vehicle when reversing.
WARNING
Always drive carefully
conrming
the safety of the rear and the surrounding conditions by
looking directly with your eyes:
Reversing the vehicle by only looking at the screen is dangerous as it may cause an accident
or a collision with an object. The rear view monitor is only a visual assist device when
reversing the vehicle. The images on the screen may be dierent from the actual conditions.
CAUTION
Do not use the rear view monitor under the following conditions: Using the rear view
monitor under the following conditions is dangerous and could result in injury or vehicle
damage or both.
Icy or snow-covered roads.
Tire chains or a temporary spare tire is installed.
The liftgate is not fully closed.
The vehicle is on a road incline.
When the display is cold, images may course across the monitor or the screen and may be
dimmer than usual, which could cause diculty in conrming the surrounding conditions
of the vehicle. Always drive carefully conrming the safety of the rear and the surrounding
conditions by looking directly with your eyes.
Do not apply excessive force to the camera. The camera position and angle may deviate.
Do not disassemble, modify, or remove it as it may no longer be waterproof.
The camera cover is made of plastic. Do not apply degreasing agents, organic solvents,
wax, or glass coating agents to the camera cover. If any are spilled on the cover, wipe o
with a soft cloth immediately.
Do not rub the camera cover forcefully with an abrasive or hard brush. The camera cover or
lens may be scratched which might aect the images.
NOTE
When Driving
Rear View Monitor
4-148
*Some models.
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
•
If water, snow, or mud is stuck on the camera lens, wipe it off using a soft cloth. If it
cannot be wiped off, use a mild detergent.
•
If the camera temperature changes rapidly (Hot to cold, cold to hot), the rear view
monitor may not operate correctly.
•
When replacing the tires, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer. Replacing the tires could
result in deviation of the guide lines which appear on the display.
•
If the vehicle's front, side, or rear has been involved in a collision, the alignment of the
rear view parking camera (location, installation angle) may have deviated. Always
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the vehicle inspected.
•
If “No Video Signal Available” is indicated in the display, there could be a problem with
the camera. Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
▼
Rear View Parking Camera Location
Rear view parking camera
▼
Switching to the Rear View Monitor Display
Shift the shift lever/selector lever to R with the ignition switched ON to switch the display
to the rear view monitor display.
NOTE
When the shift lever/selector lever is shifted from R to another shift lever/selector lever
position, the screen returns to the previous display.
When Driving
Rear View Monitor
4-149
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Displayable Range on the Screen
The images on the screen may be different from the actual conditions.
(Screen display)
Garnish
Bumper
(Actual view)
Object
NOTE
•
The displayable range varies depending on the vehicle and road conditions.
•
The displayable range is limited. Objects under the bumper or around the bumper ends
cannot be displayed.
•
The distance appearing in the displayed image is different from the actual distance
because the rear view parking camera is equipped with a specific lens.
•
Some optionally installed vehicle accessories may be picked up by the camera. Do not
install any optional parts that can interfere with the camera view, such as illuminating
parts or parts made of reflective material.
•
It may be difficult to see the display under the following conditions, however, it does not
indicate a malfunction.
•
In darkened areas.
•
When the temperature around the lens is high/low.
•
When the camera is wet such as on a rainy day or during periods of high humidity.
•
When foreign material such as mud is stuck around the camera.
•
When the camera lens reflects sunlight or headlight beams.
•
Image display may be delayed if the temperature around the camera is low.
When Driving
Rear View Monitor
4-150
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Viewing the Display
Guide lines which indicate the width of the vehicle (yellow) are displayed on the screen as a
reference to the approximate width of the vehicle in comparison to the width of the parking
space you are about to back into.
Use this display view for parking your vehicle in a parking space or garage.
b
a
a) Vehicle width guide lines (yellow)
These guide lines serve as a reference to the approximate width of the vehicle.
b) Distance guide lines.
These guide lines indicate the approximate distance to a point measured from the
vehicle's rear (from the end of the bumper).
•
The red and yellow lines indicate the points about 50 cm (19 in) for the red line and
100 cm (39.3 in) for the yellow lines from the rear bumper (at the center point of each
of the lines).
CAUTION
The guide lines on the screen are
xed
lines. They are not synced to the driver's turning of the
steering wheel. Always be careful and check the area to the vehicle's rear and the surrounding
area directly with your eyes while backing up.
▼
Rear View Monitor Operation
The operation of the rear view monitor when reversing the vehicle varies depending on the
traffic, road, and vehicle conditions. The amount of steering and the timing also varies
depending on conditions, so confirm the surrounding conditions directly with your eyes and
steer the vehicle in accordance with the conditions.
Be well aware of the above cautions prior to using the rear view monitor.
NOTE
Images displayed on the monitor from the rear view parking camera are reversed images
(mirror images).
When Driving
Rear View Monitor
4-151
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
1. Shift the shift lever/selector lever to R to switch the display to the rear view monitor
display.
2. Confirming the surrounding conditions, reverse the vehicle.
(Display condition) (Vehicle condition)
3. After your vehicle begins entering the parking space, continue backing up slowly so that
the distance between the vehicle width lines and the sides of the parking space on the
left and right are roughly equal.
4. Continue to adjust the steering wheel until the vehicle width guide lines are parallel to
the left and right sides of the parking space.
5. Once they are parallel, straighten the wheels and back your vehicle slowly into the
parking space. Continue checking the vehicle's surroundings and then stop the vehicle in
the best possible position.
(Display condition) (Vehicle condition)
6. When the shift lever/selector lever is shifted from R to another shift lever/selector lever
position, the screen returns to the previous display.
When Driving
Rear View Monitor
4-152
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
NOTE
•
If the parking space has division lines, straighten the wheels when the vehicle width
guide lines are parallel to them.
•
Because there may be a difference between the displayed image, such as indicated
below, and the actual conditions when parking, always verify the safety at the rear of
the vehicle and the surrounding area directly with your eyes.
•
In the image of the parking space (or garage) displayed on the screen, the back end
and distance guide lines may appear aligned in the monitor, but they may not
actually be aligned on the ground.
•
When parking in a space with a division line on only one side of the parking space,
the division line and the vehicle width guide line appear aligned in the monitor, but
they may not actually be aligned on the ground.
▼
Variance Between Actual Road Conditions and Displayed Image
Some variance occurs between the actual road and the displayed road. Such variance in
distance perspective could lead to an accident. Note the following conditions that may cause
a variance in distance perspective.
When the vehicle is tilted due to the weight of passengers and load
When the vehicle rear is lowered, the object displayed on the screen appears farther than the
actual distance.
Variance
Object
When Driving
Rear View Monitor
4-153
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
When there is a steep grade behind the vehicle
When there is a steep upgrade (downgrade) behind the vehicle, the object displayed on the
screen appears farther (downgrade: closer) than the actual distance.
Appears
farther than
actual
distance
Appears
closer than
actual
distance
Object at actual
position
Object at actual position
Object on screen
A: Distance between the vehicle and object displayed on the screen.
B: Actual distance between the vehicle and object.
Object on screen
A
AB
B
Three-dimensional object on vehicle rear
Because the distance guide lines are displayed based on a flat surface, the distance to the
three-dimensional object displayed on the screen is different from the actual distance.
A
A
C
B
CB
(Actual distance) B>C=A
Sensed distance on screen A>B>C
(Screen display)
(Actual condition)
When Driving
Rear View Monitor
4-154
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Picture Quality Adjustment
WARNING
Always adjust the picture quality of the rear view monitor while the vehicle is stopped:
Do not adjust the picture quality of the rear view monitor while driving the vehicle. Adjusting
the picture quality of the rear view monitor such as brightness, contrast, color, and tint while
driving the vehicle is dangerous as it could distract your attention from the vehicle operation
which could lead to an accident.
Picture quality adjustment must be done while the shift lever/selector lever is in reverse (R).
There are four settings which can be adjusted including, brightness, contrast, tint, and color.
When adjusting, pay sufficient attention to the vehicle surroundings.
1. Select the
icon on the screen to display the tabs.
2. Select the desired tab item.
3. Adjust the brightness, contrast, tint, and color using the slider.
If you need to reset, press the reset button.
4. Select the
icon on the screen to close the tab.
When Driving
Rear View Monitor
4-155
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
MEMO
4-156
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
5
Interior Features
Use of various features for ride comfort, including air-conditioning and
audio system.
Climate Control System....................5-4
Operating Tips.............................. 5-4
Vent Operation..............................5-5
Manual Type.................................5-7
Fully Automatic Type.................5-12
Before Using the Audio System......5-16
Audio Control Switch.................5-16
AUX/USB mode.........................5-17
Antenna.......................................5-19
Audio Set [Type A (non-
touchscreen)]....................................5-20
Power/Volume/Sound
Controls...................................... 5-20
Clock...........................................5-22
Operating the Radio....................5-23
How to use AUX mode.............. 5-24
How to use USB mode............... 5-25
How to use iPod mode................5-28
Error Indications.........................5-30
Bluetooth
®
..................................5-31
Bluetooth
®
Preparation.............. 5-34
Available Language.................... 5-43
Security Setting.......................... 5-44
Bluetooth
®
Audio.......................5-46
Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free.............. 5-48
Voice Recognition.......................5-56
Voice Recognition Learning
Function (Speaker
Enrollment).................................5-57
Troubleshooting..........................5-60
Audio Set [Type B
(touchscreen)]...................................5-64
Basic Operation Method.............5-64
Home screen............................... 5-68
Volume/Display/Sound
Controls...................................... 5-69
Operating the Radio....................5-71
Operating the Satellite Radio
*
...........
.................................................... 5-75
How to use AUX mode.............. 5-78
How to use USB mode............... 5-79
Bluetooth
®
..................................5-84
Bluetooth
®
Preparation.............. 5-87
Available Language.................... 5-89
Bluetooth
®
Audio.......................5-90
How to Use Pandora
®*
...............5-93
How to Use Aha™..................... 5-95
How to Use Stitcher™ Radio..... 5-98
Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free............ 5-100
Voice Recognition.....................5-110
Settings..................................... 5-112
Applications..............................5-114
Troubleshooting........................5-115
Appendix........................................ 5-120
Things You Need to Know....... 5-120
*Some models.
5-1
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Interior Equipment.......................5-126
Sunvisors.................................. 5-126
Interior Lights...........................5-126
Accessory Socket..................... 5-128
Cup Holder............................... 5-129
Bottle Holder............................5-131
Storage Compartments............. 5-131
5-2
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
MEMO
5-3
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Operating Tips
•
Operate the climate control system with
the engine running.
•
To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not leave the fan control
dial on for a long period of time with the
ignition switched ON when the engine is
not running.
•
Clear all obstructions such as leaves,
snow and ice from the hood and the air
inlet in the cowl grille to improve the
system efficiency.
•
Use the climate control system to defog
the windows and dehumidify the air.
•
The recirculate mode should be used
when driving through tunnels or while
in a traffic jam, or when you would like
to shut off outside air for quick cooling
of the interior.
•
Use the outside air position for
ventilation or windshield defrosting.
•
If the vehicle has been parked in direct
sunlight during hot weather, open the
windows to let warm air escape, then
run the climate control system.
•
Run the air conditioner about 10
minutes at least once a month to keep
internal parts lubricated.
•
Have the air conditioner checked before
the weather gets hot. Lack of refrigerant
may make the air conditioner less
efficient.
The refrigerant specifications are
indicated on a label attached to the
inside of the engine compartment. If the
wrong type of refrigerant is used, it
could result in a serious malfunction of
the air conditioner. Consult a
professional, government certified
repairer for the inspection or repair
because a special device is required for
the air conditioner maintenance.
For details, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
Label
Interior Features
Climate Control System
5-4
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Vent Operation
▼
Adjusting the Vents
Directing airflow
To adjust the direction of airflow, move
the adjustment knob.
NOTE
•
When using the air conditioner under
humid ambient temperature conditions,
the system may blow fog from the vents.
This is not a sign of trouble but a result
of humid air being suddenly cooled.
Center vents (driver) and Side vents
Air vent open/close
NOTE
The air vents can be fully opened and
closed by operating the knob.
Open
Close
Knob
Airflow direction adjustment
Knob
Center vents (front passenger)
Air vent open/close
OpenClose
Knob
Airflow direction adjustment
Knob
Interior Features
Climate Control System
5-5
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Selecting the Airflow Mode
Dashboard Vents
Dashboard and Floor Vents
Floor Vents
Defroster and Floor Vents
Defroster Vents
NOTE
The location airflow exits the air vents and the airflow amount may change depending on
the open or close status of the air vents.
Interior Features
Climate Control System
5-6
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Manual Type
Rear window defogger switch
Air intake selector (outside air position)
Air intake selector (recirculated air position)
Fan control dial
Temperature control dial
A/C switch Mode selector dial
Temperature control dial Fan control dial
Rear window defogger switch
A/C switch
Air intake selector
Mode selector dial
Type A
Type B
Interior Features
Climate Control System
5-7
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Control Switches
Temperature control dial
This dial controls temperature. Turn it
clockwise for hot and counterclockwise
for cold.
NOTE
(Type A)
When the mode is set to
or with the
fan control dial in a position other than 0
and the temperature control dial in the
maximum cold position, the air intake
selector switches to the recirculated air
position and the A/C turns on
automatically.
If A/C is not desired, press the A/C switch
to turn it off.
Fan control dial
This dial allows variable fan speeds.
(Type A)
The fan has seven speeds.
(Type B)
0―Fan off
1―Low speed
2―Medium low speed
3―Medium high speed
4―High speed
Mode selector dial
Turn the mode selector dial to select
airflow mode (page 5-6).
NOTE
•
The mode selector dial can be set at the
intermediate positions (
) between each
mode. Set the dial to an intermediate
position if you want to split the airflow
between the two modes.
•
For example, when the mode selector
dial is at the
position between the
and positions, airflow from the floor
vent is less than that of the
position.
A/C switch
(Type A)
Press the A/C switch to turn the air
conditioner on. The indicator light on the
switch will illuminate when the fan control
dial is in any position except OFF.
(Type B)
Press the A/C switch to turn the air
conditioner on. The indicator light on the
switch will illuminate when the fan control
dial is set at position 1, 2, 3, or 4.
Press the switch once again to turn the air
conditioner off.
NOTE
The air conditioner may not function when
the outside temperature approaches 0 °C
(32 °F).
Air intake selector (Type A)
This switch controls the source of air
entering the vehicle.
Press the air intake selector switch to
alternate between the outside air and
recirculated air positions.
Recirculated air position (
)
Outside air is shut off. Air within the
vehicle is recirculated.
Outside air position (
)
Outside air is allowed to enter the cabin.
Use this mode for ventilation or
windshield defrosting.
Interior Features
Climate Control System
5-8
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
WARNING
Do not use the recirculated air position in
cold or rainy weather:
Using the recirculated air position in cold or
rainy weather is dangerous as it will cause
the windows to fog up. Your vision will be
hampered, which could lead to a serious
accident.
Air intake selector (Type B)
This lever controls the source of air
entering the vehicle.
It is recommended that under normal
conditions the switch be kept in the
outside air position.
Recirculated air position (
)
Outside air is shut off. Air within the
vehicle is recirculated.
Outside air position (
)
Outside air is taken into the vehicle. Use
this position for normal ventilation and
heating.
WARNING
Do not use the position in cold or rainy
weather:
Using the
position in cold or rainy
weather is dangerous as it will cause the
windows to fog up. Your vision will be
hampered, which could lead to a serious
accident.
Rear window defogger switch
Press the rear window defogger switch to
defrost the rear window.
Refer to Rear Window Defogger on page
4-53.
▼
Heating
1. Set the mode selector dial to the
position.
2. (Type A)
Set the air intake selector to the outside
air position.
(Type B)
Set the air intake selector to the
position.
3. Set the temperature control dial to the
hot position.
4. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn
on the air conditioner.
NOTE
•
If the windshield fogs up easily, set the
mode selector dial to the
position.
•
If cooler air is desired at face level, set
the mode selector dial to the
position
and adjust the temperature control dial
to maintain maximum comfort.
•
The air to the floor is warmer than air
to the face (except when the temperature
control dial is set at the extreme hot or
cold position).
▼
Cooling
1. Set the mode selector dial to the
position.
2. Set the temperature control dial to the
cold position.
3. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
4. Turn on the air conditioner by pressing
the A/C switch.
Interior Features
Climate Control System
5-9
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
5. After cooling begins, adjust the fan
control dial and temperature control
dial as needed to maintain maximum
comfort.
CAUTION
If the air conditioner is used while driving
up long hills or in heavy trac, monitor the
high engine coolant temperature warning
light to see if it is illuminated or ashing
(page 4-24).
The air conditioner may cause engine
overheating. If the warning light is
illuminated or ashing, turn the air
conditioner o (page 7-22).
NOTE
•
(Type A)
When maximum cooling is desired, set
the temperature control dial to the
extreme cold position and set the air
intake selector to the recirculated air
position, then turn the fan control dial
fully clockwise.
•
(Type B)
When maximum cooling is desired, set
the temperature control dial to the
extreme cold position and set the air
intake selector to the recirculated air
position, then set the fan control dial to
position 4.
•
If warmer air is desired at floor level,
set the mode selector dial at the
position and adjust the temperature
control dial to maintain maximum
comfort.
•
The air to the floor is warmer than air
to the face (except when the temperature
control dial is set at the extreme hot or
cold position).
▼
Venti lati on
1. Set the mode selector dial to the
position.
2. (Type A)
Set the air intake selector to the outside
air position.
(Type B)
Set the air intake selector to the
position.
3. Set the temperature control dial to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
▼
Windshield Defrosting and
Defogging
1. Set the mode selector dial to the
position.
2. (Type B)
Set the air intake selector to the
position.
3. Set the temperature control dial to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn
on the air conditioner.
Interior Features
Climate Control System
5-10
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
WARNING
Do not defog the windshield using the
position with the temperature control set
to the cold position:
Using the
position with the temperature
control set to the cold position is
dangerous as it will cause the outside of the
windshield to fog up. Your vision will be
hampered, which could lead to a serious
accident. Set the temperature control to
the hot or warm position when using the
position.
NOTE
•
(Type A)
For maximum defrosting, turn on the air
conditioner, set the temperature control
dial to the extreme hot position, and turn
the fan control dial fully clockwise.
•
(Type B)
For maximum defrosting, turn on the air
conditioner, set the temperature control
dial to the extreme hot position, and the
fan control dial to position 4.
•
If warm air is desired at the floor, set the
mode selector dial to the
position.
•
(Type A)
In the
or position, the air
conditioner is automatically turned on
and the outside air position is
automatically selected to defrost the
windshield. In the
or position, the
outside air position cannot be changed
to the recirculated air position.
▼
Dehumidifying
Operate the air conditioner in cool or cold
weather to help defog the windshield and
side windows.
1. Set the mode selector dial to the
desired position.
2. (Type A)
Set the air intake selector to the outside
air position.
(Type B)
Set the air intake selector to the
position.
3. Set the temperature control dial to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan control dial to the desired
speed.
5. Turn on the air conditioner by pressing
the A/C switch.
NOTE
One of the functions of the air conditioner
is dehumidifying the air and, to use this
function, the temperature does not have to
be set to cold. Therefore, set the
temperature control dial to the desired
position (hot or cold) and turn on the air
conditioner when you want to dehumidify
the cabin air.
Interior Features
Climate Control System
5-11
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Fully Automatic Type
Temperature control dial Fan control dial Mode selector dial
A/C switch Air intake selector switch Rear window defogger switch
Type A
Type B
Temperature control dial Fan control dial Mode selector dial
A/C switch Air intake selector switch Rear window defogger switch
Interior Features
Climate Control System
5-12
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Control Switches
Temperature control dial
This dial controls temperature. Turn it
clockwise for hot and counterclockwise
for cold.
Fan control dial
The fan has seven speeds.
AUTO position
The amount of airflow will be
automatically controlled in accordance
with the set temperature.
Except AUTO position
The airflow amount can be adjusted to the
desired level by turning the dial.
0 position
To turn off the system, set the dial to 0
position.
Mode selector dial
Turn the mode selector dial to select
airflow mode (page 5-6).
AUTO position
The airflow mode automatically adjusts to
the selected temperature.
Except AUTO position
The desired airflow position can be
selected by turning the dial.
NOTE
•
With the airflow mode set to the
position and the temperature control
dial set at a medium temperature,
heated air is directed to the feet and air
at a comparably lower temperature will
flow through the central, left and right
vents.
•
When the fan control dial is ON, and the
mode selector dial is in the
or
position, the air conditioner is
automatically turned on and the outside
air position is automatically selected to
defrost the windshield. In the
or
position, the outside air position cannot
be changed to the recirculated air
position.
A/C switch
The air conditioner (cooling/
dehumidifying functions) can be turned on
or off by pressing the switch while the fan
control dial is at a position other than 0.
The indicator light turns on while the air
conditioner is operating.
NOTE
The air conditioner may not function when
the outside temperature approaches 0 °C
(32 °F).
Air intake selector
Outside or recirculated air positions can be
selected. Press the switch to select outside/
recirculated air positions.
Recirculated air position (indicator light
illuminated)
Outside air is shut off. Use this position
when going through tunnels, driving in
congested traffic (high engine exhaust
areas) or when quick cooling is desired.
Interior Features
Climate Control System
5-13
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Outside air position (indicator light
turned off)
Outside air is allowed to enter the cabin.
Use this mode for ventilation or
windshield defrosting.
WARNING
Do not use the position in cold or rainy
weather:
Using the
position in cold or rainy
weather is dangerous as it will cause the
windows to fog up. Your vision will be
hampered, which could lead to a serious
accident.
Rear window defogger switch
Press the rear window defogger switch to
defrost the rear window.
Refer to Rear Window Defogger on page
4-53.
▼
Operation of Automatic Air
Conditioner
1. Set the mode selector dial to the
AUTO position.
2. Set the air intake selector to the outside
air position (indicator light turned off).
NOTE
If the recirculated air position is used
for long periods in cold weather or
high humidity, the windshield may fog
up more easily.
3. Set the fan control dial to the AUTO
position.
4. Press the A/C switch to operate the air
conditioner (turn indicator light on).
5. Set the temperature control dial to the
desired position.
6. To turn off the system, set the fan
control dial to the 0 position.
NOTE
•
Setting the temperature to maximum hot
or cold will not provide the desired
temperature at a faster rate.
•
When selecting heat, the system will
restrict airflow until it has warmed to
prevent cold air from blowing out of the
vents.
▼
Windshield Defrosting and
Defogging
Set the mode selector dial to the
position and turn the fan control dial to the
desired speed.
In this position, the outside air position is
automatically selected, and when the fan
control dial is ON, the air conditioner
automatically turns on. The air conditioner
will directly dehumidify the air to the front
windshield and side windows (page 5-6).
Airflow amount will be increased.
WARNING
Set the temperature control to the hot or
warm position when defogging (
position):
Using the
position with the temperature
control set to the cold position is
dangerous as it will cause the outside of the
windshield to fog up. Your vision will be
hampered, which could lead to a serious
accident.
NOTE
Use the temperature control dial to
increase the air flow temperature and
defog the windshield more quickly.
Interior Features
Climate Control System
5-14
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Sunlight/Temperature Sensor
Sunlight sensor
Do not place objects on the sunlight
sensor. Otherwise, the interior temperature
may not adjust correctly.
Sunlight sensor
Interior temperature sensor
Do not cover the interior temperature
sensor. Otherwise, the interior temperature
may not adjust correctly.
Interior temperature sensor
Interior Features
Climate Control System
5-15
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Audio Control Switch
▼
Adjusting the Volume
To increase the volume, press up the
volume switch (
).
To decrease the volume, press down the
volume switch (
).
▼
Seek Switch
AM/FM radio
Press the seek switch ( , ). The radio
switches to the next/previous stored
station in the order that it was stored.
Press and hold the seek switch (
, ) to
seek all usable stations at a higher or lower
frequency whether programmed or not.
Radio stations which have been previously
stored in the auto memory tuning (Type A)/
favorite radio (Type B) can be called up by
pressing the seek switch (
, ) while any
radio station stored in the auto memory
tuning (Type A)/favorite radio (Type B) is
being received. Radio stations can be called
up in the order they were stored with each
press of the switch (
, ).
USB Audio/Bluetooth
®
Audio
Press the seek switch ( ) to skip forward
to the beginning of the next track.
Press the seek switch (
) within a few
seconds after playback begins to track
down to the beginning of the previous
track.
Press the seek switch (
) after a few
seconds have elapsed to start playback
from the beginning of the current track.
Press and hold the seek switch (
, ) to
continuously switch the tracks up or down.
Pandora
®
/Aha™/Stitcher™ Radio
(Type B)
Press the seek switch ( ) to skip forward
to the beginning of the next track.
Press and hold the seek switch (
) to
evaluate the playback of the current song
as “Like”.
Press and hold the seek switch (
) to
evaluate the playback of the current song
as “Dislike”.
Interior Features
Before Using the Audio System
5-16
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
AUX/USB mode
Audio can be heard from the vehicle's
speakers by connecting a
commercially-available portable audio
unit to the auxiliary jack.
A commercially-available, non-impedance
(3.5
) stereo mini plug cable is required.
Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer for
details.
In addition, audio can be played from the
vehicle audio device by connecting a USB
device to the USB port.
NOTE
(Type B)
The SD card slot is for the navigation
system. For vehicles with the navigation
system, the SD card (Mazda genuine) with
stored map data is inserted into the SD
card slot and used.
Type A
Auxiliary jack/USB port
Type B
USB port
Auxiliary jack
① How to use AUX mode (Type A)
............................................... page 5-24
② How to use USB mode (Type A)
............................................... page 5-25
③ How to use iPod mode (Type A)
............................................... page 5-28
④ How to use AUX mode (Type B)
............................................... page 5-78
⑤ How to use USB mode (Type B)
............................................... page 5-79
WARNING
Do not adjust the portable audio unit or a
similar product while driving the vehicle:
Adjusting the portable audio unit or a
similar product while driving the vehicle is
dangerous as it could distract your
attention from the vehicle operation which
could lead to a serious accident. Always
adjust the portable audio unit or a similar
product while the vehicle is stopped.
Interior Features
Before Using the Audio System
5-17
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
CAUTION
Depending on the portable audio device,
noise may occur when the device is
connected to the vehicle accessory socket.
(If noise occurs, do not use the accessory
socket.)
NOTE
•
This mode may not be usable depending
on the portable audio device to be
connected.
•
Before using the auxiliary jack/USB
port, refer to the instruction manual for
the portable audio device.
•
Use a commercially-available,
non-impedance (3.5
) stereo mini plug
for connecting the portable audio unit to
the auxiliary jack. Before using the
auxiliary jack, read the manufacturer's
instructions for connecting a portable
audio unit to the auxiliary jack.
•
To prevent discharging of the battery, do
not use the auxiliary input for long
periods with the engine off or idling.
•
When connecting a device to the
auxiliary jack or USB port, noise may
occur depending on the connected
device. If the device is connected to the
vehicle's accessory socket, the noise can
be reduced by unplugging it from the
accessory socket.
▼
How to connect USB port/Auxiliary
jack
Type A
USB port Auxiliary jack
Type B
USB port Auxiliary jack
Connecting a device
1. If there is a cover on the AUX jack or
USB port, remove the cover.
2. Connect the connector on the device to
the USB port.
Connecting with a connector cable
1. If there is a cover on the AUX jack or
USB port, remove the cover.
2. Connect the device plug/connector
cable to the auxiliary jack/USB port.
Interior Features
Before Using the Audio System
5-18
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
WARNING
Do not allow the connection plug cord to
get tangled with the parking brake or the
shift lever (manual transaxle)/selector lever
(automatic transaxle):
Allowing the plug cord to become tangled
with the parking brake or the shift lever
(manual transaxle)/selector lever
(automatic transaxle) is dangerous as it
could interfere with driving, resulting in an
accident.
CAUTION
Do not place objects or apply force to the
auxiliary jack/USB port with the plug
connected.
NOTE
•
Insert the plug into the auxiliary
jack/USB port securely.
•
Insert or pull out the plug with the plug
perpendicular to the auxiliary jack/USB
port hole.
•
Insert or remove the plug by holding its
base.
Antenna
Antenna
Interior Features
Before Using the Audio System
5-19
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Power/Volume/Sound Controls
Power/Volume/Audio control dial
Menu button
Audio display
▼
Power ON/OFF
Switch the ignition to ACC or ON. Press
the power/volume dial to turn the audio
system on. Press the power/volume dial
again to turn the audio system off.
▼
Volume adjustment
To adjust the volume, turn the power/
volume dial. Turn the power/volume dial
clockwise to increase volume,
counterclockwise to decrease it.
▼
Audio sound adjustment
1. Press the menu button ( ) to
select the function. The selected
function will be indicated.
2. Turn the audio control dial to adjust
the selected functions as follows:
Indication
Setting value
Turn
Counter-
clockwise
Turn
Clockwise
ALC
(Automatic volume ad-
justment)
Level de-
crease
Level in-
crease
BASS
(Low pitch sound)
Decrease
bass
Increase
bass
Indication
Setting value
Tur n
Counter-
clockwise
Turn
Clockwise
TREB
(Treble sound)
Decrease
treble
Increase
treble
FADE
(Front/back volume bal-
ance)
Shift the
sound to
the front
Shift the
sound to
the rear
BAL
(Left/right volume bal-
ance)
Shift the
sound to
the left
Shift the
sound to
the right
BEEP
(Audio operation sound)
Off On
BT SETUP Select mode
12Hr
24Hr
(12 Hr/24 Hr time ad-
justment)
12Hr
(Flashing)
24Hr
(Flashing)
NOTE
If not operated for several seconds, the
display returns to the previous display. To
reset bass, treble, fade, and balance, press
the menu button (
) for 2 seconds.
The unit will beep and “CLEAR” will be
displayed.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-20
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
ALC (Automatic volume adjustment)
The automatic level control (ALC)
changes the audio volume automatically
according to the vehicle speed. The faster
the vehicle speed, the higher the volume
increases. ALC has ALC OFF and ALC
LEVEL 1 to 7 modes. At ALC LEVEL 7,
the amount that the volume can increase is
at the maximum. Select the mode
according to the driving conditions.
BEEP (Audio operation sound)
The setting for the operation sound when
pressing and holding a button can be
changed. The initial setting is ON. Set to
OFF to mute the operation sound.
BT SETUP mode
Music and other audio such as voice data
recorded on portable audio devices and
mobile phones available on the market
which are equipped with the Bluetooth
®
transmission function can be listened to
via wireless transmission over the
vehicle's speakers. Using the BT SETUP
mode, these devices can be programmed
to the Bluetooth
®
unit or changed (page
5-34).
12Hr
24Hr (12 Hr/24 Hr time
adjustment)
Rotating the audio control dial switches
the display between 12 and 24-hour clock
time (page 5-22).
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-21
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Clock
Audio displayAudio control dial
Hour/Minute set switch
:00 button
Menu buttonClock button
▼
Setting the time
The clock can be set at any time when the
ignition is switched to ACC or ON.
1. To adjust the time, press the clock
button (
) for about 2 seconds
until a beep is heard.
2. The clock's current time will flash.
Time adjustment
•
To adjust the time, press the hour/
minute set button (
, ) while the
clock's current time is flashing.
•
The hours advance while the hour
set button (
) is pressed. The
minutes advance while the minute
set button (
) is pressed.
3. Press the clock button (
) again to
start the clock.
▼
Time resetting
1. Press the clock button ( ) for
about 2 seconds until a beep is heard.
2. Press the :00 button (1).
3. When the button is pressed, the time
will be reset as follows:
(Example)
12:01―12:29→12:00
12:30―12:59→1:00
NOTE
•
When the :00 button (1) is pressed, the
seconds will start at “00”.
•
Switching between 12 and 24-hour clock
time:
Press the menu button (
) several
times until 12 and 24-hour clock time
are displayed. Turn the audio control
dial in either direction, select the
desired clock setting while the preferred
clock time is flashing.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-22
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Operating the Radio
Band selector button
Channel preset buttons
Scan button
Auto memory button
Tuning button
Audio display
▼
Radio ON
Press a band selector button ( ) to
turn the radio on.
▼
Band selection
Successively pressing the band selector
button (
) switches the bands as
follows: FM1→FM2→AM.
The selected mode will be indicated.
NOTE
If the FM broadcast signal becomes weak,
reception automatically changes from
STEREO to MONO for reduced noise.
▼
Tuning
The radio has the following tuning
methods: Manual, Seek, Scan, Preset
channel, and Auto memory tuning. The
easiest way to tune stations is to set them
on preset channels.
Manual tuning
Select the station by pressing the tuning
button (
, ) lightly.
Seek tuning
Automatic search for radio stations starts
when the tuning button (
, ) is pressed
until a beep sound is heard. The search
stops when a station is found.
NOTE
If you continue to press and hold the
button, the frequency will continue
changing without stopping.
Scan tuning
Press and hold the scan button (
) to
automatically sample strong stations.
Scanning stops at each station for about 5
seconds. To hold a station, press and hold
the scan button (
) again during this
interval.
Preset channel tuning
The 6 preset channels can be used to store
6 AM and 12 FM stations.
1. To set a channel first select AM, FM1,
or FM2. Tune to the desired station.
2. Press a channel preset button for about
2 seconds until a beep is heard. The
preset channel number or station
frequency will be displayed. The
station is now held in the memory.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-23
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
3. Repeat this operation for the other
stations and bands you want to store.
To tune one in the memory, select AM,
FM1, or FM2 and then press its
channel preset button. The station
frequency or the channel number will
be displayed.
Auto memory tuning
This is especially useful when driving in
an area where the local stations are not
known.
Press and hold the auto memory button
(
) for about 2 seconds until a beep
is heard; the system will automatically
scan and temporarily store up to 6 stations
with the strongest frequencies in each
selected band in that area.
After scanning is completed, the station
with the strongest frequency will be tuned
and its frequency displayed. Press and
release the auto memory button (
)
to recall stations from the auto-stored
stations. One stored station will be
selected each time and its frequency and
channel number will be displayed.
NOTE
If no stations can be tuned after scanning
operations, “A” will be displayed.
How to use AUX mode
1. Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.
2. Press the power/volume dial to turn the
audio system on.
3. Press the media button (
) of the
audio unit to change to the AUX mode.
NOTE
•
When the device is not connected to the
auxiliary jack, the mode does not switch
to the AUX mode.
•
Adjust the audio volume using the
portable audio device or audio unit.
•
Audio adjustments other than audio
volume can only be done using the
portable audio device.
•
If the connection plug is pulled out from
the auxiliary jack while in AUX mode,
noise may occur.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-24
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
How to use USB mode
Media/Scan button
Folder down button
Folder up button
Play/Pause button
Random button
Repeat button
Audio display
Text button
Track down/Reverse button
Track up/Fast-forward button
Type Playable data
USB mode MP3/WMA/AAC file
This unit does not support a USB 3.0
device. In addition, other devices may not
be supported depending on the model or
OS version.
▼
Playback
1. Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.
2. Press the power/volume dial to turn the
audio system on.
3. Press the media button (
) to
switch to the USB mode and start
playback.
NOTE
•
Some devices such as smart phones may
require a setting change to allow
operation using a USB connection.
•
When the USB device is not connected,
the mode does not switch to USB mode.
•
When there is no playable data in the
USB device, “NO CONTENTS” is
flashed.
•
Playback of the USB device is in the
order of the folder numbers. Folders
which have no MP3/WMA/AAC files are
skipped.
•
Do not remove the USB device while in
the USB mode. The data may be
damaged.
Pause
To stop playback, press the play/pause
button (4).
Press the button again to resume playback.
Fast-forward/Reverse
Press and hold the fast-forward button ( )
to advance through a track at high speed.
Press and hold the reverse button (
) to
reverse through a track at high speed.
Track search
Press the track up button ( ) once to skip
forward to the beginning of the next track.
Press the track down button (
) within a
few seconds after playback begins to track
down to the beginning of the previous
track.
Press the track down button (
) after a
few seconds have elapsed to start playback
from the beginning of the current track.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-25
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Folder search
To change to the previous folder, press the
folder down button (
), or press the folder
up button (
) to advance to the next
folder.
Music scan
This function scans the titles in a folder
currently being played and plays 10
seconds of each song to aid you in finding
a song you want to listen to.
Press and hold the scan button (
)
during playback to start the scan play
operation (the track number will flash).
Press and hold the scan button (
)
again to cancel scan playback.
NOTE
If the unit is left in scan, normal playback
will resume where scan was selected.
Repeat playback
Track repeat
1. Press the repeat button (1) during
playback to play the current track
repeatedly. “TRACK RPT” is
displayed (
is displayed next to RPT
at the bottom of the display area).
2. To cancel the repeat playback, press
the button again after 3 seconds.
Folder repeat
1. Press the repeat button (1) during
playback, and then press the button
again within 3 seconds to play the
tracks in the current folder repeatedly.
“FOLDER RPT” is displayed (
is
displayed next to RPT at the bottom of
the display area).
2. Press the button again to cancel the
repeat playback.
Random playback
Tracks are randomly selected and played.
Folder random
1. Press the random button (2) during
playback to play the tracks in the
folder randomly. “FOLDER RDM” is
displayed (
is displayed next to
RDM at the bottom of the display
area).
2. To cancel the random playback, press
the button again after 3 seconds.
All random
1. Press the random button (2) during
playback, and then press the button
again within 3 seconds to play the
tracks in the USB device randomly.
“ALL RDM” is displayed (
is
displayed next to RDM at the bottom
of the display area).
2. Press the button again to cancel the
random playback.
▼
Switching the display
The information displayed on the audio
display changes as follows each time the
text button (3) is pressed during playback.
Button
Information displayed
on audio display
File number/Elapsed
time
Folder number/File num-
ber
File name
Folder name
Album name
Song name
Artist name
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-26
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
NOTE
•
The information (artist name, music
name) is displayed only when the USB
device information in the USB device
has information which can be displayed
on the screen.
•
This unit cannot display some
characters. Characters which cannot be
displayed are indicated by an asterisk
(
).
Display scroll
Only 13 characters can be displayed at 1
time. To display the rest of the characters
of a long title, press and hold the text
button (3). The display scrolls the next 13
characters. Press and hold the text button
(3) again after the last 13 characters have
been displayed to return to the beginning
of the title.
NOTE
The number of characters which can be
displayed is restricted.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-27
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
How to use iPod mode
Media/Scan button
List down button
List up button
Play/Pause button
Random button
Repeat button
Audio display
Text button
Track down/Reverse button
Track up/Fast-forward button
Category down button
Category up button
An iPod may not be compatible depending
on the model or OS version. In this case,
an error message is displayed.
NOTE
The iPod functions on the iPod cannot be
operated while it is connected to the unit
because the unit controls the iPod
functions.
▼
Playback
1. Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.
2. Press the power/volume dial to turn the
audio system on.
3. Press the media button (
) to
switch to the iPod mode and start
playback.
NOTE
•
When an iPod is not connected, the
mode does not switch to the iPod mode.
•
When there is no playable data in the
iPod, “NO CONTENTS” is flashed.
•
Do not remove the iPod while in the
iPod mode. Otherwise, the data could be
damaged.
Pause
To stop playback, press the play/pause
button (4).
Press the button again to resume playback.
Fast-forward/Reverse
Press and hold the fast-forward button ( )
to advance through a track at high speed.
Press and hold the reverse button (
) to
reverse through a track at high speed.
Track search
Press the track up button ( ) once to skip
forward to the beginning of the next track.
Press the track down button (
) within a
few seconds (depends on iPod software
version) after playback begins to track
down to the beginning of the previous
track.
Press the track down button (
) after a
few seconds (depends on iPod software
version) have elapsed to start playback
from the beginning of the current track.
Category search
Press the category down button (5) to
select the previous category and press the
category up button (6) to select the next
category.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-28
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
NOTE
The types of categories include Playlist,
Artist, Album, Song, Podcast, Genre,
Composer, and Audio book.
List search
Press the list down button ( ) to select the
previous list and press the list up button
(
) to select the next list.
NOTE
When the selected category is Song or
Audio book, there is no list.
Music scan
This function scans the titles in a list
currently being played and plays 10
seconds of each song to aid you in finding
a song you want to listen to.
Press and hold the scan button (
)
during playback to start the scan play
operation (the track number will flash).
Press and hold the scan button (
)
again to cancel scan playback.
NOTE
If the unit is left in scan, normal playback
will resume where scan was selected.
Repeat playback
1. Press the repeat button (1) during
playback to play the current track
repeatedly. “TRACK RPT” is
displayed (
is displayed next to RPT
at the bottom of the display area).
2. Press the button again to cancel the
repeat playback.
Random playback
Tracks are randomly selected and played.
Song random
1. Press the random button (2) during
playback to play the tracks in the list
randomly. “SONG RDM” is displayed
(
is displayed next to RDM at the
bottom of the display area).
2. To cancel the random playback, press
the button again after 3 seconds.
Album random
1. Press the random button (2) during
playback, and then press the button
again within 3 seconds to play the
tracks in the iPod randomly. “ALBUM
RDM” is displayed (
is displayed
next to RDM at the bottom of the
display area).
2. Press the button again to cancel the
random playback.
NOTE
The track number being played randomly
is in the order of the iPod shuffle table.
▼
Switching the display
The information displayed on the audio
display changes as follows each time the
text button (3) is pressed during playback.
Button
Information displayed
on audio display
File number/Elapsed
time
File number
Category name
Artist name
Album name
Song name
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-29
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
NOTE
•
The information (artist name, music
name) is displayed only when the iPod
has information which can be displayed.
•
This unit cannot display some
characters. Characters which cannot be
displayed are indicated by an asterisk
(
).
Display scroll
13 characters can be displayed at 1 time.
To display the rest of the characters of a
long title, press and hold the text button
(3). The display scrolls the next 13
characters. Press and hold the text button
(3) again after the last 13 characters have
been displayed to return to the beginning
of the title.
NOTE
The number of characters which can be
displayed is restricted.
Error Indications
If you see an error indication on the
display, take appropriate action according
to the following methods. If you cannot
clear the error indication, take the vehicle
to an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
CHECK USB
When the message “CHECK USB” is
displayed, it indicates that there is some
error in the USB device. Verify that the
content recorded in the USB device has
MP3/WMA/AAC files and re-connect
correctly.
CHECK iPod
If the message “CHECK iPod” is
displayed, it indicates that there is a
malfunction in the iPod. Verify that the
content recorded in the iPod has playable
files and connect correctly.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-30
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Bluetooth
®
▼
Introduction
Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free outline
When a Bluetooth
®
device (mobile phone) is connected to the vehicle's Bluetooth
®
unit, a
call can be made or received by pressing the talk button, pick-up button, or hang-up button
on the audio remote control switch. For example, even if a device (mobile phone) is in your
coat pocket, a call can be made without taking the device (mobile phone) out and operating
it directly.
Bluetooth
®
audio outline
When a portable audio unit equipped with the Bluetooth
®
communication function is paired
to the vehicle, you can listen to music stored on the paired portable audio device from the
vehicle's speakers. It is not necessary to connect the portable audio device to the vehicle's
external input terminal. After programming, operate the vehicle audio control panel to play/
stop the audio.
NOTE
•
For your safety, a device can be paired only when the vehicle is parked. If the vehicle
starts to move, the pairing procedure will end. Park the vehicle in a safe place before
pairing.
•
The communication range of a Bluetooth
®
equipped device is about 10 meters (32 ft) or
less.
•
Basic audio operation is available using voice commands even if Bluetooth
®
is not
connected.
CAUTION
Some Bluetooth
®
mobile devices are not compatible with the vehicle. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer, Mazda's call center or Web support center for information regarding
Bluetooth
®
mobile device compatibility:
U.S.A.
Phone: 800-430-0153
Web: www.mazdausa.com/mazdaconnect
Canada
Phone: 800-430-0153
Web: www.mazdahandsfree.ca
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-31
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Mexico
Center of Attention to Client (CAC)
Phone: 01-800-01-MAZDA
Web: www.mazdamexico.com.mx
Applicable Bluetooth
®
specification (Recommended)
Ver. 2.0
▼
Component Parts
Microphone
Talk button, Pick-up button and Hang-up button
Microphone
Audio unit
Talk button
Hang-up button
Pick-up button
Microphone (hands-free)
The microphone is used for speaking voice commands or when making a Hands-free call.
Talk button
Activates the voice recognition. In addition, it skips the voice guidance.
Pick-up button
Responds to incoming calls. In addition, after selecting a contact or dialing a number, it
places the call when the button is pressed.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-32
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Hang-up button
Ends the call or refuses an incoming call. In addition, it ends the voice recognition
operation.
Volume adjustment
The power/volume dial of the audio unit is used to adjust the volume. Turn the dial to the
right to increase volume, to the left to decrease it.
The volume can also be adjusted using the volume button on the steering wheel.
NOTE
If the volume is lower compared to other audio modes, increase the volume from the device
side.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-33
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Bluetooth
®
Preparation
▼
Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free Preparation
Pairing code setting
The 4-digit pairing code setting for
registration of your cell phone (pairing)
can be set beforehand.
NOTE
The initial setting value is “0000”.
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, select phone or
select music player.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Pairing options”
5. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pair, Edit, Delete, List, or Set Pairing
Code.”
6. Say: [Beep] “Set pairing code”
7. Prompt: “Your current pairing code is
XXXX. Do you want to change it to a
different pairing code?”
8. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
9. Prompt: “Please say a 4-digit pairing
code.”
10. Say: [Beep] “YYYY”
11. Prompt: “YYYY is this correct?”
12. Say: [Beep] “Yes” or “No”
13. If “Yes”, go to Step 14. If “No”, the
procedure returns to Step 9.
14. Prompt: “Your new pairing code is
YYYY. Use this pairing code when
pairing devices to the Hands free
system. Do you want to pair a device
now?”
15. Say: [Beep] “Yes” or “No”
16. If “Yes”, the system switches to the
device registration mode. If “No”, the
system returns to standby status.
▼
Device pairing (Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free)
To use Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free, the device
equipped with Bluetooth
®
has to be paired
to the Bluetooth
®
unit using the following
procedure.
A maximum of seven devices including
hands-free mobile phones and Bluetooth
®
audio devices can be paired to one vehicle.
NOTE
If a Bluetooth
®
device has already been
paired to the vehicle as a Bluetooth
®
audio device, it does not need to be paired
again when using the device as a
hands-free mobile phone. Conversely, it
does not need to be paired again as a
Bluetooth
®
audio device if it has already
been paired as a hands-free mobile phone.
1. Activate the Bluetooth
®
application of
the device.
NOTE
For the operation of the device, refer
to its instruction manual.
2. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
3. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
4. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, select phone or
select music player.”
5. Say: [Beep] “Pairing options”
6. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pair, Edit, Delete, List, or Set Pairing
Code.”
7. Say: [Beep] “Pair”
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-34
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
8. Prompt: “Start the pairing process on
your Bluetooth
®
device. Your pairing
code is 0000 (XXXX). Input this on
your Bluetooth
®
device when
prompted on the device. See device
manual for instructions.”
9. Using the device, perform a search for
the Bluetooth
®
device (Peripheral
device).
NOTE
For the operation of the device, refer
to its instruction manual.
10. Select “Mazda” from the device list
searched by the device.
11. Input the 4-digit pairing code to the
device.
12. Prompt: “Please say the name of the
device after the beep.”
13. Say: [Beep] “XXXX - - -” (Say a
“device tag”, an arbitrary name for the
device.) Example: “Stan's device.”
NOTE
Say a paired “device tag” within 10
seconds.
If more than two devices are to be
paired, they cannot be paired with the
same or similar “device tag”.
14. Prompt: “XXXXXX - - - (Ex. “Stan's
device”) (Device tag). Is this correct?”
15. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
16. Prompt: “Pairing complete”
After a device is registered, the system
automatically identifies the device. By
activating Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free again,
or by activating Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free
first after switching the ignition from OFF
to ACC, the system reads out a voice
guidance, “XXXXXX - - - (Ex. “Stan's
device”) (Device tag) is connected”.
NOTE
•
When the pairing is completed, the
symbol is displayed.
•
Some Bluetooth
®
audio devices need a
certain amount of time before the
symbol is displayed.
•
Device registration can also be done by
operating the audio unit.
•
Depending on the device, the
registration status may be lost after a
certain period of time. If this occurs,
repeat the entire process from Step 1.
Registered device read-out
Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free can read-out the
devices registered to its system.
NOTE
Do this function only when parked. It is
too distracting to attempt while driving
and you may make too many errors to be
effective.
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, select phone or
select music player.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Pairing options”
5. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pair, Edit, Delete, List, or Set Pairing
Code”
6. Say: [Beep] “List”
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-35
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
7. Prompt: “XXXXX..., XXXXX...,
XXXXX... (Ex. Device A, device B,
device C)” (The voice guidance reads
out the device tags registered to the
hands-free system.)
Press the talk button with a short press
during the read-out at the desired
device, and then say one of the
following voice commands to execute
it.
•
“Select phone”: Selects device
(Mobile phone) when the talk button
is short-pressed.
•
“Select music player”: Selects
device (Music player) when the talk
button is short-pressed.
•
“Edit”: Edits device when the talk
button is short-pressed.
•
“Continue”: Continues the list
readout.
•
“Delete”: Deletes the registered
device when the talk button is
short-pressed.
•
“Previous”: Returns to the previous
device in read-out when the talk
button is short-pressed.
8. Prompt: “End of list, would you like
to start from the beginning?”
9. Say: [Beep] “No”
10. Prompt: “Returning to main menu.”
▼
Device selection (Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free)
If several devices have been paired, the
Bluetooth
®
unit links the device last
paired. If you would like to link a different
paired device, it is necessary to change the
link. The order of device priority after the
link has been changed is maintained even
when the ignition is switched off.
(Hands-free phone)
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, select phone or
select music player.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Select phone”
5. Prompt: “Please say the name of the
device you would like to select.
Available devices are XXXXX... (Ex.
device A), XXXXX... (Ex. device B),
XXXXX... (Ex. device C). Which
device please?”
6. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. Device
B)”
7. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. Device B).
Is this correct?”
8. Say: [Beep] “Yes” or “No”
9. If “Yes”, go to Step 10. If “No”, the
procedure returns to Step 5.
10. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. Device B)
selected.”
(Music player)
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, select phone or
select music player.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Select music player”
5. Prompt: “Please say the name of the
device you would like to select.
Available devices are XXXXX... (Ex.
device A), XXXXX... (Ex. device B),
XXXXX... (Ex. device C). Which
device please?”
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-36
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
6. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. Device
B)”
7. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. Device B).
Is this correct?”
8. Say: [Beep] “Yes” or “No”
9. If “Yes”, go to Step 10. If “No”, the
procedure returns to Step 5.
10. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. Device B)
selected.”
NOTE
•
When the selected device connection is
completed, the
or symbol is
displayed.
•
Some Bluetooth
®
audio devices need a
certain amount of time before the
or
symbol is displayed.
•
Device (Music player) selection can also
be done by operating the panel button.
▼
Deleting a device (Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free)
Registered devices (Mobile phone) can be
deleted individually or collectively.
NOTE
Do this function only when parked. It is
too distracting to attempt while driving
and you may make too many errors to be
effective.
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, select phone or
select music player.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Pairing options”
5. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pair, Edit, Delete, List, or Set Pairing
Code.”
NOTE
A registered device (Mobile phone) can
be deleted using the registration list.
6. Say: [Beep] “Delete”
7. Prompt: “Please say the name of the
device you would like to delete.
Available devices are XXXXX... (Ex.
device A), XXXXX... (Ex. device B),
XXXXX... (Ex. device C), or all.
Which device please?”
8. Say: [Beep] “X” (Say the number of
the device to be deleted.)
NOTE
Say “All” to delete all devices (Mobile
phone).
9. Prompt: “Deleting XXXXX... (Ex.
device B...) (Registered device tag). Is
this correct?”
10. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
11. Prompt: “Deleted”
▼
Registered device editing
(Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free)
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, select phone or
select music player.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Pairing options”
5. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pair, Edit, Delete, List, or Set Pairing
Code.”
6. Say: [Beep] “Edit”
7. Prompt: “Please say the name of the
device you would like to edit.
Available devices are XXXXX... (Ex.
device A), XXXXX... (Ex. device B),
XXXXX... (Ex. device C). Which
device please?”
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-37
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
8. Say: [Beep] “X” (Say the number of
the device to be edited.)
9. Prompt: “New name please?”
10. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. Device
C)” (Speak a “device tag” an arbitrary
name for the device.)
11. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. device C)
(Device tag), is this correct?”
12. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
13. Prompt: “New name saved.”
▼
Bluetooth
®
Audio Preparation
Bluetooth
®
audio device set-up
Bluetooth
®
audio pairing, changes,
deletions, and display of paired device
information can be performed.
1. The mode changes as follows each
time the menu button (
) is
pressed. Select “BT SETUP”.
*
*
* Depending on the mode selected, the
indication changes.
2. Turn the audio control dial and select a
desired mode.
Display Mode Function
PAI R DE-
VICE
Pairing mode
Bluetooth
®
audio de-
vice pairing
LINK
CHANGE
Link change
mode
Changing link to Blue-
tooth
®
audio device
PAI R DE-
LETE
Pairing dele-
tion mode
Deleting link to Blue-
tooth
®
audio device
DEVICE
INFO
Device infor-
mation dis-
play mode
Displaying vehicle's
Bluetooth
®
unit infor-
mation
3. Press the audio control dial to
determine the mode.
▼
Bluetooth
®
audio device pairing
(Bluetooth
®
Audio)
Any Bluetooth
®
audio device must be
paired to the vehicle's Bluetooth
®
unit
before it can be listened to over the
vehicle's speakers.
A maximum of seven devices including
Bluetooth
®
audio devices and hands-free
mobile phones can be paired to one
vehicle.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-38
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
NOTE
•
If a Bluetooth
®
device has already been
paired to the vehicle as a hands-free
mobile phone, it does not need to be
paired again when using the device as a
Bluetooth
®
audio device. Conversely, it
does not need to be paired again as a
hands-free mobile phone if it has
already been paired as a Bluetooth
®
audio device.
•
Device registration can also be done
using voice recognition.
Concerning the operation of a Bluetooth
®
audio device itself, refer to its instruction
manual.
Some Bluetooth
®
audio devices have PIN
codes (four digits). Refer to the audio
device's instruction manual because the
pairing procedure differs depending on
whether it has a PIN code or not.
Pairing a Bluetooth
®
audio device
which has a four-digit PIN code
1. Using the audio control dial, select the
pairing mode “PAIR DEVICE” in the
“BT SETUP” mode. (Refer to
“Bluetooth
®
audio device set-up” for
details.)
2. Press the audio control dial to
determine the mode. After “ENTER
PIN” is displayed on the audio display
for three seconds, “PIN 0000” is
displayed and the PIN code can be
input.
3. Input the PIN code of your Bluetooth
®
audio device by pressing channel
preset buttons 1 to 4 while “PIN 0000”
is displayed.
Press channel preset button 1 to input
the first digit, 2 for the second, 3 for
the third, and 4 for the forth. For
example, if the PIN code were “4213”
press channel preset button 1 four
times (1, 2, 3, 4), button 2 twice (1, 2),
button 3 once (1), and button 4 three
times (1, 2, 3). If the “PIN 0000”
display disappears before finishing the
PIN code input, repeat the procedure
from Step 1.
NOTE
Some devices accept only a particular
pairing code (Usually, “0000” or
“1234”).
If pairing cannot be completed, refer to
the owner's manual of your mobile
device, and try those numbers if
necessary.
4. Press the audio control dial while the
input PIN code is displayed.
“PAIRING” flashes on the audio
display.
5. Operate the Bluetooth
®
audio device
and set it to the pairing mode while
“PAIRING” is flashing.
6. When the pairing is completed,
and
“PAIR SUCCESS” are displayed after
about 10-30 seconds, after which
“PAIR SUCCESS” continues to be
displayed for three seconds, and then
the unit returns to the normal display.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-39
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
NOTE
•
Some Bluetooth
®
audio devices need
a certain amount of time before the
symbol is displayed.
•
If the pairing failed, “Err” flashes
for three seconds.
•
Pairing cannot be performed while
the vehicle is moving. If you attempt
to perform pairing while the vehicle
is moving, “PAIR DISABLE” is
displayed.
•
If seven Bluetooth
®
audio devices
have already been paired to the
vehicle, pairing cannot be performed
and “MEMORY FULL” is
displayed. Delete one paired device
to pair another one.
Pairing a Bluetooth
®
audio device
which does not have a four-digit PIN
code
1. Using the audio control dial, select the
pairing mode “PAIR DEVICE” in the
“BT SETUP” mode. (Refer to
“Bluetooth
®
audio set up” for details.)
2. Press the audio control dial to
determine the mode. After “ENTER
PIN” is displayed on the audio display
for three seconds, “PIN 0000” is
displayed and the PIN code can be
input.
3. Press the audio control dial while “PIN
0000” is displayed. “PAIRING”
flashes on the audio display.
4. Operate the Bluetooth
®
audio device
and set it to the pairing mode while
“PAIRING” is flashing.
5. As the Bluetooth
®
audio device
requires a PIN code, input “0000”.
6. When the pairing is completed, and
“PAIR SUCCESS” are displayed after
about 10-30 seconds, after which
“PAIR SUCCESS” continues to be
displayed for three seconds, and then
the unit returns to the normal display.
NOTE
•
If pairing cannot be completed, try
“1234” instead. Refer to the owner's
manual of your mobile device for the
right PIN code.
•
Some Bluetooth
®
audio devices need
a certain amount of time before the
symbol is displayed.
•
If the pairing failed, “Err” flashes
for three seconds.
•
Pairing cannot be performed while
the vehicle is moving. If you attempt
to perform pairing while the vehicle
is moving, “PAIR DISABLE” is
displayed.
•
If seven Bluetooth
®
audio devices
have already been paired to the
vehicle, pairing cannot be performed
and “MEMORY FULL” is
displayed. Delete one paired device
to pair another one.
▼
Device selection (Bluetooth
®
Audio)
If several devices have been paired, the
Bluetooth
®
unit links the device last
paired. If you would like to link a different
paired device, it is necessary to change the
link. The order of device priority after the
link has been changed is maintained even
when the ignition is switched off.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-40
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
1. Using the audio control dial, select the
link change mode “LINK CHANGE”
in the “BT SETUP” mode. (Refer to
“Bluetooth
®
audio device set-up” for
details.)
2. Press the audio control dial to
determine the mode.
3. The name of the currently linked
Bluetooth
®
audio device is displayed.
If no Bluetooth
®
audio device is
currently linked, the name of the first
device among the paired devices is
displayed.
4. Turn the audio control dial to select the
name of the device you would like to
link.
Device name 1
Device name 2
Device name 3
Device name 4
Device name 5
Device name 6
Device name 7
5. Press the audio control dial to select
the device you would like to link. The
symbol disappears, and “PAIRING”
flashes in the audio display.
NOTE
When “GO BACK” is selected and the
audio control dial is pressed, the
display returns to “LINK CHANGE”.
6. If the link to the desired device is
successful, the
symbol is displayed
again, together with “LINK
CHANGED”. “LINK CHANGED” is
displayed for three seconds, then it
returns to the normal display.
NOTE
•
Some Bluetooth
®
audio devices need
a certain amount of time before the
symbol is displayed.
•
If a hands-free type mobile phone
has been the most recently paired
device, the Bluetooth
®
unit links this
device. If you would like to use a
Bluetooth
®
audio type device which
has been previously paired to the
Bluetooth
®
unit, the link must be
changed to this device.
•
If an error occurs while trying to
link a device, “Err” flashes in the
audio display for three seconds, and
the display returns to “LINK
CHANGE”. If this occurs, check the
pairing status of the Bluetooth
®
audio device and the location of the
device in the vehicle (not in the
luggage compartment or a
metal-type box), and then try the link
operation again.
•
Device selection can also be done
using voice recognition.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-41
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
How to confirm the device currently
linked
Switch to the link-change mode. (Refer to
“Changing the link to a Bluetooth
®
audio
device”)
The device name displayed first is the
device which is currently linked.
▼
Deleting a device (Bluetooth
®
Audio)
1. Using the audio control dial, select the
pairing delete mode “PAIR DELETE”
in the “BT SETUP” mode. (Refer to
“Bluetooth
®
audio device set-up” for
details.)
2. Press the audio control dial to
determine the mode.
3. The name of the first device among the
paired devices is displayed.
4. Rotate the audio control dial and select
the name of the paired device you
would like to delete.
Device name 1
Device name 2
Device name 3
Device name 4
Device name 5
Device name 6
Device name 7
NOTE
Only the names of paired devices can
be displayed. If only one device is
paired, only the name for this device is
displayed.
5. If a selection other than “GO BACK”
is made and the audio control dial is
pressed, “SURE ? NO” is displayed.
6. Rotate the audio control dial clockwise
and switch the display to “SURE ?
YES”.
NOTE
The display changes as follows
depending on whether the audio
control dial is rotated clockwise or
counterclockwise.
-Clockwise: “SURE ? YES” displayed
-Counterclockwise: “SURE ? NO”
displayed
7. Press the audio control dial to delete
the selected device.
NOTE
Select “GO BACK” and press the
audio control dial to return to the
“PAIR DELETE” display.
8. “PAIR DELETED” is displayed for 3
seconds after the deletion is completed,
and then it returns to the normal
display.
NOTE
If an error occurs while trying to
delete the paired device, “Err” flashes
in the display for 3 seconds and the
display returns to “LINK DELETE”.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-42
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Bluetooth
®
audio device information
display
1. Using the audio control dial, select the
pair device information display mode
“DEVICE INFO” in the “BT SETUP”
mode. (Refer to “Bluetooth
®
audio
device set-up” for details.)
2. Press the audio control dial to
determine the mode.
3. The name of the Bluetooth
®
unit
device is displayed.
4. Rotate the audio control dial to select
the information for the Bluetooth
®
unit
which you would like to view.
Device name
BT address
NOTE
When “GO BACK” is selected and the
audio control dial is pressed, the
display returns to “DEVICE INFO”.
Available Language
The available languages are English,
Spanish, and Canadian French. If the
language setting is changed, all of the
voice guidance and voice input commands
are done in the selected language.
NOTE
•
If the language setting is changed,
device registration is maintained.
•
Phonebook records are not cleared, but
each language has a separate
phonebook. Therefore, entries created in
one language will need to be re-entered
in the phonebook of the new language.
•
Do these steps before you start driving.
These less used functions are too
distracting to undertake while driving
until you are fully familiar with the
system.
(Method 1)
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, select phone or
select music player.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Language”
5. Prompt: “Select a language: English,
French, or Spanish.”
6. Say: [Beep] “French” (Speak the
desired language:“English”, “French”
or “Spanish”)
NOTE
Other language settings can also be
made while in the current setting by
saying the name of the language in the
native pronunciation.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-43
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
7. Prompt: “French (Desired language)
selected. Is this correct?”
8. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
9. Prompt: “French (Desired language)
selected” (Spoken in the newly
selected language).
(Method 2)
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “French” (Say the desired
language: “English”, “French” or
“Spanish”). (Change the desired
language by saying the language
name.)
NOTE
Other language settings can also be
made while in the current setting by
saying the name of the language in the
native pronunciation.
3. Prompt: “Would you like to change
the language to French (Desired
language)?”
4. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
5. Prompt: “Please wait. Switching to
French phonebook. French selected”
(Spoken in the newly selected
language).
Security Setting
If a passcode is set, the system cannot be
activated unless the passcode is input.
NOTE
Do this function only when parked. It is
too distracting to attempt while driving
and you may make too many errors to be
effective.
Passcode setting
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, select phone or
select music player.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Passcode”
5. Prompt: “Passcode is disabled. Would
you like to enable it?”
6. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
7. Prompt: “Please say a 4-digit
passcode. Remember this passcode. It
will be required to use this system.”
8. Say: [Beep] “XXXX” (Say a desired
4-digit passcode, “PCode”.)
9. Prompt:“Passcode XXXX (Passcode,
PCode). Is this correct?”
10. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
11. Prompt:“Passcode is enabled.”
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-44
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Using Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free with a
passcode
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Prompt: “Hands-Free system is
locked. State the passcode to
continue.”
3. Say: [Beep] “XXXX” (Say the set
passcode “PCode”.)
4. If the correct passcode is input, voice
guidance “XXXXXX... (Ex. “Mary's
device”) (Device tag) is connected” is
announced.
If the passcode is incorrect, voice
guidance “XXXX (4-digit passcode,
Pcode) incorrect passcode, please try
again” is announced.
Canceling the passcode
NOTE
Do this function only when parked. It is
too distracting to attempt while driving
and you may make too many errors to be
effective.
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, select phone or
select music player.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Passcode”
5. Prompt:“Passcode is enabled. Would
you like to disable it?”
6. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
7. Prompt:“Passcode is disabled.”
Confirmation Prompts
The confirmation prompt confirms the
command content to the user before
advancing to the operation requested by
the user. When this function is turned on,
the system reads out the voice input
command previously received and
confirms whether the command is correct
before advancing to the command
execution.
When the confirmation prompt function is
turned on:
(Ex. “Calling John's device. Is this
correct?”)
When the confirmation prompt function is
turned off:
(Ex. “Calling John's device.”)
NOTE
If the confirmation prompt function is
turned off when making an emergency
call, the system reads out and confirms the
command before executing it.
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Setup”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
Pairing options, confirmation prompts,
language, passcode, select phone or
select music player.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Confirmation prompts”
5. Prompt: “Confirmation prompts are
on/off. Would you like to turn
confirmation prompts off/on?”
6. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
7. Prompt: “Confirmation prompts are
off/on.”
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-45
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Bluetooth
®
Audio
Applicable Bluetooth
®
specification
(Recommended)
Ver. 2.0
Response profile
•
A2DP (Advanced Audio Distribution
Profile) Ver. 1.0
•
AVRCP (Audio/Video Remote Control
Profile) Ver. 1.0/1.3
A2DP is a profile which transmits only
audio to the Bluetooth
®
unit. If your
Bluetooth
®
audio device corresponds only
to A2DP, but not AVRCP, you cannot
operate it using the control panel of the
vehicle's audio system. In this case, only
the operations on the mobile device are
available the same as when a portable
audio device for a non-compliant
Bluetooth
®
device is connected to the
AUX terminal.
Function A2DP
AV R C P
Ver. 1.0 Ver. 1.3
Playback — X X
Pause — X X
File (Track) up/down — X X
Reverse — — X
Fast-forward — — X
Text display — — X
X: Available
—: Not available
NOTE
•
The battery consumption of Bluetooth
®
audio devices increases while
Bluetooth
®
is connected.
•
If a general mobile phone device is USB
connected during music playback over
the Bluetooth
®
connection, the
Bluetooth
®
connection is disconnected.
For this reason, you cannot have music
playback over a Bluetooth
®
connection
and music playback using a USB
connection at the same time.
•
The system may not operate normally
depending on the Bluetooth
®
audio
device.
▼
Switching to Bluetooth
®
audio mode
To listen to music or voice audio recorded
to a Bluetooth
®
audio device, switch to the
Bluetooth
®
audio mode to operate the
audio device using the audio system
control panel. Any Bluetooth
®
audio
device must be paired to the vehicle's
Bluetooth
®
unit before it can be used.
Refer to Bluetooth
®
Preparation (Type A)
on page 5-34.
1. Turn on the Bluetooth
®
audio device's
power.
2. Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.
Make sure that the “
” symbol is
displayed in the audio display. The
symbol is not displayed if an un-paired
Bluetooth
®
audio device is being used
or the vehicle's Bluetooth
®
unit has a
malfunction.
NOTE
Some Bluetooth
®
audio devices need a
certain amount of time before the “
”
symbol is displayed.
3. Press the media button (
) to
switch to the Bluetooth
®
audio mode
and start playback.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-46
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
If the current device version is lower
than AVRCP Ver. 1.3: “BT Audio” is
displayed.
If the current device is AVRCP Ver. 1.3:
The playback time is displayed.
NOTE
•
If the Bluetooth
®
audio device does not
begin playback, press the Play/Pause
button (4).
•
If a call is received on a hands-free
mobile phone during playback from the
Bluetooth
®
audio device, the playback is
stopped. Playback from the Bluetooth
®
audio device resumes after the call ends.
▼
Playback
1. To listen to a Bluetooth
®
audio device
over the vehicle's speaker system,
switch the mode to Bluetooth
®
audio
mode. (Refer to “Switching to
Bluetooth
®
audio mode”)
2. To stop playback, press the Play/Pause
button (4).
3. Press the button again to resume
playback.
Selecting a file (track)
Selects the next file (track)
Short-press the track up button (
).
Selects the beginning of the current file
(track)
Short-press the track down button (
).
Fast-forward/Reverse (AVRCP Ver. 1.3)
Fast-forward
Press and hold the fast-forward button
(
).
Reverse
Press and hold the reverse down button
(
).
▼
Switching the display (only AVRCP
Ver. 1.3)
The information displayed on the audio
display changes as follows each time the
text button (3) is pressed during playback.
Button
Information displayed
on audio display
Elapsed time
Album name
Song name
Artist name
NOTE
•
If title information is not available, “NO
TITLE” is displayed.
•
This unit cannot display some
characters. Characters which cannot be
displayed are indicated by an asterisk
(
).
Display scroll
Only 13 characters can be displayed at 1
time. To display the rest of the characters
of a long title, press and hold the text
button (3). The display scrolls the next 13
characters. Press and hold the text button
(3) again after the last 13 characters have
been displayed to return to the beginning
of the title.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-47
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Bluetooth
®
audio device information
display
If a Bluetooth
®
audio device is connected,
the following information is displayed in
the audio display.
Category
AV R C P Ve r.
lower than 1.3
AVRCP
Ver. 1.3
Device name X X
Title — X
Artist name — X
Album name — X
File number — X
Playback time — X
Folder number — —
X: Available
—: Not available
NOTE
Some information may not display
depending on the device, and if the
information cannot be displayed, “NO
TITLE” is indicated.
Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free
▼
Making a Call
Phonebook Usage
Telephone calls can be made by saying the
name of a person (voice tag) whose phone
number has been registered in Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free in advance. Refer to
Phonebook registration.
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Call”
3. Prompt: “Name please.”
4. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “John's
phone”)” (Say a voice tag registered in
the phonebook.)
5. Prompt: “Calling XXXXX... (Ex.
“John's phone”) XXXX (Ex. “at
home”). Is this correct?” (Voice tag
and phone number location registered
in phonebook).
6. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
7. Prompt: “Dialing”
NOTE
The “Call” command and the voice tag
can be combined.
Ex. In Step 2, say, “Call John's phone”,
then, Steps 3 and 4 can be skipped.
Phonebook registration
Phone numbers can be registered to the
Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free phonebook.
NOTE
Do this function only when parked. It is
too distracting to attempt while driving
and you may make too many errors to be
effective.
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-48
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
2. Say: [Beep] “Phonebook”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
New entry, edit, list names, delete,
erase all or import contact.”
4. Say: [Beep] “New entry”
5. Prompt: “Name please.”
6. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “Mary's
phone”)” (Say a voice tag for the name
registered.)
7. Prompt: “Adding XXXXX... (Ex.
“Mary's phone”) (Registered voice
tag). Is this correct?”
8. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
9. Prompt: “Home, Work, Mobile, or
Other?”
10. Say: [Beep] “Mobile” (Say “Home” ,
“Work”, “Mobile”, or “Other”, for the
desired location to be registered.)
11. Prompt: “Mobile (Location to be
registered). Is this correct?”
12. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
13. Prompt: “Number, please.”
14. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX”
(Say the phone number to be
registered.)
15. Prompt: “XXXXXXXXXXX (Phone
number registration). After the beep,
continue to add numbers, or say
Go-Back to re-enter the last entered
numbers, or press the Pick-Up button
to save the number.”
16. (Registration)
Press the pick-up button or say
“Enter”, then go to Step 17.
(Adding/inputting telephone
number)
Say, “XXXX” (desired telephone
number), then go to Step 15.
(Telephone number correction)
Say, “Go Back”. The prompt replies,
“Go Back. The last entered numbers
have been removed.”. Then go back to
Step 13.
17. Prompt: “Number saved. Would you
like to add another number for this
entry?”
18. Say: [Beep] “Yes” or “No”.
19. If “Yes”, an additional phone number
registration can be made for the same
entry.
If “No”, the system returns to standby
status.
(Import contact)
Phonebook data from your device (Mobile
phone) can be sent and registered to your
Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free phonebook using
Bluetooth
®
.
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Phonebook”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
New entry, edit, list names, delete,
erase all or import contact.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Import contact”
5. Prompt: “The hands free System is
ready to receive a contact from a
phone. Only a home, a work, and a
mobile number can be imported, This
process requires operation of a mobile
phone. refer to the phone's manual for
more information”
6. Device (Mobile phone) operation:
Select one entry from the phonebook
and send it using Bluetooth
®
.
7. Prompt: “X (Number of locations
which include data) numbers have
been imported. What name would you
like to use for these numbers?”
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-49
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
8. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “Mary's
phone”)” (Say a voice tag for the name
registered.)
9. Prompt: “Adding XXXXX... (Ex.
“Mary's phone”) (Voice tag). Is this
correct?”
10. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
11. Prompt: “Number saved. Would you
like to import another contact?”
12. Say: [Beep] “Yes” or “No”
13. If “Yes”, the procedure proceeds to
Step 5.
If “No”, the system returns to standby
status.
Editing phonebook
The data registered to the Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free phonebook can be edited.
NOTE
Do this function only when parked. It is
too distracting to attempt while driving
and you may make too many errors to be
effective.
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Phonebook”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
New entry, edit, list names, delete,
erase all or import contact.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Edit”
5. Prompt: “Please say the name of the
entry you would like to edit or say,
“List names”.”
6. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “Mary's
phone”)” (Say the voice tag for the
registered name to be edited in the
phonebook.)
7. Prompt: “Home, Work, Mobile, or
Other?”
8. Say: [Beep] “Home” (Say the
registered location to be edited:
“Home”, “Work”, “Mobile”, or
“Other”.)
9. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. “Mary's
phone”) (Registered voice tag) XXXX
(Ex. “Home”) (Registered location). Is
this correct?”
10. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
11. Prompt: “The current number is
XXXXXXXXXXX (Ex. “555-1234”)
(Currently registered number). New
number, please.”
NOTE
If there was no previous phone number
registered to a location (Ex. “Work”),
the prompt will only read out
“Number, please”
12. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX (Ex.
“555-5678”)” (Say the new phone
number to be registered.)
13. Prompt: “XXXXXXXX (Telephone
number) After the beep, continue to
add numbers, or say Go-Back to
re-enter the last entered numbers, or
press the Pick-Up button to save the
number.”
14. (Number Change)
Press the pick-up button, then go to
Step 15.
(Adding/inputting telephone
number)
Say, “XXXX” (desired telephone
number), then go to Step 13.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-50
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
(Telephone number correction)
Say, “Go Back”. The prompt replies,
“Go Back. The last entered numbers
have been removed. Number, please.”.
Then go back to Step 12.
15. Prompt: “Number changed.”
Phonebook data deletion
(Erasing individual phonebook data)
Individual data registered to the
Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free phonebook can be
cleared.
NOTE
Do this function only when parked. It is
too distracting to attempt while driving
and you may make too many errors to be
effective.
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Phonebook”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
New entry, edit, list names, delete,
erase all or import contact.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Delete”
5. Prompt: “Please say the name of the
entry you would like to delete or say,
“List names”. ”
6. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “John's
phone”) ” (Say the registered voice tag
to be deleted from the phonebook.)
7. Prompt: “Deleting XXXXX... (Ex.
“John's phone”) (Registered voice tag)
Home (Registered location). Is this
correct?”
8. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
9. Prompt: “XXXXX... (Ex. “John's
phone”) (Registered voice tag) Home
(Registered location) deleted.”
(Complete deletion of the phonebook
data)
All data registered to the Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free phonebook can be erased.
NOTE
Do this function only when parked. It is
too distracting to attempt while driving
and you may make too many errors to be
effective.
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Phonebook”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
New entry, edit, list names, delete,
erase all or import contact.”
4. Say: [Beep] “Erase all”
5. Prompt: “Are you sure you want to
erase everything from your Hands Free
system phonebook?”
6. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
7. Prompt: “You are about to delete
everything from your Hands Free
system phonebook. Do you want to
continue?”
8. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
9. Prompt: “Please wait, erasing the
Hands Free system phonebook.”
10. Prompt: “Hands-Free system
phonebook erased.”
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-51
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Read-out of names registered to the
Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free phonebook
Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free can read out the
list of names registered to its phonebook.
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Phonebook”
3. Prompt: “Select one of the following:
New entry, edit, list names, delete,
erase all or import contact.”
4. Say: [Beep] “List names”
5. Prompt: “XXXXX..., XXXXX...,
XXXXX... (Ex. “John's phone”,
Mary's phone, Bill's phone)” (Voice
guidance reads out the voice tags
registered to the phonebook.)
Press the talk button with a short press
during the read-out at the desired
name, and then say one of the
following voice commands to execute
it.
•
“Continue”: Continues the list
readout.
•
“Call”: Calls the registered
phonebook data when the talk button
is short-pressed.
•
“Edit”: Edits the registered
phonebook data when the talk button
is short-pressed.
•
“Delete”: Deletes the registered
phonebook data when the talk button
is short-pressed.
•
“Previous”: Returns to the previous
phonebook data in read-out when the
talk button is short-pressed.
6. Prompt: “End of list, would you like
to start from the beginning?”
7. Say: [Beep] “No”
8. The procedure returns to Step 3.
Redial Function
Redialing the number of the person
previously dialed using the phone is
possible.
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Redial”
3. Prompt: “Dialing”
Telephone Number Input
NOTE
Practice this while parked until you are
confident you can do it while driving in a
non-taxing road situation. If you are not
completely comfortable, make all calls
from a safe parking position, and only
start driving when you can devote your
full attention to driving.
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Dial”
3. Prompt: “Number, please”
4. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX
(Telephone number)”
5. Prompt: “XXXXXXXXXXX.
(Telephone number) After the beep,
continue to add numbers, or say
Go-Back to re-enter the last entered
numbers, or press the Pick-Up button
to execute dialing.”
6. (Dialing)
Press the pick-up button or say “Dial”,
then go to Step 7.
(Adding/inputting telephone
number)
Say, “XXXX” (desired telephone
number), then go to Step 5.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-52
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
(Telephone number correction)
Say, “Go Back”. The prompt replies,
“Go Back. The last entered numbers
have been removed.”. Then go back to
Step 3.
7. Prompt: “Dialing”
NOTE
The “Dial” command and a telephone
number can be combined.
Ex. In Step 2, say, “Dial 123-4567” then,
Steps 3 and 4 can be skipped.
Emergency calls
A call can be made to the emergency
phone number (911: U.S.A./Canada, 066:
Mexico) using the voice input command.
It may not function properly in some areas
in Mexico.
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Emergency”
3. - U.S.A./Canada vehicles - Prompt:
“Dialing “911”, is this correct?”
- Mexico vehicles - Prompt: “Dialing
“066”, is this correct?”
4. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
5. Prompt: “Dialing”
▼
Receiving an Incoming Call
1. Prompt: “Incoming call, press the
pick-up button to answer”
2. To accept the call, press the pick-up
button.
To reject the call, press the hang-up
button.
▼
Hanging Up a Call
Press the hang-up button during the call. A
beep sound will confirm that call is ended.
▼
Mute
The microphone can be muted during a
call.
1. Press the talk button with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Mute”
3. Prompt:“Microphone muted”
Canceling mute
1. Press the talk button with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Mute off”
3. Prompt:“Microphone unmuted”
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-53
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Transferring a Call from
Hands-Free to a Device (Mobile
Phone)
Communication between the hands-free
unit and a device (Mobile phone) is
canceled, and the line can be switched to a
standard call using a device (Mobile
phone).
1. Press the talk button with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Transfer call”
3. Prompt:“Transferred call to phone”
▼
Transferring a Call from a Device
(Mobile Phone) to Hands-Free
Communication between devices (Mobile
phone) can be switched to Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free.
1. Press the talk button with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Transfer call”
3. Prompt:“Transferred call to Hands
Free system”
▼
Call interrupt
A call can be interrupted to receive an
incoming call from a third party.
Switch to a new incoming call using the
following methods.
(Method 1)
1. Press the pick-up button.
2. Prompt: “Swapping calls.”
(Method 2)
1. Press the talk button with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Swap calls”
3. Prompt: “Swapping calls.”
NOTE
•
To refuse an incoming call, press the
hang-up button.
•
After receiving a new incoming call, the
previous call is placed on hold.
Switching calls
Switching back to the previous call can
also be done.
Method 1
1. Press the pick-up button.
2. Prompt: “Swapping calls.”
Method 2
1. Press the talk button with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Swap calls”
3. Prompt: “Swapping calls.”
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-54
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Three-way call function
1. Press the talk button with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Join calls”
3. Prompt: “Joining calls”
Making a call using a telephone number
1. Press the talk button with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Dial”
3. Prompt: “Number, please”
4. Say: [Beep] “XXXXXXXXXXX
(Telephone number)”
5. Prompt: “XXXXXXXXXXX.
(Telephone number) After the beep,
continue to add numbers, or say
Go-Back to re-enter the last entered
numbers, or press the Pick-Up button
to execute dialing.”
6. (Dialing)
Press the pick-up button or say “Dial”,
then go to Step 7.
(Adding/inputting telephone
number)
Say, “XXXX” (desired telephone
number), then go to Step 5.
(Telephone number correction)
Say, “Go Back”. The prompt replies,
“Go Back. The last entered numbers
have been removed.”. Then go back to
Step 3.
7. Prompt: “Dialing”
Making calls using the phonebook
1. Press the talk button with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Call”
3. Prompt: “Name please.”
4. Say: [Beep] “XXXXX... (Ex. “John's
phone”)” (Say a voice tag registered in
the phonebook.)
5. Prompt: “Calling XXXXX... (Ex.
“John's phone”) XXXX (Ex. “at
home”). Is this correct?” (Voice tag
and phone number location registered
in phonebook).
6. Say: [Beep] “Yes”
7. Prompt: “Dialing”
Redialing function
1. Press the talk button with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Redial”
3. Prompt: “Dialing”
Ending the current call
Press the hang-up button during the call.
▼
DTMF (Dual Tone Multi-Frequency
Signal) Transmission
This function is used when transmitting
DTMF via the user's voice. The receiver of
a DTMF transmission is generally a home
telephone answering machine or a
company's automated guidance call center
(When you send tone signals back
according to the voice guidance
recording).
1. Press the talk button with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “XXXX... send” (Say
DTMF code)
3. Prompt:“Sending XXXX... (DTMF
code)”
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-55
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Voice Recognition
In this section, the basic operation of the
voice recognition is explained.
Activating Voice Recognition
To Activate the Main Menu: Press the
pick-up button or talk button with a short
press.
Ending Voice Recognition
Use one of the following methods:
•
Press and hold the talk-button.
•
Press the hang-up button.
Skipping Voice Guidance (for faster
operation)
Press and release the talk-button.
NOTE
•
The Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free system is
operable several seconds after the
ignition is switched to ACC or ON
(requires less than 15 seconds).
•
When operating the audio unit or the
A/C while using Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free, the beep sounds or voice
guidance (audio unit)/cannot be heard.
Tutorial
The tutorial explains how to use
Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free.
To activate the tutorial, do the following:
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Tutorial”
3. Follow the prompts to receive the
appropriate voice guidance
instructions.
Commands useable anytime during
voice recognition
“Help” or “Go Back” are commands
which can be used at anytime during voice
recognition.
Help function use
The help function informs the user of all
the available voice commands under the
current conditions.
1. Say: [Beep] “Help”
2. Follow the prompts to receive the
appropriate voice guidance
instructions.
Returning to previous operation
This command is for returning to the
previous operation while in the voice
recognition mode.
Say: [Beep] “Go Back”
To prevent a deterioration in the voice
recognition rate and voice quality, the
following points should be observed:
•
The voice recognition cannot be
performed while voice guidance or the
beep sound is operating. Wait until
the voice guidance or the beep sound
is finished before saying your
commands.
•
Dialects or different wording other than
hands-free prompts cannot be
recognized by voice recognition. Speak
in the wording specified by the voice
commands.
•
It is not necessary to face the
microphone or approach it. Speak the
voice commands while maintaining a
safe driving position.
•
Do not speak too slow or too loud.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-56
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
•
Speak clearly, without pausing between
words or numbers.
•
Close the windows and/or the moonroof
to reduce loud noises from outside the
vehicle, or turn down the airflow of the
climate control system while Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free is being used.
•
Make sure the vents are not directing air
up towards the microphone.
NOTE
If the voice recognition performance is not
satisfactory.
Refer to Voice Recognition Learning
Function (Speaker Enrollment) (Type A)
on page 5-57.
Refer to Troubleshooting on page 5-60.
Voice Recognition
Learning Function
(Speaker Enrollment)
The voice recognition learning function
enables voice recognition appropriate to
the characteristics of the user's voice. If
the recognition of the voice input
commands to the system is not adequate,
this function can largely improve the
system's voice recognition of the user. If
your voice can be recognized sufficiently
without using this function, you may not
realize the added benefit of the function.
To register your voice, the voice input
command list must be read out. Read out
the list when the vehicle is parked.
Perform the registration in as quiet a place
as possible (page 5-56). The registration
must be performed completely. The
required time is a few minutes. The user
needs to be seated in the driver's seat with
the voice input command list for voice
recognition learning visible.
▼
When voice recognition learning is
done for the first time
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Voice training”
3. Prompt: “This operation must be
performed in a quiet environment
while the vehicle is stopped. See the
owner's manual for the list of required
training phrases. Press and release the
talk button when you are ready to
begin. Press the hang-up button to
cancel at any time.”
4. Press the talk button with a short press.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-57
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
5. The voice guidance reads out the voice
input command number (refer to the
voice input command list for voice
recognition learning). (Ex. “Please
read phrase 1”)
6. Say: [Beep] “0123456789” (Say the
voice input command for voice
recognition learning (1 to 8) according
to the voice guidance.)
7. Prompt: “Speaker enrollment is
complete.”
NOTE
If an error occurred in the voice
recognition learning, re-learning can be
done by pressing the talk button with a
short press.
▼
Voice recognition re-learning
If voice recognition learning has already
been done.
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Voice training”
3. Prompt: “Enrollment is enabled/
disabled. Would you like to disable/
enable or retrain?”
4. Say: [Beep] “Retrain”
5. Prompt: “This operation must be
performed in a quiet environment
while the vehicle is stopped. See the
owner's manual for the list of required
training phrases. Press and release the
talk button when you are ready to
begin. Press the hang-up button to
cancel at any time.”
6. Press the talk button with a short press.
7. The voice guidance reads out the voice
input command number (refer to the
voice input command list for voice
recognition learning). (Ex. “Please
read phrase 1”)
8. Say: [Beep] “0123456789” (Say the
voice input command for voice
recognition learning (1 to 8) according
to the voice guidance.)
9. Prompt: “Speaker enrollment is
complete.”
NOTE
If an error occurred in the voice
recognition learning, re-learning can be
done by pressing the talk button with a
short press.
Voice input command list for voice
recognition learning
When reading out, the following points
must be observed:
•
Read out the numbers one at a time
correctly and naturally.
(For example, “1234” must be read out
“one, two, three, four” not “twelve,
thirty four”.)
•
Do not read out parentheses. “(” and
hyphens “-” are used for separating
numbers in a phone number.
Ex.
“(888) 555-1212” must be spoken “Eight,
eight, eight, five, five, five, one, two, one,
two.”
Phrase Command
1 0123456789
2 (888) 555-1212
3Call
4Dial
5Setup
6 Cancel
7Continue
8Help
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-58
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
NOTE
•
The applicable phrase appears in the
audio display.
•
After user voice registration is
completed, voice guidance “Speaker
enrollment is complete” is announced.
Voice recognition learning on/off
1. Press the pick-up button or talk button
with a short press.
2. Say: [Beep] “Voice training”
3. Prompt: “Enrollment is enabled/
disabled. Would you like to disable/
enable or retrain?”
4. Say: [Beep] “Disable” or “Enable”
5. When “Disable” is spoken, the voice
recognition learning is turned off.
When “Enable” is spoken, the voice
recognition learning is turned on.
6. Prompt: “Speaker Enrollment is
disabled/enabled.”
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-59
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Troubleshooting
Mazda Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free Customer Service
If you have any problems with Bluetooth
®
, contact our toll-free customer service center.
•
U.S.A.
Phone: 800-430-0153 (Toll-free)
Web: www.mazdausa.com/mazdaconnect
•
Canada
Phone: 800-430-0153 (Toll-free)
Web: www.mazdahandsfree.ca
•
Mexico
Center of Attention to Client (CAC)
Phone: 01-800-01-MAZDA (Toll-free)
Web: www.mazdamexico.com.mx
Bluetooth
®
Device pairing, connection problems
Symptom Cause Solution method
Unable to perform pairing ―
First make sure the device is com-
patible with the Bluetooth
®
unit,
and then check whether the Blue-
tooth
®
function and the Find Mode/
Visible setting
*1
on the device are
turned on. If pairing is still not pos-
sible after this, contact an Author-
ized Mazda Dealer or Mazda Blue-
tooth
®
Hands-Free Customer Serv-
ice.
Pairing cannot be performed again
The pairing information paired to
the Bluetooth
®
unit or device is not
recognized correctly.
Perform pairing using the following
procedure.
•
Clear “Mazda” stored in the de-
vice.
•
Perform pairing again.
Unable to perform pairing
The Bluetooth
®
function and the
Find Mode/Visible setting
*1
on the
device may turn off automatically
after a period of time has elapsed
depending on the device.
Check whether the Bluetooth
®
func-
tion and the Find Mode/Visible set-
ting
*1
on the device are turned on
and pairing or reconnect.
Does not connect automatically
when starting the engine
Automatically connects, but then
disconnects suddenly
Disconnects intermittently
The device is in a location in which
radio wave interference can occur
easily, such as inside a bag in a rear
seat, in a rear pocket of a pair of
pants.
Move the device to a location in
which radio wave interference is
less likely to occur.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-60
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Symptom Cause Solution method
Does not connect automatically
when starting the engine
The pairing information is updated
when the device OS is updated.
Perform pairing again.
*
1 Setting which detects the existence of a device external to the Bluetooth
®
unit.
NOTE
•
When the OS of the device is updated, the pairing information may be deleted. If this
happens, reprogram the pairing information to the Bluetooth
®
unit.
•
If you pair your phone which has already been paired to your vehicle more than once in
the past, you need to delete “Mazda” on your mobile device. Then, execute the
Bluetooth
®
search on your mobile device once again, and pair to a newly detected
“Mazda”.
•
Before you pair your device, make sure that Bluetooth
®
is “ON”, both on your phone and
on the vehicle.
•
If Bluetooth
®
-enabled devices are used in the following locations or conditions,
connection via Bluetooth
®
may not be possible.
•
The device is in a location hidden from the unit such as behind or under a seat, or
inside the glove compartment.
•
The device contacts or is covered by a metal object or body.
•
The device is set to power-saving mode.
•
Different Bluetooth
®
-enabled devices can be used for Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free and
Bluetooth
®
audio. For example, device A can be connected as a Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free
device and device B can be connected as a Bluetooth
®
audio device. However, the
following may occur when they are used at the same time.
•
The Bluetooth
®
connection of the device is disconnected.
•
Noise occurs in the Hands-Free audio.
•
Hands-Free operates slowly.
Voice recognition related problems
Symptom Cause Solution method
Poor voice recognition
•
Excessive, slow speech.
•
Excessive, forceful speech (shout-
ing).
•
Speaking before the beep sound
has ended.
•
Loud noise (speaking or noise from
outside/inside vehicle).
•
Airflow from A/C is blowing
against the microphone.
•
Speaking in off-standard expres-
sions (dialect).
Regarding the causes indicated on
the left, be careful with how you
speak. In addition, when numbers
are spoken in a sequence, recogni-
tion ability will improve if no stop is
placed between the numbers.
False recognition of numbers
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-61
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Symptom Cause Solution method
Poor voice recognition
There is a malfunction in the micro-
phone.
A poor connection or malfunction
with the microphone may have oc-
curred. Consult an Authorized Maz-
da Dealer.
Phone-related voice recognition is
disabled
There is a problem with the connec-
tion between the Bluetooth
®
unit
and the device.
If there is any malfunction after
checking the pairing situation, check
for device pairing or connection
problems.
Names in the phonebook are not
easily recognized
The Bluetooth
®
system is under a
condition in which recognition is
difficult.
By carrying out the following meas-
ures, the rate of recognition will im-
prove.
•
Clear memory from the phonebook
which is not used very often.
•
Avoid shortened names, use full
names. (Recognition improves the
longer the name is. By not using
names such as “Mom”, “Dad”, rec-
ognition will improve.)
When operating the audio, a song
name is not recognized
Song names cannot be recognized
by voice.
―
You want to skip guidance ―
Guidance can be skipped by quickly
pressing and releasing the Talk but-
ton.
Regarding problems with calls
Symptom Cause Solution method
When starting a call, vehicle noise
from the other party can be heard
For about 3 seconds after starting a
call, the Bluetooth
®
unit's Noise
Suppression function requires time
to adapt to the call environment.
This does not indicate a problem
with the device.
The other party cannot be heard or
the speaker's voice is quiet
The volume is set at zero or low. Increase the volume.
Other problems
Symptom Cause Solution method
The indication for the remaining
battery is different between the ve-
hicle and the device
The indication method is different
between the vehicle and the device.
―
When a call is made from the vehi-
cle, the telephone number is updated
in the incoming/outgoing call record
but the name does not appear
The number has not been registered
into the phonebook.
If the number has been registered
into the phonebook, the incoming/
outgoing call record is updated by
the name in the phonebook when
the engine is restarted.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-62
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Symptom Cause Solution method
The cell phone does not synchronize
with the vehicle regarding the in-
coming/outgoing call record
Some types of cell phones do not
synchronize automatically.
Operate the cell phone for synchro-
nization.
It takes a long time to complete the
function for changing the language
A maximum of 60 seconds is re-
quired.
―
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
5-63
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Basic Operation Method
NOTE
•
The explanation of functions described in this manual may differ from the actual
operation, and the shapes of screens and buttons and the letters and characters displayed
may also differ from the actual appearance.
Additionally, depending on future software updates, the content may successively change
without notice.
•
For additional information regarding Mazda Connect, please refer to the following
Website.
http://infotainment.mazdahandsfree.com/
Audio Set (Type B) has 3 different human interfaces.
•
Commander switch
•
Touch panel
•
Voice recognition with steering switch and microphone
Refer to Voice Recognition on page 5-110.
▼
Commander switch operation
NOTE
For safety reasons, some operations are disabled while the vehicle is being driven.
Volume dial operation
Vo l ume dial
Press the volume dial to switch the audio MUTE on and off.
Turn the volume dial to adjust the volume. The volume increases by turning the dial
clockwise, and decreases by turning it counterclockwise.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-64
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Switches around commander knob
The following operations can be done by pressing the switches around the commander
knob.
: Displays the home screen.
: Displays the Entertainment screen.
: Displays the Navigation screen (Only navigation-equipped vehicles). For operation
of the Navigation screen, refer to the navigation system manual. If the SD card for the
navigation system is not inserted, the compass indicating the direction in which the vehicle
is moving is displayed.
: Displays the Favorites screen. Long-press to store particular items in Favorites. (Radio,
phonebook and destination of the navigation system can be programmed.)
: Returns to previous screen.
Commander knob operation
(Selection of icons on screen)
1. Tilt or turn the commander knob and move the cursor to the desired icon.
2. Press the commander knob and select the icon.
NOTE
Long-press operation of the commander knob is also possible for some functions.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-65
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Touch panel operation
CAUTION
Do not press the screen strongly or press it with a sharp-pointed object. Otherwise, the screen
could be damaged.
NOTE
For safety reasons, operation of the center display is disabled while the vehicle is being
driven. However, items not displayed in gray can be operated using the commander switch
while the vehicle is being driven.
Touch & Tap
1. Touch or tap on the item indicated on the screen.
2. The operation is launched and the next item is displayed.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-66
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Slide (USB audio only)
1. Touch the setting item displaying a slider bar.
2. Touch the slider with your finger and move to the desired level.
Swipe
1. Touch the screen with your finger and move up or down.
2. Items which were not displayed can be displayed.
Return to previous screen
1. Touch the
.
Displaying the home screen
1. Touch the
.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-67
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Home screen
Icon Function
Applications
Information such as average fuel economy, maintenance, and warnings can be verified.
Depending on the grade and specification, the screen display may differ.
Entertainment
Operates audio such as the radio. The audio source most recently used is displayed. An
audio source which cannot be used at that time is skipped and the previous audio source is
displayed.
To change the audio source, select the
icon displayed at the bottom of the screen.
Communication
Bluetooth
®
related functions are available.
Navigation
Navigation screen is displayed (vehicles with navigation system).
If the SD card for the navigation system is not inserted, the compass indicating the direc-
tion in which the vehicle is moving is displayed.
The compass may not indicate the correct bearing when the vehicle is stopped or traveling
at a slow speed.
Settings
Overall setting menu (Such as display, sound, Bluetooth
®
and Language).
Depending on the grade and specification, the screen display may differ.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-68
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Volume/Display/Sound Controls
Commander switch
Audio control switch
Volume switch
Volume dial
▼
Volume adjustment
Turn the commander switch volume dial.
The volume switch on the steering switch
can also be pressed.
NOTE
Press the volume dial to switch the audio
MUTE on and off.
▼
Display setting
Select the icon on the home screen to
display the Settings screen.
Select the
tab to select the item you
would like to change.
Display OFF/Clock
The center display can be turned off.
Select
to turn the display off.
When
is
selected the center display turns off and
the clock is displayed.
The center display can be turned back on
as follows:
•
Touch the center display.
•
Operate the commander switch.
Daytime/nighttime (System) screen
setting
The daytime or nighttime screen can be
selected.
:
(With auto-light control)
Switches screen automatically according
to parking lights illumination condition.
However, when the light sensor detects
that the surrounding area is bright such as
when the parking lights are turned on in
the daytime, the screen is switched to the
daytime screen
*1
(Without auto-light control)
Switches screen automatically according
to parking lights illumination condition.
*1
: Daytime screen setting
: Nighttime screen setting
*
1 The display is constantly on daytime
screen when the illumination dimmer
is cancelled.
Brightness adjustment
Adjust the center display brightness using
the slider.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-69
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Contrast adjustment
Adjust the center display contrast using
the slider.
Display setting reset
All of the screen setting values can be
reset to their initial settings.
1. Select
.
2. Select
.
▼
Audio sound adjustment
Select the icon on the home screen to
display the Settings screen.
Select the
tab to select the item you
would like to change.
Indication Setting value
Bass
(Low pitch sound)
Side: Low pitch en-
hancement
Side: Low pitch re-
duction
Treble
(Treble sound)
Side: Treble enhance-
ment
Side: Treble reduction
Fade
(Front/Rear volume bal-
ance)
Front: Front speaker vol-
ume enhancement
Rear: Rear speaker vol-
ume enhancement
Balance
(Left/right volume bal-
ance)
Right: Right speaker
volume enhancement
Left: Left speaker vol-
ume enhancement
ALC
(Automatic volume ad-
justment)
Off―Adjustment at sev-
en levels
Beep
(Audio operation sound)
On/Off
ALC (Automatic volume adjustment)
The automatic level control (ALC) is a
feature that automatically adjusts audio
volume and sound quality according to the
vehicle speed. The volume increases in
accordance with the increase in vehicle
speed, and decreases as vehicle speed
decreases.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-70
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Operating the Radio
▼
Radio ON
Select the icon on the home screen to display the Entertainment screen. When selecting
the desired radio, the following icons are indicated in the lower part of the center display.
AM/FM Radio
Icon Function
Displays the Entertainment menu. Use to switch to a different audio source.
Displays the station list.
Select
to display the frequencies of up to ten radio stations on the auto
memory preset list.
Select the desired frequency.
Displays the Favorites list. Long-press to store radio station currently being aired.
Switches the on and off. Displays the multi-cast channel list of the
.
You can search for receivable radio stations.
Scanning stops at each station for about five seconds.
Select again to continue receiving the radio station.
You can change the radio frequency manually.
Rotate the commander knob, slide the screen, or touch the radio frequency.
Press
or to change the radio frequency one step at a time.
When
or is long-pressed, the radio frequency changes continually. It stops when you
remove your hand from the icon or the commander knob.
Launches the iTunes Tagging function (for Apple devices with USB use only). Can be
used when the
is on.
Automatic radio station selection.
When long-pressed, the radio frequency changes continually. It stops when you remove
your hand from the icon or the commander knob.
Displays sound settings to adjust audio quality level.
Refer to Volume/Display/Sound Controls on page 5-69.
▼
Favorites Radio
Selected stations can be registered for
convenient operation. Up to 50 stations
can be registered. The Favorites list is
common to AM, FM, and satellite radio.
Registering to Favorites
Long-press the
icon to register the
current radio station. The registration can
also be performed using the following
procedure.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-71
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
1. Select the icon to display the
Favorites list.
2. Select
.
3. Select
.
4. The station is added to the bottom of
the Favorites list.
NOTE
If the battery is disconnected, your
Favorites list will not be deleted.
Selecting radio station from Favorites
1. Select the
icon to display the
Favorites list.
2. Select the radio frequency to tune in
the radio station.
Deleting from Favorites
1. Select the
icon to display the
Favorites list.
2. Select
.
3. Select
.
4. Select the radio frequency you want to
delete.
5. Select
.
Changing Favorites list order
1. Select the
icon to display the
Favorites list.
2. Select
.
3. Select
.
4. Select a radio frequency. The selected
radio station can be moved.
5. Slide the radio station or move it using
the commander switch, then select
.
▼
Radio Broadcast Data System
(RBDS)
*
Radio text information display
Radio text information sent from a
broadcasting station is displayed in the
center display.
NOTE
Radio text information is a function of FM
radio only. There is no text function on AM
radio. Text information is not displayed in
the following:
•
During reception
•
Not an RBDS broadcast
•
RBDS broadcast, but radio text is not
transmitted from the radio station
Genre Seek
Some FM stations transmit Genre codes
(Program type like Rock, News, and so
on). This code enables alternative stations
transmitting the same Genre code to be
found quickly.
(To scan for Genre Seek:)
1. Select the
icon while in the FM
mode.
2. Select
to open the genre list.
3. Select the genre type you want to
select.
4. Select the
, icon.
NOTE
To change the desired genre, select the
icon.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-72
*Some models.
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Ex.)
89.3 is currently being received. With
Rock selected as the Genre, the radio
stations broadcasting Rock are at the
following frequencies.
98.3
*1
, 98.7, 104.3
*1
, 107.1
*
1 Radio stations with good reception
The frequency changes as follows each
time
is pressed.
89.3→98.3→104.3→98.3
NOTE
•
Only one Genre can be selected.
•
It may not be possible to receive any
station even if the Genre Seek function is
used.
•
If a program in the selected genre is not
broadcast to a region, reception is not
possible even if the Genre Seek function
is used.
•
The Genre Seek function searches for
genre code (program type) which FM
analog broadcasts transmit.
specialty programs (HD2-HD8) cannot
be searched because they are not FM
analog broadcasts.
•
If radio stations which are selected by
scanning using the Genre Seek function
are
broadcasting stations,
they are changed from analog
broadcasts to
broadcasts
after a few seconds if the reception
conditions are good. The genre is
displayed after the switch, however, the
genre for FM analog broadcasts may
differ.
▼
HD Radio
*
What is HD Radio™ Technology and
how does it work?
HD Radio™ Technology is the digital
evolution of analog AM/FM radio. Your
radio product has a special receiver which
allows it to receive digital broadcasts
(where available) in addition to the analog
broadcasts it already receives. Digital
broadcasts have better sound quality than
analog broadcasts as digital broadcasts
provide free, crystal clear audio. For more
information, and a guide to available radio
stations and programming, please visit
www.hdradio.com.
Benefits of HD Radio™ Technology
(Information)
The song title, artist name, album name
and genre will appear on the screen when
available by the radio station.
(Multicast)
On the FM radio frequency most digital
stations have “multiple” or supplemental
programs on each FM station.
Listening to HD Radio™ Technology
If
icon turns on by selecting a radio
station which is an
broadcasting
station, the analog broadcast is switched to
an
broadcast automatically after
a few seconds and then received.
If the
broadcast is stopped and
changed to an analog broadcast, press
down
to turn off .
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
*Some models.
5-73
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Multicast channel selection (FM)
If multi-cast channels are available for an
broadcast currently being
received, the multi-cast channel list is
displayed. Select the desired radio station.
NOTE
•
If an analog broadcast is received once
and
is received while HD1 is
selected, the audio unit switches to the
station automatically.
•
When the icon is illuminated, there
could be a noticeable difference in
sound quality and volume when a
change from digital to analog signals
occurs. If the sound quality and volume
become noticeably diminished or cut off,
select the
icon to turn off
( icon is not illuminated).
•
Once an analog broadcast is received
when HD1 is selected from the Favorite
channels, it is switched to
automatically. If the radio reception
conditions are poor, or HD is off,
switching to
broadcasts is not
possible.
•
When an HD specialty channel (HD2 to
HD8) is selected from the Favorite
channels, “Signal Lost” is displayed
and no audio is output until
is received. If the radio reception
conditions are poor, “Signal Lost”
continues to be displayed.
•
If the icon is not illuminated,
information such as song titles of the
station are received, however,
the audio output is analog.
iTunes Tagging (for Apple devices with
USB use only)
By tagging a song currently being aired,
the song can later be purchased from the
iTunes Store. One hundred tags can be
stored. A maximum of 100 tags (for 100
songs) can be stored for later
downloading.
1. Select the
icon. The tag is stored in
the audio unit.
2. Connect the device via the vehicle's
USB. Any stored tag(s) will be sent
automatically to the connected device.
3. Once at home or after parking the
vehicle safely, log onto the iTunes
Store with your device. Your
previously tagged song(s) can now be
easily purchased.
NOTE
•
Both AM and FM can be
used.
•
Because iTunes tagging only supports
purchases from the iTunes Store, direct
downloading of music from the vehicle's
audio unit is not possible.
•
If the available memory for the
connected device is insufficient, the tag
is not sent.
•
If an error occurs while the tag is being
sent, reconnect the device.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-74
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Operating the Satellite
Radio
*
▼
What is satellite radio?
SiriusXM
®
Satellite Radio
SiriusXM satellite radio is a
subscription-based satellite radio service
that broadcasts a variety of music, sports,
news, weather, traffic and entertainment
programming.
Your new Mazda vehicle is
factory-installed with SiriusXM satellite
radio hardware and includes a limited trial
subscription term that begins on the date
of sale or lease of your vehicle. See an
authorized dealer for availability.
The satellite radio service should be active
in your vehicle, if you cannot hear
SiriusXM audio, please activate online by
visiting siriusxm.com/refresh
or by calling
SiriusXM Listener Care at
1-877-447-0011 (U.S.A.)/1-888-539-7474
Customer Care (Canada). You can find the
radio ID by turning to Channel 0 or
visiting siriusxm.com/activationhelp
(U.S.A), and siriusxm.ca/subscribe-now/
(Canada).
For more information on extended
subscription terms (a service fee is
required), the online media player and a
list of SiriusXM satellite radio channels,
and other features, please visit
www.siriusxm.com
(U.S.A), and
www.siriusxm.ca
(Canada), or call
SiriusXM at 1-877-447-0011 (U.S.A.)/
1-888-539-7474 (Canada).
NOTE
This feature may not be available in all
markets and requires an active
subscription. SiriusXM reserves the
unrestricted right to change, rearrange,
add or delete programming. This includes
canceling, moving or adding particular
channels, and its prices, at any time, with
or without notice to you. Mazda shall not
be responsible for any such programming
changes.
▼
Displaying the Radio ID (ESN)
When channel 0 is selected, the radio ID is
displayed. Use the PREVIOUS or NEXT
channel buttons to select channel 0.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
*Some models.
5-75
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
SiriusXM operation
Select the icon on the home screen to display the Entertainment screen. When is
selected, the following icons are indicated in the bottom part of the center display.
Icon Function
Displays the Entertainment menu. Use to switch to a different audio source.
Displays the channel list of the current category.
Displays the favorites list. Long-press to store the channel currently being aired.
Refer to Operating the Radio on page 5-71.
Indicates that the parental lock function is in use.
Switching of Lock/Unlock and PIN code setting changes can be performed.
Plays each channel in the current channel list for 5 seconds.
Select again to continue receiving the channel.
Plays the previous channel.
Plays the next channel.
Displays sound settings to adjust audio quality level.
Refer to Volume/Display/Sound Controls on page 5-69.
Selection from channel list
Receivable channels can be displayed on
the channel list screen. You can easily
select the channel you want to listen from
the list. Each category can be also
displayed.
1. Select the
icon to display the
channel list.
2. Select a desired channel.
(Select from category list)
1. Select the
icon to display the
channel list.
2. Select
to display the category
list.
3. Select a desired category.
▼
Parental lock
If a channel is locked, the channel is
muted.
To use the parental lock function, the PIN
code must be initialized first.
By using the session lock, the parental
lock can be enabled or disabled during the
current drive cycle (from when the
ignition is switched on to switched off).
When the session lock is on, the parental
lock is available. When the session lock is
off, the parental lock is temporarily
cancelled.
When canceling the parental lock or
session lock, or when changing the PIN
code, PIN code input is required.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-76
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
PIN code reset
If the registered code has been forgotten,
reset the code to the default [0000] code.
1. Select the
icon.
2. If the selected channel is locked, input
the PIN code to cancel the parental
lock temporarily.
3. Select
.
4. Input the default code [0000] using the
number buttons.
5. Select
.
6. Input the new PIN code using the
number buttons.
7. Select
.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-77
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
How to use AUX mode
▼
Playback
1. Select the icon on the home screen to display the Entertainment screen.
2. Select
to switch to the AUX mode. The following icons are displayed in the lower
part of the center display.
Icon Function
Displays the Entertainment menu. Use to switch to a different audio source.
Displays sound settings to adjust audio quality level.
Refer to Volume/Display/Sound Controls on page 5-69.
NOTE
•
If a device is not connected to the auxiliary jack, the mode does not switch to the AUX
mode.
•
Adjust the audio volume using the portable audio device, commander switch, or audio
control switch.
•
Audio adjustments can also be made using the portable audio device's volume setting.
•
If the connection plug is pulled out from the auxiliary jack while in AUX mode, noise may
occur.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-78
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
How to use USB mode
Type Playable data
USB mode MP3/WMA/AAC/OGG file
This unit does not support a USB 3.0 device. In addition, other devices may not be
supported depending on the model or OS version.
The recommended capacity of the USB memory is 16 GB or less.
USB devices formatted to FAT32 are supported (USB devices formatted to other formats
such as NTFS are not supported).
▼
Playback
1. Select the icon on the home screen to display the Entertainment screen.
2. Select
or to switch the USB mode. The following icons are displayed in the
lower part of the center display.
Icon Function
Displays the Entertainment menu. Use to switch to a different audio source.
Category list is displayed.
Current track list is displayed.
Select a desired track to play it.
Plays the current track repeatedly.
Select it again to play the tracks in the current track list repeatedly.
When selected again, the function is canceled.
Tracks in the current track list are played randomly.
Select it again to cancel.
Starts playing a track similar to the current track using Gracenote
®
's More Like This™.
Select the desired song from the category list to cancel More Like This™.
If selected within a few seconds from the beginning of a song which has started to play,
the previous song is selected.
If more than a few seconds have elapsed, the song currently being played is replayed from
the beginning.
Long-press to fast reverse. It stops when you remove your hand from the icon or the
commander knob.
Track is played. When selected again, playback is temporarily stopped.
Advances to the beginning of the next song.
Long-press to fast forward.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-79
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Icon Function
Displays sound settings to adjust audio quality level.
Refer to Volume/Display/Sound Controls on page 5-69.
NOTE
•
If a file name in the USB memory is too long, it could cause operation problems such as
not being able to playback the song.
(Recommended: Within 80 characters)
•
The album art may not display depending on the album art size.
•
To move to the desired location on the track, move the slider indicating the playback time.
•
The appearance of the repeat and shuffle icons changes depending on the type of
operation in which the function is used.
Category list
Select the
icon to display the following category list.
Select a desired category and item.
Category Function
Playlist
*1
Displays playlists on the device.
Artist
Displays the artist name list.
All the tracks or tracks for each album of the selected artist can be played.
Album Displays the album name list.
Song All the tracks in the device are displayed.
Genre
Displays the genre list.
All the tracks or tracks per album or artist in the selected genre can be played.
Audiobook
*2
Displays the audiobook list.
Chapters can be selected and played.
Podcast
*2
Displays the podcast list.
Episode can be selected and played.
Folder
*3
Displays the folder/file list.
*
1 Playlist folders of Apple devices are not supported.
*
2 Apple device only
*
3 USB-Sticks and USB-Android™ device only
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-80
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Example of use (to play all tracks in
USB device)
(Method 1)
1. Select
to display the category list.
2. Select
.
All the tracks in the USB device are
displayed.
3. Select a desired track.
The selected track is played. All the
tracks in the USB device can be played
by continuing playback.
NOTE
Only the tracks in the desired category
selected in Step 2 are played.
(Method 2)
*1
1. Select to display the category list.
2. Select
.
All the folders in the USB device are
displayed.
3. Select
.
All the tracks in the USB device are
displayed.
4. Select a desired track.
The selected track is played. All the
tracks in the USB device can be played
by continuing playback.
*
1 Can be operated using an Android™
device or USB flash memory.
NOTE
Only the tracks in the desired folder
selected in Step 3 are played.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-81
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Gracenote
®
Database
When a USB device is connected to this unit and the audio is played, the album name, artist
name, genre and title information are automatically displayed if there is a match in the
vehicle's database compilation to the music being played. The information stored in this
device uses database information in the Gracenote
®
music recognition service.
CAUTION
For information related to the most recent Gracenote
®
database which can be used and how
to install it, go to the Mazda Hands Free Website:
http://www.mazdahandsfree.com
Introduction
Gracenote, the Gracenote logo and logotype are either a registered trademark or a trademark
of Gracenote, Inc. in the United States and/or other countries.
Gracenote
®
End User License Agreement
This application or device contains software from Gracenote, Inc. of Emeryville, California
(“Gracenote”). The software from Gracenote (the “Gracenote Software”) enables this
application to perform disc and/or file identification and obtain music-related information,
including name, artist, track, and title information (“Gracenote Data”) from online servers or
embedded databases (collectively, “Gracenote Servers”) and to perform other functions. You
may use Gracenote Data only by means of the intended End-User functions of this
application or device.
You agree that you will use Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers
for your own personal non-commercial use only. You agree not to assign, copy, transfer or
transmit the Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data to any third party. YOU AGREE
NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE,
OR GRACENOTE SERVERS, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN.
You agree that your non-exclusive license to use the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote
Software, and Gracenote Servers will terminate if you violate these restrictions. If your
license terminates, you agree to cease any and all use of the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote
Software, and Gracenote Servers. Gracenote reserves all rights in Gracenote Data, the
Gracenote Software, and the Gracenote Servers, including all ownership rights. Under no
circumstances will Gracenote become liable for any payment to you for any information that
you provide. You agree that Gracenote, Inc. may enforce its rights under this Agreement
against you directly in its own name.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-82
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
The Gracenote service uses a unique identifier to track queries for statistical purposes. The
purpose of a randomly assigned numeric identifier is to allow the Gracenote service to count
queries without knowing anything about who you are. For more information, see the web
page for the Gracenote Privacy Policy for the Gracenote service.
The Gracenote Software and each item of Gracenote Data are licensed to you “AS IS.”
Gracenote makes no representations or warranties, express or implied, regarding the
accuracy of any Gracenote Data from in the Gracenote Servers. Gracenote reserves the right
to delete data from the Gracenote Servers or to change data categories for any cause that
Gracenote deems sufficient. No warranty is made that the Gracenote Software or Gracenote
Servers are error-free or that functioning of Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers will
be uninterrupted. Gracenote is not obligated to provide you with new enhanced or additional
data types or categories that Gracenote may provide in the future and is free to discontinue
its services at any time.
GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND
NON-INFRINGEMENT. GRACENOTE DOES NOT WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT
WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY
GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY
CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR
LOST REVENUES.
© Gracenote, Inc. 2009
Updating the database
The Gracenote
®
media database can be updated using USB device.
1. Connect a USB device containing the software for updating Gracenote
®
.
2. Select the
icon on the home screen to display the Settings screen.
3. Select the
tab and select .
4. Select
. The list of the update package stored in the USB device and the version
are displayed.
5. Select the package to use the update.
6. Select
.
NOTE
Gracenote
®
can be downloaded from the Mazda Hands-free Website.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-83
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Bluetooth
®
▼
Introduction
Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free outline
When a Bluetooth
®
device (mobile phone) is connected to the vehicle's Bluetooth
®
unit via
radio wave transmission, a call can be made or received by pressing the talk button, pick-up
button, or hang-up button on the audio remote control switch, or by operating the center
display. For example, even if a device (mobile phone) is in your coat pocket, a call can be
made without taking the device (mobile phone) out and operating it directly.
Bluetooth
®
audio outline
When a portable audio unit equipped with the Bluetooth
®
communication function is paired
to the vehicle, you can listen to music stored on the paired portable audio device from the
vehicle's speakers. It is not necessary to connect the portable audio device to the vehicle's
external input terminal. After programming, operate the vehicle audio control panel to play/
stop the audio.
NOTE
•
For your safety, a device can be paired only when the vehicle is parked. If the vehicle
starts to move, the pairing procedure will end. Park the vehicle in a safe place before
pairing.
•
The communication range of a Bluetooth
®
equipped device is about 10 meters (32 ft) or
less.
•
Basic audio operation is available using voice commands even if Bluetooth
®
is not
connected.
•
For safety reasons, operation of the center display is disabled while the vehicle is being
driven. However, items not displayed in gray can be operated using the commander
switch while the vehicle is being driven.
CAUTION
Some Bluetooth
®
mobile devices are not compatible with the vehicle. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer, Mazda's call center or Web support center for information regarding
Bluetooth
®
mobile device compatibility:
U.S.A.
Phone: 800-430-0153
Web: www.mazdausa.com/mazdaconnect
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-84
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Canada
Phone: 800-430-0153
Web: www.mazdahandsfree.ca
Mexico
Center of Attention to Client (CAC)
Phone: 01-800-01-MAZDA
Web: www.mazdamexico.com.mx
Applicable Bluetooth
®
specification (Recommended)
Ver. 1.1/1.2/2.0
EDR/2.1 EDR/3.0 (conformity)
▼
Component Parts
Microphone
Talk button, Pick-up button and Hang-up button
Microphone
Audio unit
Talk button
Hang-up button
Pick-up button
Microphone (hands-free)
The microphone is used for speaking voice commands or when making a Hands-free call.
Talk button
Activates the voice recognition. In addition, it skips the voice guidance.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-85
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Pick-up button
Responds to incoming calls. In addition, after selecting a contact or dialing a number, it
places the call when the button is pressed.
Hang-up button
Ends the call or refuses an incoming call. In addition, it ends the voice recognition
operation.
Commander switch
The commander switch is used for volume adjustment and display operation. Tilt or turn the
commander knob to move the cursor. Press the commander knob to select the icon.
Volume adjustment
The volume dial of the commander switch is used to adjust the volume. Turn the dial to the
right to increase volume, to the left to decrease it.
The volume can also be adjusted using the volume button on the steering wheel.
NOTE
•
Press the volume dial to switch the audio MUTE on and off.
•
If the volume is lower compared to other audio modes, increase the volume from the
device side.
Conversation volume and the volume of the voice guidance and ringtone can each be set in
advance.
1. Select the
icon on the home screen to display the Communication screen.
2. Select
.
3. Adjust the
and the using the slider.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-86
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Bluetooth
®
Preparation
▼
Device pairing
To use Bluetooth
®
audio and Hands-Free,
the device equipped with Bluetooth
®
has
to be paired to the unit using the following
procedure. A maximum of 7 devices
including Bluetooth
®
audio devices and
hands-free mobile phones can be paired.
NOTE
•
The Bluetooth
®
system may not operate
for 1 or 2 minutes after the ignition is
switched to ACC or ON. However, this
does not indicate a problem. If the
Bluetooth
®
system does not connect
automatically after 1 or 2 minutes have
elapsed, make sure that the Bluetooth
®
setting on the device is normal and
attempt to reconnect the Bluetooth
®
device from the vehicle side.
•
If Bluetooth
®
-enabled devices are used
in the following locations or conditions,
connection via Bluetooth
®
may not be
possible.
•
The device is in a location hidden
from the center display such as behind
or under a seat, or inside the glove
compartment.
•
The device contacts or is covered by a
metal object or body.
•
The device is set to power-saving
mode.
Pairing Procedure
1. Select the
icon on the home screen
to display the Settings screen.
2. Select the
tab.
3. Select
.
4. Turn the Bluetooth
®
setting on.
5. Select
to display the
message and switch to the device
operation.
6. Using your device, perform a search
for the Bluetooth
®
device (Peripheral
device).
7. Select “Mazda” from the device list
searched by the device.
8. (Device with Bluetooth
®
version 2.0)
Input the displayed 4-digit pairing
code into the device.
(Device with Bluetooth
®
version 2.1
or higher)
Make sure the displayed 6-digit code
on the audio is also displayed on the
device, and touch the
.
Connection permission and phonebook
access permission for your mobile
device may be required depending on
the mobile device.
9. If pairing is successful, the functions
of the device connected to Bluetooth
®
are displayed.
10. (Devices compatible with Mazda
E-mail / SMS function)
SMS (Short Message Service)
messages, and E-mail for the device
are downloaded automatically. A
download permission operation for
your device may be required
depending on the device.
NOTE
When Call history and messages are
downloaded automatically, each automatic
download setting must be on.
Refer to Communication Settings on page
5-109.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-87
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
After a device is registered, the system
automatically identifies the device. By
activating Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free again,
or by activating Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free
first after switching the ignition from OFF
to ACC, the device connection condition
is indicated in the center display.
IMPORTANT note about pairing and
automatic reconnection:
•
If pairing is redone on the same
mobile phone device, first clear
“Mazda” displayed on the Bluetooth
®
setting screen of the mobile device.
•
When the OS of the device is updated,
the pairing information may be deleted.
If this happens, reprogram the pairing
information to the Bluetooth
®
unit.
•
Before you pair your device, make sure
that Bluetooth
®
is “ON”, both on your
phone and on the vehicle.
▼
Device selection
If several devices have been paired, the
Bluetooth
®
unit links the device last
paired. If you would like to link a different
paired device, it is necessary to change the
link. The order of device priority after the
link has been changed is maintained even
when the ignition is switched off.
Connecting other devices
1. Select the
icon on the home screen
to display the Settings screen.
2. Select the
tab.
3. Select
.
4. Turn the Bluetooth
®
setting on.
5. Select the name of the device you
would like to connect.
6.
selection
Connects both devices as hands-free
and Bluetooth
®
audio.
selection
Connects as a hands-free device.
selection
Connects as Bluetooth
®
audio.
NOTE
The following functions can be used for
the Hands-free or audio.
•
Hands-free: Phone calls and
E-mail/SMS
•
Audio: Bluetooth
®
audio, Pandora
®
,
Aha™, Stitcher™ radio
Disconnecting a device
1. Select the
icon on the home screen
to display the Settings screen.
2. Select the
tab.
3. Select
.
4. Turn the Bluetooth
®
setting on.
5. Select the device name which is
currently connected.
6. Select
.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-88
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Deleting a device
Selecting and deleting devices
1. Select the
icon on the home screen
to display the Settings screen.
2. Select the
tab.
3. Select
.
4. Turn the Bluetooth
®
setting on.
5. Select the device name which you
would like to delete.
6. Select
.
7. Select
.
Deleting all devices
1. Select the
icon on the home screen
to display the Settings screen.
2. Select the
tab.
3. Select
.
4. Select
.
5. Select
.
6. Select
.
▼
Changing PIN code
PIN code (4 digits) can be changed.
1. Select the
icon on the home screen
to display the Settings screen.
2. Select the
tab.
3. Select
.
4. Select
.
5. Select
.
6. Input the new PIN code to be set.
7. Select
.
Available Language
The Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free System
applies to the following languages:
•
English
•
Spanish
•
French
Refer to Settings on page 5-112.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-89
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Bluetooth
®
Audio
Applicable Bluetooth
®
specification
(Recommended)
Ver. 1.1/1.2/2.0
EDR/2.1 EDR/3.0
(conformity)
Response profile
•
A2DP (Advanced Audio Distribution
Profile) Ver. 1.0/1.2
•
AVRCP (Audio/Video Remote Control
Profile) Ver. 1.0/1.3/1.4
A2DP is a profile which transmits only
audio to the Bluetooth
®
unit. If your
Bluetooth
®
audio device corresponds only
to A2DP, but not AVRCP, you cannot
operate it using the control panel of the
vehicle's audio system. In this case, only
the operations on the mobile device are
available the same as when a portable
audio device for a non-compliant
Bluetooth
®
device is connected to the
AUX terminal.
Function A2DP
AV R C P
Ver.
1.0
Ver.
1.3
Ver.
1.4
Playback X X X X
Pause X X X X
File (Track)
up/down
—XXX
Reverse — — X X
Fast-forward — — X X
Text display — — X X
Repeat — —
De-
pends
on de-
vice
De-
pends
on de-
vice
Function A2DP
AV R C P
Ver.
1.0
Ver.
1.3
Ver.
1.4
Shuffle — —
De-
pends
on de-
vice
De-
pends
on de-
vice
Scan — —
De-
pends
on de-
vice
De-
pends
on de-
vice
Folder up/
down
———
De-
pends
on de-
vice
X: Available
—: Not available
NOTE
•
The battery consumption of Bluetooth
®
audio devices increases while
Bluetooth
®
is connected.
•
If a general mobile phone device is USB
connected during music playback over
the Bluetooth
®
connection, the
Bluetooth
®
connection is disconnected.
For this reason, you cannot have music
playback over a Bluetooth
®
connection
and music playback using a USB
connection at the same time.
•
If a device which supports AVRCP Ver.
1.6 or higher is connected, song
information may not display correctly.
•
The system may not operate normally
depending on the Bluetooth
®
audio
device.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-90
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Switching to Bluetooth
®
audio mode
To listen to music or voice audio recorded to a Bluetooth
®
audio device, switch to the
Bluetooth
®
audio mode to operate the audio device using the audio system control panel.
Any Bluetooth
®
audio device must be paired to the vehicle's Bluetooth
®
unit before it can
be used.
Refer to Bluetooth
®
Preparation (Type B) on page 5-87.
1. Turn on the Bluetooth
®
audio device's power.
2. Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.
3. Select the
icon on the home screen to display the Entertainment screen.
4. When
is selected, switches to the Bluetooth
®
audio mode to begin playback.
NOTE
•
If the application screen is not displayed on the device, Bluetooth
®
audio may not play on
the center display.
•
If Bluetooth
®
audio is used after using Pandora
®
, Aha™ or Stitcher™ radio, the
application on the mobile device has to be closed first.
•
If the Bluetooth
®
audio device does not begin playback, select the icon.
•
If the mode is switched from Bluetooth
®
audio mode to another mode (radio mode), audio
playback from the Bluetooth
®
audio device stops.
▼
Playback
To listen to a Bluetooth
®
audio device over the vehicle's speaker system, switch the mode to
Bluetooth
®
audio mode. (Refer to “Switching to Bluetooth
®
audio mode”)
After switching to the Bluetooth
®
audio mode, the following icons are displayed in the
lower part of the display. Icons which can be used differ depending on the version of the
Bluetooth
®
audio device which you are currently using.
Icon Function
Displays the Entertainment menu. Use to switch to a different audio source.
(AVRCP Ver. 1.4 only)
Displays the top level folder/file list.
Select the folder which you want to select.
The files in the selected folder are displayed.
Select the file you want to play.
(AVRCP Ver. 1.3 or higher)
Replays the song currently being played repeatedly.
When selected again, the songs in the folder are played repeatedly.
Select it again to cancel.
Icons change when the song is repeated or the folder is repeated.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-91
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Icon Function
(AVRCP Ver. 1.3 or higher)
Plays songs in the folder in random order.
When selected again, the songs on the device are played in random order.
Select it again to cancel.
Icons change during folder shuffle or device shuffle.
Scans the titles in a folder and plays the beginning of each song to aid in finding a desired
song.
When selected again, the beginning of each song on the device is played.
When selected again, the operation is canceled and the song currently being played con-
tinues.
Returns to the beginning of the previous song.
Long-press to fast reverse. It stops when you remove your hand from the icon or the
commander knob.
Plays the Bluetooth
®
audio. When selected again, playback is temporarily stopped.
Advances to the beginning of the next song.
Long-press to fast forward. It stops when you remove your hand from the icon or the
commander knob.
Displays sound settings to adjust audio quality level.
Refer to Volume/Display/Sound Controls on page 5-69.
▼
Bluetooth
®
Audio Device
Information Display
If a Bluetooth
®
audio device is connected,
the following information is displayed in
the center display.
AV R C P
Ver. lowe r
than 1.3
AV R C P
Ver. 1.3
AV R C P
Ver. 1.4 or
higher
Device name X X X
Remaining
battery charge
of device
XXX
Song name — X X
Artist name — X X
Album name — X X
Playback
time
—X X
AV R C P
Ver. lowe r
than 1.3
AV R C P
Ver. 1.3
AV R C P
Ver. 1.4 or
higher
Genre name — X X
Album art
image
———
X: Available
—: Not available
NOTE
Some information may not display
depending on the device, and if the
information cannot be displayed,
“Unknown - - -” is indicated.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-92
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
How to Use Pandora
®*
▼
What is Pandora
®
?
Pandora
®*1
is free personalized Internet radio. Simply enter a favorite artist, track, genre,
and Pandora
®
will create a personalized station that plays their music and more like it. Rate
songs by giving thumbs-up and thumbs-down feedback to further refine your station,
discover new music and help Pandora
®
play only music you like.
*
1 Pandora
®
, the Pandora
®
logo, and the Pandora
®
trade dress are trademarks or registered
trademarks of Pandora Media, Inc., used with permission.
NOTE
•
Pandora
®
may not be available outside of the U.S.A..
•
To operate Pandora
®
from your Bluetooth
®
device, perform the following in advance:
•
Create Pandora
®
account on the Web.
•
Create Pandora
®
station using Pandora
®
application.
•
Install Pandora
®
application on your device.
▼
Playback
Select the icon on the home screen to display the Entertainment screen. When is
selected, the following icons are indicated in the bottom part of the center display.
Icon Function
Displays the Entertainment menu. Use to switch to a different audio source.
Displays the station list.
Use to switch to other stations.
Thumbs-Down
Press the
icon to tell Pandora
®
not to play this track.
Thumbs-Up
Press the
icon to tell Pandora
®
“you like this track” and it helps to bring in more tracks
like it to your station.
Bookmarking
Bookmarks the song or artist currently being played.
Plays the track. When selected again, playback is temporarily stopped.
Goes to the next song.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
*Some models.
5-93
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Icon Function
Displays sound settings to adjust audio quality level.
Refer to Volume/Display/Sound Controls on page 5-69.
NOTE
•
The skip function may not be available depending on the device.
•
The number of skips is limited by Pandora
®
.
•
If the icon is selected when the skip song function is running, the next song is skipped.
▼
Selection from station list
Selection can be made from a programmed
radio station list.
1. Select the
icon.
2. Select the desired radio station.
NOTE
When is selected, songs randomly
selected from the radio station list are
played.
Selecting the sort method
The displayed order of the station list can
be changed.
1. Select the
icon.
2. Select
.
3. Select
to display in the order
starting from the newly created station.
4. Select
to display in alphabetical
order.
NOTE
The displayed order of cannot be
changed.
▼
Bookmarking
You can bookmark song or artist to check
out later on the Web.
1. Select the
icon.
2. Select
to bookmark the
song.
3. Select
to bookmark the
artist.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-94
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
How to Use Aha™
▼
What is Aha™?
Aha™
*1
is an application which can be used to enjoy various Internet content such as
Internet radio and podcasts.
Stay connected to your friends activities by getting updates from Facebook and Twitter.
Using the location-based service, nearby services and destinations can be searched or
real-time local information can be obtained.
For details on Aha™, refer to “http://www.aharadio.com/”.
*
1 Aha™, the Aha™ logo, and the Aha™ trade dress are trademarks or registered
trademarks of Harman International Industries, Inc., used with permission.
NOTE
•
The service content provided by Aha™ varies depending on the country in which the user
resides. In addition, the service is not available in some countries.
•
To operate Aha™ from your Bluetooth
®
device, perform the following in advance:
•
Install the Aha™ application to your device.
•
Create an Aha™ account for your device.
•
Log onto Aha™ using your device.
•
Select the preset station on your device.
•
If the application screen is not displayed on the device, Aha™ may not play on the center
display.
▼
Playback
Select the icon on the home screen to display the Entertainment screen. When is
selected, the following icons are displayed at the bottom of the center display. The displayed
icon differs depending on the selected station.
In addition, icons other than the following icons may be displayed.
Icon Function
Displays the Entertainment menu. Use to switch to a different audio source.
Displays the main menu.
Use to switch to other stations.
Displays the content list.
Use to switch to other desired content on the station.
Like
*1
Evaluates the current content as “Like”.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-95
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Icon Function
Dislike
*1
Evaluates the current content as “Dislike”.
Reverses for 15 seconds.
Map (vehicles with navigation system)
Displays the destination searched by the location based services on the navigation system.
Call
A call can be made to the telephone number of a shop searched using the Location Based
Services. Available when a device is connected as a Hands-Free.
Returns to the previous content.
Pauses playback of the content. When selected again, playback resumes.
Goes to the next content.
Fast-forwards for 30 seconds.
Displays sound settings to adjust audio quality level.
Refer to Volume/Display/Sound Controls on page 5-69.
*
1 Some stations may use alternate variations of Like and Dislike, based on station type or provider.
Main menu
Select the
icon.
Switch the tab and select the station category.
Tab Func ti on
Presets
Displays the preset station list set on the device.
Select the preset station name to play the station content.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-96
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Tab Function
Nearby
Select the desired station.
Guidance is provided to the searched destination near the vehicle's posi-
tion.
You can designate desired categories previously set using the filter setting
on your device.
NOTE
The available Location Based Services may differ because the services depend on the
content provided by Aha™.
Example of use (Location Based
Services)
1. Select the desired station from the
“Nearby” tab on the main menu.
The destination name or address
playback starts in the order of the
destination name list.
2. When the icon is selected, the
currently displayed destination is
displayed on the navigation system
(vehicles with navigation system).
3. When the
icon is selected, a phone
call is placed to the currently displayed
destination.
4. Select the
icon to display the
content list.
Selection of other destinations from
the list can be made.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-97
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
How to Use Stitcher™ Radio
▼
What is Stitcher™ Radio?
Stitcher™
*1
radio is an application which can be used to listen to Internet radio or stream
podcasts.
Recommended content is automatically selected by registering content which you put into
your favorites, or by pressing the Like or Dislike button.
For details on Stitcher™ Radio, refer to “http://stitcher.com/”.
*
1 Stitcher™, the Stitcher™ logo, and the Stitcher™ trade dress are trademarks or
registered trademarks of Stitcher, Inc., used with permission.
NOTE
•
To operate Stitcher™ Radio from your Bluetooth
®
device, perform the following in
advance:
•
Install the Stitcher™ Radio application to your device.
•
Create a Stitcher™ Radio account for your device.
•
Log onto Stitcher™ Radio using your device.
•
If the application screen is not displayed on the device, Stitcher™ may not play on the
center display.
▼
Playback
Select the icon on the home screen to display the Entertainment screen. When is
selected, the following icons are indicated in the bottom part of the center display.
Icon Function
Displays the Entertainment menu. Use to switch to a different audio source.
Displays the station list.
Use to switch to other stations.
Dislike
Evaluates the current program as “Dislike”.
Like
Evaluates the current program as “Like”.
Adds the current station to your favorites or deletes the current station from your favorites.
Reverses for 30 seconds.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-98
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Icon Function
Plays the station. Select it again to pause playback.
Goes to the next station.
Displays sound settings to adjust audio quality level.
Refer to Volume/Display/Sound Controls on page 5-69.
Station list
1. Select the
icon to display the station list.
Favorites station name: Select to display the program registered to your favorites.
Category name: A recommended category selected from your favorites by Stitcher™
is displayed.
Select it to display the category program.
2. Select the program name to play it.
Add to your favorites
If the current program has not been
registered to your favorites, it can be
registered to your favorites.
1. Select the
icon to display the
favorites station which the registration
can be added.
2. Select the station name which you
want to register.
3. Select
to add the program to the
selected favorites station.
NOTE
•
Multiple favorites stations can be
selected and registered.
•
Favorites stations registered by oneself
as well those set by default are
displayed.
Delete from your favorites
If the current program has already been
registered to your favorites, the program
can be deleted from your favorites.
1. Select the
icon.
2. The program is automatically deleted
from the favorites station.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-99
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free
▼
Making a Call
For Mazda Connect, making calls is
possible using any of the following six
methods:
•
Phonebook downloaded from
Bluetooth
®
device (mobile phone)
(voice recognition function can be used)
•
Favorites
•
Call record
•
Dialing a telephone number (voice
recognition function can be used)
•
“Redial” - Voice recognition command
for making a call to the latest outgoing
call record.
•
“Call back” - Voice recognition
command for making a call to the latest
incoming call record.
Phonebook Usage
Telephone calls can be made by saying the
contact name in the downloaded
phonebook or the name of a person whose
phone number has been registered in the
Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free. Refer to Import
contact (Download Phonebook).
1. Press the talk button.
2. Wait for the beep sound.
3. Say: “Call XXXXX... (Ex. “John”)
Mobile”. (You can also say, “Home”,
“Work”, or “Other” instead of
“Mobile”, depending on how you set
up your contact information.)
4. Follow the voice guidance to make the
call, or simple press the pick-up button
on the steering switch during or after
the guidance to make the call.
Screen operation
1. Select the
icon on the home screen
to display the Communication screen.
2. Select
to display the contact
list.
3. Select the contact you would like to
call to display the details for the
contact.
4. Select the desired phone number to
make the call.
Import contact (Download Phonebook)
Phonebook data from your device (Mobile
phone) can be sent and registered to your
Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free phonebook using
Bluetooth
®
.
(Automatic downloading)
The “Auto Download Contacts” setting
must be on. When hands-free is connected
to the device, the phonebook is
downloaded automatically.
Refer to Communication Settings on page
5-109.
(Manually downloading)
If the “Auto Download Contacts” setting
is off, download the phonebook using the
following procedure.
1. Select the
icon on the home screen
to display the Communication screen.
2. Select
to display the contact
list.
3. Select
.
4. Select
or
to switch to the
device operation.
5. If
is selected, select
.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-100
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
6. Download will be started from the
mobile phone.
NOTE
•
If “Import All Contacts” is performed
after saving the phonebook to the
Bluetooth
®
unit, the phonebook will be
overwritten.
•
A maximum of 1,000 contacts can be
registered to the phonebook.
•
Phonebook, incoming/outgoing call
record, and favorite memories are
exclusive to each mobile phone to
protect privacy.
Favorites Contacts
A maximum of 50 contacts can be
registered. It will take less time to make a
call after registering the telephone number.
In addition, you do not have to look for the
person you want to call in the phonebook.
Registering your favorites
1. Select the
icon on the home screen
to display the Communication screen.
2. Select
to display the favorites
list.
3. Select
.
4. Select
or
.
5. Select from the displayed list.
NOTE
When “Add New Contact” is selected,
information such as the selected person’s
name is also registered. In addition, when
“Add New Contact Details” is selected,
only the telephone number of the selected
person is registered.
Calling a favorite
1. Select the
icon on the home screen
to display the Communication screen.
2. Select
to display the favorites
list.
3. (If only one phone number is
registered to contact)
Select the contact information you
would like to call. Go to Step 5.
(If multiple phone numbers are
registered to contact)
Select the contact you would like to
call to display the screen indicating the
details for the contact. Go to Step 4.
4. Select the phone number you would
like to call.
5. Select
.
Deleting a favorite
1. Select the
icon on the home screen
to display the Communication screen.
2. Select
to display the favorites
list.
3. Select
.
4. Select
.
5. Select the contact information which
you would like to delete.
6. Select
.
Changing the display order of your
favorites list
1. Select the
icon on the home screen
to display the Communication screen.
2. Select
to display the favorites
list.
3. Select
.
4. Select
.
5. The contact can be moved after it is
selected.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-101
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
6. Slide the contact or move it using the
commander switch, then select
.
Changing contact name of your
favorites
1. Select the
icon on the home screen
to display the Communication screen.
2. Select
to display the favorites
list.
3. Select
.
4. Select
.
5. Select the contact to display the
keyboard screen.
6. If a new name is input and
is
selected, the contact name is stored.
NOTE
If the contact is long-pressed when the
favorites list is displayed, the contact
information can be edited (deleted,
moved).
Telephone Number Input
NOTE
Practice this while parked until you are
confident you can do it while driving in a
non-taxing road situation. If you are not
completely comfortable, make all calls
from a safe parking position, and only
start driving when you can devote your
full attention to driving.
1. Select the
icon on the home screen
to display the Communication screen.
2. When
is pressed, the dial pad
is displayed.
3. Input the telephone number using the
dial pad.
4. Select
to make the call.
Numeral or symbol entry
Use the dial pad.
Long-press the
to input +.
Select
to delete the currently input
value.
Long-press
to delete all input values.
Redial Function
Makes a call to the last person called
(latest person on outgoing call record)
from the mobile phone/vehicle.
1. Press the talk button.
2. Wait for the beep sound.
3. Say: “Redial”
Call back Function
Makes a call to the last person who called
your (latest person on incoming call
record) mobile phone/vehicle.
1. Press the talk button.
2. Wait for the beep sound.
3. Say: “Call back”
Mobile 911 (U.S.A./Canada only)
If the vehicle is involved in a moderate to
severe collision, a call is made
automatically to 911 from the connected
device. The “Emergency Assistance Call”
setting must be on.
Refer to Communication Settings on page
5-109.
CAUTION
Though the system can be set to not call
911, doing so will defeat the purpose of the
system. Mazda recommends that the
Mobile 911 system remain activated.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-102
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
NOTE
•
Mobile 911 is a secondary function of
the audio entertainment system.
Therefore, the mobile 911 function
does not assure that the call is always
made to 911 after an accident occurs.
•
A Hands-free device must be paired and
connected. The 911 operator can verify
the vehicle's position information using
the Hands-free device GPS if equipped.
1. If the vehicle is involved in a moderate
to severe collision, notification of the
call to 911 is made via audio and
screen display. To cancel the call, press
or hang-up
button within 10 seconds.
2. If
or
hang-up button is not pressed within
10 seconds, the call is made to 911
automatically.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-103
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Receiving an Incoming Call
When an incoming call is received, the incoming call notification screen is displayed. The
“Incoming Call Notifications” setting must be on.
Refer to Communication Settings on page 5-109.
To accept the call, press the pick-up button on the audio control switch or select on the screen.
To reject the call, press the hang-up button on the audio control switch or select
on the screen.
The following icons are displayed on the screen during a call. Icons which can be used
differ depending on use conditions.
Icon Function
Displays the Communication menu.
Ends the call.
Transferring a call from hands-free to a mobile phone
Communication between the Bluetooth
®
unit and a device (mobile phone) is canceled,
and an incoming call will be received by the device (mobile phone) like a standard call.
Transferring a call from a device (mobile phone) to hands-free
Communication between devices (mobile phone) can be switched to Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free.
Mute
The microphone can be muted during a call.
When selected again, the mute is canceled.
To make a 3-way call, select the contacts from the following:
: Call History is displayed.
: The phonebook is displayed.
: The dial pad is displayed. Input the phone number.
The device may be unusable depending on the contractual content.
The call on hold is made to make a 3-way call.
The device may be unusable depending on the contractual content.
Switches the call on hold.
DTMF (Dual Tone Multi-Frequency Signal) Transmission
This function is used when transmitting DTMF via the dial pad. The receiver of a DTMF
transmission is generally a home telephone answering machine or a company's automated
guidance call center.
Input the number using a dial pad.
NOTE
•
If the ignition is switched off during a
hands-free call, the line is transferred to
the device (Mobile phone) automatically.
•
If the DTMF code has two or more digits
or symbols, each one must be transmitted
individually.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-104
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Call Interrupt
A call can be interrupted to receive an
incoming call from a third party.
When
is selected or the
pick-up button on the steering wheel is
pressed, the current call is held and the
system switches to the new incoming call.
When
is selected, the current
call is ended and the system switches to
the new incoming call (GSM network
only).
When
is selected or the hang-up
button on the steering wheel is pressed, an
incoming call is refused.
NOTE
•
The function may not be available
depending on the contractual content of
the mobile device.
•
The function may not be operable
depending on the type of the telephone
network and the mobile device.
▼
Receiving and Replying to Messages
(available only with E-mail/SMS
compatible phones)
SMS (Short Message Service) messages,
and E-mail received by connected devices
can be downloaded, displayed, and played
(read by the system).
Additionally, replies can also be made to
calls and messages in the received
messages.
Downloading messages
Up to 20 new messages can be
downloaded and displayed from a
connected device.
NOTE
For E-mail, 20 messages for each account
can be downloaded.
(Automatic downloading)
The “Auto Download Email” (E-mail) or
“Auto Download Text Message” (SMS)
setting must be on. A message is
downloaded automatically when the
Bluetooth
®
unit is connected to the device.
Refer to Communication Settings on page
5-109.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-105
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
(Manually downloading)
When the “Auto Download Email”
(E-mail) or “Auto Download Text
Message” (SMS) setting is off, the
message is downloaded using the
following procedure.
1. Select the
icon on the home screen
to display the Communication screen.
2. Select
or to display
the Inbox.
3. Select
.
4. Download will be started from the
mobile phone.
NOTE
•
Attached data is not downloaded.
•
Messages up to 1 kilobyte (E-mail)/
140-bytes (SMS) can be downloaded.
•
A message list is created for each
device.
•
If the connected device does not
correspond to MAP 1.0, the AT
command is used to download. The
downloaded message indicates that it is
already read.
•
Downloading using the AT command
may not function depending on the
connected device.
•
If an iPhone is connected, the following
functions cannot be used.
•
Downloading past messages
•
Replying to messages
∗
iPhone is a trademark of Apple Inc.,
registered in the U.S. and other
countries.
Receiving messages
(Method 1)
When a device receives a message, a
message received notification is displayed.
The “Email Notifications” (E-mail) or
“Text Notifications” (SMS) setting must
be on.
Refer to Communication Settings on page
5-109.
Select
and display the message.
(Method 2)
1. Select the
icon on the home screen
to display the Communication screen.
2. Select
and display the new
message list for E-mail and SMS.
3. Select the message you would like to
display.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-106
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
The following icons are displayed in the lower part of the details on the message. Icons
which can be used differ depending on use conditions.
Icon Function
Displays the Communication menu.
Displays the inbox.
Plays back a message.
When selected again, playback is temporarily stopped.
Displays the previous message.
Displays the next message.
Only replies to the sender of the currently displayed message.
Select the sentence on the displayed reply screen and select the sentence for sending from
the preset message.
Select
.
(Only E-mail)
Replies to all members including CC.
Select the sentence on the displayed reply screen and select the sentence for sending from
the preset message.
Select
.
Makes a call to a person who sent a message.
For E-mail, this function may not work depending on the device.
Deletes a message.
The messages stored in a device is also deleted.
NOTE
Up to three preset messages can be selected.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-107
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Example of use (verify unread E-mail)
1. Select the
icon on the home screen
to display the Communication screen.
2. Select
to display the inbox.
3. Select the unread message displayed in
bold.
4. The details of the message are
displayed and replying to the message,
making a call, or playback can be
performed.
Changing account for displaying
(E-mail only)
1. Select
.
2. Select the account which you would
like to display. Only the messages for
the selected account are displayed in
the inbox.
Editing preset messages
1. Select the
icon on the home screen
to display the Communication screen.
2. Select
.
3. Select
.
4. Select the preset message which you
would like to edit. The keyboard
screen is displayed.
5. When the message is input and
is
selected, the message is stored as a
preset message.
NOTE
•
Select the icon to change the
language.
•
Select the icon to switch between
capitalized and lower-case characters.
•
Select the icon to return to the
previous screen without storing the edit.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-108
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Communication Settings
Select the icon on the home screen to display the Communication screen.
Select
to change the setting.
Item Setting Function
Bluetooth
®
—
Go to Bluetooth
®
setting menu.
Refer to Bluetooth
®
Preparation on page 5-87.
Incoming Call Notifi-
cations
On/Off Notifies when an incoming call is received.
Auto Download Text
Message
On/Off
Downloads SMS automatically when the Bluetooth
®
unit is connected
to the device.
Text Notifications On/Off Notifies when a new SMS is received.
Auto Download
Email
*1
On/Off
Downloads E-mail automatically when the Bluetooth
®
unit is connect-
ed to the device.
Email Notifications On/Off Notifies when a new Email is received.
Auto Download Call
History
On/Off
Downloads Call History automatically when the Bluetooth
®
unit is
connected to the device.
Auto Download Con-
tacts
*1
On/Off
Downloads the phonebook automatically when the Bluetooth
®
unit is
connected to the device.
Ringtone Car/Phone/Off Changes the ringtone setting.
Phone Volume
Adjusts using
the slider.
Adjusts the conversation volume.
VR and Ringtone
Adjusts using
the slider.
Adjusts the voice guidance and ringtone volume.
Contacts Display Or-
der
First Name, Last
Name
Displays the contact information in alphabetical order of the first
name.
Last Name, First
Name
Displays the contact information in alphabetical order of the last
name.
Edit Preset Messages —
Edits the preset message.
Refer to Receiving and Replying to Messages (available only with
E-mail/SMS compatible phones) on page 5-105.
Emergency Assistance
Call
On/Off Mobile Utilizes the Mobile 911 function.
Restore Factory set-
tings
— Initializes all Communication Settings.
*
1 Depending on the device, it may be necessary to acquire download permission on the device side.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-109
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Voice Recognition
▼
Basic Operation Method
Activating Voice Recognition
Press the talk button.
Ending Voice Recognition
Use one of the following methods:
•
Press the hang-up button.
•
Say, “Cancel”.
•
Operate the commander switch or the
center display (only when vehicle is
stopped).
Skipping Voice Guidance (for faster
operation)
Press and release the talk button.
Troubleshooting for Voice Recognition
If you do not understand an operation
method while in the voice recognition
mode, say “Tutorial” or “Help”.
Commands useable anytime during
voice recognition
“Go Back” and “Cancel” are commands
which can be used at anytime during voice
recognition.
Returning to previous operation
To return to the previous operation, say,
“Go Back” while in voice recognition
mode.
Cancel
To put the Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free system
in standby mode, say, “Cancel” while in
voice recognition mode.
To prevent a deterioration in the voice
recognition rate and voice quality, the
following points should be observed:
•
The voice recognition cannot be
performed while voice guidance or the
beep sound is operating. Wait until the
voice guidance or the beep sound is
finished before saying your commands.
•
Phone related commands are available
only when your phone is connected via
Bluetooth
®
. Make sure your phone is
connected via Bluetooth
®
before you
operate phone related voice commands.
•
Music play commands, such as Play
Artist and Play Album can be used only
in USB audio mode.
•
Do not speak too slowly or loudly (no
loud voice).
•
Speak clearly, without pausing between
words or numbers.
•
Dialects or different wording other than
hands-free prompts cannot be
recognized by voice recognition. Speak
in the wording specified by the voice
commands.
•
It is not necessary to face the
microphone or approach it. Speak the
voice commands while maintaining a
safe driving position.
•
Close the windows and/or the moonroof
to reduce loud noises from outside the
vehicle, or turn down the airflow of the
climate control system while Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free is being used.
•
Make sure the vents are not directing air
up towards the microphone.
NOTE
If the voice recognition performance is not
satisfactory.
Refer to Troubleshooting on page 5-115.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-110
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Voice Command List
Voice command
When the talk button is pressed and the following command is spoken, the audio or
navigation can be operated. The commands in the () can be omitted. The specified name and
number are put into the {}.
Standard command
Voice command Function
Help Usable commands can be verified.
Tutorial Basic voice commands and methods of use can be verified.
(Navigate/Take me/Drive) Home Set the destination to Home.
Communication (phone) related command
Voice command Function
Call {name in phonebook} (mobile/
home/work/other)
Example: “Call John Mobile”
Call to the contact in the downloaded phonebook.
Refer to Making a Call on page 5-100.
Redial
Call to the last contact you called.
Refer to Making a Call on page 5-100.
Callback
Call to the last contact who called you.
Refer to Making a Call on page 5-100.
Entertainment (audio) related command
Voice command Function
Corresponding audio
source
(Go to/Play) Bluetooth (Audio)
Switches the audio source to BT audio.
Can also switch to each audio source by similarly us-
ing commands such as FM, AM, or USB.
All
Play Artist {Artist name} Plays the selected artist. USB
Navigation related command
*
For the navigation screen voice commands, refer to the separate navigation system manual.
NOTE
•
Some commands cannot be used depending on the grade and specification.
•
Some commands cannot be used depending on the device connection conditions and the
use conditions.
•
The commands are examples of the available commands.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
*Some models.
5-111
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Settings
NOTE
Depending on the grade and specification, the screen display may differ.
Select the
icon on the home screen and display the Settings screen.
Switch the tab and select the setting item you want to change.
You can customize settings in the setup display as follows:
Tab Item Function
AD-Disp
Height
Brightness Control
Other
Refer to Active Driving Display on page 4-21.
Display Refer to Volume/Display/Sound Controls on page 5-69.
Safety
Distance Recognition Support System
SBS/SCBS
Other
Refer to Personalization Features on page 9-
9.
Sound Refer to Volume/Display/Sound Controls on page 5-69.
Clock
Adjust Time
Displays the currently set time is displayed.
Press
to advance the hour/minute, and select
to move the hour/minute back.
AM/PM can only be selected with the 12-hour
clock display.
GPS Sync
Synchronizes with GPS when turned on.
When turned off, the time can be changed
from “Adjust Time”.
Time Format
Changes the display between 12 and 24-hour
clock time.
Time Zone Select
When it's not synchronized with GPS, select
the region you want to specify.
Daylight Savings Time
Turns the daylight saving time setting on/off.
When ON, the time advances 1 hour. When
OFF, it returns to normal time.
Vehicle
Rain Sensing Wiper
Door Locks
Other
Refer to Personalization Features on page 9-
9.
Devices Bluetooth
Refer to Bluetooth
®
Preparation on page 5-87.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-112
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Tab Item Funct ion
System
Tool Tips Turns button explanations ON/OFF.
Language Changes the language.
Temperature
Changes the setting between Fahrenheit and
Celsius.
Distance
Changes the setting between miles and kilome-
ters.
Music Database Update
Used to update Gracenote
®
. Gracenote
®
is
used with USB Audio, and provides:
1. Supplemental music information (Such as
song name, artist name)
2. Voice recognition assistance for Play Ar-
tist and Play Album
Gracenote
®
can be downloaded from the Maz-
da Handsfree Website.
Refer to Gracenote
®
Database on page 5-82.
Restore All Factory Settings
Memory and settings are initialized to the fac-
tory settings.
The initialization launches by selecting the
button.
About
Agreements and
Disclaimers
Verify the disclaimer and agree.
Version Information
Can verify the current audio unit OS version
and Gracenote
®
Database version.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-113
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Applications
NOTE
Depending on the grade and specification, the screen display may differ.
Select the
icon on the home screen to display the Applications screen. The following
information can be verified.
Top screen Item Function
HD Radio™ Traffic Map
*
――
Fuel Economy Monitor Fuel Consumption Display
Refer to Fuel Economy Monitor
on page 4-71.
Vehicle Status Monitor
Warning Guid-
ance
Warnings currently active can be
verified.
Refer to If a Warning Light
Turns On or Flashes on page 7-
27.
Maintenance
Scheduled Maintenance
Tire Rotation
Oil Change
Refer to Maintenance Monitor
on page 6-15.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-114
*Some models.
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Troubleshooting
Mazda Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free Customer Service
If you have any problems with Bluetooth
®
, contact our toll-free customer service center.
•
U.S.A.
Phone: 800-430-0153 (Toll-free)
Web: www.mazdausa.com/mazdaconnect
•
Canada
Phone: 800-430-0153 (Toll-free)
Web: www.mazdahandsfree.ca
•
Mexico
Center of Attention to Client (CAC)
Phone: 01-800-01-MAZDA (Toll-free)
Web: www.mazdamexico.com.mx
Bluetooth
®
Device pairing, connection problems
Symptom Cause Solution method
Unable to perform pairing ―
Make sure that the Bluetooth
®
de-
vice is compatible with the Blue-
tooth
®
unit, and that Bluetooth
®
and
Find Mode
*1
are on and the airplane
mode is off in the Bluetooth
®
device
setting. Turn off the power of the
Bluetooth
®
device once, then turn it
back on. If pairing is still not possi-
ble after this, contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer or Mazda Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free Customer Service.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-115
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Symptom Cause Solution method
Pairing cannot be performed again
The pairing information paired to
the Bluetooth
®
unit or device is not
recognized correctly.
Perform pairing using the following
procedure:
1. Delete the applicable Blue-
tooth
®
device on the Mazda
Connect.
2. Delete “Mazda” from the Blue-
tooth
®
search screen of the
Bluetooth
®
device.
3. Perform pairing again.
If pairing is not possible after trying
the procedure, turn off the power of
the Bluetooth
®
device once, then
turn it back on. If pairing is still not
possible after this, contact an Au-
thorized Mazda Dealer or Mazda
Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free Customer
Service.
Unable to perform pairing
The Bluetooth
®
function and the
Find Mode/Visible setting
*1
on the
device may turn off automatically
after a period of time has elapsed
depending on the device.
Check whether the Bluetooth
®
func-
tion and the Find Mode/Visible set-
ting
*1
on the device are turned on
and pairing or reconnect.
Does not connect automatically
when starting the engine
Automatically connects, but then
disconnects suddenly
Disconnects intermittently
The device is in a location in which
radio wave interference can occur
easily, such as inside a bag in a rear
seat, in a rear pocket of a pair of
pants.
Move the device to a location in
which radio wave interference is
less likely to occur.
Does not connect automatically
when starting the engine
The pairing information is updated
when the device OS is updated.
Perform pairing using the following
procedure:
1. Delete the applicable Blue-
tooth
®
device on the Mazda
Connect.
2. Delete “Mazda” from the Blue-
tooth
®
search screen of the
Bluetooth
®
device.
3. Perform pairing again.
If pairing is not possible after trying
the procedure, turn off the power of
the Bluetooth
®
device once, then
turn it back on. If pairing is still not
possible after this, contact an Au-
thorized Mazda Dealer or Mazda
Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free Customer
Service.
*
1 Setting which detects the existence of a device external to the Bluetooth
®
unit.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-116
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
NOTE
•
When the OS of the device is updated, the pairing information may be deleted. If this
happens, reprogram the pairing information to the Bluetooth
®
unit.
•
If you pair your phone which has already been paired to your vehicle more than once in
the past, you need to delete “Mazda” on your mobile device. Then, execute the
Bluetooth
®
search on your mobile device once again, and pair to a newly detected
“Mazda”.
•
Before you pair your device, make sure that Bluetooth
®
is “ON”, both on your phone and
on the vehicle.
•
If Bluetooth
®
-enabled devices are used in the following locations or conditions,
connection via Bluetooth
®
may not be possible.
•
The device is in a location hidden from the center display such as behind or under a
seat, or inside the glove compartment.
•
The device contacts or is covered by a metal object or body.
•
The device is set to power-saving mode.
•
Different Bluetooth
®
-enabled devices can be used for Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free and
Bluetooth
®
audio. For example, device A can be connected as a Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free
device and device B can be connected as a Bluetooth
®
audio device. However, the
following may occur when they are used at the same time.
•
The Bluetooth
®
connection of the device is disconnected.
•
Noise occurs in the Hands-Free audio.
•
Hands-Free operates slowly.
Voice recognition related problems
Symptom Cause Solution method
Poor voice recognition
•
Excessive, slow speech.
•
Excessive, forceful speech (shout-
ing).
•
Speaking before the beep sound
has ended.
•
Loud noise (speaking or noise from
outside/inside vehicle).
•
Airflow from A/C is blowing
against the microphone.
•
Speaking in off-standard expres-
sions (dialect).
Regarding the causes indicated on
the left, be careful with how you
speak. In addition, when numbers
are spoken in a sequence, recogni-
tion ability will improve if no stop is
placed between the numbers.
False recognition of numbers
Poor voice recognition
There is a malfunction in the micro-
phone.
A poor connection or malfunction
with the microphone may have oc-
curred. Consult an Authorized Maz-
da Dealer.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-117
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Symptom Cause Solution method
Phone-related voice recognition is
disabled
There is a problem with the connec-
tion between the Bluetooth
®
unit
and the device.
If there is any malfunction after
checking the pairing situation, check
for device pairing or connection
problems.
Names in the phonebook are not
easily recognized
The Bluetooth
®
system is under a
condition in which recognition is
difficult.
By carrying out the following meas-
ures, the rate of recognition will im-
prove.
•
Clear memory from the phonebook
which is not used very often.
•
Avoid shortened names, use full
names. (Recognition improves the
longer the name is. By not using
names such as “Mom”, “Dad”, rec-
ognition will improve.)
When operating the audio, a song
name is not recognized
Song names cannot be recognized
by voice.
―
You want to skip guidance ―
Guidance can be skipped by quickly
pressing and releasing the talk but-
ton.
Regarding problems with calls
Symptom Cause Solution method
When starting a call, vehicle noise
from the other party can be heard
For about 3 seconds after starting a
call, the Bluetooth
®
unit's Noise
Suppression function requires time
to adapt to the call environment.
This does not indicate a problem
with the device.
The other party cannot be heard or
the speaker's voice is quiet
The volume is set at zero or low. Increase the volume.
Other problems
Symptom Cause Solution method
The indication for the remaining
battery is different between the ve-
hicle and the device
The indication method is different
between the vehicle and the device.
―
When a call is made from the vehi-
cle, the telephone number is updated
in the incoming/outgoing call record
but the name does not appear
The number has not been registered
into the phonebook.
If the number has been registered
into the phonebook, the incoming/
outgoing call record is updated by
the name in the phonebook when
the engine is restarted.
The cell phone does not synchronize
with the vehicle regarding the in-
coming/outgoing call record
Some types of cell phones do not
synchronize automatically.
Operate the cell phone for synchro-
nization.
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-118
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Symptom Cause Solution method
It takes a long time to complete the
function for changing the language
A maximum of 60 seconds is re-
quired.
―
Interior Features
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
5-119
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Things You Need to Know
WARNING
Always adjust the audio while the vehicle is
stopped:
Do not adjust the audio control switches
while driving the vehicle. Adjusting the
audio while driving the vehicle is
dangerous as it could distract your
attention from the vehicle operation which
could lead to a serious accident.
Even if the audio control switches are
equipped on the steering wheel, learn to
use the switches without looking down at
them so that you can keep your maximum
attention on the road while driving the
vehicle.
CAUTION
For the purposes of safe driving, adjust the
audio volume to a level that allows you to
hear sounds outside of the vehicle
including car horns and particularly
emergency vehicle sirens.
NOTE
•
To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not leave the audio
system on for a long period of time when
the engine is not running.
•
If a cellular phone or CB radio is used
in or near the vehicle, it could cause
noise to occur from the audio system,
however, this does not indicate that the
system has been damaged.
Do not spill any liquid on the audio
system.
▼
Radio Reception
AM characteristics
AM signals bend around such things as
buildings or mountains and bounce off the
ionosphere.
Therefore, they can reach longer distances
than FM signals.
Because of this, 2 stations may sometimes
be picked up on the same frequency at the
same time.
Station 2
Station 1
Ionosphere
Interior Features
Appendix
5-120
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
FM characteristics
An FM broadcast range is usually about
40―50 km (25―30 miles) from the
source. Because of extra coding needed to
break the sound into 2 channels, stereo FM
has even less range than monaural
(non-stereo) FM.
FM Station
40—50km
(25—30 miles)
Signals from an FM transmitter are similar
to beams of light because they do not bend
around corners, but they do reflect. Unlike
AM signals, FM signals cannot travel
beyond the horizon. Therefore, FM
stations cannot be received at the great
distances possible with AM reception.
AM wave
FM wave
FM wave
100—200 km (60—120 miles)
Ionosphere
Atmospheric conditions can also affect
FM reception. High humidity will cause
poor reception. However, cloudy days may
provide better reception than clear days.
Multipath noise
Since FM signals can be reflected by
obstructions, it is possible to receive both
the direct signal and the reflected signal at
the same time. This causes a slight delay
in reception and may be heard as a broken
sound or a distortion. This problem may
also be encountered when in close
proximity to the transmitter.
Reflected wave
Direct
Flutter/Skip noise
Signals from an FM transmitter move in
straight lines and become weak in valleys
between tall buildings, mountains, and
other obstacles. When a vehicle passes
through such an area, the reception
conditions may change suddenly, resulting
in annoying noise.
Interior Features
Appendix
5-121
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Weak signal noise
In suburban areas, broadcast signals
become weak because of distance from the
transmitter. Reception in such fringe areas
is characterized by sound breakup.
Strong signal noise
This occurs very close to a transmitter
tower. The broadcast signals are extremely
strong, so the result is noise and sound
breakup at the radio receiver.
Station drift noise
When a vehicle reaches the area of 2
strong stations broadcasting at similar
frequencies, the original station may be
temporarily lost and the second station
picked up. At this time there will be some
noise from this disturbance.
Station 2
88.3 MHz
Station 1
88.1 MHz
▼
Operating Tips for MP3
MP3 stands for MPEG Audio Layer 3,
which is standardized voice compression
established by the ISO
*1
working group
(MPEG).
Use of MP3 allows for audio data to be
compressed to approximately a tenth of
the source data size.
This unit plays files with the extension
(.mp3) as MP3 files.
*
1 International Organization for
Standardization
CAUTION
Do not use an audio le extension on les
other than audio
les.
In addition, do not
change the audio le extension. Otherwise,
the unit will not recognize the
le
correctly
resulting in noise or a malfunction.
NOTE
Supply of this product only conveys a
license for private, non-commercial use
and does not convey a license nor imply
any right to use this product in any
commercial (i.e. revenue-generating) real
time broadcasting (terrestrial, satellite,
cable and/or any other media),
broadcasting/streaming via the Internet,
intranets and/or other networks or in other
electronic content distribution systems,
such as pay-audio or audio-on-demand
applications. An independent license for
such use is required. For details, please
visit http://www.mp3licensing.com.
•
When naming an MP3 file, be sure to
add an MP3 file extension (.mp3) after
the file name.
Interior Features
Appendix
5-122
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
•
The number of characters which can be
displayed is restricted.
▼
Operating Tips for WMA
WMA is short for Windows Media
*1
Audio and is the audio compression
format used by Microsoft
*1
.
Audio data can be created and stored at a
higher compression ratio than MP3.
This unit plays files with the extension
(.wma) as WMA files.
*
1 Windows Media and Microsoft are
registered trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation U.S. in the United States
and other countries.
CAUTION
Do not use an audio
le
extension on
les
other than audio les. In addition, do not
change the audio
le
extension. Otherwise,
the unit will not recognize the le correctly
resulting in noise or a malfunction.
•
WMA files written under specifications
other than the indicated specification
may not play normally or files or folder
names may not display correctly.
•
The file extension may not be provided
depending on the computer operating
system, version, software, or settings. In
this case, add the file extension “.wma”
to the end of the file name, and then
write it to the memory.
▼
Operating Tips for AAC
AAC stands for Advanced Audio Coding,
which is standardized voice compression
established by the ISO
*1
working group
(MPEG). Audio data can be created and
stored at a higher compression ratio than
MP3.
This unit plays files with the extensions
(.aac
*2
/.m4a/.wav
*2
) as the AAC files.
CAUTION
Do not use an audio le extension on les
other than audio
les.
In addition, do not
change the audio le extension. Otherwise,
the unit will not recognize the le correctly
resulting in noise or a malfunction.
•
AAC files written under specifications
other than the indicated specification
may not play normally or files or folder
names may not display correctly.
•
The file extension may not be provided
depending on the computer operating
system, version, software, or settings. In
this case, add the file extension “.aac
*2
”,
“.m4a”, or “.wav
*2
” to the end of the file
name, and then write it to the memory.
*1 International Organization for
Standardization
*2 Type B
Interior Features
Appendix
5-123
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Operating Tips for OGG
OGG is the audio compression format for
Xiph. Org Foundation.
Audio data can be created and stored at a
higher compression ratio than MP3.
This unit plays files with the extension
(.ogg) as OGG files.
CAUTION
Do not use an audio le extension on les
other than audio les. In addition, do not
change the audio le extension. Otherwise,
the unit will not recognize the le correctly
resulting in noise or a malfunction.
•
OGG files written under specifications
other than the indicated specification
may not play normally or files or folder
names may not display correctly.
•
The file extension may not be provided
depending on the computer operating
system, version, software, or settings. In
this case, add the file extension “.ogg”
to the end of the file name, and then
write it to the memory.
▼
Operating Tips for USB device
This unit plays audio files as follows:
Extension Playback with this unit
.mp3 MP3
.wma WMA
.aac
*1
AAC
.m4a
.wav
*1
WAV
.ogg
*1
OGG
CAUTION
Do not use an audio le extension on les
other than audio les. In addition, do not
change the audio le extension. Otherwise,
the unit will not recognize the le correctly
resulting in noise or a malfunction.
NOTE
•
Playback may not be possible depending
on the type and condition of the USB
flash memory even if the audio file
complies with the standard.
•
A copyright protected WMA/AAC file
cannot be played in this unit.
•
(Type B)
If a file name in the USB memory is too
long, it could cause operation problems
such as not being able to playback the
song.
(Recommended: Within 80 characters)
•
The order of the music data stored in the
device may differ from the playback
order.
•
To prevent loss or damage of stored
data, we recommend that you always
back up your data.
Interior Features
Appendix
5-124
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
•
If a device exceeds the maximum
electric current value of 1,000 mA, it
may not operate or recharge when
connected.
•
Do not pull out the USB device while in
the USB mode (only pull it out while in
FM/AM radio mode).
•
The device will not operate if the data is
password protected.
MP3/WMA/AAC/OGG files written under
specifications other than the indicated
specification may not play normally or
files/folder names may not display
correctly.
*
1Type B
▼
Operating Tips for iPod
This unit supports playback of music files
recorded to an iPod.
∗
iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc.,
registered in the U.S. and other
countries.
The iPod may not be compatible
depending on the model or OS version. In
this case, an error message is displayed.
CAUTION
Remove the iPod when it is not in use.
Because the iPod is not designed to
withstand excessive changes in
temperature inside the cabin, it could be
damaged or the battery may deteriorate
due to the excessive temperature or
humidity inside the cabin if it is left in the
vehicle.
If data in the iPod is lost while it is
connected to the unit, Mazda cannot
guarantee recovery of any lost data.
If the iPod battery is deteriorated, the
iPod may not recharge and playback
may not be possible when it is connected
to the unit.
For details on using the iPod, refer to the
iPod instruction manual.
When connecting the iPod to a USB port,
all commands are made from the audio
unit. iPod control is not possible.
NOTE
The audio unit cannot display images or
videos stored in an iPod.
Interior Features
Appendix
5-125
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Sunvisors
When you need a sunvisor, lower it for use
in front or swing it to the side.
Sunvisor
▼
Side Extension Sunvisors
*
The visor extender extends the sunvisor's
range of sun shading.
To use, pull it out.
CAUTION
When moving the sunvisor, retract the visor
extender to its original position. Otherwise,
the visor extender could hit the rearview
mirror.
▼
Vanity Mirrors
To use the vanity mirror, lower the
sunvisor.
Interior Lights
NOTE
Do not leave the lights on for long periods
while the engine is turned off. Otherwise,
the battery power could be depleted.
Overhead Lights
Switch Posi-
tion
Overhead Lights
Light off
•
Light is on when any door is open
•
Light is on or off when the illumi-
nated entry system is on
Light on
Front
Rear
NOTE
The rear overhead light also turn on and
off when the front overhead light switch is
operated.
Interior Features
Interior Equipment
5-126
*Some models.
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Map Lights
When the overhead light switch is in the
door or off position, press the lens to
illuminate the map lights, and then press
the lens again to turn them off.
NOTE
The map lights will not turn off even if the
lens is pressed in the following cases:
•
The overhead light switch is in the ON
position.
•
The overhead light switch is in the door
position with the door open.
•
The illuminated entry system is on.
Luggage Compartment Lights
Switch Posi-
tion
Luggage Compartment Light
Light off
Light on when the liftgate is open
▼
Illuminated Entry System
The overhead lights turn on when any of
the following operations is done with the
overhead light switch in the DOOR
position.
•
The driver's door is unlocked with the
ignition is switched OFF.
•
The ignition is switched OFF with all
doors closed.
NOTE
•
The illumination time differs depending
on the operation.
•
Battery saver
If an interior light is left on with the
ignition switched OFF, the light is
turned off automatically after about 30
minutes to prevent battery depletion.
•
The operation of the illuminated entry
system can be changed.
Refer to Personalization Features on
page 9-9.
Interior Features
Interior Equipment
5-127
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Accessory Socket
Only use genuine Mazda accessories or
the equivalent requiring no greater than
120 W (DC 12 V, 10 A).
The ignition must be switched to ACC or
ON.
CAUTION
To prevent accessory socket damage or
electrical failure, pay attention to the
following:
Do not use accessories that require
more than 120 W (DC 12 V, 10 A).
Do not use accessories that are not
genuine Mazda accessories or the
equivalent.
Close the cover when the accessory
socket is not in use to prevent foreign
objects and liquids from getting into
the accessory socket.
Correctly insert the plug into the
accessory socket.
Do not insert the cigarette lighter into
the accessory socket.
Noise may occur on the audio playback
depending on the device connected to
the accessory socket.
Depending on the device connected to
the accessory socket, the vehicle's
electrical system may be
aected,
which
could cause the warning light to
illuminate. Disconnect the connected
device and make sure that the problem is
resolved. If the problem is resolved,
disconnect the device from the socket
and switch the ignition o. If the problem
is not resolved, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
To prevent discharging of the battery, do
not use the socket for long periods with the
engine off or idling.
Interior Features
Interior Equipment
5-128
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Cup Holder
WARNING
Never use a cup holder to hold hot liquids
while the vehicle is moving:
Using a cup holder to hold hot liquids while
the vehicle is moving is dangerous. If the
contents spill, you could be scalded.
▼
Front
There are two cup holders.
Front
Rear
How to use the cup holder
Front
Press the button on the divider. The flap
pops up to hold the drink cup in place
firmly.
Rear
Pull up the armrest and press the button on
the divider. The flap pops up to hold the
drink cup in place firmly.
Flaps
Buttons
NOTE
(Rear)
•
If the divider was removed, return it to
its original position.
Refer to Center Console on page 5-132.
•
The base plate lowers at the same time
the flap pops up. Use it to hold small
drink cups. When placing tall bottles
such as PET drink bottles, retract the
flap and the base plate.
To retract the front/rear flaps and rear
base plate
Front
To retract the flap, press down the flap.
Interior Features
Interior Equipment
5-129
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Rear
To retract the base plate, insert a finger
into the notch of the base plate and pull it
up.
▼
Rear
*
The rear cup holder is on the rear center
armrest.
To use the rear seat cup holders, pull open
the lids.
Lids
CAUTION
Be careful not to pinch your hand or
nger when closing the cover. Otherwise,
you could pinch and injure your
ngers
or hand.
When putting a PET bottle or a tall drink
cup in the cup holder, make sure it is held
securely. Depending on the height and
shape of the drink cup or bottle, it may
not remain held in the cup holder while
you are driving the vehicle.
Do not close the lid or store the armrest
with small items left in the cup holder.
Otherwise, the items could be damaged.
NOTE
If it is difficult to remove a PET bottle
from the cup holder, press the flap with
your fingers to make it easier to pull out.
Flaps
Flaps
Interior Features
Interior Equipment
5-130
*Some models.
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Bottle Holder
Bottle holders are on the inside of the
doors.
Front
Bottle holder
Rear
Bottle holder
CAUTION
Do not use the bottle holders for containers
without caps. The contents may spill when
the door is opened or closed.
Storage Compartments
WARNING
Keep storage boxes closed when driving:
Driving with the storage boxes open is
dangerous. To reduce the possibility of
injury in an accident or a sudden stop, keep
the storage boxes closed when driving.
Do not put articles in storage spaces with
no lid:
Putting articles in storage spaces with no
lid is dangerous as they could be thrown
around the cabin if the vehicle is suddenly
accelerated and cause injury depending on
how the article is stored.
CAUTION
Do not leave lighters or eyeglasses in the
storage boxes while parked under the sun.
A lighter could explode or the plastic
material in eyeglasses could deform and
crack from high temperature.
▼
Overhead Console
*
This console box is designed to store
eyeglasses or other accessories.
Push and release to open.
Interior Features
Interior Equipment
*Some models.
5-131
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Glove Compartment
To open the glove compartment, pull the
latch toward you.
To close the glove compartment, firmly
press in the center of the glove
compartment lid.
▼
Center Console
The rear divider can be removed and
stored.
Removing the divider provides a console
box with a wider space.
1. Pull out the divider.
Divider
(rear)
2. Insert the divider into the armrest from
the top with the flap side of the divider
facing the underside of the armrest,
and press it in until a click sound is
heard.
NOTE
To use the divider, install it in the
reverse order of removal.
Flap side
Interior Features
Interior Equipment
5-132
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Cargo Securing Loops
WARNING
Make sure luggage and cargo is secured
before driving:
Not securing cargo while driving is
dangerous as it could move or be crushed
during sudden braking or a collision and
cause injury.
Use the loops in the luggage compartment
to secure cargo with a rope or net. The
tensile strength of the loops is 196 N (20
kgf, 44 lbf). Do not apply excessive force
to the loops as it will damage them.
▼
Luggage Board
*
When using the luggage board in the
upper level
CAUTION
Make sure the luggage board is securely
inserted into the grooves. Otherwise, the
luggage board may detach while the
vehicle is being driven or during sudden
braking resulting in injury or damage to
the luggage board.
Insert the luggage board into the left and
right grooves.
Groove
Luggage board
Luggage board
Interior Features
Interior Equipment
*Some models.
5-133
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
When using the luggage board in the
lower level
By placing the luggage board on top of the
luggage mat, more space is available for
placing taller items.
1. Lift up the luggage board and pull it
outward.
2. Place the luggage board on top of the
luggage mat.
Luggage mat
Luggage board
NOTE
When using the luggage board on the
lower level, make sure that it is placed
horizontally.
The front part of the luggage board folds
up on vehicles equipped with the
sub-woofer.
The luggage board can be placed
horizontally by sliding it towards the
vehicle front until the front part of the
luggage board folds up.
▼
Rear Coat Hooks
WARNING
Never hang heavy or sharp objects on the
assist grips and coat hooks:
Hanging heavy or sharp-ended objects
such as a coat hanger from the assist grips
or coat hooks is dangerous as they can y
o and hit an occupant in the cabin if a
curtain air bag was to deploy, which could
result in serious injury or death.
Always hang clothes on the coat hooks
and the assist grips without hangers.
Coat hook
Interior Features
Interior Equipment
5-134
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
6
Maintenance and Care
How to keep your Mazda in top condition.
Essential Information........................6-2
Introduction.................................. 6-2
Scheduled Maintenance.................... 6-4
Scheduled Maintenance (U.S.A.,
Canada, and Puerto Rico).............6-4
Scheduled Maintenance
(Mexico)..................................... 6-10
Maintenance Monitor................. 6-15
Owner Maintenance........................6-17
Owner Maintenance
Precautions................................. 6-17
Hood........................................... 6-19
Engine Compartment
Overview.................................... 6-21
Engine Oil...................................6-22
Engine Coolant........................... 6-25
Brake/Clutch Fluid..................... 6-27
Window Washer Fluid................ 6-27
Body Lubrication........................6-28
Wiper Blades.............................. 6-29
Battery........................................ 6-32
Key Battery Replacement...........6-34
Tires............................................ 6-36
Light Bulbs................................. 6-41
Fuses...........................................6-48
Appearance Care.............................6-54
Exterior Care.............................. 6-54
Interior Care................................6-60
6-1
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Introduction
Be careful not to hurt yourself when inspecting your vehicle, replacing a tire, or doing some
kind of maintenance such as car washing. In particular, wear thick work gloves such as
cotton gloves when touching areas that are difficult to see while inspecting or working on
your vehicle. Doing inspections or procedures with your bare hands could cause injury.
If you are unsure about any procedure this manual describes, we strongly urge you to have a
reliable and qualified service shop perform the work, preferably an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
Factory-trained Mazda technicians and genuine Mazda parts are best for your vehicle.
Without this expertise and the parts that have been designed and made especially for your
Mazda, inadequate, incomplete, and insufficient servicing may result in problems. This
could lead to vehicle damage or an accident and injuries.
For expert advice and quality service, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
To continue warranty eligibility and to protect your investment, it is your responsibility to
properly maintain your vehicle according to factory recommended schedules outlined in this
manual. As part of this you must keep your maintenance records, receipts, repair orders and
any other documents as evidence this maintenance was performed. You must present these
documents, should any warranty coverage disagreement occur. Failure to do so can result in
your warranty being voided either in whole or in part.
This evidence may consist of the following:
•
The Mazda Scheduled Maintenance Record, refer to the Warranty Booklet, must be
completely filled out showing mileage, repair order number, date for each service, and
signed by a qualified automotive service technician who service vehicles.
•
Original copies of repair orders or other receipts that include the mileage and date the
vehicle was serviced. Each receipt should be signed by a qualified automotive service
technician.
•
For self maintenance, a statement that you completed the maintenance yourself,
displaying mileage and the date the work was performed. Also, receipts for the
replacement parts (fluid, filters, etc.) indicating the date and mileage must accompany this
statement.
Maintenance and Care
Essential Information
6-2
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
NOTE
If you elect to perform maintenance yourself or have your vehicle serviced at a location
other than an Authorized Mazda Dealer, Mazda requires that all fluids, parts and materials
must meet Mazda standards for durability and performance as described in this manual.
Claims against the warranty resulting from lack of maintenance, as opposed to defective
materials or authorized Mazda workmanship, will not be honored.
Any auto repair shop using parts equivalent to your Mazda's original equipment may
perform maintenance. But we recommend that it always be done by an Authorized
Mazda Dealer using genuine Mazda parts.
Selecting “Maintenance Monitor” enables the system to notify you of your vehicle's
approaching inspection/servicing period (page 6-15).
The malfunction diagnosis connector is designed exclusively for connecting the specially
designed device to perform on-board diagnosis.
Do not connect any devices other than the specially designed malfunction diagnosis devices
for servicing. If any device other than the malfunction diagnosis device is connected, it may
affect the vehicle's electrical devices or lead to damage such as battery depletion.
Malfunction
diagnosis
connector
Maintenance and Care
Essential Information
6-3
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Scheduled Maintenance (U.S.A., Canada, and Puerto
Rico)
Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditions
(severe driving conditions)apply.
•
Repeated short-distance driving
•
Driving in dusty conditions
•
Driving with extended use of brakes
•
Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are used
•
Driving on rough or muddy roads
•
Extended periods of idling or low-speed operation
•
Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates
•
Driving in extremely hot conditions
•
Driving in mountainous conditions continually
If any do apply, follow Schedule 2. (Canada residents follow Schedule 2.)
Vehicles using Engine Oil Flexible Maintenance
Engine Oil Flexible Maintenance is selected by default for U.S.A. and Puerto Rico
residents.
If any following conditions do apply, follow Schedule 2 with engine oil fixed maintenance.
•
Extended periods of idling or low-speed operation such as police car, taxi or driving
school car
•
Driving in dusty conditions
The vehicle calculates the remaining oil life based on engine operating conditions. The
vehicle lets you know when an oil change is due by illuminating the wrench indicator light
in the instrument cluster. Change the oil as soon as possible within the next 1,000 km (600
mile) or 15 days. Refer to Maintenance Monitor on page 6-15 for the details.
NOTE
•
Please ensure that the Flexible Oil Maintenance Setting is reset after each Oil and Filter
replacement.
•
For maintenance guidelines beyond the miles/months listed, follow the maintenance
intervals provided in the Scheduled Maintenance Tables.
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
6-4
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Schedule 1
U.S.A. and Puerto Rico residents - Engine oil flexible maintenance interval
Use when the maintenance monitor for “Oil Change” is set to “Flexible”. For details,
see maintenance monitor. (page 6-15)
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first.
Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
×1000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
×1000 miles 7.5 15
22.5
30
37.5
45
52.5
60
Drive belts I I
Engine oil & filter
*1
Replace when wrench indicator light is ON. (Max interval:12
months or 12,000 km (7,500 miles))
Engine coolant
*2
Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years; after
that, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years.
Air filter R R
Fuel lines and hoses
*3
IIII
Hoses and tubes for emission
*3
II
Spark plugs Replace every 120,000 km (75,000 miles).
Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I
Disc brakes IIIIIIII
Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 12,000 km (7,500 miles).
Steering operation and linkages I I I I
Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheel
bearing axial play
IIII
Rear differential oil
*4*5
Transfer oil
*5
Driveshaft dust boots I I I I
Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T T
Exhaust system and heat shields I
Emergency flat tire repair kit (if installed)
*6
Inspect annually.
Cabin air filter R R R R
Chart symbols:
I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
L: Lubricate
C: Clean
T: Tighten
D: Drain
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
6-5
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Remarks:
*
1 The engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year or within 12,000 km (7,500 miles) since last
engine oil and filter change. Reset the engine oil data whenever replacing the engine oil regardless of the
message/wrench indicator light display.
*
2 Use of FL-22 is recommended when replacing engine coolant. Using engine coolant other than FL-22 may
cause serious damage to the engine and cooling system.
*
3 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at
the recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
*
4 If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, replace the rear differential oil at
every 48,000 km (30,000 miles).
a) Towing a trailer or using a car-top carrier
b) Driving in dusty, sandy or wet conditions
c) Extended periods of idling or low speed operation
d) Repeated short trips of less than 16 km (10 miles)
*
5 If this component has been submerged in water, the oil should be replaced.
*
6 Check the tire repair fluid expiration date every year when performing the periodic maintenance. Replace the
tire repair fluid bottle with new one before the expiration date.
▼
Schedule 2
U.S.A. and Puerto Rico residents - Severe driving conditions maintenance interval
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first.
Months 6 1218243036424854606672
×1000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96
×1000 miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
Drive belts I I I
Engine oil & filter
Flexible
*1
Replace when wrench indicator light is ON. (Max interval:12
months or 12,000 km (7,500 miles))
Fixed RRRRRRRRRRRR
Engine coolant
*2
Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years; after
that, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years.
Engine coolant level IIIIIIIIIIII
Air filter
*3
RR
Fuel lines and hoses
*4
IIII
Hoses and tubes for emission
*4
II
Spark plugs Replace every 120,000 km (75,000 miles).
Function of all lights IIIIIIIIIIII
Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I
Brake and clutch fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I
Disc brakes IIIIIIIIIIII
Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 8,000 km (5,000 miles).
Tire inflation pressure and tire wear IIIIIIIIIIII
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
6-6
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first.
Months 6 1218243036424854606672
×1000 km 8 1624324048566472808896
×1000 miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
Steering operation and linkages I I I I
Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheel
bearing axial play
IIII
Rear differential oil
*5*6
Transfer oil
*6
Driveshaft dust boots I I I I
Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T T
Exhaust system and heat shields I
All locks and hinges LLLLLLLLLLLL
Washer fluid level IIIIIIIIIIII
Emergency flat tire repair kit (if installed)
*7
Inspect annually.
Cabin air filter Replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 2 years.
Chart symbols:
I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
L: Lubricate
C: Clean
T: Tighten
D: Drain
Remarks:
*
1 Engine oil flexible maintenance is available for U.S.A. and Puerto Rico residents whose vehicle is operated
mainly where none of the following conditions apply.
•
Extended periods of idling or low-speed operation such as police car, taxi or driving school car
•
Driving in dusty conditions
If any do apply, follow fixed maintenance.
The engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year or within 12,000 km (7,500 miles) since last
engine oil and filter change. Reset the engine oil data whenever replacing the engine oil regardless of the
message/wrench indicator light display.
*
2 Use of FL-22 is recommended when replacing engine coolant. Using engine coolant other than FL-22 may
cause serious damage to the engine and cooling system.
*
3 If the vehicle is operated in very dusty or sandy areas, clean and if necessary, replace the air filter more often
than the recommended intervals.
*
4 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at
the recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
*
5 If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, replace the rear differential oil at
every 48,000 km (30,000 miles).
a) Towing a trailer or using a car-top carrier
b) Driving in dusty, sandy or wet conditions
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
6-7
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
c) Extended periods of idling or low speed operation
d) Repeated short trips of less than 16 km (10 miles)
*
6 If this component has been submerged in water, the oil should be replaced.
*
7 Check the tire repair fluid expiration date every year when performing the periodic maintenance. Replace the
tire repair fluid bottle with new one before the expiration date.
Canada residents
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first.
Months 6 1218243036424854606672
×1000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96
×1000 miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
Drive belts I I
Engine oil & filter RRRRRRRRRRRR
Engine coolant
*1
Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years; after
that, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years.
Engine coolant level IIIIIIIIIIII
Air filter
IIIIIIIIIIII
Replace every 56,000 km (35,000 miles) or 3 years.
Fuel lines and hoses
*2
III
Hoses and tubes for emission
*2
I
Spark plugs Replace every 120,000 km (75,000 miles).
Function of all lights IIIIIIIIIIII
Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I
Brake and clutch fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I
Disc brakes Inspect every 24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 1 years.
Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 8,000 km (5,000 miles).
Tire inflation pressure and tire wear IIIIIIIIIIII
Steering operation and linkages I I I
Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheel
bearing axial play
III
Rear differential oil
*3*4
Transfer oil
*4
Driveshaft dust boots I I I
Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T
Exhaust system and heat shields Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 5 years.
All locks and hinges LLLLLLLLLLLL
Washer fluid level IIIIIIIIIIII
Emergency flat tire repair kit (if installed)
*5
Inspect annually.
Cabin air filter Replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 2 years.
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
6-8
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Chart symbols:
I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
L: Lubricate
C: Clean
T: Tighten
D: Drain
Remarks:
*
1 Use of FL-22 is recommended when replacing engine coolant. Using engine coolant other than FL-22 may
cause serious damage to the engine and cooling system.
*
2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at
the recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
*
3 If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, replace the rear differential oil at
every 48,000 km (30,000 miles).
a) Towing a trailer or using a car-top carrier
b) Driving in dusty, sandy or wet conditions
c) Extended periods of idling or low speed operation
d) Repeated short trips of less than 16 km (10 miles)
*
4 If this component has been submerged in water, the oil should be replaced.
*
5 Check the tire repair fluid expiration date every year when performing the periodic maintenance. Replace the
tire repair fluid bottle with new one before the expiration date.
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
6-9
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Scheduled Maintenance (Mexico)
Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditions
(severe driving conditions) apply.
•
Repeated short-distance driving
•
Driving in dusty conditions
•
Driving with extended use of brakes
•
Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are used
•
Driving on rough or muddy roads
•
Extended periods of idling or low-speed operation
•
Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates
•
Driving in extremely hot conditions
•
Driving in mountainous conditions continually
If any do apply, follow Schedule 2.
NOTE
For maintenance guidelines beyond the kilometers/months listed, follow the maintenance
intervals provided in the Scheduled Maintenance Tables.
▼
Schedule 1
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers, whichever comes first
Months 6 1218243036424854606672
×1000 km 102030405060708090100110120
Drive belts I I I
Engine oil & filter RRRRRRRRRRRR
Cooling system I I I
Engine coolant
*1
Replace at first 200,000 km or 10 years; after that, every
100,000 km or 5 years
Air filter RRRRRR
Fuel lines and hoses
I
*2
I
*2
I
Hoses and tubes for emission
I
*2
I
*2
I
Fuel filter Replace every 60,000 km
Spark plugs
IIIIIIIIIIII
Replace every 120,000 km
Brake lines, hoses and connections IIIIII
Brake and clutch fluid level I I I I I I I I I
Brake fluid R R R
Disc brakes IIIIIIIIIIII
Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 10,000 km
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
6-10
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers, whichever comes first
Months 6 1218243036424854606672
×1000 km 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
Tire inflation pressure and tire wear IIIIIIIIIIII
Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I I I I I I I
Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheel
bearing axial play
IIIIII
Rear differential oil
*3*4
Transfer oil
*4
Driveshaft dust boots IIIIII
Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T T T T
Exhaust system and heat shields IIIIII
All locks and hinges LLLLLLLLLLLL
Washer fluid level IIIIIIIIIIII
Emergency flat tire repair kit (if installed)
*5
Inspect annually.
Cabin air filter R R R
Chart symbols:
I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
L: Lubricate
C: Clean
T: Tighten
D: Drain
Remarks:
*
1 Use of FL-22 is recommended when replacing engine coolant. Using engine coolant other than FL-22 may
cause serious damage to the engine and cooling system.
*
2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at
the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
*
3 If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, replace the rear differential oil at
every 45,000 km.
a) Towing a trailer or using a car-top carrier
b) Driving in dusty, sandy or wet conditions
c) Extended periods of idling or low speed operation
d) Repeated short trips of less than 16 km
*
4 If this component has been submerged in water, the oil should be replaced.
*
5 Check the tire repair fluid expiration date every year when performing the periodic maintenance. Replace the
tire repair fluid bottle with new one before the expiration date.
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
6-11
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Schedule 2
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers, whichever comes first
Months 3 6 9 121518212427303336
×1000 km 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
Drive belts I
Engine oil & filter RRRRRRRRRRRR
Cooling system I
Engine coolant
*1
Replace at first 200,000 km or 10 years; after that, every
100,000 km or 5 years
Engine coolant level IIIIIIIIIIII
Air filter CRCRCR
Fuel lines and hoses
I
*2
Hoses and tubes for emission
I
*2
Fuel filter Replace every 60,000 km
Spark plugs
IIIIII
Replace every 120,000 km
Function of all lights IIIIIIIIIIII
Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I
Brake and clutch fluid level I I I I I
Brake fluid R
Disc brakes IIIIII
Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 10,000 km
Tire inflation pressure and tire wear IIIIII
Steering operation and linkages IIIIII
Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheel
bearing axial play
III
Rear differential oil
*3*4
Transfer oil
*4
Driveshaft dust boots I I I
Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T
Exhaust system and heat shields I I I
All locks and hinges LLLLLL
Washer fluid level IIIIII
Emergency flat tire repair kit (if installed)
*5
Inspect annually.
Cabin air filter R R R
Chart symbols:
I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
6-12
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
L: Lubricate
C: Clean
T: Tighten
D: Drain
Remarks:
*
1 Use of FL-22 is recommended when replacing engine coolant. Using engine coolant other than FL-22 may
cause serious damage to the engine and cooling system.
*
2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at
the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
*
3 If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, replace the rear differential oil at
every 45,000 km.
a) Towing a trailer or using a car-top carrier
b) Driving in dusty, sandy or wet conditions
c) Extended periods of idling or low speed operation
d) Repeated short trips of less than 16 km
*
4 If this component has been submerged in water, the oil should be replaced.
*
5 Check the tire repair fluid expiration date every year when performing the periodic maintenance. Replace the
tire repair fluid bottle with new one before the expiration date.
(Cont.)
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers, whichever comes first
Months 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72
×1000 km 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120
Drive belts I I
Engine oil & filter R R R R R R R R R R R R
Cooling system I I
Engine coolant
*1
Replace at first 200,000 km or 10 years; after that, every
100,000 km or 5 years
Engine coolant level IIIIIIIIIIII
Air filter CRCRCR
Fuel lines and hoses
I
*2
I
Hoses and tubes for emission
I
*2
I
Fuel filter Replace every 60,000 km
Spark plugs
IIIIII
Replace every 120,000 km
Function of all lights I I I I I I I I I I I I
Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I
Brake and clutch fluid level I I I I
Brake fluid R R
Disc brakes IIIIII
Tire (Rotation) Rotate every 10,000 km
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
6-13
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers, whichever comes first
Months 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72
×1000 km 65707580859095100105110115120
Tire inflation pressure and tire wear IIIIII
Steering operation and linkages IIIIII
Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheel
bearing axial play
III
Rear differential oil
*3*4
Transfer oil
*4
Driveshaft dust boots I I I
Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T
Exhaust system and heat shields I I I
All locks and hinges LLLLLL
Washer fluid level IIIIII
Emergency flat tire repair kit (if installed)
*5
Inspect annually.
Cabin air filter R R R
Chart symbols:
I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
L: Lubricate
C: Clean
T: Tighten
D: Drain
Remarks:
*
1 Use of FL-22 is recommended when replacing engine coolant. Using engine coolant other than FL-22 may
cause serious damage to the engine and cooling system.
*
2 According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at
the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
*
3 If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, replace the rear differential oil at
every 45,000 km.
a) Towing a trailer or using a car-top carrier
b) Driving in dusty, sandy or wet conditions
c) Extended periods of idling or low speed operation
d) Repeated short trips of less than 16 km
*
4 If this component has been submerged in water, the oil should be replaced.
*
5 Check the tire repair fluid expiration date every year when performing the periodic maintenance. Replace the
tire repair fluid bottle with new one before the expiration date.
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
6-14
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Maintenance Monitor
▼
Maintenance Monitor (Type A audio)
“Oil Change” with a flexible setting
*1
is available. Consult your Authorized Mazda Dealer
when you want to change the setting
*2
. Once the system turns on, the wrench indicator light
in the instrument cluster will be illuminated when remaining oil life becomes less than 1,000
km (600 mile), or remaining days are less than 15 (whichever comes first).
Reset method
Press and hold the selector with the ignition switched off, then switch it on. Keep pressing
the selector for more than 5 seconds. The master warning light will flash for a few seconds
when the reset is completed.
Selector
*
1 The flexible setting is available in the United States and Puerto Rico. Based on the
engine operating conditions, the onboard computer in your vehicle calculates the
remaining oil life. Mazda Genuine 0W-20 oil and Castrol
®
0W-20 oil are required to
achieve optimum calculation performance.
*
2 Once the Flexible Oil Maintenance Setting is selected, the system must be reset
whenever replacing the engine oil.
▼
Maintenance Monitor (Type B audio)
1. Select the icon on the home screen to display the “Applications” screen.
2. Select “Vehicle Status Monitor”.
3. Select “Maintenance” to display the maintenance list screen.
4. Switch the tab and select the setting item you want to change.
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
6-15
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
You can customize settings in the setup display as follows:
Tab It em Explanat io n
Scheduled
Setting Notification can be switched on/off.
Time (months) Displays the time or distance until maintenance is due.
Select this item to set the maintenance period.
The wrench indication/indicator light in the instrument cluster
will be illuminated when the remaining distance is less than 1,000
km or 600 mile, or the remaining number of days is less than 15
(whichever comes first).
Distance (km or mile)
Reset
Resets the time and distance to the initial values.
Once the system turns on, it needs to be reset whenever carrying
out maintenance.
Tire Rotation
Setting Notification can be switched on/off.
Distance (km or mile)
Displays the distance until tire rotation is due.
Select this item to set the tire rotation distance.
The wrench indication/indicator light in the instrument cluster
will be illuminated when the remaining distance is less than 1,000
km or 600 mile.
Reset
Resets the remaining distance to the initial value.
Once the system turns on, it needs to be reset whenever rotating
the tires.
Oil Change
Setting Interval
Oil replacement period can be selected from the flexible setting
or fixed setting, or it can be set to non-display.
The flexible setting is available only in the United States and Pu-
erto Rico. Once engine oil flexible maintenance is selected, the
vehicle calculates the remaining oil life based on the engine oper-
ating conditions. The vehicle lets you know when an oil change is
due by illuminating the wrench indicator light in the instrument
cluster. Mazda Genuine 0W-20 oil and Castrol
®
0W-20 oil are re-
quired to achieve optimum performance.
Distance (km or mile)
(Displays only in fixed set-
ting)
Displays the distance until the oil replacement is due.
Select this item to set the oil replacement distance.
The wrench indication/indicator light in the instrument cluster
will be illuminated when the remaining distance is less than 1,000
km or 600 mile.
Oil life (km or mile)
(Displays only in flexible
setting)
Displays the engine oil life until the oil replacement is due.
The wrench indication/indicator light in the instrument cluster
will be illuminated when the remaining oil life distance is less
than 1,000 km or 600 mile.
Reset
Resets the remaining distance to the initial value.
Once the system turns on, it needs to be reset whenever replacing
the engine oil.
Maintenance and Care
Scheduled Maintenance
6-16
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Owner Maintenance Precautions
The owner or a qualified service technician should make these vehicle inspections at the
indicated intervals to ensure safe and dependable operation.
Bring any problem to the attention of an Authorized Mazda Dealer or qualified service
technician as soon as possible.
When Refueling
•
Brake and clutch fluid level (page 6-27)
•
Engine coolant level (page 6-25)
•
Engine oil level (page 6-25)
•
Washer fluid level (page 6-27)
At Least Monthly
•
Tire inflation pressures (page 6-36)
At Least Twice a Year (For Example, Every Spring and Fall)
You can do the following scheduled maintenance items if you have some mechanical ability
and a few basic tools and if you closely follow the directions in this manual.
•
Engine coolant (page 6-25)
•
Engine oil (page 6-22)
Improper or incomplete service may result in problems. This section gives instructions only
for items that are easy to perform.
As explained in the Introduction (page 6-2), several procedures can be done only by a
qualified service technician with special tools.
Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage.
Refer to Introduction (page 6-2) for owner's responsibility in protecting your investment.
For details, read the separate Mazda Warranty statement provided with the vehicle. If you
are unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure, have it done by an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
There are strict environmental laws regarding the disposal of waste oil and fluids. Please
dispose of your waste properly and with due regard to the environment.
We recommend that you entrust the oil and fluid changes of your vehicle to an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-17
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
WARNING
Do not perform maintenance work if you lack
sucient
knowledge and experience or the
proper tools and equipment to do the work. Have maintenance work done by a qualied
technician:
Performing maintenance work on a vehicle is dangerous if not done properly. You can be
seriously injured while performing some maintenance procedures.
If you must run the engine while working under the hood, make certain that you remove all
jewelry (especially rings, bracelets, watches, and necklaces) and all neckties, scarves, and
similar loose clothing before getting near the engine or cooling fan which may turn on
unexpectedly:
Working under the hood with the engine running is dangerous. It becomes even more
dangerous when you wear jewelry, loose clothing or have long hair or a long beard.
Either can become entangled in moving parts and result in injury.
Pull over to a safe location, then switch the ignition
o
and make sure the fan is not
running before attempting to work near the cooling fan:
Working near the cooling fan when it is running is dangerous. The fan could continue running
indenitely even if the engine has stopped and the engine compartment temperature is high.
You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured.
Do not leave items in the engine compartment:
After you have
nished
checking or doing servicing in the engine compartment, do not forget
and leave items such as tools or rags in the engine compartment.
Tools or other items left in the engine compartment could cause engine damage or a
re
leading to an unexpected accident.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-18
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Hood
WARNING
Always check that the hood is closed and
securely locked:
A hood that is not closed and securely
locked is dangerous as it could
y
open
while the vehicle is moving and block the
driver's vision which could result in a
serious accident.
▼
Opening the Hood
1. With the vehicle parked, pull the
release handle to unlock the hood.
Release handle
2. Insert your hand into the hood
opening, slide the latch lever to the
right, and lift up the hood.
Lever
NOTE
The lever is located a little to the left of
center when facing the vehicle.
3. Grasp the support rod in the padded
area and secure it in the support rod
hole indicated by the arrow to hold the
hood open.
Pad
Clip
Clip
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-19
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Closing the Hood
1. Check under the hood area to make
certain all filler caps are in place and
all loose items (e.g. tools, oil
containers, etc.) have been removed.
2. Lift the hood, grasp the padded area on
the support rod, and secure the support
rod in the clip. Verify that the support
rod is secured in the clip before closing
the hood.
Clip
Clip
Clip
3. Lower the hood slowly to a height of
about 20 cm (7.9 in) above its closed
position and then let it drop.
CAUTION
When closing the hood, do not push it
excessively such as by applying your
weight. Otherwise, the hood could be
deformed.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-20
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Engine Compartment Overview
Windshield washer fluid reservoir
Engine oil-dipstick Battery
Fuse block
Cooling system cap
Engine coolant reservoir
Engine oil-filler cap
Brake/Clutch fluid reservoir
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-21
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Engine Oil
NOTE
Changing the engine oil should be
performed by an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
Refer to Introduction (page 6-2) for
owner's responsibility in protecting your
investment.
▼
Recommended Oil
U.S.A., Canada, and Puerto Rico
Use SAE 0W-20 engine oil.
Mazda Genuine Oil is used in your Mazda
vehicle. Mazda Genuine 0W-20 Oil is
required to achieve optimum fuel
economy.
For maintenance service, Mazda
recommends Mazda Genuine Parts and
Castrol
®
(U.S.A. only).
(ILSAC)
Only use SAE 0W-20 oil “Certified For
Gasoline Engines” by the American
Petroleum Institute (API).
Oil with this trademark symbol conforms
to the current engine and emission system
protection standards and fuel economy
requirements of the International
Lubricant Standardization and Approval
Committee (ILSAC), comprised of U.S.
and Japanese automobile manufacturers.
80
60
40
20
0
–40 –20
30
100
40
20
10
0
–10
–20
–30
–40
Except U.S.A., Canada, and Puerto Rico
Use SAE 5W-30 engine oil.
Oil container labels provide important
information.
A chief contribution this type of oil makes
to fuel economy is reducing the amount of
fuel necessary to overcome engine
friction.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-22
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
For maintenance service, Mazda
recommends Mazda Genuine Parts and
Castrol
®
(Mexico only).
(ILSAC)
(Mexico)
Use SAE 5W-30 engine oil. If SAE 5W-30
engine oil is not available, use SAE 5W-20
engine oil.
The quality designation SM, or ILSAC
must be on the label.
80
60
40
20
0
–40 –20
30
100
40
20
10
0
–10
–20
–30
–40
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-23
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Vehicle Engine Control Unit Reset Procedure
NOTE
This procedure is intended for vehicles with the engine oil flexible maintenance setting
selected.
After replacing the engine oil, have a repair shop such as an Authorized Mazda Dealer
perform the initialization (engine oil data resetting) of the recorded value. If the value
recorded by the computer is not initialized, the wrench indicator light may not turn off or it
may turn on earlier than normal.
NOTE
The initialization (engine oil data resetting) of the recorded value can be performed using
the following procedure:
1. Switch the ignition OFF.
2. Switch the ignition ON with the selector pressed, and press and hold the selector for
about 5 seconds until the master warning light
flashes.
Selector
3. After the master warning light flashes for several seconds, the initialization is
completed.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-24
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Inspecting Engine Oil Level
1. Be sure the vehicle is on a level
surface.
2. Warm up the engine to normal
operating temperature.
3. Turn it off and wait at least 5 minutes
for the oil to return to the oil pan.
4. Pull out the dipstick, wipe it clean, and
reinsert it fully.
MAX
MIN
OK
5. Pull it out again and examine the level.
The level is normal if it is between the
MIN and MAX marks.
If it is near or below MIN, add enough
oil to bring the level to MAX.
CAUTION
Do not overll the engine oil. This may
cause engine damage.
6. Make sure the O-ring on the dipstick is
positioned properly before reinserting
the dipstick.
7. Reinsert the dipstick fully.
Engine Coolant
▼
Inspecting Coolant Level
WARNING
Do not use a match or live ame in the
engine compartment. DO NOT ADD
COOLANT WHEN THE ENGINE IS HOT:
A hot engine is dangerous. If the engine has
been running, parts of the engine
compartment can become very hot. You
could be burned. Carefully inspect the
engine coolant in the coolant reservoir, but
do not open it.
Pull over to a safe location, then switch
the ignition o and make sure the fan is
not running before attempting to work
near the cooling fan:
Working near the cooling fan when it is
running is dangerous. The fan could
continue running
indenitely
even if the
engine has stopped and the engine
compartment temperature is high. You
could be hit by the fan and seriously
injured.
Do not remove either cooling
system cap when the engine and radiator
are hot:
When the engine and radiator are hot,
scalding coolant and steam may shoot out
under pressure and cause serious injury.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-25
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
NOTE
Changing the coolant should be done by
an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Inspect the antifreeze protection and
coolant level in the coolant reservoir at
least once a year―at the beginning of the
winter season―and before traveling where
temperatures may drop below freezing.
Inspect the condition and connections of
all cooling system and heater hoses.
Replace any that are swollen or
deteriorated.
The coolant should be at full in the
radiator and between the F and L marks on
the coolant reservoir when the engine is
cool.
Cooling system cap Coolant reservoir
Cooling fan
If it is at or near L, add enough coolant to
the coolant reservoir to provide freezing
and corrosion protection and to bring the
level to F.
Securely tighten the coolant reservoir tank
cap after adding coolant.
CAUTION
Radiator coolant will damage paint.
Rinse it o quickly if spilled.
If the “FL22” mark is shown on or near
the cooling system cap, use of FL-22 is
recommended when replacing engine
coolant. Using engine coolant other than
FL-22 may cause serious damage to the
engine and cooling system.
If the coolant reservoir is empty or new
coolant is required frequently, consult an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-26
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Brake/Clutch Fluid
▼
Inspecting Brake/Clutch Fluid Level
WARNING
If the brake/clutch uid level is low, have
the brakes inspected:
A low brake/clutch
uid
level is dangerous.
A low level could indicate brake lining wear
or a brake system leak which could cause
the brakes to fail and lead to an accident.
The brakes and clutch draw fluid from the
same reservoir.
Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir
regularly. It should be kept between the
MAX and MIN lines.
The level normally drops with
accumulated distance, a condition
associated with wear of brake and clutch
linings. If it is excessively low, have the
brake/clutch system inspected by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Window Washer Fluid
▼
Inspecting Washer Fluid Level
WARNING
Use only windshield washer uid or plain
water in the reservoir:
Using radiator antifreeze as washer
uid
is
dangerous. If sprayed on the windshield, it
will dirty the windshield,
aect
your
visibility, and could result in an accident.
Using Washer Fluid Without Anti-freeze
Protection in Cold Weather:
Operating your vehicle in temperatures
below 4 degrees C (40 degrees F) using
washer uid without anti-freeze protection
is dangerous as it could cause impaired
windshield vision and result in an accident.
In cold weather, always use washer uid
with anti-freeze protection.
NOTE
State or local regulations may restrict the
use of volatile organic compounds
(VOCs), which are commonly used as
anti-freeze agents in washer fluid. A
washer fluid with limited VOC content
should be used only if it provides adequate
freeze resistance for all regions and
climates in which the vehicle will be
operated.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-27
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Inspect fluid level in the washer fluid
reservoir; add fluid if necessary.
E
Use plain water if washer fluid is
unavailable.
But use only washer fluid in cold weather
to prevent it from freezing.
NOTE
Front and rear washer fluid is supplied
from the same reservoir.
Body Lubrication
All moving points of the body, such as
door and hood hinges and locks, should be
lubricated each time the engine oil is
changed. Use a nonfreezing lubricant on
locks during cold weather.
Make sure the hood's secondary latch
keeps the hood from opening when the
primary latch is released.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-28
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Wiper Blades
CAUTION
Hot waxes applied by automatic car
washers have been known to
aect
the
wiper's ability to clean windows.
To prevent damage to the wiper blades,
do not use gasoline, kerosene, paint
thinner, or other solvents on or near
them.
When the wiper lever is in the AUTO
position and the ignition is switched ON,
the wipers may move automatically in
the following cases:
If the windshield above the rain sensor
is touched.
If the windshield above the rain sensor
is wiped with a cloth.
If the windshield is struck with a hand
or other object.
If the rain sensor is struck with a hand
or other object from inside the vehicle.
Be careful not to pinch hands or ngers
as it may cause injury, or damage the
wipers. When washing or servicing the
vehicle, make sure the wiper lever is in
the OFF position.
Contamination of either the windshield or
the blades with foreign matter can reduce
wiper effectiveness. Common sources are
insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments
used by some commercial car washes.
If the blades are not wiping properly, clean
the window and blades with a good
cleaner or mild detergent; then rinse
thoroughly with clean water. Repeat if
necessary.
▼
Replacing Windshield Wiper Blades
When the wipers no longer clean well, the
blades are probably worn or cracked.
Replace them.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the wiper arms and
other components, do not try to sweep the
wiper arm by hand.
NOTE
When raising both windshield wiper arms,
raise the driver's side wiper arm first.
When lowering the wiper arms, slowly
lower the wiper arm from the passenger's
side first while supporting it with your
hand. Forcefully lowering the wiper arms
could damage the wiper arm and blade,
and may scratch or crack the windshield.
1. Raise the wiper arm.
2. Open the clip and slide the blade
assembly in the direction of the arrow.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-29
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
3. Tilt the blade assembly and remove it
from the arm.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the windshield
let the wiper arm down easily, do not
let it slap down on the windshield.
4. Pull down the blade rubber and slide it
out of blade holder.
5. Remove the metal stiffeners from each
blade rubber and install them in the
new blade.
CAUTION
Do not bend or discard the
stieners.
You need to use them again.
If the metal stieners are switched,
the blade's wiping eciency could be
reduced.
So do not use the driver's side metal
stieners on the passenger's side, or
vice versa.
Be sure to reinstall the metal
stieners
in the new blade rubber so
that the curve is the same as it was in
the old blade rubber.
6. Carefully insert the new blade rubber.
Then install the blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
▼
Replacing Rear Window Wiper
Blade
When the wiper no longer cleans well, the
blade is probably worn or cracked.
Replace it.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the wiper arm and
other components, do not move the wiper
by hand.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-30
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
1. Remove the cover.
2. Remove the stopper and raise the
wiper arm.
Stopper
3. Firmly rotate the wiper blade to the
right until it unlocks, then remove the
blade.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the rear window,
do not let the wiper arm fall on it.
4. Pull down the blade rubber and slide it
out of the blade holder.
5. Remove the metal stiffeners from the
blade rubber and install them in the
new blade.
CAUTION
Do not bend or discard the
stieners.
You need to use them again.
6. Carefully insert the new blade rubber.
Then install the blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-31
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Battery
WARNING
Wash hands after handling the battery and related accessories:
Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals
known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm.
Read the following precautions carefully before using the battery or inspecting to
ensure safe and correct handling:
Always wear eye protection when working near the battery:
Working without eye protection is dangerous. Battery
uid
contains SULFURIC ACID which
could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes. Also, hydrogen gas produced during normal
battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode.
Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with battery
uid:
Spilled battery
uid
is dangerous.
Battery uid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets in eyes, or on
the skin or clothing. If this happens, immediately
ush
your eyes with water for 15 minutes or
wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention.
Always keep batteries out of the reach of children:
Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous. Battery uid could cause serious injuries
if it gets in the eyes or on the skin.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-32
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Keep ames and sparks away from open battery cells and do not allow metal tools to
contact the positive (
) or negative ( ) terminal of the battery when working near a battery.
Do not allow the positive (
) terminal to contact the vehicle body:
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced during
normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An exploding battery
can cause serious burns and injuries. Keep all ames including cigarettes and sparks away
from open battery cells.
Keep all ames and sparks away from open battery cells because hydrogen gas is
produced from open battery cells while charging the battery or adding battery uid:
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced during
normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An exploding battery
can cause serious burns and injuries. Keep all ames including cigarettes and sparks away
from open battery cells.
NOTE
Before performing battery maintenance, remove the battery cover.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-33
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Battery Maintenance
To get the best service from a battery:
•
Keep it securely mounted.
•
Keep the top clean and dry.
•
Keep terminals and connections clean,
tight, and coated with petroleum jelly or
terminal grease.
•
Rinse off spilled electrolyte immediately
with a solution of water and baking
soda.
•
If the vehicle will not be used for an
extended time, disconnect the battery
cables and charge the battery every six
weeks.
▼
Battery Replacement
Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer for a
battery replacement purchase.
Key Battery Replacement
If the buttons on the transmitter are
inoperable and the operation indicator
light does not flash, the battery may be
dead.
Replace with a new battery before the
transmitter becomes unusable.
CAUTION
Make sure the battery is installed
correctly. Battery leakage could occur if it
is not installed correctly.
When replacing the battery, be careful
not to touch any of the internal circuitry
and electrical terminals, bend the
electrical terminals, or get dirt in the
transmitter as the transmitter could be
damaged.
There is the danger of explosion if the
battery is not correctly replaced.
Dispose of used batteries according to
the following instructions.
Insulate the plus and minus terminals
of the battery using cellophane or
equivalent tape.
Never disassemble.
Never throw the battery into re or
water.
Never deform or crush.
Replace only with the same type battery
(CR2025 or equivalent).
The following conditions indicate that the
battery power is low:
•
The KEY indicator light (green) flashes
in the instrument cluster for about 30
seconds after the engine is switched
OFF.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-34
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
•
The system does not operate and the
operation indicator light on the
transmitter does not flash when the
buttons are pressed.
•
The system's operational range is
reduced.
Replacing the battery at an Authorized
Mazda Dealer is recommended to prevent
damage to the key. If replacing the battery
by yourself, follow the instruction.
Replacing the key battery
1. Press the knob and pull out the
auxiliary key.
Knob
2. Twist a tape-wrapped flathead
screwdriver in the direction of the
arrow and open the cover slightly.
Cover
3. Insert the tape-wrapped flathead
screwdriver into the gap and slide it in
the direction of the arrow.
Cover
Gap
4. Twist the flathead screwdriver in the
direction of the arrow and remove the
cover.
Cover
5. Remove the battery cap, then remove
the battery.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-35
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
CAUTION
Be careful not to allow the rubber
ring shown in the gure to be
scratched or damaged.
If the rubber ring detaches, reattach
it before inserting a new battery.
Rubber ring
6. Insert a new battery with the positive
pole facing up, and then cover the
battery with the battery cap.
7. Close the cover.
8. Reinsert the auxiliary key.
Tires
For reasons of proper performance, safety,
and better fuel economy, always maintain
recommended tire inflation pressures and
stay within the recommended load limits
and weight distribution.
WARNING
Using Dierent Tire Types:
Driving your vehicle with
dierent
types of
tires is dangerous. It could cause poor
handling and poor braking; leading to loss
of control.
Except for the limited use of the temporary
spare tire, use only the same type tires
(radial, bias-belted, bias-type) on all four
wheels.
Using Wrong-Sized Tires:
Using any other tire size than what is
specied for the vehicle (page 9-7) is
dangerous. It could seriously aect ride,
handling, ground clearance, tire clearance,
and speedometer calibration. This could
cause you to have an accident. Use only
tires that are the correct size specied for
the vehicle.
▼
Tire Inflation Pressure
WARNING
Always
inate
the tires to the correct
pressure:
Overination or underination of tires is
dangerous. Adverse handling or
unexpected tire failure could result in a
serious accident.
Refer to Tires on page 9-7.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-36
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Use only a Mazda-genuine tire valve cap:
Use of a non-genuine part is dangerous as
the correct tire air pressure cannot be
maintained if the tire valve becomes
damaged. If the vehicle is driven under this
condition, the tire air pressure will decrease
which could result in a serious accident. Do
not use any part for the tire valve cap that
is not a Mazda-genuine part.
Inspect all tire pressures monthly
(including the spare) when the tires are
cold. Maintain recommended pressures for
the best ride, handling, and minimum tire
wear.
Refer to the specification charts (page 9-
7).
NOTE
•
Always check tire pressure when tires
are cold.
•
Warm tires normally exceed
recommended pressures. Do not release
air from warm tires to adjust the
pressure.
•
Underinflation can cause reduced fuel
economy, uneven and accelerated tire
wear, and poor sealing of the tire bead,
which will deform the wheel and cause
separation of tire from rim.
•
Overinflation can produce a harsh ride,
uneven and accelerated tire wear, and a
greater possibility of damage from road
hazards.
Keep your tire pressure at the correct
levels. If one frequently needs inflating,
have it inspected.
▼
Tire Rotation
WARNING
Rotate tires periodically:
Irregular tire wear is dangerous. To equalize
tread wear for maintaining good
performance in handling and braking, rotate
the tires every 12,000 km (7,500 miles).
However Mazda recommends to rotate every
8,000 km (5,000 miles) to help increase tire
life and distribute wear more evenly.
Refer to Scheduled Maintenance on page
6-4.
During rotation, inspect them for correct
balance.
Do not include (TEMPORARY USE ONLY)
spare tire in rotation.
Forward
Also, inspect them for uneven wear and
damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused
by one or a combination of the following:
•
Incorrect tire pressure
•
Improper wheel alignment
•
Out-of-balance wheel
•
Severe braking
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-37
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
After rotation, inflate all tire pressures to
specification (page 9-7) and inspect the
lug nuts for tightness.
CAUTION
Rotate unidirectional tires and radial tires
that have an asymmetrical tread pattern or
studs only from front to rear, not from side
to side. Tire performance will be reduced if
rotated from side to side.
▼
Replacing a Tire
WARNING
Always use tires that are in good condition:
Driving with worn tires is dangerous.
Reduced braking, steering, and traction
could result in an accident.
Replace all four tires at the same time:
Replacing just one tire is dangerous. It
could cause poor handling and poor
braking resulting in loss of vehicle control.
Mazda strongly recommends that you
replace all four tires at the same time.
If a tire wears evenly, a wear indicator will
appear as a solid band across the tread.
Replace the tire when this happens.
New tread
Tread wear indicator
Worn tread
You should replace the tire before the band
crosses the entire tread.
NOTE
Tires degrade over time, even when they
are not being used on the road. It is
recommended that tires generally be
replaced when they are 6 years or older.
Heat caused by hot climates or frequent
high loading conditions can accelerate the
aging process. You should replace the
spare tire when you replace the other road
tires due to the aging of the spare tire. The
period in which the tire was manufactured
(both week and year) is indicated by a
4-digit number.
Refer to Tire Labeling on page 8-25.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-38
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Temporary Spare Tire
Inspect the temporary spare tire at least
monthly to make sure it is properly
inflated and stored.
NOTE
The temporary spare tire condition
gradually deteriorates even if it has not
been used.
The temporary spare tire is easier to
handle because of its construction which is
lighter and smaller than a conventional
tire. This tire should be used only for an
emergency and only for a short distance.
Use the temporary spare tire only until the
conventional tire is repaired, which should
be as soon as possible.
Refer to Tires on page 9-7.
CAUTION
Do not use your temporary spare tire rim
with a snow tire or a conventional tire.
Neither will properly t and could
damage both tire and rim.
The temporary spare tire has a tread life
of less than 5,000 km (3,000 miles). The
tread life may be shorter depending on
driving conditions.
The temporary spare tire is for limited
use, however, if the tread wear
solid-band indicator appears, replace the
tire with the same type of temporary
spare (page 6-38).
NOTE
Tires degrade over time, even when they
are not being used on the road. It is
recommended that tires generally be
replaced when they are 6 years or older.
Heat caused by hot climates or frequent
high loading conditions can accelerate the
aging process. You should replace the
spare tire when you replace the other road
tires due to the aging of the spare tire. The
period in which the tire was manufactured
(both week and year) is indicated by a
4-digit number.
Refer to Tire Labeling on page 8-25.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-39
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Replacing a Wheel
WARNING
Always use wheels of the correct size on
your vehicle:
Using a wrong-sized wheel is dangerous.
Braking and handling could be aected,
leading to loss of control and an accident.
CAUTION
A wrong-sized wheel may adversely
aect:
Tire t
Wheel and bearing life
Ground clearance
Snow-chain clearance
Speedometer calibration
Headlight aim
Bumper height
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
*
NOTE
•
When replacing a wheel, make sure the
new one is the same as the original
factory wheel in diameter, rim width,
and offset (inset/outset).
•
For details, contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
Proper tire balancing provides the best
riding comfort and helps reduce tread
wear. Out-of-balance tires can cause
vibration and uneven wear, such as
cupping and flat spots.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-40
*Some models.
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Light Bulbs
With LED Headlights
With Halogen Headlights
Overhead lights (Front) /Map lights
Overhead lights (Rear)
Overhead lights (Front) /Map lights
Headlights (High
beam)/Daytime running
lights
Headlights (Low beam)
Parking lights/Daytime
running lights
Side turn signal lights
Fog lights
Parking lights/Front
side-marker lights
Front side-marker lights
Front turn signal lights
Luggage compartment light
License plate lights
Reverse lights
Taillights
Rear turn signal lights
Rear side-marker lights
Brake lights/Taillights
High-mount brake light
Some models.
Side turn signal lights
Headlights (High beam)
Headlights (Low beam)
Fog lights
Front turn signal lights
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-41
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
WARNING
Never touch the glass portion of a halogen
bulb with your bare hands and always
wear eye protection when handling or
working around the bulbs:
When a halogen bulb breaks, it is
dangerous. These bulbs contain
pressurized gas. If one is broken, it will
explode and serious injuries could be
caused by the ying glass.
If the glass portion is touched with bare
hands, body oil could cause the bulb to
overheat and explode when lit.
Always keep halogen bulbs out of the reach
of children:
Playing with a halogen bulb is dangerous.
Serious injuries could be caused by
dropping a halogen bulb or breaking it
some other way.
CAUTION
When removing the lens or lamp unit using
a athead screwdriver, make sure that the
athead screwdriver does not contact the
interior terminal. If the athead screwdriver
contacts the terminal, a short circuit may
occur.
NOTE
•
To replace the bulb, contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
•
If the halogen bulb is accidentally
touched, it should be cleaned with
rubbing alcohol before being used.
•
Use the protective cover and carton for
the replacement bulb to dispose of the
old bulb promptly and out of the reach
of children.
▼
Replacing Exterior Light Bulbs
Headlights (With LED headlights)
The LED bulb cannot be replaced as a
single unit because it is an integrated unit.
The LED bulb has to be replaced with the
unit. We recommend an Authorized
Mazda Dealer when the replacement is
necessary.
Headlights/Daytime running lights
(With halogen headlights)
High-beams bulbs/Daytime running
lights
1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,
and the headlight switch is off.
2. Lift the hood.
3. Disconnect the connector from the unit
by pressing the tab on the connector
with your finger and pulling the
connector downward.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-42
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
4. Turn the socket and bulb assembly to
remove it. Carefully remove the bulb
from its socket in the reflector by
gently pulling it straight backward out
of the socket.
5. Install the new bulb in the reverse
order of the removal procedure.
Low-beam bulbs
1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,
and the headlight switch is off.
2. Lift the hood.
3. Disconnect the connector from the unit
by pressing the tab on the connector
with your finger and pulling the
connector downward.
4. Turn the socket and bulb assembly to
remove it. Carefully remove the bulb
from its socket in the reflector by
gently pulling it straight backward out
of the socket.
5. Install the new bulb in the reverse
order of the removal procedure.
Parking lights/Daytime running lights/
Front side-marker lights (With LED
headlights)
The LED bulb cannot be replaced as a
single unit because it is an integrated unit.
The LED bulb has to be replaced with the
unit. We recommend an Authorized
Mazda Dealer when the replacement is
necessary.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-43
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Parking lights/Front side-marker lights
(With halogen headlights)
1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,
and the headlight switch is off.
2. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
3. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
4. Install the new bulb in the reverse
order of the removal procedure.
Front turn signal lights
1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,
and the headlight switch is off.
2. Turn the screw counterclockwise and
remove it, and then partially peel back
the mudguard.
3. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
4. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
5. Install the new bulb in the reverse
order of the removal procedure.
Fog lights
*
, Side turn signal lights
*
,
Brake lights/Taillights (LED type), Rear
side-marker lights (LED type),Taillights
(LED type)
*
, High-mount brake light,
Reverse lights (LED type)
The LED bulb cannot be replaced as a
single unit because it is an integrated unit.
The LED bulb has to be replaced with the
unit. We recommend an Authorized
Mazda Dealer when the replacement is
necessary.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-44
*Some models.
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Rear turn signal lights, Brake lights/
Taillights (Bulb type), Rear side-marker
lights (Bulb type)
1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,
and the headlight switch is off.
2. Turn the bolts counterclockwise and
remove them.
3. Pull the unit rearward to remove it.
4. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
5. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
Rear turn signal lights
Brake lights/Taillights
Rear side-marker lights
6. Install the new bulb in the reverse
order of the removal procedure.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-45
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Reverse lights (Bulb type)
1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,
and the headlight switch is off.
2. Remove the cover.
3. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
4. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
5. Install the new bulb in the reverse
order of the removal procedure.
License plate lights
1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,
and the headlight switch is off.
2. Remove the cover.
3. Turn the socket and bulb assembly
counterclockwise and remove it.
4. Disconnect the bulb from the socket.
5. Install the new bulb in the reverse
order of the removal procedure.
▼
Replacing Interior Light Bulbs
Overhead lights (Front)/Map lights,
Overhead lights (Rear)
1. Wrap a small flathead screwdriver with
a soft cloth to prevent damage to the
lens, and then remove the lens by
carefully prying on the edge of the lens
with the flathead screwdriver.
2. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-46
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Overhead lights (Front)/Map lights
Overhead lights (Rear)
Edge
3. Install the new bulb in the reverse
order of the removal procedure.
Luggage compartment light
1. Wrap a small flathead screwdriver with
a soft cloth to prevent damage to the
lens and remove the lens unit by
carefully prying on the edge of the lens
unit with the flathead screwdriver.
2. Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out.
3. Install the new bulb in the reverse
order of the removal procedure.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-47
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Fuses
Your vehicle's electrical system is
protected by fuses.
If any lights, accessories, or controls do
not work, inspect the appropriate circuit
protector. If a fuse has blown, the inside
element will be melted.
If the same fuse blows again, avoid using
that system and consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
▼
Fuse Replacement
Replacing the fuses on the vehicle's left
side
If the electrical system does not work, first
inspect the fuses on the vehicle's left side.
1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,
and other switches are off.
2. Open the fuse panel cover.
3. Pull the fuse straight out with the fuse
puller provided on the fuse block
located in the engine compartment.
4. Inspect the fuse and replace it if it is
blown.
Normal
Blown
5. Insert a new fuse of the same
amperage rating, and make sure it fits
tightly. If it does not fit tightly, have an
expert install it. We recommend an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
If you have no spare fuses, borrow one
of the same rating from a circuit not
essential to vehicle operation, such as
the AUDIO or OUTLET circuit.
CAUTION
Always replace a fuse with a genuine
Mazda fuse or equivalent of the same
rating. Otherwise you may damage the
electric system.
6. Reinstall the cover and make sure that
it is securely installed.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-48
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Replacing the fuses under the hood
If the headlights or other electrical
components do not work and the fuses in
the cabin are normal, inspect the fuse
block under the hood. If a fuse is blown, it
must be replaced. Follow these steps:
1. Make sure the ignition is switched off,
and other switches are off.
2. Remove the fuse block cover.
3. If any fuse but the MAIN fuse is
blown, replace it with a new one of the
same amperage rating.
Normal
Blown
WARNING
Do not replace the main fuse by
yourself. Have an Authorized Mazda
Dealer perform the replacement:
Replacing the fuse by yourself is
dangerous because the MAIN fuse is a
high current fuse. Incorrect
replacement could cause an electrical
shock or a short circuit resulting in a
re.
4. Reinstall the cover and make sure that
it is securely installed.
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-49
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Fuse Panel Description
Fuse block (Engine compartment)
DESCRIPTION
FUSE
RATING
PROTECTED COMPONENT
1 C/U IG1 15 A For protection of various circuits
2 ENGINE IG1 7.5 A Engine control system
3 SUNROOF 10 A
Moonroof
*
4 INTERIOR 15 A Overhead light, Audio system
5
7.5 A Engine control system
6
AUDIO2
ENGINE4
15 A Engine control system
7 METER1 10 A Instrument cluster
8 SRS1 7.5 A Air bag
9 METER2 7.5 A ―
10 RADIO 7.5 A Audio system
11 ENGINE3 15 A Engine control system
12 ENGINE1 15 A ―
13 ENGINE2 15 A Engine control system
14 AUDIO1 25 A Audio system
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-50
*Some models.
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
DESCRIPTION
FUSE
RATING
PROTECTED COMPONENT
15 A/C MAG 7.5 A Air conditioner
16 AT PUMP 15 A ―
17 AT 15 A Transaxle control system
18 D.LOCK 25 A Power door locks
19 H/L RH 20 A Headlight (RH)
20
7.5 A Engine control system
21 TAIL 20 A Taillights, License plate lights, Parking lights
22 ST.HEATER 15 A / 20 A
Heated steering wheel
*
, Headlight
*
23 ROOM 25 A Overhead light
24 FOG 15 A
Fog lights
*
25 H/CLEAN 20 A ―
26 STOP 10 A Brake lights
27 HORN 15 A Horn
28 H/L LH 20 A Headlight (LH)
29 ABS/DSC S 30 A ABS, Dynamic stability control system
30 HAZARD 15 A Hazard warning flashers, Turn signal lights
31
FUEL PUMP
SCR
15 A Fuel system
32 FUEL WARM 25 A ―
33 WIPER 20 A Front window wiper
34
50 A For protection of various circuits
35
FAN2
EPB L
30 A Electric parking brake (LH)
36 FUEL PUMP 30 A ―
37 ABS/DSC M 50 A ABS, Dynamic stability control system
38 EVVT 20 A Engine control system
39 ― ― ―
40
FAN1
EPB R
30 A Electric parking brake (RH)
41 FAN3 40 A Cooling fan
42 ENG.MAIN 40 A Engine control system
43 EPS 60 A ―
44 DEFOG 40 A Rear window defogger
45 IG2 30 A For protection of various circuits
46
INJECTOR
ENG.SUB
30 A Engine control system
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
*Some models.
6-51
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
DESCRIPTION
FUSE
RATING
PROTECTED COMPONENT
47 HEATER 40 A Air conditioner
48 P.WINDOW1 30 A Power windows
49 DCDC DE 40 A ―
Fuse block (Left side)
DESCRIPTION
FUSE
RATING
PROTECTED COMPONENT
1― ― ―
2― ― ―
3 AUDIO2 15 A Audio system
4ST.HEATER 10 A
Heated steering system
*
5 F.OUTLET 15 A Accessory sockets
6― ― ―
7 AT IND 7.5 A
AT shift indicator
*
8 MIRROR 7.5 A Power control mirror
9― ― ―
10 P.WINDOW2 25 A Power windows
11 R.WIPER 15 A Rear window wiper and washer
12 P.SEAT D 30 A
Power seat
*
13 ― ― ―
14 SRS2/ESCL 15 A ―
15 SEAT WARM 20 A
Seat warmer
*
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
6-52
*Some models.
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
DESCRIPTION
FUSE
RATING
PROTECTED COMPONENT
16 M.DEF 7.5 A
Mirror defogger
*
Maintenance and Care
Owner Maintenance
*Some models.
6-53
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Exterior Care
The paintwork on your Mazda represents
the latest technical developments in
composition and methods of application.
Environmental hazards, however, can
harm the paint's protective properties, if
proper care is not taken.
Here are some examples of possible
damage, with tips on how to prevent them.
Etching Caused by Acid Rain or
Industrial Fallout
Occurrence
Industrial pollutants and vehicle emissions
drift into the air and mix with rain or dew
to form acids. These acids can settle on a
vehicle's finish. As the water evaporates,
the acid becomes concentrated and can
damage the finish.
And the longer the acid remains on the
surface, the greater the chance is for
damage.
Prevention
It is necessary to wash and wax your
vehicle to preserve its finish according to
the instructions in this section. These steps
should be taken immediately after you
suspect that acid rain has settled on your
vehicle's finish.
Damage Caused by Bird Dropping,
Insects, or Tree Sap
Occurrence
Bird droppings contain acids. If these are
not removed they can eat away the clear
and color base coat of the vehicle's
paintwork.
When insects stick to the paint surface and
decompose, corrosive compounds form.
These can erode the clear and color base
coat of the vehicle's paintwork if they are
not removed.
Tree sap will harden and adhere
permanently to the paint finish. If you
scratch the sap off while it is hard, some
vehicle paint could come off with it.
Prevention
It is necessary to have your Mazda washed
and waxed to preserve its finish according
to the instructions in this section. This
should be done as soon as possible.
Bird droppings can be removed with a soft
sponge and water. If you are traveling and
these are not available, a moistened tissue
may also take care of the problem. The
cleaned area should be waxed according to
the instructions in this section.
Insects and tree sap are best removed with
a soft sponge and water or a commercially
available chemical cleaner.
Another method is to cover the affected
area with dampened newspaper for one to
two hours. After removing the newspaper,
rinse off the loosened debris with water.
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
6-54
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Water Marks
Occurrence
Rain, fog, dew, and even tap water can
contain harmful minerals such as salt and
lime. If moisture containing these minerals
settles on the vehicle and evaporates, the
minerals will concentrate and harden to
form white rings. The rings can damage
your vehicle's finish.
Prevention
It is necessary to wash and wax your
vehicle to preserve its finish according to
the instructions in this section. These steps
should be taken immediately after you find
water marks on your vehicle's finish.
Paint Chipping
Occurrence
Paint chipping occurs when gravel thrown
in the air by another vehicle's tires hits
your vehicle.
How to avoid paint chipping
Keeping a safe distance between you and
the vehicle ahead reduces the chances of
having your paint chipped by flying
gravel.
NOTE
•
The paint chipping zone varies with the
speed of the vehicle. For example, when
traveling at 90 km/h (56 mph), the paint
chipping zone is 50 m (164 ft).
•
In low temperatures a vehicle's finish
hardens. This increases the chance of
paint chipping.
•
Chipped paint can lead to rust forming
on your Mazda. Before this happens,
repair the damage by using Mazda
touch-up paint according to the
instructions in this section. Failure to
repair the affected area could lead to
serious rusting and expensive repairs.
Follow all label and container directions
when using a chemical cleaner or polish.
Read all warnings and cautions.
▼
Maintaining the Finish
Washing
CAUTION
When the wiper lever is in the
position and the ignition is switched ON,
the wipers may move automatically in
the following cases:
If the windshield above the rain sensor
is touched or wiped with a cloth.
If the windshield is struck with a hand
or other object from either outside or
inside the vehicle.
Keep hands and scrapers clear of the
windshield when the wiper lever is in the
position and the ignition is
switched ON as
ngers
could be pinched
or the wipers and wiper blades damaged
when the wipers activate automatically.
If you are going to clean the windshield,
be sure the wipers are turned o
completely (when it is most likely that the
engine is left running) this is particularly
important when clearing ice and snow.
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
6-55
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Do not spray water in the engine
compartment. Otherwise, it could result
in engine-starting problems or damage
to electrical parts.
When washing and waxing the vehicle,
be careful not to apply excessive force to
any single area of the vehicle roof or the
antenna. Otherwise, you could dent the
vehicle or damage the antenna.
To help protect the finish from rust and
deterioration, wash your Mazda
thoroughly and frequently, at least once a
month, with lukewarm or cold water.
If the vehicle is washed improperly, the
paint surface could be scratched. Here are
some examples of how scratching could
occur.
Scratches occur on the paint surface when:
•
The vehicle is washed without first
rinsing off dirt and other foreign matter.
•
The vehicle is washed with a rough, dry,
or dirty cloth.
•
The vehicle is washed at a car wash that
uses brushes that are dirty or too stiff.
•
Cleansers or wax containing abrasives
are used.
NOTE
•
Mazda is not responsible for scratches
caused by automatic car washes or
improper washing.
•
Scratches are more noticeable on
vehicles with darker paint finishes.
To minimize scratches on the vehicle's
paint finish:
•
Rinse off any dirt or other foreign matter
using lukewarm or cold water before
washing.
•
Use plenty of lukewarm or cold water
and a soft cloth when washing the
vehicle. Do not use a nylon cloth.
•
Rub gently when washing or drying the
vehicle.
•
Take your vehicle only to a car wash
that keeps its brushes well maintained.
•
Do not use abrasive cleansers or wax
that contain abrasives.
CAUTION
Do not use steel wool, abrasive cleaners,
or strong detergents containing highly
alkaline or caustic agents on
chrome-plated or anodized aluminum
parts. This may damage the protective
coating; also, cleaners and detergents
may discolor or deteriorate the paint.
Pay special attention to removing salt, dirt,
mud, and other foreign material from the
underside of the fenders, and make sure
the drain holes in the lower edges of the
doors and rocker panels are clean.
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
6-56
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial fallout, and similar deposits can
damage the finish if not removed
immediately. When prompt washing with
plain water is ineffective, use a mild soap
made for use on vehicles.
Thoroughly rinse off all soap with
lukewarm or cold water. Do not allow
soap to dry on the finish.
After washing the vehicle, dry it with a
clean chamois to prevent water spots from
forming.
WARNING
Dry o brakes that have become wet by
driving slowly, releasing the accelerator
pedal and lightly applying the brakes
several times until the brake performance
returns to normal:
Driving with wet brakes is dangerous.
Increased stopping distance or the vehicle
pulling to one side when braking could
result in a serious accident. Light braking
will indicate whether the brakes have been
aected.
When using an automatic car wash
•
Retract the door mirrors.
•
The automatic car wash brushes could
reduce the paint lustre or hasten paint
deterioration.
When using a high water pressure car
wash
High water temperature and high water
pressure car washers are available
depending on the type of car wash
machine. If the car washer nozzle is put
too close to the vehicle, the force of the
spray could damage or deform the
molding, affect the sealability of parts, and
allow water to penetrate the interior. Keep
a sufficient space (30 cm (12 in) or more)
between the nozzle and the vehicle. In
addition, do not spend too much time
spraying the same area of the vehicle, and
be very careful when spraying between
gaps in doors and around windows.
Waxing
Your vehicle needs to be waxed when
water no longer beads on the finish.
Always wash and dry the vehicle before
waxing it. In addition to the vehicle body,
wax the metal trim to maintain its luster.
1. Use wax which contains no abrasives.
Waxes containing abrasive will remove
paint and could damage bright metal
parts.
2. Use a good grade of natural wax for
metallic, mica, and solid colors.
3. When waxing, coat evenly with the
sponge supplied or a soft cloth.
4. Wipe off the wax with a soft cloth.
NOTE
A spot remover to remove oil, tar, and
similar materials will usually also take off
the wax. Rewax these areas even if the rest
of the vehicle does not need it.
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
6-57
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Repairing Damage to the Finish
Deep scratches or chips on the finish
should be repaired promptly. Exposed
metal quickly rusts and can lead to major
repairs.
CAUTION
If your Mazda is damaged and needs metal
parts repaired or replaced, make sure the
body shop applies anti-corrosion materials
to all parts, both repaired and new. This
will prevent them from rusting.
▼
Bright-Metal Maintenance
•
Use tar remover to remove road tar and
insects. Never do this with a knife or
similar tool.
•
To prevent corrosion on bright-metal
surfaces, apply wax or chrome
preservative and rub it to a high luster.
•
During cold weather or in coastal areas,
cover bright-metal parts with a coating
of wax or preservative heavier than
usual. It would also help to coat them
with noncorrosive petroleum jelly or
some other protective compound.
CAUTION
Do not use steel wool, abrasive cleaners, or
strong detergents containing highly
alkaline or caustic agents on
chrome-plated or anodized aluminum
parts. This may result in damage to the
protective coating and cause discoloration
or paint deterioration.
▼
Underbody Maintenance
Road chemicals and salt used for ice and
snow removal and solvents used for dust
control may collect on the underbody. If
not removed, they will speed up rusting
and deterioration of such underbody parts
as fuel lines, frame, floor pan, and exhaust
system, even though these parts may be
coated with anti-corrosive material.
Thoroughly flush the underbody and
wheel housings with lukewarm or cold
water at the end of each winter. Try also to
do this every month.
Pay special attention to these areas
because they easily hide mud and dirt. It
will do more harm than good to wet
down the road grime without removing
it.
The lower edges of doors, rocker panels,
and frame members have drain holes that
should not be clogged. Water trapped there
will cause rusting.
WARNING
Dry o brakes that have become wet by
driving slowly, releasing the accelerator
pedal and lightly applying the brakes
several times until the brake performance
returns to normal:
Driving with wet brakes is dangerous.
Increased stopping distance or the vehicle
pulling to one side when braking could
result in a serious accident. Light braking
will indicate whether the brakes have been
aected.
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
6-58
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Aluminum Wheel Maintenance
*
A protective coating is provided over the
aluminum wheels. Special care is needed
to protect this coating.
CAUTION
Do not use any detergent other than mild
detergent. Before using any detergent,
verify the ingredients. Otherwise, the
product could discolor or stain the
aluminum wheels.
NOTE
•
Do not use a wire brush or any abrasive
cleaner, polishing compound, or solvent
on aluminum wheels. They may damage
the coating.
•
Always use a sponge or soft cloth to
clean the wheels.
Rinse the wheels thoroughly with
lukewarm or cold water. Also, be sure to
clean the wheels after driving on dusty
or salted roads to help prevent
corrosion.
•
Avoid washing your vehicle in an
automatic car wash that uses high-speed
or hard brushes.
•
(18-inch wheel vehicle)
If your aluminum wheels lose luster,
apply wax which contains no polishing
powder.
▼
Plastic Part Maintenance
•
When cleaning the plastic lenses of the
lights, do not use gasoline, kerosene,
rectified spirit, paint, thinner, highly
acidic detergents, or strongly alkaline
detergents. Otherwise, these chemical
agents can discolor or damage the
surfaces resulting in a significant loss in
functionality. If plastic parts become
inadvertently exposed to any of these
chemical agents, flush with water
immediately.
•
If plastic parts such as the bumpers
become inadvertently exposed to
chemical agents or fluids such as
gasoline, oil, engine coolant, or battery
fluid, it could cause discoloration,
staining, or paint peeling. Wipe off any
such chemical agents or fluids using a
soft cloth immediately.
•
High water temperature and high water
pressure car washers are available
depending on the type of high pressure
car washer device. If the car washer
nozzle is put too close to the vehicle or
aimed at one area for an extended period
of time, it could deform plastic parts or
damage the paint.
•
Do not use wax containing compounds
(polish). Otherwise, it could result in
paint damage.
•
In addition, do not use an electrical or
air tool to apply wax. Otherwise, the
frictional heat generated could result in
deformation of plastic parts or paint
damage.
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
*Some models.
6-59
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Interior Care
WARNING
Do not spray water into the vehicle cabin:
Spraying water into the vehicle cabin is
dangerous as electrical devices such as the
audio and switches could get wet resulting
in a malfunction or vehicle re.
NOTE
•
Do not wipe the interior using alcohol,
chlorine bleach, or organic solvents
such as thinner, benzene, and gasoline.
Otherwise, it may cause discoloration or
stains.
•
Rubbing hard with a stiff brush or cloth
may cause damage.
If the vehicle interior becomes soiled by
any of the following, wipe it off
immediately using a soft cloth.
Leaving it uncleaned could cause
discoloration, stains, cracks, or peeling of
the coating, and it will make it hard to
wipe off later.
•
Beverage or fragrance
•
Grease or oil
•
Soiling
▼
Seat Belt Maintenance
1. Clean the soiled area by lightly
dabbing it with a soft cloth soaked in a
mild detergent (approx. 5%) diluted
with water.
2. Wipe off the remaining detergent using
a cloth soaked in clean water and
wrung out well.
3. Before retracting seat belts which have
been pulled out for cleaning, dry them
off thoroughly and make sure there is
no remaining moisture on them.
WARNING
If a seat belt appears frayed or has
abrasions, have it replaced by an
Authorized Mazda Dealer:
If a seat belts is used under such a
condition, it cannot function at its full
capacity which could result in serious injury
or death.
Use a mild detergent to remove soiling
from a seat belt:
If organic solvents are used for cleaning the
seat belts or they become stained or
bleached, there is the possibility of them
becoming weakened and as a result, they
may not function at their full capacity
which could cause serious injury or death.
NOTE
Clean seat belts diligently if they get dirty.
Leaving them uncleaned will make it
difficult to clean them later, and it may
affect the smooth retracting of the seat
belt.
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
6-60
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Vinyl Upholstery Maintenance
Remove dust and dirt from the vinyl
upholstery using a brush or vacuum.
Remove soiling from vinyl upholstery
using a leather and vinyl upholstery
cleaner.
▼
Upholstery and Synthetic Leather
Maintenance
Fabric
1. Clean the soiled area by lightly
dabbing it with a soft cloth soaked in a
mild detergent (approx. 5%) diluted
with water.
2. Wipe off the remaining detergent using
a cloth soaked in clean water and
wrung out well.
Synthetic leather
1. Remove dust and sand using a vacuum
cleaner.
2. Wipe the soiled area with a soft cloth
soaked in a mild detergent (approx.
5%) diluted with water.
3. Wipe off the remaining detergent using
a cloth soaked in clean water and
wrung out well.
▼
Leather Upholstery Maintenance
*
1. Remove dust and sand using a vacuum
cleaner.
2. Wipe off the soiled area with a soft
cloth and a suitable, special cleaner or
a soft cloth soaked in a mild detergent
(about 5%) diluted with water.
3. Wipe off the remaining detergent using
a cloth soaked in clean water and
wrung out well.
4. Remove moisture with a dry, soft cloth
and allow the leather to further dry in a
well-ventilated, shaded area. If the
leather gets wet such as from rain,
remove the moisture and dry it as soon
as possible.
NOTE
•
Because genuine leather is a natural
material, its surface is not uniform and
it may have natural scars, scratches,
and wrinkles.
•
To maintain the quality for as long as
possible, periodical maintenance, about
twice a year, is recommended.
•
If the leather upholstery comes into
contact with any of the following, clean
it immediately.
Leaving it uncleaned could cause
premature wear, mold, or stains.
•
Sand or dirt
•
Grease or oil, such as hand cream
•
Alcohol, such as in cosmetic or hair
dressing items
•
If the leather upholstery gets wet,
promptly remove moisture with a dry
cloth. Remaining moisture on the
surface may cause deterioration such as
hardening and shrinkage.
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
*Some models.
6-61
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
•
Exposure to direct sunlight for long
periods may cause deterioration and
shrinkage. When parking the car under
direct sunlight for long periods, shade
the interior using sunshades.
•
Do not leave vinyl products on the
leather upholstery for long periods.
They may affect the leather quality and
coloring. If the cabin temperature
becomes hot, the vinyl may deteriorate
and adhere to the genuine leather.
▼
Plastic Part Maintenance
CAUTION
Do not use polishing agents.
Depending on the product ingredients,
they could cause discoloration, stains,
cracks or peeling of the coating.
▼
Instrument Panel Top Maintenance
1. Wipe the soiled area with a soft cloth
soaked in a mild detergent (approx.
5%) diluted with water.
2. Wipe off the remaining detergent using
a cloth soaked in clean water and
wrung out well.
▼
Active Driving Display
Maintenance
*
The combiner and mirror surface have a
special coating. When cleaning it, do not
use a hard cloth, a cloth with a rough
surface, or cleaning detergent. Use a
fine-textured, soft cloth.
If a chemical solvent gets on the combiner
or mirror surface, wipe it off immediately.
Otherwise, they could be damaged and the
surface coating could be scratched.
▼
Panel Maintenance
If a panel becomes soiled, wipe it off with
a soft cloth soaked in clean water and
thoroughly wrung out.
If some areas require further cleaning, use
the following procedure:
1. Wipe the soiled area with a soft cloth
soaked in a mild detergent (approx.
5 %) diluted with water.
2. Wipe off the remaining detergent using
a cloth soaked in clean water and
wrung out well.
NOTE
Be particularly careful when cleaning
shiny surface panels and metallic parts
such as plating as they can be scratched
easily.
▼
Cleaning the Window Interiors
If the windows become covered with an
oily, greasy, or waxy film, clean them with
glass cleaner. Follow the directions on the
container.
CAUTION
Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the
window glass. It could damage the
thermal laments.
When washing the inside of the window
glass, use a soft cloth dampened in
lukewarm water, gently wiping the
thermal laments.
Use of glass cleaning products could
damage the thermal laments.
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
6-62
*Some models.
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Cleaning the Floor Mats
Rubber floor mats should be cleaned with
mild soap and water only.
WARNING
Do not use rubber cleaners, such as tire
cleaner or tire shine, when cleaning rubber
oor mats:
Cleaning the rubber
oor
mats with rubber
cleaning products makes the oor mats
slippery.
This may cause an accident when
depressing the accelerator, brake, or clutch
(Manual transaxle) pedal or when getting
in or out of the vehicle.
After removing the floor mats for
cleaning, always reinstall them securely
(page 3-44).
Maintenance and Care
Appearance Care
6-63
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
MEMO
6-64
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
7
If Trouble Arises
Helpful information on what to do if a problem arises with the vehicle.
Parking in an Emergency................. 7-2
Parking in an Emergency..............7-2
Flat Tire..............................................7-3
Spare Tire and Tool Storage......... 7-3
Changing a Flat Tire..................... 7-8
Battery Runs Out............................ 7-18
Jump-Starting............................. 7-18
Emergency Starting.........................7-21
Starting a Flooded Engine.......... 7-21
Push-Starting.............................. 7-21
Overheating......................................7-22
Overheating................................ 7-22
Emergency Towing.......................... 7-24
Towing Description.................... 7-24
Tiedown Hooks
*
.........................7-25
Warning/Indicator Lights and
Warning Sounds.............................. 7-27
If a Warning Light Turns On or
Flashes........................................ 7-27
Message Indicated on Display
*
..........
.................................................... 7-41
Warning Sound is Activated....... 7-43
When Liftgate Cannot be
Opened..............................................7-48
When Liftgate Cannot be
Opened........................................7-48
Active Driving Display Does Not
Operate.............................................7-49
If the Active Driving Display Does
Not Operate................................ 7-49
*Some models.
7-1
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Parking in an Emergency
The hazard warning lights should always
be used when you stop on or near a
roadway in an emergency.
The hazard warning lights warn other
drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard
and that they must take extreme caution
when near it.
Depress the hazard warning flasher and all
the turn signals will flash. The hazard
warning indicator lights in the instrument
cluster flash simultaneously.
NOTE
•
The turn signals do not work when the
hazard warning lights are on.
•
Check local regulations about the use of
hazard warning lights while the vehicle
is being towed to verify that it is not in
violation of the law.
If Trouble Arises
Parking in an Emergency
7-2
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Spare Tire and Tool Storage
Spare tire and tools are stored in the locations illustrated in the diagram.
Jack
Flat tire belt
Jack leverSpare tire hold-down bolt
Spare tire
With sub-woofer
Type A
Tiedown eyelet
Lug wrench
Jack
Jack leverSpare tire hold-down bolt
Spare tire
Type B
Tiedown eyelet
Lug wrench
Some models.
If Trouble Arises
Flat Tire
7-3
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Spare tire hold-down bolt
Tiedown eyelet
Jack
Spare tire
Jack lever Lug wrench
Spare tire hold-down bolt
Without sub-woofer
Tiedown eyelet
Jack
Flat tire belt
Spare tire
Jack lever Lug wrench
Type A
Type B
Some models.
If Trouble Arises
Flat Tire
7-4
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Jack
To remove the jack
1. (With luggage board)
Lift up the luggage board.
2. (With luggage board)
Pull the luggage board outward a little
and insert the opposite end into the
holders so that the luggage board
stands.
Luggage board
Holders
3. Lift the luggage mat.
Luggage mat
4. Remove the cargo sub compartment.
5. Remove the cover.
Tabs
6. Turn the wing bolt and jack screw
counterclockwise.
Wing bolt
Jack screw
If Trouble Arises
Flat Tire
7-5
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
To secure the jack
1. Insert the wing bolt into the jack with
the jack screw pointing down and turn
the wing bolt clockwise to temporarily
tighten it.
2. Turn the jack screw in the direction
shown in the figure.
Wing bolt
Jack screw
3. Turn the wing bolt completely to
secure the jack.
NOTE
If the jack is not completely secured, it
could rattle while driving. Make sure
the jack screw is sufficiently tightened.
4. Insert the cover tabs and install the
cover.
NOTE
Verify that the cover is securely
installed.
Maintenance
•
Always keep the jack clean.
•
Make sure the moving parts are kept
free from dirt or rust.
•
Make sure the screw thread is
adequately lubricated.
▼
Spare Tire
Your Mazda has a temporary spare tire.
The temporary spare tire is lighter and
smaller than a conventional tire, and is
designed only for emergency use and
should be used only for VERY short
periods. Temporary spare tires should
NEVER be used for long drives or
extended periods.
WARNING
Do not install the temporary spare tire on
the front wheels (driving wheels):
Driving with the temporary spare tire on
one of the front driving wheels is
dangerous. Handling will be
aected.
You
could lose control of the vehicle, especially
on ice or snow bound roads, and have an
accident. Move a regular tire to the front
wheel and install the temporary spare tire
to the rear.
CAUTION
When using the temporary spare tire,
driving stability may decrease compared
to when using only the conventional tire.
Drive carefully.
To avoid damage to the temporary spare
tire or to the vehicle, observe the
following precautions:
Do not exceed 80 km/h (50 mph).
Avoid driving over obstacles. Also, do
not drive through an automatic car
wash. This tire's diameter is smaller
than a conventional tire, so the ground
clearance is reduced.
If Trouble Arises
Flat Tire
7-6
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Do not use a tire chain on this tire
because it will not t properly.
Do not use your temporary spare tire
on any other vehicle, it has been
designed only for your Mazda.
Use only one temporary spare tire on
your vehicle at the same time.
To remove the spare tire
1. (With luggage board)
Lift up the luggage board.
2. (With luggage board)
Pull the luggage board outward a little
and insert the opposite end into the
holders so that the luggage board
stands.
Luggage board
Holders
3. Lift the luggage mat.
Luggage mat
4. For vehicles equipped with a
sub-woofer, uncouple the connector.
Connector
NOTE
Extra strength may be required to
uncouple the connector. Be sure to
squeeze the tab firmly.
If Trouble Arises
Flat Tire
7-7
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
5. For vehicles equipped with a
sub-woofer, loosen the hold-down bolt
and remove the woofer and spare tire.
For vehicles not equipped with a
sub-woofer, turn the spare tire
hold-down bolt counterclockwise and
remove the spare tire.
Spare tire hold-down bolt
To secure the spare tire
Store the spare tire in the reverse order of
removal. After storing, verify that the
spare tire is stored securely.
Changing a Flat Tire
NOTE
If the following occurs while driving, it
could indicate a flat tire.
•
Steering becomes difficult.
•
The vehicle begins to vibrate
excessively.
•
The vehicle pulls in one direction.
If you have a flat tire, drive slowly to a
level spot that is well off the road and out
of the way of traffic to change the tire.
Stopping in traffic or on the shoulder of a
busy road is dangerous.
WARNING
Be sure to follow the directions for
changing a tire:
Changing a tire is dangerous if not done
properly. The vehicle can slip
o
the jack
and seriously injure someone.
No person should place any portion of their
body under a vehicle that is supported by a
jack.
Never allow anyone inside a vehicle
supported by a jack:
Allowing someone to remain in a vehicle
supported by a jack is dangerous. The
occupant could cause the vehicle to fall
resulting in serious injury.
If Trouble Arises
Flat Tire
7-8
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
NOTE
Make sure the jack is well lubricated
before using it.
1. Park on a hard, level surface off the
right-of-way and firmly set the parking
brake.
2. Put a vehicle with an automatic
transaxle in Park (P), a manual
transaxle in Reverse (R) or 1, and turn
off the engine.
3. Turn on the hazard warning flasher.
4. Have everyone get out of the vehicle
and away from the vehicle and traffic.
5. Remove the jack, tool, and spare tire
(page 7-3).
6. Block the wheel diagonally opposite
the flat tire. When blocking a wheel,
place a tire block both in front and
behind the tire.
NOTE
When blocking a tire, use rocks or
wood blocks of sufficient size if
possible to hold the tire in place.
▼
Removing a Flat Tire
WARNING
When jacking-up a vehicle, always shift the
shift lever to 1st or R position (manual
transaxle vehicle) or shift the selector lever
to P position (automatic transaxle vehicle),
apply the parking brake, and place wheel
blocks in the position diagonally opposed
to the jack:
Changing a
at
tire without using wheel
blocks is dangerous because the vehicle
may move and fall o the jack even with
the shift lever in 1st or R position, or the
selector lever is in P position, which could
result in an accident.
1. If your vehicle is equipped with a
wheel cover, pry off the wheel cover
with the beveled end of the jack lever.
NOTE
Force the end of the jack lever firmly
between wheel and cover, or removal
will be difficult.
If Trouble Arises
Flat Tire
7-9
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
CAUTION
Align the notch on the wheel cover with
the valve stem when installing it.
Tire valve
Notch
Damage could occur during
installation if the wheel cover is not
properly aligned.
2. Loosen the lug nuts by turning them
counterclockwise one turn each, but do
not remove any lug nuts until the tire
has been raised off the ground.
3. Place the jack on the ground.
4. Turn the jack screw in the direction
shown in the figure and adjust the jack
head so that it is close to the jack-up
position.
Jack head
5. Place the jack under the jack-up
position closest to the tire being
changed with the jack head squarely
under the jack-up point.
Jacking position
If Trouble Arises
Flat Tire
7-10
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
6. Continue raising the jack head
gradually by rotating the screw with
your hand until the jack head is
inserted into the jack-up position.
Tire blocks
Jacking position
WARNING
Use only the front and rear jacking
positions recommended in this manual:
Attempting to jack the vehicle in
positions other than those
recommended in this manual is
dangerous. The vehicle could slip o
the jack and seriously injure or even kill
someone. Use only the front and rear
jacking positions recommended in this
manual.
Do not jack up the vehicle in a position
other than the designated jack-up
position or place any objects on or
under the jack:
Jacking up the vehicle in a position
other than the designated jack-up
position or placing objects on or under
the jack is dangerous as it could deform
the vehicle body or the vehicle could fall
o the jack resulting in an accident.
Use only the jack provided with your
Mazda:
Using a jack that is not designed for
your Mazda is dangerous. The vehicle
could slip
o
the jack and seriously
injure someone.
Never place objects under the jack:
Jacking the vehicle with an object
under the jack is dangerous. The jack
could slip and someone could be
seriously injured by the jack or the
falling vehicle.
7. Insert the jack lever and attach the lug
wrench to tire jack.
If Trouble Arises
Flat Tire
7-11
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
8. Turn the jack handle clockwise and
raise the vehicle high enough so that
the spare tire can be installed. Before
removing the lug nuts, make sure your
Mazda is firmly in position and that it
cannot slip or move.
WARNING
Do not jack up the vehicle higher than
is necessary:
Jacking up the vehicle higher than is
necessary is dangerous as it could
destabilize the vehicle resulting in an
accident.
Do not start the engine or shake the
vehicle while it is jacked up:
Starting the engine or shaking the
vehicle while it is jacked up is
dangerous as it could cause the vehicle
to fall o the jack resulting in an
accident.
Never go under the vehicle while it is
jacked up:
Going under the vehicle while it is
jacked up is dangerous as it could result
in death or serious injury if the vehicle
were to fall o the jack.
9. Remove the lug nuts by turning them
counterclockwise; then remove the
wheel and center cap.
▼
Locking Lug Nuts
*
If your vehicle has Mazda optional
antitheft wheel lug nuts, each wheel will
have one locking lug nut that locks the
wheel and tire, and you must use a special
key to unlock the locking lug nut. This key
is stored in the glove compartment.
Register the key and lug nuts with the lock
manufacturer by filling out the card
provided in the glove compartment and
mailing it in the accompanying envelope.
If you lose this key, consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer or use the lock
manufacturer's order form, which is with
the registration card.
Accessory wheel locks cannot be used on
steel wheels. This includes situations when
the spare tire is installed. If the spare tire is
installed, one of the original lug nuts
(which should still be in the vehicle) must
be installed in place of the wheel lock.
Special keyAntitheft lug nut
If Trouble Arises
Flat Tire
7-12
*Some models.
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
To remove an antitheft lug nut
1. Obtain the special key for the antitheft
lug nut.
2. Place the special key on top of the
antitheft lug nut, and be sure to hold
the key square to it. If you hold the key
at an angle, you may damage both key
and nut. Do not use a power impact
wrench.
3. Place the lug wrench on top of the key
and apply pressure. Turn the wrench
counterclockwise.
To install the antitheft lug nut
1. Place the special key on top of the nut,
and be sure to hold the key square to it.
If you hold the key at an angle, you
may damage both key and nut. Do not
use a power impact wrench.
2. Place the lug wrench on top of the
special key, apply pressure, and turn it
clockwise.
Nut tightening torque
N·m (kgf·m, ft·lbf)
108―147 (12―14,
80―108)
▼
Mounting the Spare Tire
1. Remove dirt and grime from the
mounting surfaces of the wheel and
hub, including the hub bolts, with a
cloth.
WARNING
Make sure the mounting surfaces of the
wheel, hub and lug nuts are clean
before changing or replacing tires:
When changing or replacing a tire, not
removing dirt and grime from the
mounting surfaces of the wheel, hub
and hub bolts is dangerous. The lug
nuts could loosen while driving and
cause the tire to come
o,
resulting in
an accident.
2. Mount the spare tire.
If Trouble Arises
Flat Tire
7-13
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
3. Install the lug nuts with the beveled
edge inward; tighten them by hand.
WARNING
Do not apply oil or grease to lug nuts
and bolts and do not tighten the lug
nuts beyond the recommended
tightening torque:
Applying oil or grease to lug nuts and
bolts is dangerous. The lug nuts could
loosen while driving and cause the tire
to come o, resulting in an accident. In
addition, lug nuts and bolts could be
damaged if tightened more than
necessary.
4. Turn the lug wrench counterclockwise
and lower the vehicle.
5. Use the lug wrench to tighten the nuts
in the order shown.
If you are unsure of how tight the nuts
should be, have them inspected at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Nut tightening torque
N·m (kgf·m, ft·lbf)
108―147 (12―14,
80―108)
WARNING
Always securely and correctly tighten
the lug nuts:
Improperly or loosely tightened lug
nuts are dangerous. The wheel could
wobble or come o. This could result in
loss of vehicle control and cause a
serious accident.
Be sure to reinstall the same nuts you
removed or replace them with metric
nuts of the same conguration:
Because the wheel studs and lug nuts
on your Mazda have metric threads,
using a non-metric nut is dangerous.
On a metric stud, it would not secure
the wheel and would damage the stud,
which could cause the wheel to slip o
and cause an accident.
If Trouble Arises
Flat Tire
7-14
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
6. (Without flat tire belt)
Store the damaged tire in the luggage
compartment.
(With flat tire belt)
Remove the luggage compartment
cover (if equipped).
Refer to Luggage Compartment on
page 3-22.
Strap
Pin
Pin
7. Remove the belt for securing the flat
tire.
8. (With luggage board)
Pull the luggage board outward and
place it on top of the luggage mat.
Luggage board
Luggage mat
Luggage mat
Luggage board
9. Remove the center cap by tapping it
with the lug wrench.
If Trouble Arises
Flat Tire
7-15
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
10. Thread the belt through the rear seat as
shown in the figure.
11. Place the flat tire in the luggage
compartment.
12. Thread the buckle through the wheel as
shown in the figure.
13. Thread the belt through the buckle
while pressing the tire to the seatback.
14. Pull the belt end to secure the flat tire.
If Trouble Arises
Flat Tire
7-16
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
15. Insert the luggage compartment cover
from the top of the luggage
compartment opening with the cloth
side of the cover facing outward, and
slide it between the flat tire and the
inside perimeter of the luggage
compartment opening.
16. Check the tire inflation pressure.
Refer to the specification charts on
page 9-7.
17. Have the flat tire repaired or replaced
as soon as possible.
WARNING
Do not drive with any tires that have
incorrect air pressure:
Driving on tires with incorrect air pressure
is dangerous. Tires with incorrect pressure
could aect handling and result in an
accident. When you check the regular tires'
air pressure, check the spare tire, too.
NOTE
To prevent the jack and tool from rattling,
store them properly.
If Trouble Arises
Flat Tire
7-17
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Jump-Starting
Jump-starting is dangerous if done incorrectly. So follow the procedure carefully. If you feel
unsure about jump-starting, we strongly recommend that you have a competent service
technician do the work.
WARNING
Follow These Precautions Carefully:
To ensure safe and correct handling of the battery, read the following precautions carefully
before using the battery or inspecting it.
Keep ames and sparks away from open battery cells and do not allow metal tools to
contact the positive (
) or negative ( ) terminal of the battery when working near a battery.
Do not allow the positive (
) terminal to contact the vehicle body:
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced during
normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An exploding battery
can cause serious burns and injuries. Keep all ames including cigarettes and sparks away
from open battery cells.
Keep all ames and sparks away from open battery cells because hydrogen gas is
produced from open battery cells while charging the battery or adding battery
uid:
Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous. Hydrogen gas, produced during
normal battery operation, could ignite and cause the battery to explode. An exploding battery
can cause serious burns and injuries. Keep all ames including cigarettes and sparks away
from open battery cells.
Do not jump-start a frozen battery or one with a low uid level:
Jump-starting a frozen battery or one with a low uid level is dangerous. It may rupture or
explode, causing serious injury.
Connect the negative cable to a good ground point away from the battery:
Connecting the end of the second jumper cable to the negative (
) terminal of the discharged
battery is dangerous.
A spark could cause the gas around the battery to explode and injure someone.
If Trouble Arises
Battery Runs Out
7-18
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Route the jumper cables away from parts that will be moving:
Connecting a jumper cable near or to moving parts (cooling fans, belts) is dangerous. The
cable could get caught when the engine starts and cause serious injury.
CAUTION
Use only a 12 V booster system. You can damage a 12 V starter, ignition system, and other
electrical parts beyond repair with a 24 V power supply (two 12 V batteries in series or a 24 V
motor generator set).
Jumper cables
Discharged battery
Booster battery
1. Remove the battery cover.
2. Make sure the booster battery is 12 V
and that its negative terminal is
grounded.
3. If the booster battery is in another
vehicle, do not allow both vehicles to
touch. Turn off the engine of the
vehicle with the booster battery and all
unnecessary electrical loads in both
vehicles.
4. Connect the jumper cables in the exact
sequence as in the illustration.
If Trouble Arises
Battery Runs Out
7-19
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
•
Connect one end of a cable to the
positive terminal on the discharged
battery (1).
•
Attach the other end to the positive
terminal on the booster battery (2).
•
Connect one end of the other cable
to the negative terminal of the
booster battery (3).
•
Connect the other end to the ground
point indicated in the illustration
away from the discharged battery
(4).
5. Start the engine of the booster vehicle
and run it a few minutes. Then start the
engine of the other vehicle.
6. When finished, carefully disconnect
the cables in the reverse order
described in the illustration.
7. If the battery cover has been removed,
install it in the reverse order of
removal.
NOTE
Verify that the covers are securely
installed.
If Trouble Arises
Battery Runs Out
7-20
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Starting a Flooded Engine
If the engine fails to start, it may be
flooded (excessive fuel in the engine).
Follow this procedure:
1. If the engine does not start within 5
seconds on the first try, wait 10
seconds and try again.
2. Make sure the parking brake is on.
3. Depress the accelerator all the way and
hold it there.
4. Depress the clutch pedal (Manual
transaxle) or the brake pedal
(Automatic transaxle), then press the
push button start. If the engine starts,
release the accelerator immediately
because the engine will suddenly rev
up.
5. If the engine fails to start, crank it
without depressing the accelerator.
If the engine still does not start using the
previous procedure, have your vehicle
inspected by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Push-Starting
Do not push-start your Mazda.
WARNING
Never tow a vehicle to start it:
Towing a vehicle to start it is dangerous.
The vehicle being towed could surge
forward when its engine starts, causing the
2 vehicles to collide. The occupants could
be injured.
CAUTION
Do not push-start a vehicle that has a
manual transaxle. It can damage the
emission control system.
NOTE
You cannot start a vehicle with an
automatic transaxle by pushing it.
If Trouble Arises
Emergency Starting
7-21
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Overheating
If the high engine coolant temperature
warning light turns on, the vehicle loses
power, or you hear a loud knocking or
pinging noise, the engine is probably too
hot.
WARNING
Pull over to a safe location, then switch
the ignition o and make sure the fan is
not running before attempting to work
near the cooling fan:
Working near the cooling fan when it is
running is dangerous. The fan could
continue running indenitely even if the
engine has stopped and the engine
compartment temperature is high. You
could be hit by the fan and seriously
injured.
Do not remove either cooling
system cap when the engine and radiator
are hot:
When the engine and radiator are hot,
scalding coolant and steam may shoot out
under pressure and cause serious injury.
Open the hood ONLY after steam is no
longer escaping from the engine:
Steam from an overheated engine is
dangerous. The escaping steam could
seriously burn you.
If the high engine coolant temperature
warning light turns on:
1. Drive safely to the side of the road and
park off the right-of-way.
2. Put a vehicle with an automatic
transaxle in park (P), a manual
transaxle in neutral.
3. Apply the parking brake.
4. Turn off the air conditioner.
5. Check whether coolant or steam is
escaping from the engine
compartment.
If steam is coming from the engine
compartment:
Do not go near the front of the vehicle.
Stop the engine.
Wait until the steam dissipates, then
open the hood and start the engine.
If neither coolant nor steam is
escaping:
Open the hood and idle the engine
until it cools.
CAUTION
If the cooling fan does not operate
while the engine is running, the engine
temperature will increase. Stop the
engine and call an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
6. Make sure the cooling fan is operating,
then turn off the engine after the
temperature has decreased.
7. When cool, check the coolant level.
If Trouble Arises
Overheating
7-22
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
If it is low, look for coolant leaks from
the radiator and hoses.
If you find a leak or other damage, or if
coolant is still leaking:
Stop the engine and call an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
Cooling system cap Coolant reservoir
Cooling fan
If you find no problems, the engine is
cool, and no leaks are obvious:
Carefully add coolant as required (page
6-25).
CAUTION
If the engine continues to overheat or
frequently overheats, have the cooling
system inspected. The engine could be
seriously damaged unless repairs are
made. Consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
If Trouble Arises
Overheating
7-23
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Towing Description
We recommend that towing be done only
by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or a
commercial tow-truck service.
Proper lifting and towing are necessary to
prevent damage to the vehicle. Particularly
when towing an AWD vehicle, where all
the wheels are connected to the drive train,
proper transporting of the vehicle is
absolutely essential to avoid damaging the
drive system. Government and local laws
must be followed.
Wheel dollies
A towed 2WD vehicle should have its
drive wheels (front wheels) off the ground.
If excessive damage or other conditions
prevent this, use wheel dollies.
When towing a 2WD vehicle with the rear
wheels on the ground, release the parking
brake.
Refer to Electric Parking Brake (EPB) on
page 4-57.
A towed AWD vehicle must have all its
wheels off the ground.
WARNING
Always tow an AWD vehicle with all four
wheels o the ground:
Towing an AWD vehicle with either the
front or rear wheels on the ground is
dangerous as the drive train could be
damaged, or the vehicle could trail away
from the tow truck and cause an accident.
If the drive train has been damaged,
transport the vehicle on a atbed truck.
CAUTION
Do not tow the vehicle pointed backward
with driving wheels on the ground. This
may cause internal damage to the
transaxle.
If Trouble Arises
Emergency Towing
7-24
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Do not tow with sling-type equipment.
This could damage your vehicle. Use
wheel-lift or
atbed
equipment.
If the parking brake cannot be released
when towing the vehicle, transport the
vehicle with all front and rear wheels
raised o the ground as shown in the
gure.
If the vehicle is towed without
raising the wheels o the ground, the
brake system could be damaged.
Wheel dollies
Tiedown Hooks
*
CAUTION
Do not use the front tiedown eyelet for
towing the vehicle.
They have been designed only for securing
the vehicle to a transport vessel during
shipping.
Using the eyelet for any other purpose
could result in the vehicle being damaged.
▼
Tiedown Hook-Front
1. Remove the tiedown eyelet and the lug
wrench from the luggage compartment
(page 7-3).
2. Wrap a jack lever or similar tool with a
soft cloth to prevent damage to a
painted bumper, and open the cap
located on the front bumper.
CAUTION
Do not use excessive force as it may
damage the cap or scratch the painted
bumper surface.
If Trouble Arises
Emergency Towing
*Some models.
7-25
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
NOTE
Remove the cap completely and store it
so as not to lose it.
3. Securely install the tiedown eyelet
using the lug wrench.
Lug wrench
Tiedown eyelet
4. Hook the tying rope to the tiedown
eyelet.
CAUTION
If the tiedown eyelet is not securely
tightened, it may loosen or disengage
from the bumper when tying the
vehicle. Make sure that the tiedown
eyelet is securely tightened to the
bumper.
▼
Tiedown Hook-Rear
The hook positioned under the rear
bumper on the right side is for tying down
the vehicle during transport, and it cannot
be used for towing other vehicles.
It can be used as a towing hook only when
the vehicle must be towed by another
vehicle in an emergency case such as
when the vehicle is stuck in snow,
however, it may damage the bumper.
Tiedown hook
CAUTION
When using the hook in such emergency
cases, observe the following so as not to
damage the tiedown hook or the vehicle
body.
The vehicle must be pulled straight to the
rear so that no load is applied to the
vehicle in the lateral direction.
The bumper may be damaged if the tie
down hook is used as a towing hook.
When using a metal chain or wire cable,
wrap a cloth around the attachment
area. If the metal chain or wire cable
contacts the bumper directly, the
bumper could be scratched or damaged.
If Trouble Arises
Emergency Towing
7-26
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
If a Warning Light Turns On or Flashes
If any warning light turns on/flashes, take appropriate action for each light. There is no
problem if the light turns off, however if the light does not turn off or turns on/flashes again,
consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
(Vehicles with type B audio)
The details for some warnings can be viewed on the center display.
1. If the warning light is turned on, select
icon on the home screen to display the
application screen.
2. Select “Vehicle Status Monitor”.
3. Select “Warning Guidance” to display the current warnings.
4. Select the applicable warning to view the warning details.
▼
Stop Vehicle in Safe Place Immediately
If any of the following warning lights turns on, the system may have a malfunction. Stop the
vehicle in a safe place immediately and contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
7-27
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Signal Warning
Brake System Warning
Light
This warning has the following functions:
Parking brake warning/Warning light inspection
The light illuminates when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switched to
START or ON. It turns off when the parking brake is released.
When the light turns on
If the brake system warning light remains turned on even though the parking brake is
released, the brake fluid may be low or there could be a problem with the brake sys-
tem. Park the vehicle in a safe place immediately and contact an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
When the light is flashing
The light flashes if the Electric Parking Brake (EPB) has a malfunction.
If the light remains flashing even if the Electric Parking Brake (EPB) switch is oper-
ated, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
WARNING
Do not drive with the brake system warning light illuminated. Contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer to have the brakes inspected as soon as possible:
Driving with the brake system warning light illuminated is dangerous. It indicates that
your brakes may not work at all or that they could completely fail at any time. If this
light remains illuminated, after checking that the parking brake is fully released, have
the brakes inspected immediately.
CAUTION
In addition, the eectiveness of the braking may diminish so you may need to depress
the brake pedal more strongly than normal to stop the vehicle.
Electronic Brake Force
Distribution System
Warning
If the electronic brake force distribution control unit determines that some compo-
nents are operating incorrectly, the control unit may illuminate the brake system
warning light and the ABS warning light simultaneously. The problem is likely to be
the electronic brake force distribution system.
WARNING
Do not drive with both the ABS warning light and brake warning light illuminated.
Have the vehicle towed to an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the brakes inspected as
soon as possible:
Driving when the brake system warning light and ABS warning light are illuminated
simultaneously is dangerous.
When both lights are illuminated, the rear wheels could lock more quickly in an emer‐
gency stop than under normal circumstances.
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
7-28
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Signal Warning
Charging System Warn-
ing Light
If the warning light illuminates while driving, it indicates a malfunction of the alter-
nator or of the charging system.
Drive to the side of the road and park off the right-of-way. Consult an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
CAUTION
Do not continue driving when the charging system warning light is illuminated be‐
cause the engine could stop unexpectedly.
Engine Oil Warning
Light
This warning light indicates low engine oil pressure.
CAUTION
Do not run the engine if the oil pressure is low. Otherwise, it could result in extensive
engine damage.
If the light illuminates or the warning indication is displayed while driving:
1. Drive to the side of the road and park off the right-of-way on level ground.
2. Turn off the engine and wait 5 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan.
3. Inspect the engine oil level (page 6-25). If it's low, add the appropriate amount of
engine oil while being careful not to overfill.
CAUTION
Do not run the engine if the oil level is low. Otherwise, it could result in extensive
engine damage.
4. Start the engine and check the warning light.
If the light remains illuminated even though the oil level is normal or after adding oil,
stop the engine immediately and have your vehicle towed to an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
(Red)
High Engine Coolant
Temperature Warning
Light
The light flashes when the engine coolant temperature is extremely high, and illumi-
nates when the engine coolant temperature increases further.
Handling Procedure
Flashing light
Drive slowly to reduce engine load until you can find a safe place to stop the vehicle
and wait for the engine to cool down.
Illuminated light
This indicates the possibility of overheating. Park the vehicle in a safe place immedi-
ately and stop the engine.
Refer to Overheating on page 7-22.
CAUTION
Do not drive the vehicle with the high engine coolant temperature warning light illumi‐
nated. Otherwise, it could result in damage to the engine.
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
7-29
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Signal Warning
Power Steering Mal-
function Indicator Light
The light illuminates/flashes if the electric power steering has a malfunction.
If the light illuminates/flashes, stop the vehicle in a safe place and do not operate the
steering wheel. There is no problem if the light turns off after a while. Contact an Au-
thorized Mazda Dealer if the light illuminates/flashes continuously.
NOTE
•
If the indicator light illuminates/flashes, the power steering will not operate normal-
ly. If this happens, the steering wheel can still be operated, however, the operation
may feel heavy compared to normal, or the steering wheel could vibrate when turn-
ing.
•
Repeatedly jerking the steering wheel left and right while the vehicle is stopped or
moving extremely slowly will cause the power steering system to go into protective
mode which will make the steering feel heavy, but this does not indicate a problem. If
this occurs, park the vehicle safely and wait several minutes for the system to return
to normal.
▼
Contact Authorized Mazda Dealer and Have Vehicle Inspected
If any of the following warning lights or the indicator light turns on/flashes, the system may
have a malfunction. Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have your vehicle inspected.
Signal Warning
ABS Warning Light
If the ABS warning light stays on while you're driving, the ABS control unit has detected
a system malfunction. If this occurs, your brakes will function normally as if the vehicle
had no ABS.
Should this happen, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
NOTE
•
When the engine is jump-started to charge the battery, uneven rpm occurs and the ABS
warning light may illuminate. If this occurs, it is the result of the weak battery and does
not indicate an ABS malfunction.
Recharge the battery.
•
The brake assist system does not operate while the ABS warning light is illuminated.
Master Warning
Light
(Vehicles with type B audio)
The light turns on when the system has a malfunction.
Operate the center display and verify the content.
Refer to If a Warning Light Turns On or Flashes on page 7-27.
(Vehicles with type A audio)
The light illuminates continuously if any one of the following occurs. Consult an Author-
ized Mazda Dealer.
•
There is a malfunction in the battery management system.
•
There is a malfunction in the brake switch.
Electric Parking
Brake (EPB) Warn-
ing Light
The warning light illuminates when the system has a malfunction. Have your vehicle in-
spected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
7-30
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Signal Warning
(Red)
Brake Pedal Opera-
tion Demand Warn-
ing Light
When only flashing
Flashes if there is the possibility of the vehicle not being held in the stopped position by
the AUTOHOLD function, such as on steep slopes. Depress and hold your foot on the
brake pedal.
When flashing and beep sound is activated at the same time
The warning light flashes and the beep sound is activated for about five seconds if there is
a problem with the system. If the warning light flashes and the warning sound is activated,
immediately depress the brake pedal and stop using the AUTOHOLD function then con-
tact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
WARNING
Immediately depress the brake pedal if the warning light ashes and the beep sound is acti‐
vated while using the AUTOHOLD function:
Because the AUTOHOLD function is canceled forcibly, the vehicle may move unexpectedly
and result in an accident.
Check Engine Light
If this light illuminates while driving, the vehicle may have a problem. It is important to
note the driving conditions when the light illuminated and consult an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
The check engine light may illuminate in the following cases:
•
The fuel tank level being very low or approaching empty.
•
The engine's electrical system has a problem.
•
The emission control system has a problem.
•
The fuel-filler cap is missing or not tightened securely.
If the check engine light remains on, or it flashes continuously , do not drive at high
speeds and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
Automatic Trans-
axle Warning Light
*
The light illuminates when the transaxle has a problem.
CAUTION
If the automatic transaxle warning light illuminates, the transaxle has an electrical prob‐
lem. Continuing to drive your Mazda in this condition could cause damage to your trans‐
axle. Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
(Turns on)
TCS/DSC Indicator
Light
If the light stays on, the TCS, DSC or the brake assist system may have a malfunction and
they may not operate correctly. Take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
*Some models.
7-31
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Signal Warning
Air Bag/Front Seat
Belt Pretensioner
System Warning
Light
A system malfunction is indicated if the warning light constantly flashes, constantly illu-
minates or does not illuminate at all when the ignition is switched ON. If any of these oc-
cur, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible. The system may not operate
in an accident.
WARNING
Never tamper with the air bag/pretensioner systems and always have an Authorized Mazda
Dealer perform all servicing and repairs:
Self-servicing or tampering with the systems is dangerous. An air bag/pretensioner could
accidentally activate or become disabled causing serious injury or death.
AWD Warning
Light
*
When the light is turned on
The light turns on under the following conditions. The system may have a malfunction.
Have the vehicle checked at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
•
When there is a malfunction in the AWD system.
•
When there is a large difference between the tire size of the front and rear wheels.
When the light is flashing
Park the vehicle in a safe place. After a few moments, if the warning light stops flashing,
you can resume driving. If the light does not stop flashing, contact an Authorized Mazda
Dealer.
•
When the differential oil temperature is excessively high.
•
When there is a large difference between the front and rear wheel rotation, such as when
trying to remove the vehicle from mud.
(Flashing)
Tire Pressure Moni-
toring System
Warning Lig ht
*
If the tire pressure monitoring system has a malfunction, the tire pressure warning light
flashes. Have your vehicle checked by an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
WARNING
If the tire pressure monitoring system warning light illuminates or
ashes,
or the tire pres‐
sure warning beep sound is heard, decrease vehicle speed immediately and avoid sudden
maneuvering and braking:
If the tire pressure monitoring system warning light illuminates or
ashes,
or the tire pres‐
sure warning beep sound is heard, it is dangerous to drive the vehicle at high speeds, or
perform sudden maneuvering or braking. Vehicle drivability could worsen and result in an
accident.
To determine if you have a slow leak or a at, pull over to a safe position where you can
check the visual condition of the tire and determine if you have enough air to proceed to a
place where air may be added and the system monitored again by an Authorized Mazda
Dealer or a tire repair station.
Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light:
Ignoring the TPMS warning light is dangerous, even if you know why it is illuminated. Have
the problem taken care of as soon as possible before it develops into a more serious situa‐
tion that could lead to tire failure and a dangerous accident.
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
7-32
*Some models.
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Signal Warning
(Red)
(Turns on)
KEY Warning Light
If any malfunction occurs in the keyless entry system, it illuminates continuously.
CAUTION
If the key warning indicator light illuminates or the push button start indicator light (amber)
ashes, the engine may not start. If the engine cannot be started, try starting it using the
emergency operation for starting the engine, and have the vehicle inspected at an Author‐
ized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible.
Refer to Emergency Operation for Starting the Engine on page 4-9.
Security Indicator
Light
If the engine does not start with the correct key, and the security indicator light remains
illuminated or flashing, try the following:
Make sure the key is within the operational range for signal transmission. Switch the igni-
tion off, and then restart the engine. If the engine does not start after 3 or more tries, con-
tact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
(Amber)
High Beam Control
System (HBC)
Warning Light
*
The light remains turned on if there is a problem with the system. Have your vehicle in-
spected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
NOTE
If the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) field of view is impaired during bad weather condi-
tions (such as rain, fog, and snow) and when the windshield is dirty, the warning indica-
tion/warning light for the High Beam Control System (HBC) may display/turn on. Howev-
er, this does not indicate a problem.
(Turns on)
Lane Departure
Warning System
(LDWS) Warning
Light
*
•
The warning light remains turned on if there is a problem with the system. Have your
vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
•
The LDWS does not operate when the warning light illuminates.
CAUTION
A problem in the system may be indicated under the following conditions. Have your ve‐
hicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
When the light remains turned on while driving the vehicle.
When the system is canceled automatically, the light turns on. Normally, the system re‐
stores automatically and the light turns o, however, if the light remains turned on,
there may be a problem with the system.
The light does not illuminate when the ignition is switched ON.
Always use tires for all wheels that are of the specied size, and the same manufacture,
brand, and tread pattern. In addition, do not use tires with signicantly dierent wear
patterns on the same vehicle. If such improper tires are used, the LDWS may not operate
normally.
When an emergency spare tire is used, the system may not operate normally.
NOTE
If the windshield area in front of the Forward Sensing Camera (FSC) is fogged or ob-
structed, the light turns on temporarily. If the light remains turned on, there may be a
problem with the system.
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
*Some models.
7-33
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Signal Warning
(Amber)
Mazda Radar Cruise
Control with Stop &
Go function
(MRCC with Stop
& Go function)
Warning Lig ht
*
The warning light turns on if there is a malfunction in the system while the Mazda Radar
Cruise Control with Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go function) system is on.
Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Blind Spot Monitor-
ing (BSM) OFF In-
dicator Light
*
A problem in the system may be indicated under the following conditions.
Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
•
The light does not turn on when the ignition is switched ON.
•
The light remains on even when the Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) system can be operat-
ed.
•
The light turns on while driving the vehicle.
NOTE
If the vehicle is driven on a road with less traffic and few vehicles that the radar sensors
can detect, the system may pause (The Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) OFF indicator light
in the instrument cluster illuminates). However, it does not indicate a malfunction.
LED Headlight
Warning Lig ht
*
This light illuminates if there is a malfunction in the LED headlight. Have your vehicle
inspected by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
▼
Taking Action
Take the appropriate action and verify that the warning light turns off.
Signal Warning Action to be taken
Low Fuel Warning
Light
The light turns on when the remaining fuel
is about 9.0 L (2.3 US gal, 1.9 Imp gal).
NOTE
The light illumination timing may vary be-
cause fuel inside the fuel tank moves around
according to the driving conditions and the
vehicle posture.
Add fuel.
Check Fuel Cap Warn-
ing Light
If the check fuel cap warning light illumi-
nates while driving, the fuel-filler cap may
not be installed properly.
Stop the engine and reinstall the fuel-filler
cap.
Refer to Refueling on page 3-27.
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
7-34
*Some models.
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Signal Warning Action to be taken
Seat Belt Warning
Light
Except Mexico
The seat belt warning light turns on if the
driver or front passenger's seat is occupied
and the seat belt is not fastened with the ig-
nition switched ON.
If the driver or front passenger's seat belt is
unfastened (only when the front passenger's
seat is occupied) and the vehicle is driven at
a speed faster than about 20 km/h (12 mph),
the warning light flashes. After a short time,
the warning light stops flashing, but re-
mains illuminated.
NOTE
•
The warning light flashes for about 6 sec-
onds if the driver's seat belt is not fastened
when the ignition is switched ON.
•
To allow the front passenger occupant
classification sensor to function properly,
do not place and sit on an additional seat
cushion on the front passenger's seat. The
sensor may not function properly because
the additional seat cushion could cause
sensor interference.
•
If a small child is seated on the front pas-
senger's seat, the warning light may not
operate.
Fasten the seat belts.
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
7-35
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Signal Warning Action to be taken
Seat Belt Warning
Light
Mexico
The seat belt warning light turns on if the
driver or front passenger's seat is occupied
and the seat belt is not fastened with the ig-
nition switched ON.
If the driver or front passenger's seat belt is
unfastened (only when the front passenger's
seat is occupied) and the vehicle is driven at
a speed faster than about 20 km/h (12 mph),
the warning light flashes. After a short time,
the warning light stops flashing, but re-
mains illuminated. If a seat belt remains un-
fastened, the warning light flashes again for
a given period of time.
NOTE
•
Placing heavy items on the front passeng-
er's seat may cause the front passenger's
seat belt warning function to operate de-
pending on the weight of the item.
•
To allow the front passenger seat weight
sensor to function properly, do not place
and sit on an additional seat cushion on
the front passenger's seat. The sensor may
not function properly because the addi-
tional seat cushion could cause sensor in-
terference.
•
If a small child is seated on the front pas-
senger's seat, the warning light may not
operate.
Fasten the seat belts.
Door-Ajar Warning
Light
The light turns on if any door/liftgate is not
closed securely.
Close the door/liftgate securely.
Low Washer Fluid
Level Warning Light
*
This warning light indicates that little wash-
er fluid remains.
Add washer fluid (page 6-27).
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
7-36
*Some models.
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Signal Warning Action to be taken
(Amber)
Smart Brake Support/
Smart City Brake Sup-
port (SBS/SCBS)
Warning Light
*
The light turns on if the windshield or the
radar sensor are dirty, or there is a malfunc-
tion in the system.
(Vehicles with type B audio)
Verify the reason why the warning light is
illuminated on the center display (page
7-27).
If the reason why the warning light is illu-
minated is due to a dirty windshield, clean
the windshield.
If the warning light is illuminated because
of a dirty radar sensor, clean the front em-
blem.
For any other reasons, have the vehicle in-
spected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
(Vehicles without type B audio)
If the reason why the warning light is illu-
minated is due to a dirty windshield, clean
the windshield. For any other reasons,
have the vehicle inspected at an Author-
ized Mazda Dealer.
Tire Pressure Monitoring System Warning Light (Turns on)
*
Take the appropriate action and verify that the warning light turns off.
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
*Some models.
7-37
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Warning
When the warning light illuminates, and the warning beep sound is heard when tire pressure is too low in one or
more tires.
WARNING
If the tire pressure monitoring system warning light illuminates or ashes, or the tire pressure warning beep sound
is heard, decrease vehicle speed immediately and avoid sudden maneuvering and braking:
If the tire pressure monitoring system warning light illuminates or ashes, or the tire pressure warning beep sound
is heard, it is dangerous to drive the vehicle at high speeds, or perform sudden maneuvering or braking. Vehicle
drivability could worsen and result in an accident.
To determine if you have a slow leak or a at, pull over to a safe position where you can check the visual condition
of the tire and determine if you have enough air to proceed to a place where air may be added and the system
monitored again by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or a tire repair station.
Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light:
Ignoring the TPMS warning light is dangerous, even if you know why it is illuminated. Have the problem taken
care of as soon as possible before it develops into a more serious situation that could lead to tire failure and a
dangerous accident.
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
7-38
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Action to be taken
Inspect the tires and adjust to the specified inflation pressure (page 6-36).
CAUTION
When replacing/repairing the tires or wheels or both, have the work done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer, or the
tire pressure sensors may be damaged.
NOTE
•
Perform tire pressure adjustment when the tires are cold. Tire pressure will vary according to the tire tempera-
ture, therefore let the vehicle stand for 1 hour or only drive it 1.6 km (1 mile) or less before adjusting the tire
pressures. When pressure is adjusted on hot tires to the cold inflation pressure, the TPMS warning light/beep
may turn on after the tires cool and pressure drops below specification.
Also, an illuminated TPMS warning light, resulting from the tire air pressure dropping due to cold ambient
temperature, may turn off if the ambient temperature rises. In this case, it will also be necessary to adjust the
tire air pressures. If the TPMS warning light illuminates due to a drop in tire air pressure, make sure to check
and adjust the tire air pressures.
•
After adjusting the tire air pressures, it may require some time for the TPMS warning light to turn off. If the
TPMS warning light remains illuminated, drive the vehicle at a speed of at least 25 km/h (16 mph) for 10 mi-
nutes, and then verify that it turns off.
•
Tires lose air naturally over time and the TPMS cannot tell if the tires are getting too soft over time or you
have a flat. However, when you find one low tire in a set of four-that is an indication of trouble; you should
have someone drive the vehicle slowly forward so you can inspect any low tire for cuts and any metal objects
sticking through tread or sidewall. Put a few drops of water in the valve stem to see if it bubbles indicating a
bad valve. Leaks need to be addressed by more than simply refilling the trouble tire as leaks are dangerous ―
take it to an Authorized Mazda Dealer which has all the equipment to fix tires, TPMS systems and order the
best replacement tire for your vehicle.
If the warning light illuminates again even after the tire pressures are adjusted, there may be a tire puncture.
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
7-39
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
KEY Warning Light
Take the appropriate action and verify that the warning light turns off.
Signal Cause Action to be taken
(Red)
(Flashing)
The advanced key battery is dead. Replace the key battery (page 6-34).
The advanced key is not within the opera-
tion range.
Bring the advanced key into the operation
range (page 3-7).
The advanced key is placed in areas inside
the cabin where it is difficult for the key to
be detected.
A key from another manufacturer similar to
the advanced key is in the operation range.
Take the key from another manufacturer
similar to the advanced key out of the op-
eration range.
Without the ignition switched off, the ad-
vanced key is taken out of the cabin, and
then all the doors are closed.
Bring the advanced key back into the cab-
in.
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
7-40
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Message Indicated on Display
*
If a message is displayed in the center display (Type B audio), take appropriate action (in a
calm manner) according to the displayed message.
(Display example)
▼
Stop Vehicle in Safe Place Immediately
If the following messages are displayed in the center display (Type B audio), a vehicle
system may be malfunctioning. Stop the vehicle in a safe place and contact an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
Display Indicated Condition
Displays if the engine coolant temperature has increased excessively.
Displays if the charging system has a malfunction.
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
*Some models.
7-41
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Verify Display Content
Displays in the following cases:
Display Indicated Condition/Action to be taken
The following message is displayed when the temperature around the
center display is high.
Lowering the temperature in the cabin or the temperature around the
center display by avoiding direct sunlight is recommended.
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
7-42
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Warning Sound is
Activated
▼
Lights-On Reminder
The lights-on reminder is operable when
the time setting
*1
of the auto headlight off
function is off.
If lights are on and the ignition is switched
to ACC or off, a continuous beep sound
will be heard when the driver's door is
opened.
*
1 If the light switch is left on, the auto
headlight off function automatically
turns off the lights about 30 seconds
after switching the ignition off. The
time setting can be changed.
Refer to Personalization Features on
page 9-9.
NOTE
•
When the ignition is switched to ACC,
the “Ignition Not Switched Off (STOP)
Warning Beep” (page 7-44) overrides
the lights-on reminder.
•
A personalized function is available to
change the sound volume for the
lights-on reminder.
Refer to Personalization Features on
page 9-9.
▼
Air Bag/Front Seat Belt
Pretensioner System Warning Beep
If there is a problem with the air bag/seat
belt pretensioner systems and the warning
light illumination, a warning beep sound
will be heard for about 5 seconds every
minute.
The air bag and seat belt pretensioner
system warning beep sound will continue
to be heard for approximately 35 minutes.
Have your vehicle inspected at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.
WARNING
Do not drive the vehicle with the air bag/
seat belt pretensioner system warning beep
sounding:
Driving the vehicle with the air bag/seat
belt pretensioner system warning beep
sounding is dangerous. In a collision, the
air bags and the seat belt pretensioner
system will not deploy and this could result
in death or serious injury. Contact an
Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the
vehicle inspected as soon as possible.
▼
Seat Belt Warning Beep
Except Mexico
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened
when the ignition is switched ON, a beep
sound will be heard for about 6 seconds. If
the driver or the front passenger's seat belt
is not fastened and the vehicle is driven at
a speed faster than about 20 km/h (12
mph), a beep sound will be heard again for
a specified period of time.
Until a seat belt is fastened or a given
period of time has elapsed, the beep sound
will not stop even if the vehicle speed falls
below 20 km/h (12 mph).
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
7-43
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
NOTE
•
To allow the front passenger occupant
classification sensor to function
properly, do not place and sit on an
additional seat cushion on the front
passenger's seat. The sensor may not
function properly because the additional
seat cushion could cause sensor
interference.
•
If a small child is seated on the front
passenger's seat, the warning beep may
not operate.
Mexico
If the vehicle speed exceeds about 20
km/h (12 mph) with the driver or front
passenger's seat belt unfastened, a warning
beep sounds continuously. If the seat belt
remains unfastened, the beep sound stops
once and then continues for about 90
seconds. The beep stops after the driver or
front passenger's seat belt is fastened.
Until a seat belt is fastened or a given
period of time has elapsed, the beep sound
will not stop even if the vehicle speed falls
below 20 km/h (12 mph).
NOTE
•
Placing heavy items on the front
passenger's seat may cause the front
passenger's seat belt warning function
to operate depending on the weight of
the item.
•
To allow the front passenger seat weight
sensor to function properly, do not place
and sit on an additional seat cushion on
the front passenger's seat. The sensor
may not function properly because the
additional seat cushion could cause
sensor interference.
•
If a small child is seated on the front
passenger's seat, the warning beep may
not operate.
▼
Ignition Not Switched Off (STOP)
Warning Beep
If the driver's door is opened with the
ignition switched to ACC, a beep will be
heard continuously in the cabin to notify
the driver that the ignition has not been
switched OFF (STOP). Under this
condition, the keyless entry system will
not operate, the vehicle cannot be locked,
and the battery voltage will be depleted.
▼
Key Removed from Vehicle Warning
Beep
Vehicles with advanced keyless function
If the key is taken out of the vehicle while
the ignition is not switched OFF and all
the doors are closed, the beep which
sounds outside of the vehicle will be heard
6 times, the beep which sounds inside the
vehicle will be heard 6 times, and the
KEY warning light (red) in the instrument
cluster flashes continuously to notify the
driver that the ignition has not been
switched OFF.
Vehicles without advanced keyless
function
If the key is taken out of the vehicle while
the ignition is not switched OFF and all
the doors are closed, a beep will be heard
in the cabin 6 times and the KEY warning
light (red) in the instrument cluster turns
on continuously to notify the driver that
the ignition has not been switched OFF.
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
7-44
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
NOTE
Because the key utilizes low-intensity
radio waves, the Key Removed From
Vehicle Warning may activate if the key is
carried together with a metal object or it
is placed in a poor signal reception area.
▼
Request Switch Inoperable Warning
Beep (With the advanced keyless
function)
If the request switch is pressed with the
door open or ajar, or the ignition is not
switched OFF with a key being carried, a
beep will be heard outside for about 2
seconds to notify the driver that the door
or liftgate cannot be locked.
▼
Key Left-in-luggage Compartment
Warning Beep (With the advanced
keyless function)
If the key is left in the luggage
compartment with all the doors locked and
the liftgate closed, a beep will be heard
outside for about 10 seconds to notify the
driver that the key is in the luggage
compartment. In this case, take out the key
by pressing the electric liftgate opener and
opening the liftgate. The key taken out of
the luggage compartment may not operate
because its functions have been
temporarily stopped. To restore the key's
functions, perform the applicable
procedure (page 3-8).
▼
Key Left-in-vehicle Warning Beep
(With the advanced keyless
function)
If all the doors and luggage compartment
are locked using another key while the key
is left in the cabin, the beep which sounds
outside of the vehicle will be heard for
about 10 seconds to notify the driver that
the key is in the cabin. In this case, take
out the key by opening the door. A key
taken out of the vehicle using this method
may not operate because its functions have
been temporarily stopped. To restore the
key's functions, perform the applicable
procedure (page 3-8).
▼
Electric Parking Brake (EPB)
Warning Beep
The warning buzzer is activated under the
following conditions:
•
The vehicle is driven with the parking
brake applied.
•
The Electric Parking Brake (EPB)
switch is pulled while the vehicle is
driven.
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
7-45
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
AUTOHOLD Warning Beep
Warning light flashes and beep sound is
activated simultaneously for about five
seconds when using AUTOHOLD
function or when AUTOHOLD switch is
operated.
Because a problem with AUTOHOLD
function has occurred, AUTOHOLD
function does not operate even if
AUTOHOLD switch is operated.
If the warning light flashes and the beep
sound is activated simultaneously, have
your vehicle inspected at an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
▼
Tire Inflation Pressure Warning
Beep
*
The warning beep sound will be heard for
about 3 seconds if the tire pressures
decrease.
Refer to Tire Pressure Monitoring System
on page 4-144.
▼
Power Steering Warning Buzzer
If the power steering system has a
malfunction, the power steering
malfunction light turns on or flashes and
the buzzer operates at the same time.
Refer to Stop Vehicle in Safe Place
Immediately on page 7-27.
▼
Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM)
Warning Beep
*
Driving forward
The warning beep operates when the turn
signal lever is operated to the side where
the Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) warning
light is illuminated.
NOTE
A personalized function is available to
change the Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM)
warning beep sound volume.
Refer to Personalization Features on page
9-9.
Reversing
The Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM)
warning sound is activated if there is a
possibility of collision with a vehicle
approaching from behind and from the
rear on the left and right sides of the
vehicle.
▼
Lane Departure Warning Sound
*
While the system is operating, if the
system determines that the vehicle may
depart from the lane, it sounds a warning
sound.
NOTE
•
The volume of the LDWS warning sound
can be changed.
Refer to Personalization Features on
page 9-9.
•
The type of the LDWS warning sound
can be changed.
Refer to Personalization Features on
page 9-9.
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
7-46
*Some models.
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with
Stop & Go function (MRCC with
Stop & Go function) System
Warnings
*
The Mazda Radar Cruise Control with
Stop & Go function (MRCC with Stop &
Go function) system warnings notify the
driver of system malfunctions and
cautions on use when required.
Check based on the beep sound.
Cautions What to check
The beep sounds 1 time
while the Mazda Radar
Cruise Control with Stop
& Go function (MRCC
with Stop & Go func-
tion) is operating
The Mazda Radar Cruise
Control with Stop & Go
function (MRCC with
Stop & Go function) sys-
tem has been canceled.
The beep continues to
sound while the vehicle
is being driven.
The distance between
your vehicle and the ve-
hicle ahead is too close.
Verify the safety of the
surrounding area and re-
duce vehicle speed.
When the Mazda Radar
Cruise Control with Stop
& Go function (MRCC
with Stop & Go func-
tion) is operating, the
beep sounds and the
Mazda Radar Cruise
Control with Stop & Go
function (MRCC with
Stop & Go function)
warning light (amber) in
the instrument cluster
turns on.
A malfunction in the
system may be indicated.
Have your vehicle in-
spected at an Authorized
Mazda Dealer.
▼
Excessive Speed Warning
*
If the vehicle speed exceeds the speed
limit sign displayed on the active driving
display, the warning sound is activated and
the area around the speed limit sign
displayed on the active driving display
flashes 3 times in amber, and if the vehicle
speed continues to exceed the displayed
speed limit sign, the indication stops
flashing and remains on.
▼
Collision warning
*
If there is a possibility of a collision with a
vehicle ahead, a warning sound is
activated intermittently at the same time as
the warning light flashes and the warning
indication is displayed in the active
driving display (With active driving
display).
If Trouble Arises
Warning/Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds
*Some models.
7-47
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
When Liftgate Cannot be
Opened
If the vehicle battery is dead, the liftgate
cannot be unlocked and opened.
In this case, the liftgate can be unlocked
by taking care of the dead battery
situation.
Refer to Jump-Starting on page 7-18.
If the liftgate cannot be unlocked even if
the dead battery situation has been
resolved, the electrical system may have a
malfunction.
In this case, the liftgate can be opened
using the following procedure as an
emergency measure.
1. Fold down the rear seatbacks.
Refer to Split Folding the Seatbacks on
page 2-9.
2. Remove cover on the interior surface
of the liftgate using a flathead
screwdriver.
Cover
3. Using a flathead screwdriver, open the
inner cover.
4. Using a flathead screwdriver, turn the
lever to the right to unlock the liftgate.
Lever
After performing this emergency measure,
have the vehicle inspected at an
Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as
possible.
If Trouble Arises
When Liftgate Cannot be Opened
7-48
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
If the Active Driving
Display Does Not Operate
If the active driving display does not
operate, switch the ignition off and then
restart the engine. If the active driving
display does not operate even with the
engine restarted, have the vehicle
inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
If Trouble Arises
Active Driving Display Does Not Operate
7-49
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
MEMO
7-50
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
8
Customer Information and Reporting
Safety Defects
Important consumer information including warranties and add-on
equipment.
Customer Assistance......................... 8-2
Customer Assistance
(U.S.A.)........................................ 8-2
Customer Assistance
(Canada)....................................... 8-7
Customer Assistance (Puerto
Rico)........................................... 8-10
Customer Assistance
(Mexico)..................................... 8-11
Mazda Importer/Distributors........ 8-13
Importer/Distributor................... 8-13
Reporting Safety Defects................ 8-14
Reporting Safety Defects
(U.S.A.)...................................... 8-14
Reporting Safety Defects
(Canada)..................................... 8-15
Warranty.......................................... 8-16
Warranties for Your Mazda.........8-16
Outside the United States/
Canada........................................ 8-17
Registering Your Vehicle in A
Foreign Country (Except United
States and Canada)..................... 8-18
Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and
Accessories.................................8-19
Cell Phones.......................................8-20
Cell Phones Warning.................. 8-20
Event Data Recorder.......................8-21
Event Data Recorder (U.S.A. and
Canada).......................................8-21
Recording of Vehicle Data.............. 8-22
Recording of Vehicle Data..........8-22
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System
(UTQGS).......................................... 8-23
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
System (UTQGS)....................... 8-23
Tire Information (U.S.A.)............... 8-25
Tire Labeling.............................. 8-25
Location of the Tire Label
(Placard)..................................... 8-30
Tire Maintenance........................8-33
Vehicle Loading..........................8-36
Steps for Determining the Correct
Load Limit.................................. 8-42
Declaration of Conformity..............8-43
Declaration of Conformity......... 8-43
8-1
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Customer Assistance (U.S.A.)
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. We are here to serve you. All
Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in
top condition.
If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of
your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you take
the following steps:
NOTE
If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary
restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in
accordance with a certified physician, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer. For more
information, go to NHTSA website www.safercar.gov (VEHICLE SHOPPERS > Air Bags >
Air Bag FAQs > Air Bag Deactivation).
▼
STEP 1: Contact Your Mazda Dealer
Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way to
address the issue.
•
If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS, SALES,
SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER of
the dealership or the OWNER.
•
If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary
restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in
accordance with a certified physician, go to STEP 2.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
8-2
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
STEP 2: Contact Mazda North American Operations
If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealership
management or it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the
supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical
conditions in accordance with a certified physician, you can reach Mazda North American
Operations by one of the following ways.
Log on: at www.MazdaUSA.com
Answers to many questions, including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership in
the U.S., can be found here.
E-mail: click on “Contact Us” located on the bottom of the page at www.mazdausa.com
under “Help”
By phone at: 1 (800) 222-5500
By letter at:
ATTN: Customer Experience Center
Mazda North American Operations
200 Spectrum Center Drive Suite 100
Irvine, California 92618
P.O. Box 19734
Irvine, CA 92623-9734
In order to serve you efficiently and effectively, please help us by providing the following
information:
1. Your name, address, and telephone number
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located on
the upper driver's side corner of the dash)
4. Purchase date and current mileage
5. Your dealer's name and location
6. Your question(s)
If you live outside the U.S.A., please contact your nearest Mazda Distributor.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
8-3
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
STEP 3: Contact Better Business Bureau (BBB)
Mazda North American Operations realizes that mutual agreement on some issues may not
be possible. As a final step to ensure that your concerns are being fairly considered, Mazda
North American Operations has agreed to participate in a dispute settlement program
administered by the Better Business Bureau (BBB) system, at no cost to you the consumer.
BBB AUTO LINE works with consumers and the manufacturer in an attempt to reach a
mutually acceptable resolution of any warranty related concerns. If the BBB is not able to
facilitate a settlement they will provide an informal hearing before an arbitrator.
You are required to resort to BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies
under the Federal Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C. § 2301 et seq. To the extent
permitted by the applicable state “Lemon Law”, you are also required to resort to BBB
AUTO LINE before exercising any rights or seeking remedies under the “Lemon Law”. If
you choose to seek remedies that are not created by the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act or
the applicable state “Lemon Law”, you are not required to first use BBB AUTO LINE.
The whole process normally takes 40 days or less. The arbitration decision is not binding on
you or Mazda unless you accept the decision. For more information about BBB AUTO
LINE, including current eligibility standards, please call 1-800-955-5100 or visit the BBB
website at www.bbb.org/autoline.
Being truly committed to customer satisfaction is more than a phrase with Mazda. We hope
to satisfy every customer directly, but if there is ever a question about our decision, Mazda
believes in providing a fast, fair and free method such as the BBB AUTO LINE to ensure
Mazda delivers on our commitment to do the right thing for our customers!
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
8-4
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
California Customers
1. Mazda North American Operations participates in BBB AUTO LINE, a mediation/
arbitration program administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus [4200
Wilson Boulevard, Arlington, Virginia 22203] through local Better Business Bureaus.
BBB AUTO LINE and Mazda have been certified by the Arbitration Certification
Program of the California Department of Consumer Affairs.
2. If you have a problem arising under a Mazda written warranty, we encourage you to
bring it to our attention. If we are unable to resolve it, you may file a claim with BBB
AUTO LINE. Claims must be filed with BBB AUTO LINE within six (6) months after
the expiration of the warranty.
3. To file a claim with BBB AUTO LINE, call 1-800-955-5100. There is no charge for the
call.
4. In order to file a claim with BBB AUTO LINE, you will have to provide your name and
address, the brand name and vehicle identification number (VIN) of your vehicle, and a
statement of the nature of your problem or complaint. You will also be asked to provide:
the approximate date of your acquisition of the vehicle, the vehicle's current mileage, the
approximate date and mileage at the time any problem(s) were first brought to the
attention of Mazda or one of our dealers, and a statement of the relief you are seeking.
5. BBB AUTO LINE staff may try to help resolve your dispute through mediation. If
mediation is not successful, or if you do not wish to participate in mediation, claims
within the program's jurisdiction may be presented to an arbitrator at an informal
hearing. The arbitrator's decision should ordinarily be issued within 40 days from the
time your complaint is filed; there may be a delay of 7 days if you did not first contact
Mazda about your problem, or a delay of up to 30 days if the arbitrator requests an
inspection/report by an impartial technical expert or further investigation and report by
BBB AUTO LINE.
6. You are required to use BBB AUTO LINE before asserting in court any rights or
remedies conferred by California Civil Code Section 1793.22. You are also required to
use BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies created by Title I of
the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C. sec. 2301 et seq. If you choose to seek
redress by pursuing rights and remedies not created by California Civil Code Section
1793.22 or Title I of the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, resort to BBB AUTO LINE is
not required by those statutes.
7. California Civil Code Section 1793.2 (d) requires that, if Mazda or its representative is
unable to repair a new motor vehicle to conform to the vehicle's applicable express
warranty after a reasonable number of attempts, Mazda may be required to replace or
repurchase the vehicle. California Civil Code Section 1793.22 (b) creates a presumption
that Mazda has had a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to its
applicable express warranties if, within 18 months from delivery to the buyer or 18,000
miles on the vehicle's odometer, whichever occurs first, one or more of the following
occurs:
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
8-5
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
•
The same nonconformity [a failure to conform to the written warranty that
substantially impairs the use, value or safety of the vehicle] results in a condition that
is likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is driven AND the
nonconformity has been subject to repair two or more times by Mazda or its agents
AND the buyer or lessee has directly notified Mazda of the need for the repair of the
nonconformity; OR
•
The same nonconformity has been subject to repair 4 or more times by Mazda or its
agents AND the buyer has notified Mazda of the need for the repair of the
nonconformity; OR
•
The vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of nonconformities by Mazda or its
agents for a cumulative total of more than 30 calendar days after delivery of the
vehicle to the buyer.
NOTICE TO Mazda AS REQUIRED ABOVE SHALL BE SENT TO THE
FOLLOWING ADDRESS:
Mazda North American Operations
200 Spectrum Center Drive Suite 100
Irvine, California 92618
ATTN: Customer Mediation
8. The following remedies may be sought in BBB AUTO LINE: repairs, reimbursement for
money paid to repair a vehicle or other expenses incurred as result of a vehicle
nonconformity, repurchase or replacement of your vehicle, and compensation for
damages and remedies available under Mazda's written warranty or applicable law.
9. The following remedies may not be sought in BBB AUTO LINE: punitive or multiple
damages, attorneys' fees, or consequential damages other than as provided in California
Civil Code Section 1794 (a) and (b).
10. You may reject the decision issued by a BBB AUTO LINE arbitrator. If you reject the
decision, you will be free to pursue further legal action. The arbitrator's decision and any
findings will be admissible in a court action.
11. If you accept the arbitrator's decision, Mazda will be bound by the decision, and will
comply with the decision within a reasonable time not to exceed 30 days after we
receive notice of your acceptance of the decision.
12. Please call BBB AUTO LINE at 1-800-955-5100 for further details about the program.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
8-6
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Customer Assistance (Canada)
▼
Satisfaction Review Process
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is of primary concern to Mazda. All Authorized
Mazda Dealers have both the knowledge and tools to keep your Mazda in top condition. In
our experience, any questions, problems, or complaints regarding the operation of your
Mazda or any other general service transactions are most effectively resolved by your
dealer. If the cause of your dissatisfaction cannot adequately be addressed by normal
dealership procedures, we recommend that you take the following steps:
▼
STEP 1: Contact the Mazda Dealer
Discuss the matter with a member of dealership management. If the Service Manager has
already reviewed your concerns, contact the owner of the dealership or its General Manager.
▼
STEP 2: Contact the Mazda Regional Office
If you feel that you still require assistance, ask the dealer Service Manager to arrange for
you to meet the local Mazda Service Representative. If more expedient, contact Mazda
Canada Inc. Regional Office nearest you for such arrangements. Regional Office address
and phone numbers are shown (page 8-9).
▼
STEP 3: Contact the Mazda Customer Relations Department
If still not substantially satisfied, contact the Customer Relations Department, Mazda
Canada Inc., 55 Vogell Road, Richmond Hill, Ontario, L4B 3K5 Canada TEL: 1 (800)
263-4680.
Provide the Department with the following information:
1. Your name, address and telephone number
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). Refer to the Vehicle Identification Number on
page 9-2 for the location of the VIN.
4. Purchase date
5. Present odometer reading
6. Your dealer's name and location
7. The nature of your problem and/or cause of dissatisfaction
The Department, in cooperation with the local Mazda Service Representative, will review
the case to determine if everything possible has been done to ensure your satisfaction.
Please recognize that the resolution of service problems in most cases requires the use of
your Mazda dealer's service facilities, personnel and equipment. We urge you to follow the
above three steps in sequence for most effective results.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
8-7
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Mediation/Arbitration Program
Occasionally a customer concern cannot be resolved through Mazda's Customer Satisfaction
Program. If after exhausting the procedures in this manual your concern is still not resolved,
you have another option.
Mazda Canada Inc. participates in an arbitration program administered by the Canadian
Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP). CAMVAP will advise you about how your
concern may be reviewed and resolved by an independent third party through binding
arbitration.
Your complete satisfaction is the goal of Mazda Canada Inc. and our dealers.
Mazda's participation in CAMVAP makes a valuable contribution to our achieving that goal.
There is no charge for using CAMVAP. CAMVAP results are fast, fair and final as the
award is binding on both you and Mazda Canada Inc.
▼
Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP)
If a specific item of concern arises, where a solution cannot be reached between an owner,
Mazda, and/or one of its dealers (that all parties cannot agree upon), the owner may wish to
use the services offered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP).
CAMVAP uses the services of Provincial Administrators to assist consumers in scheduling
and preparing for their arbitration hearings. However, before you can proceed with
CAMVAP you must follow your Mazda dispute resolution process as outlined previously.
CAMVAP is fully implemented in all provinces and territories.
Consumers wishing to obtain further information about the Program should contact the
Provincial Administrator at 1 (800) 207-0685, or by contacting the Canadian Motor Vehicle
Arbitration Plan Office at:
Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan
235 Yorkland Boulevard, suite 300
North York, Ontario
M2J 4Y8
http://camvap.ca
Provincial Administrators may be reached locally:
Province/Territory CAMVAP Number
British Columbia & Yukon Territories 1 (800) 207-0685
Alberta & Northwest Territories 1 (800) 207-0685
Saskatchewan 1 (800) 207-0685
Manitoba 1 (800) 207-0685
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
8-8
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Province/Territory CAMVAP Number
Ontario 1 (800) 207-0685
Atlantic Canada 1 (800) 207-0685
Quebec 1 (800) 207-0685
▼
Regional Offices
REGIONAL OFFICES COVERING AREAS
MAZDA CANADA INC.
WESTERN REGION
5011 275 STREET
LANGLEY, BRITISH COLUMBIA
V4W 0A8
(778) 369-2100
1 (800) 663-0908
ALBERTA,
BRITISH COLUMBIA,
MANITOBA,
SASKATCHEWAN,
YUKON
MAZDA CANADA INC.
CENTRAL REGION
55 VOGELL ROAD,
RICHMOND HILL,
ONTARIO, L4B 3K5
1 (800) 263-4680
ONTARIO,
NEW BRUNSWICK,
NOVA SCOTIA,
PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND,
NEWFOUNDLAND
MAZDA CANADA INC.
QUEBEC REGION
6111 ROUTE TRANSCANADIENNE
POINTE CLAIRE, QUEBEC
H9R 5A5
(514) 694-6390
QUEBEC
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
8-9
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Customer Assistance (Puerto Rico)
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. That is why all Authorized
Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in top
condition.
If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of
your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you take
the following steps:
▼
STEP 1
Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way to
address the issue. If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS,
SALES, SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL
MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER.
▼
STEP 2
If, after following STEP 1, you feel the need for further assistance, please contact your
area's Mazda representative.
Refer to Importer/Distributor on page 8-13.
Please help us by providing the following information:
1. Your name, address, and telephone number
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located on
the upper driver's side corner of the dash)
4. Purchase date and current mileage
5. Your dealer's name and location
6. Your question(s)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
8-10
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Customer Assistance (Mexico)
Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business. We are here to serve you. All Authorized
Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in top condition.
If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of
your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel, we recommend that you take
the following steps:
▼
Contact Your Mazda Dealer
Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer. This is the quickest and best way to
address the issue.
•
If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS, SALES,
SERVICE, or PARTS MANAGER, then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER of
the dealership or the OWNER.
•
If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary
restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical condition in
accordance with a certified physician you must contact your dealership in order to avoid
the potential loss of the warranty of your vehicle which may occur if some third party is
hired by the customer to make any modifications to this system.
Log on: at www.mazdamexico.com.mx
Answers to many questions, including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership in
Mexico, can be found here.
E-mail: click on “Contactanos” at the top of the page at www.mazdamexico.com.mx
By phone at: 01 800 01 MAZDA (62932)
By letter at:
Attn: Customer Assistance
Mazda Motor de Mexico
Mario Pani #150, PB Col. Lomas de Santa Fe
Mexico, D.F. C.P. 05300
Del. Cuajimalpa de Morelos
Tel: Customer Assistance
01 800 01 MAZDA(62932).
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
8-11
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
In order to serve you efficiently and effectively, please help us by providing the following
information:
1. Your name, address, and telephone number
2. Year and model of vehicle
3. Vehicle Identification Number (17 digits, noted on your registration or title or located on
the upper driver's side corner of the dash)
4. Purchase date and current mileage
5. Your dealer's name and location
6. Your question(s)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Customer Assistance
8-12
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Importer/Distributor
▼
U.S.A.
Mazda North American Operations
200 Spectrum Center Drive Suite 100
Irvine, California 92618
P.O. Box 19734
Irvine, CA 92623-9734 U.S.A.
TEL: 1 (800) 222-5500 (in U.S.A.)
(949) 727-1990 (outside U.S.A.)
▼
CANADA
Mazda Canada Inc.
55 Vogell Road, Richmond Hill,
Ontario, L4B 3K5 Canada
TEL: 1 (800) 263-4680 (in Canada)
(905) 787-7000 (outside Canada)
▼
PUERTO RICO/U.S. Virgin Island
International Automotive Distributor
Group, LLC. (Mazda de Puerto Rico)
P.O. Box 191850, San Juan, Puerto Rico
00919-1850
TEL: (787) 641-1777
▼
MEXICO
Mazda Motor de Mexico
Mario Pani # 150, PB Col. Lomas de
Santa Fe Mexico, D.F. C.P. 05300 Del.
Cuajimalpa
TEL: Center of Attention to Clients:
01 (800) 016 2932. in Mexico
▼
GUAM
Triple J Motors
157 South Marine Drive, Tamuning,
GUAM 96911 USA
P.O. Box 6066 Tamuning, Guam 96931
TEL: (671) 649-6555
▼
SAIPAN
Pacific International Marianas, Inc.
(d.b.a. Midway Motors)
P.O. Box 887 Saipan, MP 96950
TEL: (670) 234-7524
Triple J Saipan, Inc.
(d.b.a. Triple J Motors)
P.O. Box 500487 Saipan, MP 96950-0487
TEL: (670) 234-7133/3051
▼
AMERICAN SAMOA
Polynesia Motors, Inc.
P.O. Box 1120, Pago Pago, American
Samoa 96799
TEL: (684) 699-9347
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Mazda Importer/Distributors
8-13
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Reporting Safety Defects (U.S.A.)
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury
or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Mazda Motor Corporation (Your Mazda
Importer/Distributor).
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a
safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign.
However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your
dealer, or Mazda Motor Corporation (Your Mazda Importer/Distributor).
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236
(TTY:1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA,
1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC, 20590. You can also obtain other
information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.
NOTE
If you live in the U.S.A., all correspondence to Mazda Motor Corporation should be
forwarded to:
Mazda North American Operations
200 Spectrum Center Drive Suite 100
Irvine, California 92618
or
P.O. Box 19734
Irvine, CA 92623-9734
Customer Experience Center or toll free at 1 (800) 222-5500
If you live outside of the U.S.A., please contact the nearest Mazda Distributor shown (page
8-13) in this manual.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects
8-14
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Reporting Safety Defects (Canada)
Canadian customers who wish to report a safety-related defect to Transport Canada, Defect
Investigations and Recalls, may telephone the toll free hotline 1-800-333-0510, or contact
Transport Canada by mail at: Transport Canada, ASFAD, Place de Ville Tower C, 330
Sparks Street, Ottawa ON K1A 0N5.
For additional road safety information, please visit the Road Safety website at:
http://www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety/menu.htm
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects
8-15
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Warranties for Your Mazda
•
New Vehicle Limited Warranty
•
Powertrain Limited Warranty
•
Safety Restraint System Limited Warranty
•
Anti-perforation Limited Warranty
•
Federal Emission Control Warranty/California Emission Control Warranty
•
Emission Defect Warranty
•
Emission Performance Warranty
•
Emission Control Warranty
•
Replacement Parts and Accessories Limited Warranty
•
Tire Warranty
NOTE
Warranty information varies depending on the country. Refer to the Warranty Booklet for
detailed warranty information.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
8-16
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Outside the United States/Canada
Government regulations in the United States/Canada require that automobiles meet specific
emission regulations and safety standards. Therefore, vehicles built for use in the United
States/Canada may differ from those sold in other countries.
The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive
satisfactory servicing in other countries. We strongly recommend that you NOT take your
Mazda outside the United States/Canada.
United States
However, in the event that you are moving to Canada permanently, Mazda vehicles built for
use in the United States could be eligible for exportation to Canada with specific vehicle
modifications to comply with the Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (CMVSS).
Canada
However, in the event that you are moving to the United States permanently, Mazda
vehicles built for use in Canada could be eligible for exportation to the United States with
specific vehicle modifications to comply with the United States Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standards (FMVSS).
NOTE
The above is applicable for a permanent import/export situation and not related to travelers
on vacation.
You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of the United
States/Canada:
•
Recommended fuel may be unavailable. Any kind of leaded fuel or low-octane fuel will
affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine.
•
Proper repair facilities, tools, testing equipment, and replacement parts may not be
available.
Please refer to your Manufacturer's Warranty Booklet for more information.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
8-17
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign Country (Except
United States and Canada)
Registering your vehicle in a foreign country may be problematic depending on whether it
meets the specific emission and safety standards of the country in which the vehicle will be
driven. Consequently, your vehicle may require modifications at personal expense in order
to meet the regulations.
In addition, you should be aware of the following issues:
Satisfactory vehicle servicing may be difficult or impossible in another country.
The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable.
Parts, servicing techniques, and tools necessary to maintain and repair your vehicle may be
unavailable.
There might not be an Authorized Mazda Dealer in the country you plan to take your
vehicle.
The Mazda warranty is valid only in certain countries.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
8-18
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and Accessories
Non-genuine parts and accessories for Mazda vehicles can be found in stores.
These may fit your vehicle, but they are not approved by Mazda for use with Mazda
vehicles. When you install non-genuine parts or accessories, they could affect your vehicle's
performance or safety systems; the Mazda warranty doesn't cover this. Before you install
any non-genuine parts or accessories, consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
WARNING
Always consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer before you install non-genuine parts or
accessories:
Improperly designed parts or accessories could seriously aect your vehicle's performance or
safety systems. This could cause you to have an accident or increase your chances of injuries
in an accident.
Be very careful in choosing and installing add-on electrical equipment, such as mobile
telephones, two-way radios, stereo systems, and car alarm systems:
Incorrectly choosing or installing improper add-on equipment or choosing an improper
installer is dangerous. Essential systems could be damaged, causing engine stalling, air-bag
(SRS) activation, ABS/TCS/DSC inactivation, or a re in the vehicle.
Mazda assumes no responsibility for death, injury, or expenses that may result from the
installation of add-on non-genuine parts or accessories.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Warranty
8-19
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Cell Phones Warning
WARNING
Please comply with the legal regulations concerning the use of communication equipment in
vehicles in your country:
Use of any electrical devices such as cell phones, computers, portable radios, vehicle
navigation or other devices by the driver while the vehicle is moving is dangerous. Dialing a
number on a cell phone while driving also ties-up the driver's hands. Use of these devices will
cause the driver to be distracted and could lead to a serious accident. If a passenger is unable
to use the device, pull
o
the right-of-way to a safe area before use. If use of a cell phone is
necessary despite this warning, use a hands-free system to at least leave the hands free to
drive the vehicle. Never use a cell phone or other electrical devices while the vehicle is moving
and, instead, concentrate on the full-time job of driving.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Cell Phones
8-20
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Event Data Recorder (U.S.A. and Canada)
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is
to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or
hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s systems
performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety
systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is
designed to record such data as:
•
How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
•
Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened;
•
How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,
•
How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes
and injuries occur.
NOTE:
EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash or near crash-like situation
occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal
data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such
as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying
data routinely acquired during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or
the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law
enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access
to the vehicle or the EDR.
Mazda will not disclose any of the data recorded in an EDR to a third party unless:
•
A written agreement from the vehicle owner or the lessee is obtained
•
Officially requested by the police or other law enforcement authorities
•
Used as a defense for Mazda in a lawsuit, claim, or arbitration
•
Ordered by a judge or court
However, if necessary Mazda will:
•
Use the data for research on Mazda vehicle performance, including safety.
•
Disclose the data or the summarized data to a third party for research purposes without
disclosing vehicle or owner identification information.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Event Data Recorder
8-21
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Recording of Vehicle Data
This vehicle is equipped with a computer which records the following main vehicle data
related to vehicle controls, operation, and other driving conditions.
Recorded data
•
Vehicle conditions such as engine speed and vehicle speed
•
Driving operation conditions such as accelerator and brake pedals, and information related
to the environmental circumstances while the vehicle is driven
•
Malfunction diagnosis information from each on-vehicle computer
•
Information related to controls of other on-vehicle computers
NOTE
The recorded data may vary depending on the vehicle grade and optional equipment. Voice
and images are not recorded.
Data handling
Mazda and its subcontracting parties may obtain and use the recorded data for vehicle
malfunction diagnosis, research and development, and quality improvement.
Mazda will not disclose or provide any of the obtained data to a third party unless:
•
An agreement from the vehicle owner (agreements from lessor and lessee for leased
vehicle) is obtained
•
Officially requested by the police or other law enforcement authorities
•
For statistical processing by a research institution after processing the data so that
identification of the owner or the vehicle is impossible
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Recording of Vehicle Data
8-22
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)
This information relates to the tire grading system developed by the U.S. National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration for grading tires by tread wear, traction, and temperature
performance.
▼
Tread Wear
The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a specified government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times as well on the government
course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,
and may depart significantly from the norm because of variations in driving habits, service
practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.
▼
Traction-AA, A, B, C
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. These grades represent the
tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified
government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction
performance.
WARNING
The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking (straight ahead) traction tests and
does not include acceleration cornering (turning), hydroplaning, or peak traction
characteristics.
▼
Temperature-A, B, C
The temperature grades A (the highest), B, and C, represent the tire's resistance to the
generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions
on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire
life, and excessive temperatures can lead to sudden tire failure.
Grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger vehicle tires must meet
under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher
levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)
8-23
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
WARNING
Keep your vehicle's tires properly
inated
and not overloaded:
Driving with improperly inated or overloaded tires is dangerous. Excessive speed,
underination,
or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat
buildup and possible tire failure. The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire
that is properly
inated
and not overloaded.
These grades will be added to the sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires over the next several
years according to a schedule established by the NHTSA and the tire manufacturers.
The grade of tires available as standard or optional equipment on Mazda vehicles may vary
with respect to grade.
ALL PASSENGER VEHICLE TIRES MUST CONFORM TO THESE GRADES AND TO
ALL OTHER FEDERAL TIRE-SAFETY REQUIREMENTS.
▼
UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width.
For example:
TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A
UTQGS MARK (example)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Uniform Tire Quality Grading System (UTQGS)
8-24
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Tire Labeling
Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of
all tires. This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire
and also provides a tire identification number for safety standard certification and in case of
a recall.
▼
Information on Passenger Vehicle Tires
Please refer to the sample below.
1. TIN: U.S. DOT tire identification number
2. Passenger car tire
3. Nominal width of tire in millimeters
4. Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)
5. Radial
6. Run-flat tire
7. Rim diameter code
8. Load index & speed symbol
9. Severe snow conditions
10. Tire ply composition and materials used
11. Max. load rating
12. Tread wear, traction and temperature grades
13. Max. permissible inflation pressure
14. SAFETY WARNING
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
8-25
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
P215/65R15 95H is an example of a tire size and load index rating. Here is an explanation
of the various components of that tire size and load index rating. Note that the tire size and
load index rating may be different from the example.
P
Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars, SUVs, minivans and light trucks as designated
by the Tire and Rim Association (T&RA).
NOTE
If your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either ETRTO
(European Tire and Rim Technical Organization) or JATMA (Japan Tire Manufacturing
Association).
215
“215” is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters. This three-digit number gives the
width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the larger
the number, the wider the tire.
65
“65” is the aspect ratio. This two-digit number indicates the tire's ratio of height to width.
R
“R” is the tire construction symbol. R indicates “Radial ply construction”.
15
“15” is the wheel rim diameter in inches.
95
“95” is the Load Index. This two-or three-digit number indicates how much weight each tire
can support.
H
“H” is the speed rating. The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use of
the tire is rated.
Letter Rating Speed Rating
Q99 mph
R106 mph
S 112 mph
T 118 mph
U124 mph
H130 mph
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
8-26
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Letter Rating Speed Rating
V 149 mph
W
168
*
mph
Y
186
*
mph
*
For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph, tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR. For
tires with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph, tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR.
M S or M/S: Mud and Snow
AT: All Terrain.
AS: All Season. The “M
S” or “M/S” indicates that the tire has some functional use in mud
and snow.
U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN)
This begins with the letters “DOT” which indicates the tire meets all federal standards. The
next two numbers or letters are the plant code where it was manufactured, and the last four
numbers represent the week and year the tire was manufactured. For example, the numbers
457 means the 45st week of 1997. After 2000 the numbers go to four digits. For example,
the number 2102 means the 21th week of 2002. The other numbers are marketing codes
used at the manufacturer's discretion. This information is used to contact consumers if a tire
defect requires a recall.
Tire Ply Composition and Materials Used
The number of plies indicates the number of layers of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. In
general, the greater the number of plies, the more weight a tire can support. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate the tire materials, which include steel, nylon, polyester,
and other.
Maximum Load Rating
This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the
tire.
Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure
This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should ever be put in the tire under
normal driving conditions.
Tread Wear, Traction and Temperature Grades
Tread wear: The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire
when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For
example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the
government course as a tire graded 100.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
8-27
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Traction: The traction grades, from highest to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The grades
represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions
on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have
poor traction performance.
Temperatu re: The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C, representing the tire's
resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under
controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
Snow Tires
In some heavy snow areas, local governments may require true snow tires, those with very
deeply cut tread. These tires should only be used in pairs or placed on all four wheels. Make
sure you purchase snow tires that are the same size and construction type as the other tires
on your vehicle.
SAFETY WARNING
The following safety warning appears on the tire's sidewall.
SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT FROM:
•
EXPLOSION OF TIRE/RIM ASSEMBLY DUE TO IMPROPER MOUNTING-MATCH
TIRE DIAMETER TO RIM DIAMETER; NEVER EXCEED 40 psi (275 kPa) TO SEAT
BEADS-ONLY SPECIALLY TRAINED PERSONS SHOULD MOUNT TIRES.
•
TIRE FAILURE DUE TO UNDER-INFLATION/OVERLOADING/
DAMAGE-FOLLOW OWNER'S MANUAL AND PLACARD IN
VEHICLE-FREQUENTLY CHECK INFLATION PRESSURE AND INSPECT FOR
DAMAGE.
▼
Information on Temporary Tires
Please refer to the sample below.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
8-28
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
1. Temporary tires
2. Nominal width of tire in millimeters
3. Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)
4. Diagonal
5. Rim diameter code
6. Load index & speed symbol
T115/70D16 90M is an example of a tire size and load index rating. Here is an explanation
of the various components of that tire size and load index rating. Note that the tire size and
load index rating may be different from the example.
T
Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars, SUVs, minivans and light trucks as designated
by the Tire and Rim Association (T&RA).
115
“115” is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters. This three-digit number gives the
width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the larger
the number, the wider the tire.
70
“70” is the aspect ratio. This two-digit number indicates the tire's ratio of height to width.
D
“D” is the tire construction symbol. D indicates “diagonal ply construction”.
16
“16” is the wheel rim diameter in inches.
90
“90” is the Load Index. This two-or three-digit number indicates how much weight each tire
can support.
M
“M” is the speed rating. The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use of
the tire is rated.
Letter Rating Speed Rating
M81 mph
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
8-29
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Location of the Tire Label (Placard)
You will find the tire label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other important
information on the driver's side B-pillar or on the edge of the driver's door frame.
SAMPLE
▼
Recommended Tire Inflation Pressure
On the tire label you will find the recommended tire inflation pressure in both kPa and psi
for the tires installed as original equipment on the vehicle. It is very important that the
inflation pressure of the tires on your vehicle is maintained at the recommended pressure.
You should check the tire pressure regularly to insure that the proper inflation pressure is
maintained.
Refer to Tires on page 9-7.
NOTE
Tire pressures listed on the vehicle placard or tire information label indicate the
recommended cold tire inflation pressure, measured when the tires are cold, after the vehicle
has been parked for at least 3 hours. As you drive, the temperature in the tire warms up,
increasing the tire pressure.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
8-30
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
WARNING
Always check the tire
ination
pressures on a regular basis according to the recommended
tire ination pressure on the tire label and in conjunction with the information in this owner's
manual:
Driving your vehicle with under-inated tires is dangerous.
Under-ination
is the most common cause of failures in any kind of tire and may result in
severe cracking, tread separation or “blowout”, with unexpected loss of vehicle control and
increased risk of injury. Under-ination increases sidewall exing and rolling resistance,
resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire. It results in unnecessary tire stress,
irregular wear, loss of control and accidents. A tire can lose up to half of its air pressure and
not appear to be
at!
It is impossible to determine whether or not tires are properly
inated
just by looking at them.
▼
Checking Tire Pressure
1. When you check the air pressure, make sure the tires are cold ―meaning they are not
hot from driving even a mile.
2. Remove the cap from the valve on one tire.
3. Firmly press a tire gauge onto the valve.
4. Add air to achieve recommended air pressure.
5. If you overfill the tire, release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the
valve. Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge.
6. Replace the valve cap.
7. Repeat with each tire, including the spare.
NOTE
Some spare tires require higher inflation pressure.
8. Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded that
could poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak.
9. Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges, cuts, bulges, cracks or other
irregularities.
▼
Glossary of Terms
Tire Placard: A label indicating the OE tire sizes, recommended inflation pressure, and the
maximum weight the vehicle can carry.
Tire Identification Number (TIN): A number on the sidewall of each tire providing
information about the tire brand and manufacturing plant, tire size, and date of manufacture.
Inflation Pressure: A measure of the amount of air in a tire.
kPa: Kilopascal, the metric unit for air pressure.
psi: Pounds per square inch, the English unit for air pressure.
B-pillar: The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
8-31
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Original Equipment (OE): Describes components originally equipped on the vehicle.
Vehicle Load Limit: The maximum value of the combination weight of occupants and
cargo.
Bead Area of the Tire: Area of the tire next to the rim.
Sidewall Area of the Tire: Area between the bead area and the tread.
Tread Area of the Tire: Area on the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when it's
mounted on the vehicle.
Seating capacity means the total allowable number of vehicle occupants. Seating capacity
is described on the tire label.
Production options weight is the combination weight of installed regular production
options weighing over 2.3 kilograms in excess of the standard items which they replace, and
not previously considered in the curb weight or accessory weight, including heavy duty
brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special trim.
Rim is the metal support (wheel) for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire
beads are seated.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
8-32
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Tire Maintenance
Improper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally. Here are
some important maintenance points:
▼
Tire Inflation Pressure
Inspect all tire pressure monthly (including the spare) when the tires are cold. Maintain
recommended pressures for the best ride, top handling, and minimum tire wear. Use the
pressures specified on the vehicle tire information placard or tire label for optimum service.
▼
Tire Rotation
To equalize tread wear, rotate the tires every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) at the latest or sooner
if irregular wear develops. Mazda recommends to rotate every 8,000 km (5,000 miles) to
help increase tire life and distribute wear more evenly.
Do not include (TEMPORARY USE ONLY)
spare tire in rotation.
Forward
Inspect the tires for uneven wear and damage. Abnormal wear is usually caused by one or a
combination of the following:
•
Incorrect tire pressure
•
Improper wheel alignment
•
Out-of-balance wheel
•
Severe braking
After rotation, inflate all tire pressures to specification (page 9-7) and inspect the lug nuts
for tightness.
CAUTION
Rotate unidirectional tires and radial tires that have an asymmetrical tread pattern or studs
only from front to rear, not from side to side. Tire performance will be weakened if rotated
from side to side.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
8-33
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Replacing a Tire
WARNING
Always use tires that are in good condition:
Driving with worn tires is dangerous. Reduced braking, steering, and traction could result in
an accident.
If a tire wears evenly, a wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread.
Replace the tire when this happens.
New tread
Tread wear indicator
Worn tread
You should replace the tire before the band crosses the entire tread.
NOTE
Tires degrade over time, even when they are not being used on the road. It is recommended
that tires generally be replaced when they are 6 years or older. Heat caused by hot climates
or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process. You should replace
the spare tire when you replace the other road tires due to the aging of the spare tire. The
period in which the tire was manufactured (both week and year) is indicated by a 4-digit
number.
Refer to Tire Labeling on page 8-25.
▼
Safety Practices
The way you drive has a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety. So cultivate
good driving habits for your own benefit.
•
Observe posted speed limits and drive at speeds that are safe for the existing weather
conditions
•
Avoid fast starts, stops and turns
•
Avoid potholes and objects on the road
•
Do not run over curbs or hit the tire against the curb when parking
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
8-34
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
CAUTION
If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving or you suspect your tire or
vehicle has been damaged, immediately reduce your speed. Drive with caution until you can
safely pull o the road. Stop and inspect the tire for damage. If the tire is under-inated or
damaged, deate it, remove the tire and rim and replace it with your spare tire. If you cannot
detect a cause, have the vehicle towed to the nearest vehicle or tire dealer to have the vehicle
inspected.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
8-35
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Vehicle Loading
WARNING
Do not tow a trailer with this vehicle:
Towing a trailer with this vehicle is dangerous because it has not been designed to tow a
trailer and doing so will aect the drive system which could result in vehicle damage.
This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle, to keep your loaded
vehicle weight within its design rating capability. Properly loading your vehicle will provide
maximum return of vehicle design performance. Before loading your vehicle, familiarize
yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle's weight ratings, from the
vehicle's Safety Certification Label and Tire and Load Information Label:
WARNING
Overloaded Vehicle:
Overloading a vehicle is dangerous. The results of overloading can have serious consequences
in terms of passenger safety. Too much weight on a vehicle's suspension system can cause
spring or shock absorber failure, brake failure, handling or steering problems, irregular tire
wear, tire failure or other damage.
Overloading makes a vehicle harder to drive and control. It also increases the distance
required for stopping. In cases of serious overloading, brakes can fail completely, particularly
on steep grades. The load a tire will carry safely is a combination of the size of the tire, its load
range, and corresponding ination pressure.
Never overload the vehicle and always observe the vehicle's weight ratings from the vehicle's
Safety Certication and Tire and Load Information labels.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
8-36
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Base Curb Weight is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all
standard equipment. It does not include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment.
Vehicle Curb Weight is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your
dealer plus any aftermarket equipment.
PAYLOAD
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
8-37
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Payload is the combination weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is designed to
carry. The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire and Load
Information label on the driver's door frame or door pillar. Look for “THE COMBINATION
WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED XXX kg or XXX
lbs” for your maximum payload. The payload listed on the tire label is the maximum
payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant. If any aftermarket or dealer installed
equipment has been installed on the vehicle, the weight of the equipment must be subtracted
from the payload listed on the tire label in order to be accurate.
SAMPLE
CARGO
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
8-38
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Cargo Weight includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight, including cargo and
optional equipment.
The cargo weight limit decreases depending on the number of vehicle occupants. The cargo
weight limit can be calculated by subtracting the total weight of the vehicle occupants from
the “combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed” value on the tire
label.
Examples: Based on a single occupant weight of 68 kg (150 lbs), and a value of 385 kg (849
lbs) for the “combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed”:
The cargo weight limit with one occupant is 385 kg (849 lbs) － 68 kg (150 lbs) = 317 kg
(699 lbs)
The cargo weight limit with two occupants is 385 kg (849 lbs) － (68 × 2) kg ( (150 × 2)
lbs) = 249 kg (549 lbs)
If the weight of the occupant increases, the cargo weight limit decreases by that much.
GAW (Gross Axle Weight) is the total weight placed on each axle (front and rear) -
including vehicle curb weight and all payload.
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried
by a single axle (front or rear). These numbers are shown on the Safety Compliance
Certification Label located on the driver's door frame or door pillar. The total load on
each axle must never exceed its GAWR.
GVW
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
8-39
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) is the Vehicle Curb Weight cargo passengers.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight of the fully
loaded vehicle (including all options, equipment, passengers and cargo). The GVWR is
shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the driver's door
frame or door pillar. The GVW must never exceed the GVWR.
SAMPLE
WARNING
Never Exceed Axle Weight Rating Limits:
Exceeding the Safety Certication Label axle weight rating limits is dangerous and could
result in death or serious injury as a result of substandard vehicle handling, performance,
engine, transmission and/or structural damage, serious damage to the vehicle, or loss of
control.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
8-40
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Always keep the vehicle within the axle weight rating limits.
GCW
GCW (Gross Combination Weight) is the weight of the loaded vehicle (GVW).
GCWR (Gross Combination Weight Rating) is the maximum allowable weight of the
vehicle - including all cargo and passengers - that the vehicle can handle without risking
damage. The GCW must never exceed the GCWR.
WARNING
Never Exceed GVWR or GAWR Specications:
Exceeding the GVWR or the GAWR specied on the certication label is dangerous. Exceeding
any vehicle rating limitation could result in a serious accident, injury, or damage to the
vehicle.
Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the originals because
they may lower the vehicle's GVWR and GAWR limitations. Replacement tires with a higher
limit than the originals do not increase the GVWR and GAWR limitations.
Never exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specied on the certication label.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
8-41
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Steps for Determining the Correct Load Limit
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit-
(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never
exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle's placard.
(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your
vehicle.
(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For
example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb passengers
in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400 － 750 (5 × 150) = 650 lbs.)
(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That
weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated
in Step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your
vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and
luggage load capacity of your vehicle.
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Tire Information (U.S.A.)
8-42
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Declaration of Conformity
▼
Keyless Entry System/Immobilizer System
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Declaration of Conformity
8-43
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) System
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Declaration of Conformity
8-44
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Declaration of Conformity
8-45
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free
Type A
U.S.A. and Canada
FCC ID: NT8MBLUEC09 IC:3043A-MBLUEC09
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry Canada.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
WARNING
Changes or modications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance
could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term “IC: ” before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
The antenna used for this transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction
with any other antenna or transmitter. End-users and installers must be provided with
installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure
compliance.
Mazda Bluetooth
®
Hands-Free Customer Service
•
U.S.A.
Phone: 800-430-0153 (Toll-free)
Web: www.mazdausa.com/mazdaconnect
•
Canada
Phone: 800-430-0153 (Toll-free)
Web: www.mazdahandsfree.ca
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Declaration of Conformity
8-46
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Mexico
•
Brief description: Bluetooth module for Hands-free telephone and streaming audio
•
Name and address of the importer: Refer to "MEXICO" (page 8-13) in Importer/
Distributor section.
•
Brand name of the product: Visteon Corporation.
•
Model name of the product: MAZ
•
Names and addresses of where the warranty can be served: Refer to "MEXICO" (page
8-13) in Importer/Distributor section.
•
Names and addresses of where to acquire spare parts, consumables and accessories: Refer
to "MEXICO" (page 8-13) in Importer/Distributor section.
•
Warranty period, items covered by the warranty and its possible limitations or exceptions:
Refer to the Warranty Booklet for detailed warranty information.
•
Warranty procedure:
Center of Attention to Client (CAC)
Phone: 01-800-01-MAZDA
Web: www.mazdamexico.com.mx
•
Electrical specifications:
Voltage: 9-16V, Frequency: 2.4Ghz, Current: 270mA(Typ)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Declaration of Conformity
8-47
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Type B
U.S.A. and Canada
Type B
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Declaration of Conformity
8-48
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Mexico
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Declaration of Conformity
8-49
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Smart Brake Support (SBS)/Mazda Radar Cruise Control (MRCC)/Distance
Recognition Support System (DRSS)
Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects
Declaration of Conformity
8-50
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
9
Specifications
Technical information about your Mazda.
Identification Numbers.....................9-2
Vehicle Information Labels.......... 9-2
Specifications..................................... 9-4
Specifications............................... 9-4
Personalization Features...................9-9
Personalization Features...............9-9
9-1
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Vehicle Information
Labels
▼
Vehicle Identification Number
The vehicle identification number legally
identifies your vehicle. The number is on a
plate attached to the cowl panel located on
the left corner of the dashboard. This plate
can easily be seen through the windshield.
▼
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard
Label (U.S.A. and Canada)
▼
Chassis Number
Open the cover shown in the figure to
check the chassis number.
▼
Vehicle Emission Control
Information Label (U.S.A. and
Canada)
▼
Tire Pressure Label
Specifications
Identification Numbers
9-2
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Engine Number
Forward
Specifications
Identification Numbers
9-3
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Specifications
▼
Engine
Item Specification
Type DOHC-16V in-line, 4-cylinder
Bore × Stroke 83.5 × 91.2 mm (3.29 × 3.59 in)
Displacement 1,997.6 ml (1,997.6 cc)
Compression ratio 13.0
▼
Electrical System
Item Specification
Battery
Canada 12V-65Ah/20HR
Except Canada 12V-60Ah/20HR or 12V-65Ah/20HR
Spark-plug number
Mazda Genuine spark
plug
*1
PE5R-18-110 or PE5S-18-110
*
1 The spark plugs provide the SKYACTIV-G its optimum performance. Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer
for details.
CAUTION
When cleaning the iridium plugs, do not use a wire brush. The ne particulate coating on the
iridium alloy and platinum tips could be damaged.
▼
Lubricant Quality
Lubricant Specification
Engine oil Refer to Recommended Oil on page 6-22.
Coolant FL-22 type
Manual transaxle oil
API Service GL-4
SAE 75W-80
Automatic transaxle fluid Mazda Genuine ATF-FZ
Transfer case oil Mazda Long Life Hypoid Gear Oil SG1
Rear differential oil Mazda Long Life Hypoid Gear Oil SG1
Brake/Clutch fluid SAE J1703 or FMVSS116 DOT-3
NOTE
Refer to Introduction on (page 6-2) for owner's responsibility in protecting your investment.
Specifications
Specifications
9-4
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Capacities
(Approximate Quantities)
Item Capacity
Engine oil
With oil filter replacement 4.2 L (4.4 US qt, 3.7 Imp qt)
Without oil filter replacement 4.0 L (4.2 US qt, 3.5 Imp qt)
Coolant
Manual transaxle 5.6 L (5.9 US qt, 4.9 Imp qt)
Automatic transaxle
U.S.A. and Canada 5.9 L (6.2 US qt, 5.2 Imp qt)
Mexico 6.1 L (6.4 US qt, 5.4 Imp qt)
Manual transaxle fluid 1.70 L (1.80 US qt, 1.50 Imp qt)
Automatic transaxle fluid 7.8 L (8.2 US qt, 6.9 Imp qt)
Transfer case oil 0.40 L (0.42 US qt, 0.35 Imp qt)
Rear differential oil 0.35 L (0.37 US qt, 0.31 Imp qt)
Fuel tank
2WD 48.0 L (12.7 US gal, 10.6 Imp gal)
AWD 45.0 L (11.9 US gal, 9.90 Imp gal)
Check oil and fluid levels with dipsticks or reservoir gauges.
▼
Dimensions
U.S.A. and Canada
Item Vehicle specification
Overall length 4,275 mm (168.3 in)
Overall width 1,765 mm (69.5 in)
Overall height 1,550 mm (61.0 in)
Front tread 1,525 mm (60.0 in)
Rear tread 1,520 mm (59.8 in)
Wheelbase 2,570 mm (101.2 in)
Mexico
Item Vehicle specification
Overall length 4,275 mm (168.3 in)
Overall width 1,765 mm (69.5 in)
Overall height 1,545 mm (60.8 in)
Front tread 1,525 mm (60.0 in)
Rear tread 1,520 mm (59.8 in)
Wheelbase 2,570 mm (101.2 in)
Specifications
Specifications
9-5
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
▼
Weights
U.S.A. and Canada
Item
Weight
2WD
AWD
Automatic transaxle Manual transaxle
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating)
1,742 kg (3,840 lbs) 1,700 kg (3,748 lbs) 1,810 kg (3,990 lbs)
GAWR (Gross Axle
Weight Rating)
Front 933 kg (2,057 lbs) 900 kg (1,984 lbs) 958 kg (2,112 lbs)
Rear 812 kg (1,790 lbs) 808 kg (1,781 lbs) 860 kg (1,896 lbs)
Mexico
Item
Weight
With moonroof Without moonroof
GVW (Gross Vehi-
cle Weight)
Total 1,762 kg (3,885 lbs) 1,751 kg (3,860 lbs)
Front 924 kg (2,037 lbs) 918 kg (2,024 lbs)
Rear 838 kg (1,847 lbs) 833 kg (1,836 lbs)
GAW (Permissible
axle load)
Front 939 kg (2,070 lbs) 933 kg (2,057 lbs)
Rear 887 kg (1,955 lbs) 887 kg (1,955 lbs)
▼
Air Conditioner
The type of refrigerant used is indicated on a label attached to the inside of the engine com-
partment. Check the label before recharging the refrigerant. Refer to Climate Control Sys-
tem on page 5-4.
Item Specification
Refrigerant Type HFC134a (R-134a)
▼
Light Bulbs
Exterior light
Light bulb
Category
Wattage
UNECE
*1
(SAE)
Headlights
Halogen head-
lights
High beam/Daytime run-
ning lights
60 HB3 (9005)
Low beam 55 H11 (H11)
LED headlights
High beam
LED
*2
― (―)
Low beam
LED
*2
― (―)
Specifications
Specifications
9-6
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Light bulb
Category
Wattage
UNECE
*1
(SAE)
Parking lights/Front side-marker
lights
With halogen headlights 5 W5W (―)
Parking lights/Daytime running
lights
With LED headlights
LED
*2
― (―)
Front side-marker lights With LED headlights
LED
*2
― (―)
Front turn signal lights 27 ― (1156NA)
Fog lights
*
LED
*2
― (―)
Side turn signal lights
*
LED
*2
― (―)
High-mount brake light
LED
*2
― (―)
Rear turn signal lights 21 WY21W (7443NA)
Rear side-marker lights
Bulb type 5 W5W (―)
LED type
LED
*2
― (―)
Brake lights/Taillights
Bulb type 21/5 W21/5W (7443)
LED type
LED
*2
― (―)
Reverse lights
Bulb type 16 W16W (921)
LED type
LED
*2
― (―)
Taillights
*
LED type
LED
*2
― (―)
License plate lights 5 W5W (―)
*
1 UNECE stands for United Nations Economic Commission for Europe.
*
2 LED is the abbreviation for Light Emitting Diode.
Interior light
Light bulb
Category
Wattage
UNECE
*1
Overhead light (Front)/Map lights 8 ―
Overhead light (Rear) 10 ―
Luggage compartment light 5 ―
*
1 UNECE stands for United Nations Economic Commission for Europe.
▼
Tires
NOTE
The tires have been optimally matched with the chassis of your vehicle.
When replacing tires, Mazda recommends that you replace tires of the same type originally
fitted to your vehicle. For details, contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Check the tire pressure label for tire size and inflation pressure.
Refer to Tire Inflation Pressure on page 6-36.
Specifications
Specifications
*Some models.
9-7
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Standard tire
(U.S.A. and Canada)
Tire size
Inflation pressure
Front Rear
P215/60R16 94H 250 kPa (36 psi) 240 kPa (35 psi)
P215/50R18 92V 250 kPa (36 psi) 240 kPa (35 psi)
(Mexico)
Tire size
Inflation pressure
Up to 3 persons ―Full load
215/60R16 95V
Front 230 kPa (2.3 bar, 33 psi) 260 kPa (2.6 bar, 38 psi)
Rear 210 kPa (2.1 bar, 30 psi) 330 kPa (3.3 bar, 48 psi)
215/50R18 92V
Front 230 kPa (2.3 bar, 33 psi) 260 kPa (2.6 bar, 38 psi)
Rear 210 kPa (2.1 bar, 30 psi) 330 kPa (3.3 bar, 48 psi)
1 person's weight: About 75 kg
Temporary spare tire
(U.S.A. and Canada)
Tire size Inflation pressure
T125/90D16 98M 420 kPa (60 psi)
(Mexico)
Tire size Inflation pressure
185/60R16 86M 300 kPa (3.0 bar, 44 psi)
Lug nut tightening torque
When installing a tire, tighten the lug nut to the following torque.
108―147 N·m (12―14 kgf·m, 80―108 ft·lbf)
▼
Fuses
Refer to Fuses on page 6-48.
Specifications
Specifications
9-8
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Personalization Features
The following personalization features can be set or changed by an Authorized Mazda Deal-
er. Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer for details.
Additionally, some of the personalization features can be changed by the customer depend-
ing on the feature.
Personalization features and settings which can be changed differ depending on the market
and specification.
Settings Change Method
Settings can be changed by operating the center display screen.
A: Refer to Settings on page 5-112.
B: Refer to Fuel Economy Monitor on page 4-71.
C: Refer to Active driving display on page 4-21.
Settings can be changed by operating the vehicle switches.
D: Refer to Stopping The Smart City Brake Support (SCBS) System Operation on page
4-126.
E: Refer to Auto Lock/Unlock Function on page 3-16.
F: Refer to Transmitter on page 3-4.
G: Refer to Locking, Unlocking with Request Switch (With the advanced keyless function)
on page 3-13.
Settings can be changed by an Authorized Mazda Dealer.
Item Feature
Factory Set-
ting
Available Settings
Settings
Change
Method
Safety
Smart City Brake Support
(SCBS) (page 4-123)
The system can be changed so
that Smart City Brake Support
(SCBS) does not operate.
*1
On On/Off A D ―
Advanced Smart City
Brake Support (Advanced
SCBS) (page 4-119)
Smart Brake Support (SBS)
(page 4-127)
The system can be changed so
that Smart City Brake Support
(Advanced SCBS)/Smart Brake
Support (SBS) does not oper-
ate.
*1
On On/Off A ―
The distance at which the colli-
sion warning activates can be
changed.
Med. Near/Med./Far A ―
The volume of the collision
warning can be changed.
High High/Low/Off A ―
Specifications
Personalization Features
9-9
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Item Feature
Factory Set-
ting
Available Settings
Settings
Change
Method
Lane Departure Warning
System (LDWS) (page
4-84)
The warning timing in which
the Lane Departure Warning
System (LDWS) determines
that the vehicle may be deviat-
ing from its lane can be
changed.
At At/Before A ―
The sensitivity of the warning
for the Lane Departure Warning
System (LDWS) can be
changed.
Low High/Low A ―
Warning beep sound
*2
Beep Beep/Rumbl. A ―
Warning beep volume
Rumbl. Low High/Mid/Low A ―
Beep Low High/Low A ―
Blind Spot Monitoring
(BSM) (page 4-90)
The system can be changed so
that Blind Spot Monitoring
(BSM) does not operate.
*1
On On/Off A ―
Warning beep volume
*3
High
High/
Low/
Off
A―
Traffic Sign Recognition
System (TSR)
*4
(page 4-
96)
The Traffic Sign Recognition
System (TSR) can be set to in-
operable.
*1
On On/Off A ―
The warning pattern of the ex-
cessive speed warning can be
changed.
Off
Off/
Visual/
Audio & Visual
A―
The activation timing for the
excessive speed warning can be
changed.
0 0/ 5/ 10
A―
Distance Recognition Sup-
port System (DRSS) (page
4-102)
The system can be changed so
that Distance Recognition Sup-
port System (DRSS) does not
operate.
*1
On On/Off A ―
The distance at which the vehi-
cle ahead and your vehicle indi-
cated in the display flashes in
white can be changed.
Near Far/Med./Near A ―
Specifications
Personalization Features
9-10
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Item Feature
Factory Set-
ting
Available Settings
Settings
Change
Method
Veh ic le
Door locks (page 3-16)
Operation condition of auto
lock/unlock function
Lock: When
Driving Un-
lock: IGN Off
Lock: Out of Park
Unlock: In Park/
Lock: Shifting Out of
Park/
Lock: When Driving
Unlock: In Park/
Lock: When Driving
Unlock: IGN Off/
Lock: When Driving/
Off
AE
Keyless entry system (page
3-3)
The method for unlocking the
doors using the transmitter can
be changed.
Driver's: Once,
All Doors:
Twice
All Doors: Once/
Driver's: Once, All
Doors: Twice
AF
The time required for the doors
to relock automatically after
unlocking with the transmitter
can be changed.
60 seconds
90 seconds/
60 seconds/
30 seconds
A―
Advanced keyless entry
system (page 3-9)
The method for unlocking the
doors using the request switch/
transmitter can be changed.
Driver's: Once,
All Doors:
Twice
All Doors: Once/
Driver's: Once, All
Doors: Twice
A
F,
G
The volume of the answer-back
beep during advanced keyless
entry system operation can be
changed.
Medium
High/
Medium/
Low/
Off
AG
The function to automatically
lock the doors when leaving the
vehicle while carrying the key
can be changed.
Off On/Off A ―
The time required for the doors
to relock automatically after
unlocking with the request
switch/transmitter can be
changed.
60 seconds
90 seconds/
60 seconds/
30 seconds
A―
Illuminated entry system
(page 5-127)
Time until interior lights turn
off after closing door
15 seconds
60 seconds/
30 seconds/
15 seconds/
7.5 seconds
A―
Time until interior lights turn
off automatically when any
door is not closed completely
30 minutes
60 minutes/
30 minutes/
10 minutes
A―
Specifications
Personalization Features
9-11
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Item Feature
Factory Set-
ting
Available Settings
Settings
Change
Method
Auto-wiper control (page
4-49)
Operational/non-operational On
On/Off
*5
A―
Daytime running lights
(page 4-47)
Operational/non-operational On On/Off A ―
Auto headlight off
*6
(page
4-43)
Time until headlights turn off 30 seconds
120 seconds/
90 seconds/
60 seconds/
30 seconds/
Off
*7
A―
Auto-light control (page
4-43)
Timing by which lights turn on Medium
High/
Med.High/
Medium/
Med.Low/
Low
A―
High Beam Control System
(HBC) (page 4-81)
Operational/non-operational
*1
On On/Off A ―
Adaptive Front Lighting
System (AFS) (page 4-80)
Operational/non-operational
*1
On On/Off A ―
Lights-on reminder
*8
(page
7-43)
Warning beep volume High High/Low/Off A ―
Coming home light (page
4-46)
Time until headlights turn off 30 seconds
120 seconds/
90 seconds/
60 seconds/
30 seconds/
Off
A―
Leaving home light (page
4-47)
Operational/non-operational On On/Off A ―
Turn indicator (page 4-48) Beep volume High High/Low A ―
Three-flash turn signal
(page 4-49)
Operational/non-operational On On/Off A ―
Rear window defogger
(page 4-53)
The operation time for the rear
window defogger can be
changed.
15 minutes
15 minutes/
Continuous
*9
――
Specifications
Personalization Features
9-12
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Item Feature
Factory Set-
ting
Available Settings
Settings
Change
Method
System
Language Language indicated in display US English
Depends on mar-
ket
*10
A―
Temperature
Temperature unit indicated in
display
°F °F/°C A ―
Distance
Distance unit indicated in dis-
play
mi/km mi/km A ―
Fuel Economy Monitor (page 4-71)
Ending display Display/non-display Off On/Off B ―
Fuel economy resetting
procedure
Linkage/non-linkage with fuel
economy reset and trip meter
reset
Off On/Off B ―
Active Driving Display (page 4-21)
Display
Setting can be changed so that
the Active Driving Display is
not displayed.
On On/Off C ―
The display height (up/down
position) can be changed.
0
13 steps up/down
from initial setting
(total: 27 steps)
C―
The method for adjusting the
display brightness (automatical-
ly/manually) can be changed.
Auto Auto/Man. C ―
The standard brightness while
automatic adjustment is select-
ed can be changed using the
brightness adjustment.
0
2 steps up/down from
initial setting (total: 5
steps)
C―
The standard brightness while
manual adjustment is selected
can be changed using the
brightness adjustment.
0
20 steps up/down
from initial setting
(total: 41 steps)
C―
Navigation guidance Display/non-display On On/Off C ―
*
1 Though these systems can be turned Off, doing so will defeat the purpose of the system and Mazda
recommends that these systems remain On.
*
2 For vehicles with an audio system other than the on-screen function type, the warning sound cannot be
changed. The warning sound is only a beep.
*
3 Only the volume of the warning beep during Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) operation can be changed. The
volume of the warning beep during Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) operation cannot be changed.
*
4 This system functions only when the navigation system is functioning.
*
5 If the auto-wiper control is set to Off, the wiper lever position is set to intermittent operation.
Specifications
Personalization Features
9-13
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
*
6 If the setting is changed to Off, the following operation is performed according to the headlight switch
position:
•
At position: Headlights turn off immediately after the ignition is switched off.
•
At any position other than : Headlights do not turn off after the ignition is switched off.
*
7 When set to Off, the lights-on reminder is operable.
*
8 The setting of the lights-on reminder can be changed with the time setting of auto headlight off function set to
Off.
Refer to Lights-On Reminder on page 7-43.
*
9 The operation may stop in 15 minutes due to the effect of the outside temperature even if the operation time of
the rear window defogger has been changed to Continuous.
*
10 Available only in display from the center display.
Specifications
Personalization Features
9-14
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
10
Index
10-1
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Index
A
Accessory Socket............................ 5-128
Active Driving Display.....................4-21
Adaptive Front Lighting System
(AFS).................................................4-80
Add-On Non-Genuine Parts and
Accessories........................................8-19
Advanced Key
Advanced keyless entry system.....3-9
Operational range........................ 3-10
Advanced Smart City Brake Support
(Advanced SCBS)........................... 4-119
Collision warning...................... 4-121
Smart City Brake Support (SCBS)
Indicator Light (Red).................4-121
Stopping the Advanced Smart City
Brake Support (Advanced SCBS)
system operation........................4-121
Air Bag Systems............................... 2-45
Air Bag/Front Seat Belt Pretensioner
System Warning Beep.......................7-43
Ambient Temperature Display.......... 4-18
Antilock Brake System (ABS)..........4-67
Audio Control Switch
Adjusting the Volume..................5-16
Seek Switch................................. 5-16
Audio Set [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
AUX.............................................5-24
Bluetooth®.................................. 5-31
Clock............................................5-22
Error Indications..........................5-30
iPod mode....................................5-28
Power/Volume/Sound Controls... 5-20
Radio............................................5-23
Troubleshooting........................... 5-60
USB............................................. 5-25
Voice Recognition....................... 5-56
Audio Set [Type B (touchscreen)]
Applications............................... 5-114
AUX.............................................5-78
Bluetooth®.................................. 5-84
Radio............................................5-71
Satellite Radio............................. 5-75
Settings...................................... 5-112
Troubleshooting......................... 5-115
USB............................................. 5-79
Voice Recognition......................5-110
Volume/Display/Sound
Controls....................................... 5-69
Audio System
Antenna........................................5-19
Appendix................................... 5-120
Audio Control Switch................. 5-16
Audio Set [Type A (non-
touchscreen)]............................... 5-20
Audio Set [Type B
(touchscreen)].............................. 5-64
AUX/USB mode..........................5-17
Before Using the Audio
System......................................... 5-16
AUTOHOLD.....................................4-61
AUTOHOLD Warning Beep.............7-46
Automatic Transaxle
Active Adaptive Shift (AAS)...... 4-34
Automatic transaxle controls.......4-32
Direct mode................................. 4-41
Driving tips..................................4-42
Manual shift mode.......................4-35
Shift-lock system.........................4-33
Transaxle ranges..........................4-33
B
Battery............................................... 6-32
Maintenance.................................6-34
Replacement................................ 6-34
Specifications.................................9-4
Battery runs out.................................7-18
Jump-Starting...............................7-18
Beep Sounds
10-2
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Index
Electric parking brake (EPB)
warning........................................ 7-45
Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM).......... 4-90
Canceling operation of Blind Spot
Monitoring (BSM).......................4-95
Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM) Warning
Beep...................................................7-46
Bluetooth® [Type A (non-touchscreen)]
Bluetooth® Audio....................... 5-46
Bluetooth® Hands-Free...............5-48
Bluetooth® Preparation...............5-34
Bluetooth® [Type B (touchscreen)]
Bluetooth® Audio....................... 5-90
Bluetooth® Hands-Free.............5-100
Bluetooth® Preparation...............5-87
Body Lubrication.............................. 6-28
Bottle Holder...................................5-131
Brakes
Brakes assist................................ 4-60
Electric Parking Brake (EPB)......4-57
Foot brake....................................4-56
Pad wear indicator.......................4-59
Parking brake...............................4-57
Warning light...............................4-59
Break-In Period.................................3-43
C
Capacities............................................ 9-5
Carbon Monoxide............................. 3-26
Cell Phones....................................... 8-20
Center Console................................5-132
Child Restraint
Categories of child-restraint
systems.........................................2-28
Child-restraint precautions.......... 2-23
Child-restraint system
installation................................... 2-28
Child-restraint system suitability for
various seat positions table..........2-30
Installing child-restraint
systems.........................................2-33
LATCH child-restraint systems... 2-41
Child Safety Locks for Rear Doors... 3-19
Climate Control System......................5-4
Fully Automatic Type..................5-12
Gas specifications..........................9-6
Manual Type..................................5-7
Operating Tips...............................5-4
Vent Operation...............................5-5
Collision warning..............................7-47
Coming Home Light......................... 4-46
Cruise Control.................................4-140
Cruise Control Switch............... 4-140
Cruise main indication
(white)........................................4-141
Cruise set indication (white)/indicator
light (green)............................... 4-141
Cruise Control Set Vehicle Speed
Display.............................................. 4-18
Cup Holder......................................5-129
Customer Assistance........................... 8-2
D
Dashboard Illumination.....................4-17
Daytime Running Lights...................4-47
Defogger
Mirror...........................................4-54
Rear window............................... 4-53
Dimensions..........................................9-5
Distance Recognition Support System
(DRSS)............................................ 4-102
Door Locks........................................3-11
Drive selection.................................. 4-73
Driving In Flooded Area...................3-47
Driving on Uneven Road..................3-49
Driving Tips
Automatic transaxle.....................4-42
Break-in period............................3-43
Driving in flooded area............... 3-47
10-3
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Index
Driving on uneven road...............3-49
Floor mat..................................... 3-44
Hazardous driving....................... 3-44
Overloading................................. 3-48
Rocking the vehicle.....................3-45
Saving fuel and protection of the
environment................................. 3-43
Winter driving............................. 3-45
Dynamic Stability Control (DSC)..... 4-70
TCS/DSC Indicator Light............4-70
E
Electric Parking Brake (EPB)........... 4-57
Electric Parking Brake (EPB) Warning
Beep...................................................7-45
Emergency Starting
Push-Starting............................... 7-21
Starting a Flooded Engine...........7-21
Emergency Towing
Tiedown Hooks........................... 7-25
Towing Description..................... 7-24
Emission Control System..................3-25
Ending Screen Display......................4-72
Engine
Coolant.........................................6-25
Engine Compartment
Overview..................................... 6-21
Exhaust gas..................................3-26
Hood release................................ 6-19
Oil................................................ 6-22
Essential information.......................... 6-2
Event Data Recorder.........................8-21
Excessive Speed Warning................. 7-47
Exhaust Gas...................................... 3-26
Exterior Care.....................................6-54
Aluminum Wheel Maintenance...6-59
Bright-Metal Maintenance...........6-58
Maintaining the Finish................ 6-55
Plastic Part Maintenance............. 6-59
F
Flasher
Hazard warning........................... 4-55
Headlights....................................4-43
Flat Tire...............................................7-3
Mounting the Spare Tire............. 7-13
Removing a Flat Tire.................... 7-9
Floor Mat.......................................... 3-44
Fluid
Brake/Clutch................................6-27
Washer......................................... 6-27
Fluids
Classification................................. 9-4
Fog Lights......................................... 4-48
Foot Brake.........................................4-56
Forward Sensing Camera (FSC)..... 4-130
Front Seat............................................ 2-5
Fuel
Filler lid and cap......................... 3-27
Gauge...........................................4-16
Requirements............................... 3-24
Tank capacity.................................9-5
Fuel Consumption Display............... 4-71
Fuel Economy Monitor.....................4-71
Ending screen display................. 4-72
Fuel consumption display............4-71
Fuses..................................................6-48
Panel description......................... 6-50
Replacement................................ 6-48
G
Gauges............................................... 4-11
Glove Compartment........................5-132
H
Hazardous Driving............................ 3-44
Hazard Warning Flasher....................4-55
Headlights
Coming home light......................4-46
10-4
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Index
Control......................................... 4-43
Flashing....................................... 4-46
High-low beam............................4-46
Leaving home light..................... 4-47
Leveling.......................................4-47
Head Restraint...................................2-12
High Beam Control System
(HBC)................................................ 4-81
Hill Launch Assist (HLA)................ 4-65
Hood Release.................................... 6-19
Horn...................................................4-55
I
If a Warning Light Turns On or
Flashes...............................................7-27
If the Active Driving Display does not
operate............................................... 7-49
Ignition
Switch............................................ 4-4
Ignition not switched off (STOP)
warning beep.....................................7-44
Illuminated Entry System............... 5-127
Immobilizer System.......................... 3-39
Indicator Lights.................................4-26
Low engine coolant
temperature.................................. 4-29
Wrench.........................................4-29
Inspecting Brake/Clutch Fluid
Level..................................................6-27
Inspecting Coolant Level.................. 6-25
Inspecting Engine Oil Level............. 6-25
Inspecting Washer Fluid Level......... 6-27
Instrument Cluster.............................4-11
Interior Care...................................... 6-60
Active driving display
maintenance.................................6-62
Cleaning the floor mats...............6-63
Cleaning the window interiors.....6-62
Instrument panel top
maintenance.................................6-62
Leather upholstery
maintenance.................................6-61
Panel maintenance.......................6-62
Plastic part maintenance..............6-62
Seat belt maintenance..................6-60
Upholstery and synthetic leather
maintenance.................................6-61
Vinyl upholstery maintenance..... 6-61
Interior Lights................................. 5-126
Luggage Compartment Light.....5-126
Map Lights................................ 5-126
Overhead Lights........................ 5-126
i-ACTIVSENSE................................4-77
Active Safety Technology........... 4-77
Adaptive Front Lighting System
(AFS)........................................... 4-80
Advanced Smart City Brake Support
(Advanced SCBS)..................... 4-119
Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM).....4-90
Camera and sensors.....................4-78
Distance Recognition Support System
(DRSS).......................................4-102
Forward Sensing Camera
(FSC)......................................... 4-130
High Beam Control System
(HBC).......................................... 4-81
Lane Departure Warning System
(LDWS)....................................... 4-84
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with
Stop & Go function (MRCC with
Stop & Go function)..................4-107
Pre-Crash Safety Technology...... 4-78
Radar Sensors (Rear).................4-138
Radar sensor (front)...................4-135
Rear Cross Traffic Alert
(RCTA)...................................... 4-104
Smart Brake Support (SBS)...... 4-127
Smart City Brake Support
(SCBS).......................................4-123
Traffic Sign Recognition System
(TSR)........................................... 4-96
10-5
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Index
i-ACTIV AWD Operation.................4-75
J
Jack......................................................7-5
Jump-Starting.................................... 7-18
K
Keyless Entry System......................... 3-3
Keys.....................................................3-2
Key suspend function....................3-8
Transmitter.....................................3-4
Key left-in-luggage compartment
warning beep (With the advanced keyless
function)............................................ 7-45
Key left-in-vehicle warning beep (With
the advanced keyless function)......... 7-45
Key removed from vehicle warning
beep................................................... 7-44
Key Suspend Function........................ 3-8
L
Label Information............................... 9-2
Lane Departure Warning sound........ 7-46
Lane Departure Warning System
(LDWS).............................................4-84
LDWS switch.............................. 4-87
Lane-Change Signals........................ 4-49
Leaving Home Light.........................4-47
Liftgate.............................................. 3-20
Luggage compartment.................3-22
When Liftgate Cannot be
Opened.........................................7-48
Lighting Control................................4-43
Lights-on reminder............................7-43
Light Bulbs
Replacement................................ 6-41
Specifications.................................9-6
Lubricant Quality................................ 9-4
Luggage Compartment Light.......... 5-126
M
Maintenance
Information.................................... 6-2
Scheduled.......................................6-4
Maintenance Monitor........................6-15
Manual Transaxle Operation.............4-30
Map Lights...................................... 5-126
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop &
Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go
function).......................................... 4-107
Close proximity warning........... 4-109
Cruise control function..............4-116
Display indication......................4-109
Setting the system......................4-110
Stop hold control....................... 4-115
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with Stop &
Go function (MRCC with Stop & Go
function) System Warnings...............7-47
Message Indicated on Display.......... 7-41
Meters and Gauges............................4-11
Mirrors
Outside mirrors............................3-31
Rearview mirror.......................... 3-32
Mirror Defogger................................4-54
Moonroof...........................................3-36
O
Odometer and Trip Meter................. 4-12
Outside Mirrors.................................3-31
Outside Temperature Display............4-18
Overhead Console...........................5-131
Overhead Lights..............................5-126
Overheating....................................... 7-22
Overloading.......................................3-48
Owner Maintenance
Closing the Hood.........................6-20
Engine Compartment
Overview..................................... 6-21
Key battery replacement..............6-34
10-6
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Index
Opening the Hood....................... 6-19
Owner Maintenance
Precautions...................................6-17
P
Parking Brake....................................4-57
Personalization Features..................... 9-9
Power Steering.................................. 4-76
Power steering warning buzzer......... 7-46
Power Windows................................ 3-33
R
Radar Sensors (Rear)...................... 4-138
Radar Sensor (Front).......................4-135
Rearview Mirror................................3-32
Rear Coat Hooks.............................5-134
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA).... 4-104
Rear Door Child Safety Locks..........3-19
Rear Seat............................................. 2-9
Rear View Monitor......................... 4-148
Displayable range on the
screen......................................... 4-150
Picture quality adjustment......... 4-155
Rear view monitor operation..... 4-151
Rear view parking camera
location...................................... 4-149
Switching to the rear view monitor
display........................................4-149
Variance between actual road
conditions and displayed
Image......................................... 4-153
Viewing the display...................4-151
Rear Window Defogger.................... 4-53
Rear Window Washer....................... 4-53
Rear Window Wiper......................... 4-53
Recommended Oil.............................6-22
Recording of Vehicle Data................8-22
Recreational Towing......................... 3-50
Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign
Country..............................................8-18
Replacement
Fuse..............................................6-48
Key battery.................................. 6-34
Light Bulbs..................................6-41
Tires............................................. 6-38
Wheel...........................................6-40
Wiper........................................... 6-29
Request switch inoperable warning beep
(With the advanced keyless
function)............................................ 7-45
Rocking the Vehicle..........................3-45
S
Safety Defects, Reporting................. 8-14
Saving Fuel and Protection of the
Environment......................................3-43
Scheduled Maintenance...................... 6-4
Seats
Driving position memory.............. 2-7
Front seat.......................................2-5
Head restraint.............................. 2-12
Rear seat........................................ 2-9
Seat warmer...................................2-6
Seat Belt System
Automatic locking....................... 2-17
Emergency locking......................2-17
Extender.......................................2-21
Pregnant women..........................2-17
Seat belt precautions................... 2-15
Seat belt warning beep......................7-43
Security System
Immobilizer system..................... 3-39
Theft-deterrent system.................3-41
Smart Brake Support (SBS)............4-127
Collision warning...................... 4-129
Smart Brake Support (SBS) indicator
light (red)...................................4-129
Stopping the Smart Brake Support
(SBS) system operation.............4-129
10-7
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Index
Smart City Brake Support
(SCBS)............................................ 4-123
Collision warning...................... 4-125
Smart City Brake Support (SCBS)
Indicator Light (Red).................4-125
Stopping the Smart City Brake
Support (SCBS) System
Operation................................... 4-126
Spare Tire............................................7-6
Specifications...................................... 9-4
Speedometer...................................... 4-12
Speed Unit Selector.......................... 4-12
SRS Air Bags
Front passenger occupant
classification system....................2-61
How the SRS air bags work........ 2-54
Limitations to SRS air bag.......... 2-59
Monitoring................................... 2-65
SRS air bag deployment
criteria..........................................2-58
Supplemental restraint system
components..................................2-52
Starting the Engine..............................4-5
Steering Wheel..................................3-29
Horn............................................. 4-55
Storage Compartments....................5-131
Center console........................... 5-132
Glove compartment................... 5-132
Overhead console...................... 5-131
Rear coat hooks.........................5-134
Sunshade............................................3-38
Sunvisors......................................... 5-126
T
Tachometer........................................ 4-16
Theft-Deterrent System.....................3-41
Tiedown
Hook............................................ 7-25
Tires...................................................6-36
Flat Tire......................................... 7-3
Replacing a Tire.......................... 6-38
Replacing a Wheel...................... 6-40
Snow tires....................................3-46
Specifications.................................9-7
Temporary Spare Tire..................6-39
Tire chains................................... 3-46
Tire Inflation Pressure.................6-36
Tire Rotation................................6-37
Uniform tire quality grading system
(UTQGS)..................................... 8-23
Tire inflation pressure warning
beep................................................... 7-46
Tire Information................................ 8-25
Tire Pressure Monitoring System....4-144
Towing
Recreational towing.....................3-50
Trailer Towing............................. 3-50
Towing Description...........................7-24
Traction Control System (TCS)........ 4-68
TCS OFF Indicator Light............4-69
TCS OFF Switch.........................4-69
TCS/DSC Indicator Light............4-68
Traffic Sign Recognition System
(TSR).................................................4-96
Transmitter.......................................... 3-4
Trip Computer...................................4-14
Trip Meter......................................... 4-12
Trouble
Battery runs out...........................7-18
Emergency Starting..................... 7-21
Emergency Towing......................7-24
Flat Tire......................................... 7-3
Overheating................................. 7-22
Parking in an Emergency.............. 7-2
When Liftgate Cannot be
Opened.........................................7-48
Turn Signals...................................... 4-48
V
Vanity Mirrors.................................5-126
10-8
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
Index
Vehicle Information Labels.................9-2
W
Warning Lights..................................4-24
Warning Sound is Activated............. 7-43
Air bag/front seat belt pretensioner
system warning beep................... 7-43
AUTOHOLD Warning Beep....... 7-46
Blind Spot Monitoring (BSM)
warning beep............................... 7-46
Collision warning........................ 7-47
Electric Parking Brake (EPB)
Warning Beep.............................. 7-45
Excessive speed warning.............7-47
Ignition not switched off (STOP)
warning beep............................... 7-44
Key left-in-luggage compartment
warning beep (With the advanced
keyless function)..........................7-45
Key left-in-vehicle warning beep
(With the advanced keyless
function).......................................7-45
Key removed from vehicle warning
beep..............................................7-44
Lane Departure Warning sound...7-46
Lights-on reminder...................... 7-43
Mazda Radar Cruise Control with
Stop & Go function (MRCC with
Stop & Go function) system
warnings.......................................7-47
Power steering warning buzzer....7-46
Request switch inoperable warning
beep (With the advanced keyless
function).......................................7-45
Seat belt warning beep................ 7-43
Tire inflation pressure warning
beep..............................................7-46
Warranty............................................ 8-16
Weights................................................9-6
Windows
Power windows........................... 3-33
Windshield Washer........................... 4-52
Windshield Wipers............................4-50
Winter Driving.................................. 3-45
Wiper
Replacing Rear Window Wiper
Blade............................................6-30
Replacing Windshield Wiper
Blades.......................................... 6-29
10-9
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
10-10
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
10-11
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
10-12
CX-3_8GR7-EA-18B_Edition1 2017-12-20 16:18:14
